Devices, Methods, and Graphical User Interfaces for Messaging

(1°) DK 2016 70654 A1

PATENTANSØGNING (12) (19) DANMARK

<img file="DK201670654A1_D0001.tif" />

Patent- og

Varemærkestyrelsen (51) Int.CI.: G06F 3/048 (2013.01) G 06 F 3/0481 (2013.01) (21) Ansøgningsnummer: PA 2016 70654 (22) Indleveringsdato: 2016-08-26 (24) Løbedag: 2016-08-24 (41) Aim. tilgængelig: 2017-11-19 (62) Stamansøgning nr: PA2016 70636 (30) Prioritet: 2016-05-18 US 62/338,502 2016-05-19 US 62/339,078

2016-06-12 US 62/349,114 (71) Ansøger: Apple Inc., 1 Infinite Loop, Cupertino, 95014 California, USA (72) Opfinder: Imran A. Chaudhri, c/o Apple Inc., 1 Infinite Loop, Cupertino , 95014 CA California, USA (74) Fuldmægtig: Zacco Denmark A/S, Arne Jacobsens Allé 15, 2300 København S, Danmark (54) Benævnelse: Devices, Methods, and Graphical User Interfaces for Messaging (56) Fremdragne publikationer:

US 2014173460 A1 US 2010241968 A1 EP 2806620 A1 (57) Sammendrag:

In some embodiments, a device displays a messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a message-input area. While displaying the messaging user interface, the device receives a first message within the messaging session from an electronic device that corresponds to another user included in the messaging session. In response to receiving the first message, the device displays the first message within a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display. The device detects, in the first message, a word or phrase associated with additional content available on the Internet; and in response to detecting the word or phrase associated with additional content available on the internet, the device displays, proximate to the first message region, a selectable indication that additional content associated with the word or phrase is available.

Fortsættes ...

DK 2016 70654 A1

Portable Multifunction Device 100·'°''^

<img file="DK201670654A1_D0002.tif" />

Fortsættes ...

DK 2016 70654 A1

Event Sorter 170

Event Monitor

Hit View Determination Module

Active Event Determination Module

Event Dispatcher Modul

171

172

173

174

<img file="DK201670654A1_D0003.tif" />

DK 2016 70654 A1

DK 2016 70654 A1

Devices, Methods, and Graphical User Interfaces for Messaging

RELATED APPLICATIONS (0001] This application claims priority tor (1) U. S. Provisional Application Ser. No, 62/349,114, filed June 12,2016, entitled “Devices, Methods, and Graphical User Interfaces for Messaging”; (2) U. S. Provisional Application Ser, No, 62/339,078, filed May 19, 2016, entitled “Devices, Methods, and Graphical User Interlaces for Messaging”; and (3) U. S. Provisional Application Ser, No. 62/338,502, filed May 18,2016, entitled “Devices, Methods, and Graphical User Interfaces for Messaging,” which are all incorporated by reference herein in their entireties.

TECHNICAL i ltd D (0002( This relates generally to electronic devices with touch-sensitive surfaces, including but not limited to electronic devices -with touch-sensitive surfaces that send and receive messages, such as instant messages.

BACKGROUND (0003] The use of touch-sensitive surfaces as input devices for computers and other electronic computing devices has increased significantly in recent years. Exemplary touchsensitive surfaces include touchpads and touch-screen displays. Such devices are often used to send messages, such as instant messages, between users using messaging applications.

]0004( But current messaging applications have numerous drawbacks and limitations. For example, they are limited in their ability to easily; acknowledge messages; edit previously sent messages; express what a user is trying to communicate; display private messages; synchronize viewing of content between users; incorporate handwri tten inputs; quickly locate content in a message transcript; integrate a camera; integrate search and sharing; integrate interactive applications; integrate stickers; make payments; interact with avatars; and make suggestions.

SUMMARY (0005] Accordingly, there is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for messaging. Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or

i.

DK 2016 70654 A1 replace conventional methods for messaging. Such methods and interfaces change the number, extent, and/or .nature of the inputs from a user and produce a more efficient humanmachine interface. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges.

)0006) The above deficiencies and other problems associated with user interfaces for electronic devices with touch-sensitive surfaces are reduced or eliminated by the disclosed devices. In some embodiments, the device is a desktop computer, in some embodiments, the device is portable (e.g,, a notebook computer, tablet computer, or handheld device). In some embodiments, the device is a personal electronic device (e.g,, a wearable electronic device, such as a watch). In some embodiments, the device has a touchpad. In some embodiments, the device has a touch-sensitive display {also known as a “touch screen” or “touch-screen display”). In some embodiments, the device has a graphical user interface (GUI), one or more processors, memory and one or more modules, programs or sets of instructions stored in the memory for performing multiple functions. In some embodiments, the user interacts with the GUI primarily through stylus and/or finger contacts and gestures on the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the functions optionally include image editing, drawing, presenting, word processing, spreadsheet making, game playing, telephoning, video conferencing, e-mailing, instant messaging, workout support, digital photographing, digital videoing, web browsing, digital music playing, note taking, and/or digital video playing. Executable Instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a non-transitory computer readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors.

)0007) There is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for applying an acknowledgement to a message region In a conversation transcript. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for applying an acknowledgement to a message region in a conversation transcript. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number, extent, and/or the nature of the inputs from a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface.

)0008) in accordance with some embed intent^, a method of applying an acknowledgement to a message region in a conversation transcript displayed on a display of

J

DK 2016 70654 A1 an electronic device includes, displaying a messaging user interface (e.g., of a mes saging application) on the display, where the messaging user interface includes a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g., of another electronic device). The method further includes recei ving a first message within the messaging session from an electronic device (e.g., a second electronic device) that corresponds to another user included in the messaging session, and in response to receiving the first message, displaying the first message in a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display. The electronic device detects a first input by a first contact at a location on the touch-sensiti ve surface that corresponds to a location of the first message region in the conversation transcript, and in response to detecting the first input, displays an acknowledgement selection affordance at a location in the messaging interface that corresponds to the first message region, where the acknowledgement selection affordance displays a plurali ty of acknowledgement options . Next, the method includes detecting a second input by a second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of a first acknowledgement option in the acknowledgement selection affordance, and in response to detecting the second input, applying the first acknowledgement option to the first message region.

(ÖÖÖ9| In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a messaging user interface on the display unit, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit. The processing unit configured to; receive a first message within the messaging session from an electronic device that corresponds to another user included in fire messaging session; and in response to receiving the first message, display the first message in a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display unit. The processing unit is further configured to defect a first input by a first contact at a location on fire touch-sensitive surface unit that corresponds to a location of the first message region in the conversation transcript; and in response to detecting the first input, display an acknowledgement selection affordance at a location in the messaging interface that corresponds to the first message region, wherein the acknowledgement selection affordance displays a plurality of acknowledgement options. The processing unit is further configured

DK 2016 70654 A1 to detect a second input by a secondcontact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit that corresponds to a location of a first acknow ledgenient option in the acknowledgement selection affordance; and, in response to detecting the second input, apply the first acknowledgement option to the first message region.

(0010] Thus, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided with improved methods and interfaces for applying an acknowledgement to a message region in a conversation transcript, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for applying an acknowledgement to a message region in a conversation transcript.

(00 J1.( There is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for editing sent messages. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for editing sent messages. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number, extent, and/or the nature of the inputs from a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface.

[Ο012 | In accordance with some embodiments, a method of edit ing .messages, performed at an electronic device (e.g., a first, electronic device) having one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display, includes displaying a messaging user interface on the display. The messaging user interface Includes a. conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a first message region that includes a first message in the messaeine session that was sent from the electronic device of the user to the at least one

S·' S·' other user In the messaging session. The method further includes detecting a first input that corresponds to a request to edit the first message, and in response to detecting the first input, displaying a message editing interface for the first message that includes the first message, a keyboard, and an update affordance, and while displaying the message editing interface for the first message, detecting one or more inputs that revise the first message, displaying a revised version of the first message; and detecting an input that activates the update affordance.

[0013| I'he method further includes, in response to detecting the input that activates the update affordance; ceasing to display the message editing Interface for the first message;

DK 2016 70654 A1 displaying the revised version of the first message in place of the first message in the com eisation transcnpi displaying at least one indication of the res lsion of the first message in the conversation transcript; and transmitting the revised version of the first message to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the revised version of the first message In place of the first message in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, with at least one indication of dte revision of the first message in the conversation transcript, (0014] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a messaging user interface on the display unit, a touchsensitive surface unit configured to detect contacts, and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit Hie messaging user interfaee includes a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a first message teuton that Includes a first message In the messaging session that was sent from the electronic device of the user to the at least one other user in the messaging session. The processing unit is configured to: detect a first input that corresponds to a request to edit the first message; and in response to detecting the first input, display a message editing interface for the first message that includes the first message, a keyboard, and an update affordance. The processing unit Is further configured, while displaying the message editing interface for the first message, to detect one or more inputs that revise the first message: display a revised version of the first message; and detect an input tliat activates the update affordance; and, in response to detecting the input that activates the update affordance: cease to display the message editing interface for the first message; display the revised version of the first message in place of the first message in the conversation transcript; display at least one indication of the revision of the first message in the conversation transcript; and transmit the revised version of the first message to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session. The one or more electronic devices display the revised version of the first message in place of the first message in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, with at least one indication of dte revision of the first message in the conversation transcript.

DK 2016 70654 A1 (0015) Thas, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided with improved 'methods and interfaces for editing sent messages, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for editing sent messages in a messaging application.

[0016] There is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for displaying versions of a sent message. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for displaying versions of a sent message. Such methods and interfaces .reduce the number, extent, and/or the nature of the inputs from a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface.

[0017 j tn accordance with some embodiments, a method, performed at an electronic device having one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display, includes displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including: a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a first message region that includes a current version of a first message in the messaging session, wherein the conversation transcript includes an indication that fire current version of the first message is a revised version of the first message in tire conversation transcript. The method further includes detecting an input that corresponds to a request to see versions of the first message; and, in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to see versions of the first message, displaying a versions user interface that includes the current version of the first message and one or more prior versions of the first message.

[OOISJ in accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a messaging user interface on the display unit, a touchsensitive surface unit configured to detect contacts., and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit. The messaging user interface includes a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a first message region that includes a current version of a fi rst message in the messaging session, wherein the conversation transcript includes an indica t ion that the current version of t he first message is a revised version of the first message in the conversation transcript. The processing unit is configured to detect an input

DK 2016 70654 A1 that corresponds to a request to see versions of the first message; and, in response to detecting tire input that corresponds to the request to see versions of the first message, display a versions user Interface that includes the current version of the first message and one or more prior versions of the first message.

[0019( T hus, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided with improved methods and interfaces for displaying versions of a sent message, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for displaying versions of a sent message in a messaging application.

[0020( There is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for selecting an impact effect for a message. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for selecting an impact effect for a message. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number, extent, and/or the nature of the inputs from a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface.

[0021( In accordance with some embodiments, a method, performed at an electronic device having one or more processors, memory; a touch-sensitive surface, and a display, includes displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a message-input area that includes a first message input. The method further includes, while displaying the messaging user interface, detecting a first input by a first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location in the message-input area; in response to detecting the first input by the first contact, displaying an impact selection interlace that includes a plurality of impact effect options; while displaying the impact selection interlace, detecting a second input by a second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of a first impact effect option in the plurality of impact effect options ; and, in response to detecting the second user input by a second contact, displaying a preview that applies the first impact effect option to the first message input.

[002.2( In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a messaging user interface on the display unit, a touchsensitive surface unit configured to detect contacts, and a processing unit coupled with the

DK 2016 70654 A1 display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit. The messaging user interface includes a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a message-input area that includes a first message input. The processing unit is configured to: while displaying die messaging user interface, detect a first input by a first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit that corresponds to a location in the message-input area; and in response to detecting the first input by the first contact, display an impact selection interface that includes a plurality of impact effect options. The processing unit is further configured to; while displaying the impact selection interlace, detect a second input by a second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit that corresponds to a location of a first impact effect option in the pluralit y o f impact effect options; and, in response to detecting the second user input by a second contact, display a preview that applies the first impact effect option to the first message input.

(0023( Thus, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided with improved methods and interfaces for selecting an impact effect for a messaae. thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and Interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for selecting an impact effect for a message in a messaging application.

(0024( There is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for concealing and revealing a message. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for concealing and revealing a message. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number, exten t, and/or the nature of the inputs from a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interiace.

(0025( In accordance with some embodiments, a method, performed at. an electronic device having one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display, includes displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, including a first other user, and a message region in the conversation transcript for a message received from the first other user, the message region including one or more screen elements that conceal the message received from the first other user. The method further includes detecting a first input by a contact at a location on

DK 2016 70654 A1 the touch-sensitive surface that .corresponds to the message region with the concealed message; and, in response to detecting the first input by the contact, revealing the concealed message in the message region.

in accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a messaging user interface on the display unit, a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to detect contacts, and a. processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit. The messaging user interface includes a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, including a first other user, and a message region in the conversation transcript for a message received from the first other user, the message region including one or more screen elements that conceal the message received from the first other user. The processing unit is further configured to: detect a first input by a contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit that corresponds to the message region with the concealed message; and, reveal the concealed message in the message region in response to detecting the first input by the contact.

[0026( Thus, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided with improved methods and interfaces for concealing and revealing a message, therebv increasins the effectiveness, efficiencv, and user satisfaction with such devices.

Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for concealing and revealing a message in a messaging application.

[0027( There Is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for displaying enhanced message content in a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for displaying enhanced message content in a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number, extent, and/or the nature of the inputs from a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interlace.

j0028( in accordance with some embodiments, a method, performed at an electronic device having one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display, includes displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, including a first other user, receiving a first message

DK 2016 70654 A1 within the messaging session from an electronic device that corresponds to the first other user inc hided i n the messaging sessi on, and determining whether the first message includes an enhanced message content trigger. The method further includes, in accordance with a determination that the first message includes the enhanced messaae content trigser. displaying the first message in a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display, and displaying enhanced message content that corresponds to the trigger, wherein the enhanced message content includes content that applies an effect to at least one message region other than the first message region in the conversation transcript. The method also includes, in accordance with a determination that the first message does not include the enhanced message content trigger, displaying the first message in a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display (e.g,, without the enhanced message content).

10029( In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a messaging user interface on the display unit, a touchsensitive surface unit configured to detect contacts, and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit. Tire messaging user interface includes a conversation transcript of a messaging session bet ween a user of tire electronic device and at least one other user, including a first other user. The processing unit is configured to receive a first message within the messaging session from an electronic device that corresponds to the firs! other user included in fire messaging session, and determine whether the first message includes an enhanced message content trigger. The processing unit is further configured to, in accordance with a determination that the first message includes the enhanced message content trigger, display the first message in a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display unit, and display enhanced message content that corresponds to the trigger, wherein the enhanced message content includes content that applies an effect to at least one message region other than the first message region in the conversation transcript. In addition, the processing unit is configure to, in accordance with a determination that the first message does not include the enhanced message content trigger, display the first message in a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display unit.

(0030( Thus, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided with improved methods and interfaces for displaying enhanced message content in a messaging application, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user to

DK 2016 70654 A1 satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and, interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods tor displaying enhanced message content in a messaging application,

10031] There is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for displaying combinable content in a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for displaying combinable content in a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number, extent, and/or the nature of the inputs from a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface.

(0032] in accordance with some embodiments, a method, performed at an electronic device having one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display, includes displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, including a first other user, and a message input area.

The method further includes receiving a first message within the messaging session from an electronic device that corresponds to the first other user included in the messaging session, wherein the first message includes first combinable content, in response to receiving the first message, displaying the first message in a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display, receiving input of a second message in the message-input area, and while the second message is displayed in the message-input area, detecting an input to send the second message to the messaging session. The method further includes., in response to detecting the input to send the second message to the messaging session: in accordance with a determination that the second message contains second combinable content and the second combinable content and the first combinable content are parts of a predefined combination, displaying content that corresponds to the predefined combination in the conversation transcript on the display; and in accordance with a determination that the second message does not contain second combinable content that forms a predefined combination with the first combinable content, displaying the second message in a second message region in the conversation transcript on the display (e.g., without displaying content that corresponds to a predefined combination in the conversation transcript on the

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device include?

display unit configured to display a messaging user interface on the display unit, a touchII

DK 2016 70654 A1 sensitive surface unit configured to detect contacts, and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit. The messaging user interface includes a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, including a first other user, and a message input area. The processing unit is configured to: receive a first message within the messaging session from an electronic device that corresponds to the first other user included in the messaging session, wherein the first message includes first combinable content; in response to receiving the first message, display the first message in a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display unit; receive inpu t of a second message in the message-inpu t area; and while the second message is displayed in the message-input area, detect an input to send the second message to the messaging session. The processing unit is further configured to, in response to detecting the input to send the second message to the messaging session: in accordance with a determination that the second message contains second combinable content and the second combinable content and the first combinable content are parts of a predefined combination, display content, that corresponds to the predefined combination In the conversation transcript on the display unit: and in accordance with a determination that the second message does not contain second combinable content that forms a predefined combination with the first combinable content, display the second message in a second message region in the conversation transcript on the display unit (i.e., without displaying content that corresponds to a predefined combination in the conversation transcript on the display).

(0034] Thus., electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided with improved .methods and interlaces for displaying combinable content in a messaging application, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for displaying combinable content In a messaging application, (0035] There is a need lor electronic devices vith improved methods and interfaces for synchronizing media presentation in a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or replace conventional methods for synchronizing media presentation in a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces produce more efficient human-machine interfaces by allowing users to easily view media content in a synchronized fashion directly within a messaging application (and without having to be coil

DK 2016 70654 A1 located with another user viewing the media content and without having to use inefficient techniques to enable synchronized viewing). For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces increase user satisfaction with their devices, conserve power, and increase the time between battery charges. Furthermore, allowing users to easily view media content in a synchronized fashion directly within a messaging application enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface (e.g., in the messaging application) more efficient (e.g. , by allowing for efficient synchronized viewing of media items) which, addit ionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of tlie device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.

(6036] In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface. The method includes; displaying, on the display, a messaging user interface, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the first electronic device and at least one other user. In some embodiments, the conversation transcript includes a representation of a media item that is displayed at a chronological position within the conversation transcript, and the messaging session is configured to allow synchronized viewing of the media item by the user at the first electronic device and the at least one other user at a. second electronic device that is distinct from the first electronic device. The method also includes; receiving a first request for synchronized viewing of the media item within the messaging user interlace. In response to receiving the first request, the method includes; initiating playing of content corresponding to file media item while the representation of the media i tem is displayed at the chronological posi tion w ithin the conversation transcript. After initiating playing of the content corresponding to the media item, the method includes; displaying the playing content corresponding to the media item at a fixed position within the messaging user interface that is different than the chronological position. While displaying the playing content corresponding to the media item at the fixed position, the method includes: displaying messages exchanged between the user and the at least one other user below the playing content corresponding to the media item; and detecting an end of the content corresponding to the media item. In response to detecting the end of the content corresponding to the media item, the method includes: ceasing to display the content corresponding to the media item at the fixed position.

id

DK 2016 70654 A1 (0037( In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device (e g,, electronic device 2200, Figure 22) includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to defect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with fite display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to (or one or more components thereof, such as the units 22102216 shown in Figure 22 are configured to) display, on the display, a messaging user interface, the messaging user interlace including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the fust electronic device and at least one other user, in some embodiments, the conversation transcript includes a .representation of a media item that is displayed at a chronological position within the conversation transcript, and the messaging session is configured to allow synchronized viewing of the media item by the user at the first electronic device and the at feast one other user at a second electronic device that is distinct from the first electronic device. The processing unit is also configured to; receive a first request for synchronized viewing of the media item within the messaging user interface and, in response to receiving the first request, ini t iate playing of content corresponding to the media item while the representation of the media item is displayed at the chronological position within the conversation transcript. After initiating playing of the content corresponding to file media item, the processing unit is configured to: display the playing content corresponding to the media item at a fixed position within the messaging user interfece that is different than the chronological position. While displaying the playing content corresponding to the media item at the fixed position, the processing unit is configured to: display messages exchanged between the user and the at least one other user below the playing content corresponding to the media item and detect an end of the content corresponding to the media item. In response to detecting the end of the content corresponding to the media item, the processing unit is configured to: cease to display the content corresponding to the media item at the fixed position.

(00381 Thus, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for viewing media content in a synchronized fashion within a messaging application, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, operability, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces

IT

DK 2016 70654 A1 may complement or replace com enttoual methods for ί iewing media in a messaging application, [0039] There is a need for electiomc devices with tmptoved methods and tmetfaces for using handwriting inputs in a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or replace conventional methods for entering messages in a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces help improve user satisfaction with their devices and produce more efficient human-machine interfaces by allowing users, e.g., to simply rotate their device in order to begin entering handwritten inputs. Such methods and interfaces also produce more efficient human-macbme interfaces by allowing for autoreplacing of typed inputs with handwritten inputs and by allowing users to intuitively create keyboards with handwritten characters as keys, thus improving operability of the devices. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges. Furthermore, allowing users to simply rotate their devices In order to begin entering handwritten inputs, auto-replacing typed inputs, and creating keyboards with handwritten characters as keys all contribute to enhancing the operability of the devices and making the user-device interfaces (e.g,, in the messaging appiication) more efficient (e.g., by allowing users to easily customize their message content with handwritten inputs) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. For example, the user need not leave the messaging application, open and use a different application to input or locate handwritten inputs, and titen return to use those inputs in the messaging application. Instead, the user simple provides and/or selects custom handwritten inputs directly within the messaging application.

[00401 In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface. The method includes: while the electronic device is in a portrait orientation, displaying, on the display, a messaging user interlace, the messaging user interface including a virtual keyboard. The method also Includes: detecting a change in the orientation of the electronic device from the portrait orientation to a landscape orientation: and, in response to detecting the change in the orientation of the electronic device: ceasing to display the virtual keyboard and displaying, on the display, a handwriting input area that is configured to accept handwritten input from a user of the electronic device.

DK 2016 70654 A1 [0Ö411 In accordance with some embodiments , an electroni c device includes .a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to: while the electronic device is in a portrait orientation, display, on the display, a messaging user interface, the messaging user interface inc?tiding a virtual keyboard; detect a change in the orientation of the electronic device from the portrait orientation to a landscape orientation; and, in response to defecting the change in the orientation of the electronic device: cease to display the virtual keyboard; and display, on the display, a handwriting input area that is configured io accept handwritten input from a user of the electronic device.

In accordance with some emhodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface. The method includes: displaying, on the display; a messaging user interface, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a virtual keyboard, and a message-input area. The method also includes; receiving, at the virtual keyboard, a plurality of typing inputs. While receiving the plurality of typing inputs, the method includes: determining whether one or more typing inputs of the plurality of typing inputs match a stored sequence of characters that is associated with stored handwritten input from the user. In accordance with a determination that the one or more typing inputs match the stored sequence of characters, the method includes · displaying at a first location, proximate to a first set of characters that is displayed within the message-input area, a selectable representation of the stored handwritten input. In some embodiments, the first set of characters Is displayed within the message-input area and includes characters that correspond to the one or more typing inputs that match the stored sequence of characters. The method also includes.' detec ting, via the touch-sensitive surface, a selection of the selectable representation of the stored handwritten input; and, in response to detecting the selection of the selectable representation of the stored handwritten input: ceasi ng to display the selectable representation of the stored handwritten input at the first location; and replacing display, within the message-input area, of the first set of characters that correspond to the one or more typing inputs with display of a representation of the stored handwritten input.

DK 2016 70654 A1 (0043] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch“sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to; display, on the display; a messaging user interface, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a virtual keyboard, and a message-input area. The processing unit is configured to; receive., at the virtual keyboard, a plurality of typing inputs; while receiving the plurality of typing inputs, determine whether one or more typing inputs of the plurality of t yping inputs match a stored sequence of characters that is associated with stored handwritten input from the user; in accordance with a determination that the one or more typing inputs match the stored sequence of characters., display at a first location, proximate to a first set of characters that is displayed within the message-input area, a selectable representation of the stored handwritten input, and the first set of characters is displayed within the messageinput area and includes characters that correspond to he one or more typing inputs hat match the stored sequence of characters; detect, via the touch-sensitive surface, a selection of the selectable representation of the stored handwritten input; and, in response to detecting the selection of the selectable representation of the stored handwritten input; cease to display he selectable representation of he stored handwritten input at the first location; and replace display, within the message-input area, of the first set of characters that correspond to the one or more typing inputs with display of a representation of the stored handwritten input.

[0044] in accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface. The method includes; detecting, via the touch-sensitive surface, a first input; in response to detecting the first input, presenting, on the display, a keyboard preparation user interface; while presenting the keyboard preparation user interface, receiving, via he touch-sensitive surface, handwritten inputs that correspond to a predefined set of training characters ; after receiving the handwritten inputs, detecting a second input that corresponds to a request to display a messaging user interface that includes a message-input area and a virtual keyboard with a plurality of keys, wherein a first key of the plurality of keys is associated with a first

DK 2016 70654 A1 handwritten input of the received handwritten inputs; in response to detecting the second input, displaying the messaging user interface that includes the message-input area and the virtual keyboard with the plurality of keys; receiving, via the touch-sensitive surface, a selection of the first key; and in response to receiving the selection of the first key, outputting a representation of the first handwritten input within the message-input area.

(00451 In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensif ies of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to: detect, via the touch-sensitive surface, a first input; in response to detecting the first input, present, on the display, a keyboard preparation user interface; while presenting fire keyboard preparation user interface, receive, via the touch-sensitive surface, handwritten inputs that correspond to a predefined set of training characters; after receiving the handwritten inputs, detect a second input that corresponds to a request to display a messaging user interface that includes a. message-input area and a virtual keyboard with a plurality of keys, wherein a first key of the plurality of keys is associated with a first handwritten input of the received handwritten inputs; in response to detecting die second input, display die messaging user interface that includes the message-input area and the virtual keyboard with the plurality of keys; receive, via the touch-sensitive surface, a selection of the first key; and in response to receiving the selection of the first key, output a representation of the first handwritten input within the message-input area.

(0046( Thus, electronic devices with displays, touch-sensitive surfaces and optionally one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for handwriting messages, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for composing and submitting messages.

(0047( There is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for quickly locating different types of content in a messaging application. Such methods and interfeces optionally complement or replace conventional methods. Such methods and is

DK 2016 70654 A1 interfaces produce more efficient human-machme interfaces by allowing users to simply utilize a simple gesture in order to quickly scale down display sizes for content in a messaging application, so that users are able to quickly locate desired content (e.g., users can scale down all text-only content in order to quickly locate etnojis, photos, videos, or other types of content that may have been received a long time ago). For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges (e.g., by allowing users to quickly locate desired content). Furthermore, allowing users to quickly locate desired content enhances the operability of the devices and makes user-device interfeces (e.g., in the messaging application! more efficient (e.g., by allowing users to easily locate desired content in a potentially large and difficult to search conversation transcript) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently (e.g·, the user need not scroll through pages and pages of content in the conversation transcript and can instead simply provide intuitive gestures to easily scale down content so that desired content is easily located).

(0048] in accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface. The method includes; displaying, on the display, a messaging user interface that includes a plurality of content items, in some embodiments,, the plurality of content items includes content items having a first content type, the plurality of content items includes content items having a second content type that is distinct front the first content type, and a respective content item in the plurality of content items is displayed with a respective first size. While displaying the messaging user interface, the method includes; detecting, via the touch-sensitive surface, a first input. In response to detecting the first input, the method includes; reducing a display size of at least some content items having the first content type while continuing to display content items having the second content type with their respective first size.

[0049] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensities of contacts with die touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to: display, on the display , a messaging user interface that inc ludes a plurality of content items. In some

DK 2016 70654 A1 embodiments, the plurality of content items at ieast includes content items having a first content type, the plurality of content items at least includes content items having a second content type that is distinct from the first content type, and a respective content item in tire plurality of content items is displayed with a respective first size. While displaying the messaging user interface, the processing unit is configured to: detect, via the touch-sensitive surface, a first input and, in response to detecting the first input, reduce a display size of at least some content items having the first content type while continuing to display content items having the second content type with their respective first size.

[0050] in accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface. The method includes: displaying, on the display, a messaging user interface that includes a plurality of content items, In some embodiments, the plurality of content items incl udes content items having a first content type, the plurality of content items includes content items having a second content type that is distinct from the first content type, and a respective content item in the plurality of content items is displayed with a respective first size. While displaying the ntessaaina user interface, the method includes: detectins. via the touch-sensitive surface, a first input and, in response to detecting the first input, the method includes: reducing a display size of at least some content items having the first content type, such that a first content item having the first content type is reduced to a respective second size that is smaller than the respective first size by a predefined first display-size-reduction factor; and reducing a display size of at least some content items having the second content type, such that a second content item having the second content type is reduced to a respective third size that is smaller than the respective first size by a predefined second display-sizereduction factor. In some embodiments, the predefined second display-size-reduction factor is less than the predefined first display-size-reduction factor.

|0051] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface and a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensities of contacts with the touchsensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touchsensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to: display, on the display, a messaging user interface that includes a plurality of content items. In some embodiments, the plurality of content items includes content items having a

DK 2016 70654 A1 first content type, the plurality of content items includes content items having a second content q pe that b distinct from the first content type, and a respective content item in the plurality of content items is displayed with a respecti ve first size. While displaying the messaging user interfece, the processing unit is configured to; detect, via the touch-sensitive surface, a first input In response to detecting the first input, the processing unit is configured to; reduce a display size of at least some content items having the first content type, such that a first content item having the first content type is reduced to a respective second size that is smaller than the respective first size by a predefined first display-sizereduction. fector; and reduce a display size of at least some content items having the second content type, such that a second content item having the second content type is reduced to a respective third size that is smaller than the respective first, size by a predefined second display-size-reduction factor. In some embodiments, the predefined second display-sizereduction fector is less than fire predefined first display-size-reduction fector, (0052( Thus, electronic devices with displays, touch-sensitive surfaces and optionally one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface are provided with fast and efficient methods and interlaces for quickly locating different types of content in a messaging application , thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices.

(0053( There is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for sharing images (e.g., photos) in message conversations. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for sharing images (e.g., photos) in message conversations. Such methods and interfeces reduce the number, extent, and/or the nature of the inputs from a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface.

(0054( hi accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a digital camera, a touch-sensitive surface and memory. The method includes displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a keyboard, a message-input area, and a digital image affordance. The method further includes, while displaying the messaging user interfece, detecting an input that activates the digital image affordance. The method further includes in response to detecting the input that, activates the digital image affordance,

DK 2016 70654 A1 replacing display of the keyboard with display ofa plurality of digital images, the plurality of digital images including one or more digital images stored in the memory and a live preview image from the digital camera. The method further includes detecting an input that selects the li ve image displayed within the plurality of digital images. I’he method further includes, in response to detecting that input that selects the live image, capturing a digital image with the digital camera, while maintaining display of the conversation transcript, (00551 In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display user interfaces, a digital camera unit configured to capture images, a touch-sensitive surface unit, a memory unit, and a processing unit coupled to the display unit, the digital camera unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit and the memory unit, I'he processing unit is configured to; display a messaging user interface on the display unit, the messaging user interface including a. conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a keyboard, a messageinput area, and a digital image affordance. The processing unit is further configured to, while displaying the messaging user interface, detect an input that activates the digital image affordance. The processing unit is further configured to, in response to detecting the input that activates the digital image affordance, replace display ofthe keyboard with display of a plurality of digital images, the plurality of digital images including one or more digital images stored in the memory unit and a live preview image from the digital camera unit. The processing unit is further configured to detect an input that selects the live image displayed within the plurality of digital images. The processing unit is further configured to, in response to detecting that input that selects the live Image, capture a digital image with the digital camera unit, while maintaining display ofthe conversation transcript.

(0056( Thus, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfitces are provided with improved methods and interfaces for sharing images (e.g., photos) in message conversations, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for sharing images (e.g., photos) in message conversations.

(0057( There is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for searching and sharing content (e.g., content from the internet and locally stored content) in message conversations. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace

DK 2016 70654 A1 conventional methods for searching and sharing content in message conversations. Such methods and interfaces reduce die number, extent, and/or the nature of die inputs from a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interlace, [0058] In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface. The method includes displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a search affordance. The method further includes, while displaying the messaging user interface, detecting an Input that activates the search affordance. The method further includes, in response to detecting the input that activates the search affordance: ceasing to display the messaging user interface, and displaying a search user interface, the search user interface including a search field and a plurality of categorized content items, wherein the plurality of categorized content items includes at least a content item stored on the electronic device and a content item from the Internet, The method further includes, whi le displaying the search user interface, detecting an input that selects a first content item in the plurality of categorized content items. The method further includes, after detecting the input that selects the first content item in the plurality of categorized content items: ceasing to display the searching user interface, displaying the first content item in the conversation transcript within the messaging user interface, and transmitting the first content item to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the first content item in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

[0059] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display user interfaces, a touch-sensitive surface unit, a memory unit, and a processing unit coupled to the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the memory unit. The processing unit is configured to: display a messaging user interlace on the display unit, the messaging user interface Including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic de vice and at least one other user, and a search affordance. The processing unit is further configured to, while displaying the messaging user interface, detect an input that activates the search affordance. The processing unit is further configured to, in response to detecting the input that activates the

Tt

DK 2016 70654 A1 search affordance: cease to display the messaging user interface, anddisplay a search user interface, the search user interlace including a search field and a plurality of categorized content items, wherein tire plurality of categorized content hans includes at least a content item stored on the electronic device and a content item from the internet. The processing unit is further configured to, while displaying the search user interface, detect an input that selects a first content item in the plurality of categorized content items. The processing unit is further configured to, after detecting the input that selects the first content item in the plurality of categorized content items: cease to display the searching user interface, display the first content item in the conversation transcript within the messaging user interface, and transmit the first content hem to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the first content item in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

)0060) Thus, electronic der ives with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided with improved methods and interfaces for searching sharing content in message conversations, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for sharing content in con versations.

S·' )0061) There is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for adding an interactive application to a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for adding an interactive application to a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number, extent, and/or the nature of the inputs from a user and produce a more efficient human* machine interface, )0062) In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device ba ving one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display. The method includes: displaying a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display, the messaging user interface including a converse ion transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and an application affordance; while displaying the messaging user interface, detecting an input that activates the application affordance; in response to detecting the input that

DK 2016 70654 A1 activates the application affordance, concurrently displaying a launch icon for an application store and a plurality of launch icons for interactive applications, wherein activation of a respective launch icon for an interactive application launches a corresponding application that is displayed within the messaging application; detecting an input that activates the launch icon for the application store; in response to detecting the input drat activates tire launch icon for the application store; ceasing to display the messaging user interface, and displaying an application store user interface, including display of a t least one interactive application available for download to the electronic device; while displaying the application store user interface, detecting an input that corresponds to a request to download a first interactive application that is not stored in the memory of the electronic device: and, rn response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to download the first interactive application: downloading the first interactive application to the memory of the electronic device; replacing display of the application store user interface with display of the messaging user interface, the messaging user interface including the conversation transcript and at least some of the plurality of la unch icons for interactive applications; and adding a launch icon that corresponds to the first interactive application to the display of the plurality of launch icons for interactive applications.

[0063] hi accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display user interfaces; a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touchsensitive surface unit. The processing unit is configured to: enable display of a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display unit, the messagi ng user interface incl uding a con versation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and an application affordance; while displaying the messaging user interface, detect an input that activates the application affordance; in response to detecting the input that activates the application affordance, concurrently enable display of a launch icon for an application store and a plurality of bunch icons for interacti ve applications, wherein activation of a respective launch icon for an interactive application launches a corresponding application that is displayed within the messaging application; detect an input that activates the launch icon for the application store; in response to detecting the input that activates the launch icon for the application store: cease to display the messaging user interface, and enable display of an application store user

7.5

DK 2016 70654 A1 interface, including display ofat least one mteraeme application available for download to the electronic device; while displaying the application store user interface, detect an input that corresponds to a request to download a first interactive application that is not stored in the memory of the electronic device; and, in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request io download the first interactive application: download the first interactive application to the memory of the electronic device; replace display of the application store user interface w ith display of the messaging user interface, the messaging user interface including the conversation transcript and at least some of the plurality of launch icons for interactive applications; and add a launch icon that corresponds to the first interacti ve application to the display of the plurality of launch icons for interacti ve applications.

[0064( Thus, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided with improved methods and interfeces for adding an interactive application to a messaging application, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for adding an interactive application to a messaging application.

[00651 There is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for posting messages. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for posting messages. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number, extent, and/or the nature of the inpu ts from a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface.

[0066( In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device having one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display. The method includes', displaying a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a first message-input area, and a launch icon for an interactive application; while displaying the messaging user interface, detecting an input that activates the launch icon for the interactive application; in response to detecting the input that activates the launch icon for the interactive application, displaying a user interface for the interacti ve application, the interactive application user interface including a second message-input area that is distinct from the first message-input area; while displaying the interactive application user interface.

DK 2016 70654 A1 detecting input of a first message in the second message-input area; in response to detecting the input of the first message in the second message-input area, displaying the first message in the second message-input area; while displaying the first message in the second messageinput area, detecting an input that corresponds to a request to post the contents of the second message-input area to the messaging session; and, in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to post the contents of the second message-input area to the messaging session, transmitting the first message to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the first message in a conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging session.

[0067( In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display user interfeces; a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touchsensitive surface unit. The processing unit is configured to: enable display of a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display unit, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a first message-input area, and a launch icon for an interactive application; while displaying the messaging user interface, detect an input that activates the launch icon for the interactive application; in response to detecting the input that activates the launch icon for the interactive application, enable display of a user interlace for the interactive application, the interactive application user interface including a second message-input area that is distinct from the first message-input area; while display ing the interacti ve appli c at ion user interface, detect Input of a first message in the second message-input area; in response to detecting the input of the first message in the second message-input area, enable display of the first message in the second message-input area; while displaying the first message in the second message-input area, detect an input that corresponds to a request to post the contents of the second message-input area to the messaging session; and, in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to post the contents of the second message-input area to the messaging session, transmit the first message to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the first message in a conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging session.

DK 2016 70654 A1 (0068( Thus, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided witlr improved methods and interfaces lor posting messages, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for posting messages.

(0069] There is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for using an interactive application within a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for using an interactive application within a. messaging application. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number, extent, and/or the nature of the inputs from a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interiace, (0070( In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device having one or more processors., memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display. The method includes: displaying a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display, the messaging user interlace including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a message-input area, and an icon for an interactive application that is displayed within the conversation transcript; while displaying the messaging user interface, detecting an Input that activates the icon for the interactive application; in response to detecting the input that activates the icon for the interactive application, displaying a user interlace for the interactive application in a first state; while displaying the user interface for the interactive application, detecting a first user input within the user Interface for the interactive application; and, in response to detecting the first user input within the user interface for the interactive application: changing display of the user interiace for the interactive application from the first state to a second state, and sending information, to the one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, indicating that the first user input was made in the user interface for the interactive application, wherein the one or more electronic devices display an indicia of the first user input, (0071( In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display user interfaces; a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touchDK 2016 70654 A1 sensitive surface unit. The processing unit is configured to; enable display of a. messaging user .interface ofa messaging application on the display unit, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronicdevice and at. least one other user, a message-input area, and an icon for an interactive application that is displayed within the conversation transcript; while displaying the messaging user interface, detect an input that activates tire icon for the interactive application; in response to detecting the input that activates the icon for the interactive application, enable display of a user interlace for the interactive application in a first state; while displaying the user interface for the interactive application, detect a first user input within die user interface for die interactive application; and, in response to detecting the first user input, within the user interface for the interactive application: change display of the user interface for the interactive application from the first state to a second state, and send information, to the one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, indicating that the first user input was made in the user interface for the interactive application, wherein the one or more electronic devices display an indicia of the first user input.

[0072] Thus, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided with improved methods and interfaces for using an interactive application within a messaging application, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for using an interactive application in a messaging application.

[0073] There is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for using an interactive application in a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for using an interactive application in a messaging application. Such methods and interlaces reduce the number, extent, and/or the na ture of the inputs from a user and produce a more efficient humanmachine interface.

|0074] In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device having one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display. The method includes: displaying a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript

DK 2016 70654 A1 of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a message-input area; while displaying the messaging user interface, receiving instructions, from an electronic device that corresponds to another user included in the messaging session, to display an icon for an interactive application in the conversation transcript; in response to receiving the instructions, displaying the icon for the interactive application in the conversation transcript; while displaying the icon for the interactive application in the conversation transcript, detecting an input that activates the icon for the interactive application; and, in response to detecting the input that activates the icon for the interactive application displayed in the conversation transcript: in accordance with a determination that an interactive application that corresponds to the icon for the interactive application is stored in the memory of the electronic device, displaying a user interface for the interactive application, and in accordance with a determination that the interactive application that corresponds to the icon for the interactive application is not stored in the memory of the electronic device: downloading the interactive application, from a remote server, to the memory of the electronic device, and alter downloading the interactive application from the remote server, displaying the user interface for the interactive application, (0075} In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display user interfaces; a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touchsensitive surface unit. The processing unit is configured to: enable display of a messaging user interface of a messaging applicat ion on the display unit, tire messaging user interface Inc luding a con versation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a message-input area; while displaying the messaging user interface, recei ve instructions, from an electronic device that corresponds to another user included in the messaging session, to display an icon for an interactive application in the conversation transcript; in response to recei ving the instructions, enable display of the Icon for the interactive application in the conversation transcript; while displaying the icon for the interactive application in the conversation transcript, detect an input that activates the icon for the interactive application; and, in response to detecting the input that activates the icon for the interactive application displayed in the conversation transcript; in accordance with a determination that an interactive application that corresponds to the icon

DK 2016 70654 A1 for the interactive application is stored in the memory of the electronic device, enable display of a user interface for the Interactive application, and in accordance with a determination that the interactive application that corresponds to the icon for the interactive application is not stored in the memory of the electronic device: download the interactive application, from a remote server, to the memory of the electronic device, and after downloading the interacti ve application from the remote server, enable display of the user interlace for the interactive application.

»I Thus, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided with improved methods and interfaces for using art interactive application in a messaging application, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for using an interactive application in a messaging application.

10077] There is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for using an Interactive application in a messaging application. Such methods and Interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for using an interactive application in a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number, extent, and/or the nature of the inputs horn a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface.

(0078] In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitise surface. The method includes, displaying a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display., the messaging user interface including: a conversation transcript, displayed In a first area of the display, of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a first interactive application object displayed within the conversation transcript that corresponds to a first interactive application, a message input area, and an input area for the first interactive application, distinct from the message input area, displayed in a second area of the display, the input area for the first interactive application including one or more input affordances; and; detecting an input that activates a first input affbrdance in the input area for the interactive application.

j0079J In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit and a touch-sensitive surface unit, and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit. The processing unit is configured to:

DK 2016 70654 A1 enable display ofa messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display unit, the .messaging user interlace including; a conversation transcript displayed In a first area of the display, of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a first interactive application object displayed within the conversation transcript that corresponds to a first interactive application, a message input area, and an input area for the first interactive application, distinct horn the message input area, displayed in a second area of the display, the input area for the first interactive application including one or more input affordances; and; detect an input that activates a first input affordance in the input area for the interactive application.

(0080( Thus, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided with improved methods and interfaces for using an interactive application in a messaging application, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices, Such methods and interfaces may complement o.r replace conventional methods for using an interactive application in a messaging application, (0081] There is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interlaces for using an interactive application in a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for using an interactive application in a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number, extent, and/or the nature of the inputs trom a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface.

(0082] In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface. I'he method includes, displaying a messaging user interface of a messaging applicat ion on the display, the messamnn user interface including; a conversation transcript of a messamnn session between a user of the electronic device and at least one oilier user, a first interactive application object displayed within the conversation transcript that corresponds to a first interactive application, and a message input area. The method further includes detecting a first input while a focus selector is at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to tlie first interactive application object displayed within die conversation transcript; in response to detecting the first input, displaying an input area for the first interactive application that is distinct from the message input area, the input area for the first interactive application including one or more input affordances; while displaying an input

DK 2016 70654 A1 area for the first interactive application, detecting one or more inputs on foe one or more input affordances; after detecting the one or more inputs on foe one or more input affordances: updating the first interactive application: sending information to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session that causes updating of a corresponding user interface for the first interactive application displayed within a corresponding conversation transcript of the messaging session; and ceasing display of foe input area for foe first interactive application.

[0083] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit and a touch-sensitive surface unit, and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit. The processing unit is configured to: enable display of a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display unit, the messaging user interface including: a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at feast one other user, a first interactive application object displayed within the conversation transcript that corresponds to a first interactive application, and a message input area. The processing unit is further configured to: detect a first input while a focus selector Is at a location on foe touch-sensitive surface unit that corresponds to foe first interactive application object displayed within the conversation transcript; in response to detecting foe first input, enable display of an input area for the first interactive application that is distinct from foe message input area, foe input area for the first interactive application including one or more input affordances; while displaying an input area for the first interactive application, detect one or more inputs on the one or more input affordances; after detecting the one or more inputs on the one or more input affordances: update the first interactive application; send information to one or more electronic devices that correspond to foe at least one other user included in the messaging session that causes updating of a corresponding user interface for the first interactive application displayed within a corresponding con versation transcript of the messaging session; and cease display of the input area for the first interactive application, [0084] Thus, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided with improved methods and interfaces for using an interactive application in a messaging application, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices, Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for using an interactive application in a messaging application.

DK 2016 70654 A1 [0Ö8SJ There is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for enabling use of an interactive application in a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for enabling use of an interactive application In a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces reduce fire number, extent, and/or the nature of the inputs from a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface, |0086] In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display and a. touch-sensitive surface, where a messaging appli cation and a plural ity of other applications are stored in the memory, and a respecti ve application in the plurality of other applications has a normal mode for normal operation on the electronic device and an embedded mode for operation within the messaging application on the electronic device, The method includes; displaying a plurality of toggle affordanees, where a respective toggle affordance in the plurality of toggle affordanees has a corresponding application in the plurality of other applications stored in the memory; the respective toggle affordance has a first slate that enables display of a respective launch icon, within the messaging application, for operation of the corresponding application in tire embedded mode within the messaging application; the respective toggle affordance has a second state that prevents display of the respective launch icon, within the messaging application, to prevent operation of the corresponding application in the embedded mode within fire messaging application; the plurality of toggle affordanees include a first toggle affordance for a first application that is displayed in the first state and a second toggle affordance for a second application that is displayed in the second state. While displaying the plurality of toggle affordanees, the method further includes; detecting a first user input at a. first location that corresponds to the first toggle affordance; and, in response to detecting the first user input at the first location that corresponds to the first toggle affordance; changing the first toggle affordance from the first state to the second state, and preventing display of a corresponding launch icon for the first application in the messaging application.

[00871 In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit and a touch-sensitive surface unit, and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit where a messaging application and a plurality of other applications are stored in memory of the electronic device, and a

DK 2016 70654 A1 respecti ve application in the plurality of other applications has a normal mode for normal operation on the electronic device and an embedded mode for operation within the messaging application on the electronic device. The processing unit is configured to: enable display of a plurality of toggle affordances, where a respective toggle affordance in the plurality of toggle affordances has a corresponding application in the plurality of other applications stored in the memory, the respective toggle affordance has a first state that enables display of a respective launch icon, within the messaging application, for operation of the corresponding application in the embedded mode within the messaging application.· the respective toggle affordance has a second state that prevents display of the respecti ve launch icon, within the messaging application, to prevent operation of the corresponding application in the embedded mode within the messaging application: the plurality of toggle affordances include a first toggle affordance for a first application that is displayed in the first state and a second toggle affordance lor a second application that is displayed in the second state. The processing unit is further configured to; while displaying tire plurality of toggle affordances, detect a first, user input at a. first location that corresponds to the first toggle affordance; and, in response to detecting die first user input at the first location that corresponds to the first toggle affordance: change the first 'toggle affordance from the first state to the second state, and prevent display of a corresponding launch icon for the first application in the messaging application.

[00881 Thus, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided w ith improved methods and interfaces for enabling use o f an interactive application in a messaging application, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for enabling use ofan interactive application in a messaging application.

[0089] There is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for navigating within a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for navigating within a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number, extent, and/or the nature of the inputs from a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface.

DK 2016 70654 A1

In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic- device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and a digital camera. The method includes: displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at feast one other aser, a message-input area, a digital image affordance, a digital touch affordance, and an application affordance; while displaying the messaging user interface, detecting a first input on the touch sensitive surface; in response to detecting the first Input: in accordance with a determination that the first input is made whi le a focus selector is at a loca tion in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the digital image affordance, displaying a plurality of digital images within the messaging user inierfece; in accordance with a determination that the first input is made while a .focus selector is at a location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the digital canvas affordance, displaying a digital drawing canvas within the messaging user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the first input is made while a focus selector is at a location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the application affordance, displaying one or more launch icons for an application within the messaging user interface.

[0091] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit, a touch-sensitive surface unit, a digital camera unit, and a processing unitcoupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the digital camera unit. The processing unit is configured to: enable display of a messaging user interface on the display unit, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a message-input area, a digital image affordance, a digital touch affordance, and an application affbrdance. The processing unit is further configured to; while displaying the messaging user interface, detect a first input on the touch sensitive surface; in response to detecting the first input: in accordance with a determination that the first input is made while a focus selector Is at a location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the digital image affordance, enable display of a plurality of digital images within the messaging user interface: in accordance with a determination that the first input is made while a focus selector is at a location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the digital canvas affordance, enable display of a digital drawing canvas within the messaging user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the first input is made while a focus selector is at a

DK 2016 70654 A1 location in the messaging user Interface that corresponds to- the application affordance, enable display of one or .moire launch Icons tor an application within the messaging user interface, (0092( Thus, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided with improved methods and interfaces for navigating within a messaging application, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for navigating within a messaging application.

(00931 There is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for placing an electronic sticker in a conversation transcript. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for placing an electronic sticker in a conversation transcript. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number, extent, and/or the nature of the inputs from a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface.

(00941 in accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with at an electronic device having one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display. The device displays a messaging user interlace of a messaging application on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a plurality of electronic stickers, and a message-input area. While displaying the messaging user interface, the device detects a first drag gesture that starts while a focus selector is at a first location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to a first electronic sticker in the plurality of electronic stickers, the first drag gesture moving the focus selector in a first direct ion. The device moves the first electronic sticker in the first direction in accordance with the movement of the first drag gesture. The device detects termination of the first drag gesture while the focus selector is at a second location in the messaging user interface. In response to detecting termination of the first drag gesture: in accordance with a determination that the second location is within the conversation transcript, the device places the electronic sticker in the conversation transcript at a location based on the second location. In accordance with a determination that the second location in not within the conversation transcript, the device ceases to display the electronic sticker at the second location on the display.

DK 2016 70654 A1 (0095( In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display user interfaces; a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touchsensitive surface unit. The processing unit is configured to: enable display of a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display unit, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a plurality of electronic stickers, and a message-input area. While displaying the messaging user interface, the processing unit is configured to detect a first drag gesture that starts while a focus selector is at a first location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to a first electronic sticker in die plurality of electronic stickers, the first drag gesture move the focus selector in a first direction. The processing unit is configured to move the first electronic sticker in the first direction in accordance with the mo vement of the first drag gesture. The processing unit is configured to detect termination of the first drag gesture while the focus selector is at a second location in the messaging user interface, in response to detecting tenni.nat.ion of the first drag gesture: in accordance with a determination that the second location is within the conversation transcript, the processing unit is configured to place the electronic sticker in the conversation transcript at a location based on the second location, and in accordance with a determination that the second location in not within the conversation transcript, the processing unit is configured to cease to display the electronic sticker at the second location on the display unit, [0096] Thus, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided with improved methods and interfeces for placing an electronic sticker m a conversation transcript, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for placing an electronic sticker in a. conversation transcript (00971 There is a need bn electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for changing characteristics of an. electronic sticker in a conversation transcript for a messaging user interface . Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for changing characteristics of an electronic sticker in a conversation transcript for a messaging user interface. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number.

DK 2016 70654 A1 extent, and er the nature of the inputs hem a user and produce a mere efficient humanmachine -interface.

(0098] In accordance with some emhodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display. The device displays a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a plurali ty of electronic stickers, and a message-input area. While displaying the messaging user interface, the device detects a first user input while a focus selector is at a first location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to a first electronic sticker in the plurality of electronic stickers. In response to detecting the first user input, the device places and displays the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript. While the first electronic sticker is displayed in the conversation transcript: the device detects a second user input while a focus selector is at a second location in the messaging user interface that

S·' S·' corresponds to the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript. In response to detecting the second user input, the device changes the position, size, and/or rotation of the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript.

(0099( In accordance with some embodiments, there is an electronic device with a.

display unit configured to display user interfaces; a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touchsensitive surface unit, The processing unit enables display of a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display unit, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a plurality of electronic stickers, and a message-input area. Whi le displaying the messaging user interface, the processing unit detects a first user input while a focus selector is at a first location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to a first electronic sticker in the plurality of electronic stickers. In response to detecting the first user input, the processing unit places and enables display of the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript. While the first electronic sticker is displayed in the conversation transcript, the processing unit detects a second user input while a focus selector is at a second location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript, in response to detecting the second user input, the

DK 2016 70654 A1 device changes the position, size, and/or rotation of the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript.

1001ÖÖ] Thus, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces axe provided with Improved methods and interfaces for changing characteristics of ail electronic sticker in a conversation transcript for a messaging user interface, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfeces may complement or replace conventional methods for changing characteristics of an electronic sticker in a conversation transcript for a messaging user interface, (00101] There is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for initiating payments through a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for initiating payments through a messaging application. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number, extent, and/or the nature of the inputs from a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface.

(00102] In accordance with some embodiments., a method is performed at an electronic device with one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display. The device displays a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display, the messaging user interface Including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user and a messageinput area, wherein each of the other users included in the messaging session has a corresponding avatar. While displaying the messaging user interface, the device detects a first user input while a focus selector is at a first location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to an avatar of a first other user included in the messaging session. In. response to detecting the first user Input, the device displays a menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the first other user overlaid on tire messaging user interface, the displayed menu including an activatable menu item for initiating a payment action with the first other user. While displaying the menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the first other user, the device detects a second user Input while a focus selector is at a second location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the activatable menu item for initiating a payment action with the first other user. In response to detecting the second user input, the device displays a user interface configured to initiate sending of a payment to, and/or request ing a payment from, the first other user.

DK 2016 70654 A1 [00103] In some embodiments, there is an electronic device, with a display unit configured to display user interfaces; a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit. The processing unit enables display of a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display unit, the messaging user interlace including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user and a message-input area, wherein each of the other users incl uded in the messaging session has a corresponding avatar. While displaying the messaging user interlace, the processing unit detects a first user input while a focus selector is at a first locat ion in the messaging user interface that corresponds to an avatar of a first other user included in the messaging session, in response to detecting the first user input, the processing unit enables display of a menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the first other user overlaid on the messaging user interface, the displayed menu including an activatable menu item for initiating a payment action with the first other user. While displaying the menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the first other user, tlie processing unit detects a second user input while a focus selector is at a second location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the activatable menu item for initiating a payment action with the first other user. In response to detecting the second user input, the processing unit enables display of a user interface configured to initiate sending of a payment to, and/or requesting a payment fiom, the first other user.

(00104] Thus, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided with Improved methods and interfaces for initiating payments through a messaging application, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for initiating payments through messaging applications.

100105] There Is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and Interfaces for selectively activating menus in a messaging session. Such methods and Interfeces may complement or replace conventional methods for selectively activating menus in a messaging session. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number, extent, and/or the nature of the inputs from anser and produce a more efficient human-machine interfaee.

4,t

DK 2016 70654 A1

In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed af an electronic device with one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, and a display. The device displays a messaging user interlace of a messaging application on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user ofthe electronic device and a plurality of other users, a message-input area, and a plurality of avatars, each respective avatar in the plurality of avatars corresponding to a respective other user in the plurality of other users included in the messaging session, wherein the plurality of avatars are displayed as a stack of avatars, with a first avatar in the plurality of avatars displayed on the top ofthe stack of avatars. While displaying the messaging user interface, the device detects an input by a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface while a focus selector is at a first location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to fire first avatar. In response to detecting the input by the first contact', in accordance with a determination that the input meets menu-activation-criteria, wherein tire menu-activation-criteria, require that a characteristic intensity ofthe contact on the touchsensitive surface meet a respective intensity threshold in order for the menu-activation criteria to be met, the device displays a menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the first avatar overlaid on the messaging user interface. In accordance with a determination that the input meets avatar-spreading-criteria, wherein the avatar-spreadingcriteria do not require that a characteristic intensity of the contact on the touchscreen meet the respective intensity threshold in order for the selection criteria to be met, the device displays the plurality of avatars in an array.

(00107( in accordance with some embodiments, there is an electronic device, including a. display unit configured to display user interfaces; a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit. The processing unit enables display of a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display unit, the messaging user interface incl uding a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the e lectronic device and a plurality of other users, a message-input area, and a plurality of avatars, each respective avatar in the plurality of avatars corresponding to a respective other user in the plurality of other users included in the messaging session, wherein the plurality of avatars are displayed as a stack of avatars, with a first avatar in the plurality of avatars displ ayed on

DK 2016 70654 A1 the top of the stack of avatars. While displaying the messaging user interface, the processing unit detects an input by a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit while a focus selector is at a first location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the first avatar. In response to detecting the input by the first contact: in accordance with a determination that the input meets menu-aetivation-criteria, wherein the menu-activationcriteria require that a characteristic intensity of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit meet a respective intensity threshold in order for the menu-activation criteria to be met, the processing unit enables display of a menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the first avatar overlaid on the messaging user interface. In accordance with a determination that the input meets avatar-spreading-criteria, wherein the avatar-spreadingcriteria do not require that a characteristic intensity of the contact on the touchscreen meet the respective intensity threshold in order for the selection criteria to be met, the processing unit enables dispiay of the plurality of avatars in an array.

)00108) Thus, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided with improved methods and interfaces for selectively activating menus in a messaging session, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices, Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for selectively activating menus in a messaging session.

There is a need for electronic devices with improved methods and interfaces for providing a selectable link to access additional content for a word or phrase in a message. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for providing a selectable link to access additional content for a word or phrase in a message. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number, extent, and/or the nature of the inputs from a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface.

)00110) in accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display. The device displays a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display, the messaging user interlace including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a messageinput area. While displaying the messaging user interface, the device receives a first message within the messaging session from an electronic device that corresponds to another

DK 2016 70654 A1 user included in the messaging session. In response to receiving the first message, the device displays the first message within a first message region in the conversation transcript on tire display. The device detects, in the first message, a word or phrase associated with additional content available on the Internet; and in response to detecting the word or phrase associated with additional content available on the internet, the device displays, proximate to tire first message region, a selectable indication that additional content associated with the word or phrase is available.

(0011.1] in some embodiments, there is an electronic device, including a display unit configured to display user interfaces; a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit. The processing unit enables display of a messaging user interface of a messagi ng application on the display unit, the messaging user interlace including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a message-input area. While displaying the messaging user interface, the processing unit receives a first message within the messaging session from an electronic device that corresponds to another user included in the messaging session. In response to receiving the first message: the processing unit enables display of the first message within a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display unit. The processing unit detects, in the first message, a word or phrase associated with additional content available on the Internet. In response to detecting the word or phrase associated with additional content available on the internet, the processing unit enables display of, proximate to tire first message region, a selectable indication tliat additional content associated with the word or phrase is available.

[00112( Thus, electronic devices with displays and touch-sensitive surfaces are provided with improved methods and interfaces for providing a selectable link to access additional content tor a word or phrase in a message, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for providing a selectable link to access additional content on the word or phrase in a message.

100113( in accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display, a touch-sensitive surface, optionally one or more sensors to detect intensities of

DK 2016 70654 A1 contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, one or more processors, memory, and one or more programs: the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors and the one or more programs include instructions for performing or causing performance of the operations of any of the methods described herein. In accordance with some embodiments, a computer readable storage medium has stored therein instructions which when executed by an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and optionally one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, cause the device to perform or cause performance of the operation s of any of the methods descri bed herein. In accordance with some embodiments , a graphical user interface on an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, optionally one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, a memory, and one or more processors to execute one or more programs stored in the memory’ includes one or more of the elements displayed in any of the methods described herein, which are upda ted in response to inputs, as described in any of the methods described herein. In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and optionally one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface; and means for performing or causing performance of the operations of any of the methods described herein. In accordance with some embodiments, an information processing apparatus, for use in an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, and optionally one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, includes means for performing or causing per formance of the operations of any of the methods described herein.

[00Π4| Thus, electronic devices with displays, touch-sensitive surfaces and optionally one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with die touch-sensitive surface are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for messaging, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices,

Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for messaging,

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS |00115 J For a better understanding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the Description of Embodiments below, in conjunction with the

DK 2016 70654 A1 following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures, (00116( Figure 1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable nudufunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments.

100117] Figure 1B is a block diagram illustrating example components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.

(00118( Figure 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.

(00119( Figure 3 is a block diagram of an example multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments.

(00120( Figure 4A illustrates an example user interface for a menu of applica tions on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.

(00121( Figure 48 illustrates an example user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments.

(00122( Figures 4C-4B illustrate examples of dynamic intensity thresholds in accordance with some embodiments.

(00123( Figures 5A-5K illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying message transcripts and message acknowledgments.

(00124( Figures 5L-5T illustrate exemplary user interfaces for editing previously sent messages while displaying a message transcript.

(00125( Figures 5U-5BF illustrate exemplary user interfaces for applying an impact effect option to a message input or message region.

(00126( Figures 5BG-5CA illustrate exemplary user interfaces for Interacting with concealed messages.

(00127( Figures 5CB-5CW illustrate exemplary user interfaces for triggering enhanced message content and applying an effect to a messaging user interface when a message includes an enhanced message content trigger.

DK 2016 70654 A1 )00128] Ftgutcs 5VX-5DC ti lusti are exemplar usu mteifaces for detectmn und tesponding ro combinable cement in separate messages |ØØI 29] Figures 5DD-5DI illustrate exemplary user interfaces for selecting a message region type or shape.

100130] Figures 5D1-5DQ illustrate exemplary user interlaces for displaying and selecting automatically suggested emoji while composing a message )00131 J Figures 6Ά-6Ε are flow diagrams of a process for applying an acknowledgement, to a message region in a conversation transcript, in accordance with some embodiments.

)00.132] Figure 7 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

|00133] Figures SA-8C are flow diagrams of a process for editing a previously sent, message in a messaging session, in accordance with some embodiments.

)00134] Figure 9 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

)00135] Figures 1ÖÄ-10B are flow diagrams of a process for editing a previously sent message in a messaging session, in accordance with some embodiments.

)00136) Figure 11 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

)00137] Figures 12A-12E are flow diagrams of a process for applying an impact effect option to a message input, in accordance with some embodiments.

100138] Figure 13 is a fimctional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

)00139] Figures 14A-14B are flow diagrams of a process for interacting with concealed messages, in accordance with some embodiments.

)09140] Fi gure 15 is a funct ional block diagram o f an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

DK 2016 70654 A1 (00141( Figures löA-loC are flow diagrams ofa precess for apple i ng an effect to a messaging user interface when a message includes an enhanced message content trigger, in accordance with some embodiments,

100142] Figure 17 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

(00143] Figure ISA-18Ü are flow diagrams of a process for detecting combinable content in a messaging user interface and displaying content corresponding to a predetermined combination when the combinable content is detected, in accordance with some embodiments, j00144] Figure 19 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

(00145] Figures 2ÖA-20P illustrate example user interfaces for presenting synchronized media content (e.g., audio content and/or video content) in a messaging application, in accordance with some embodiments.

(00146] Figures 21A-21C are flow diagrams illustrating a method of presenting synchronized media content in a messaging application, in accordance with some embodiments.

100147] Figure 22 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

(00148] Figures 23A-23AE illustrate example user interfaces for providing and presenting user-specific handwritten inputs in a messaging application, in accordance with some embodiments.

(00149] Figures 24A-24C are How diagrams illustrating a method of providing and presenting user-specific handwritten inputs in a messaging application, in accordance w ith some embodiments.

(00150] Figure 25 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

4S

DK 2016 70654 A1 (WISH Figures 26A-26B are how diagrams illustrering a method of pres iding and presenting user-specific handwritten inputs in a messaging application, in accordance with some embodiments.

100152] Figure 27 is a functional block diagram of an el ectronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

[0Θ153] Figures 28A-28B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of pro viding and presenting user-specific handwritten inputs in a messaging application, in accordance with some embodiments.

[00154] Figure 29 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

[00155] Figures 3ÖA-30G illustrate example user interfaces for quickly locating different types of content in a messaging application, in accordance with some embodiments.

[00156] Figures 31A-3 IB are flow diagrams illustrating a method of quickly locating different types of content in a messaging application, in accordance with some embodiments.

[00157] Figure 32 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device, in accordance with some embodiments.

[0Θ158] Figures 33A-33B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of quickly loca ting different types of content m a messaging application, in accordance wit h some embodiments.

[00159] Figure 34 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device, in accordance with some embodiments.

[00160] Figures 35A-35AP illustrate exemplary user interfaces for integrating a digital camera into a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments, [00161] Figures 36A-36 AI, illustrate exemplary user interfaces for integrating search functionality, and posting rich content, in a messaging application, in accordance with some embodiments.

DK 2016 70654 A1 [00162] Figures 37A-37DJ illustrate exemplary user interfaces tor integrating interactive applications in a messaging application in accordance w tt h some embodiments,

100163] Figures 38A-38AZ illustrate exemplary user interfaces for integrating applications in a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments.

|00164] Figures 39A-39AW illustrate exemplary user interfaces for integrating electronic stickers in a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments.

[00165J Figures 40A-40W illustrate exemplary user interfaces for interacting with other users of a messaging transcript through an avatar in accordance with some embodiments.

]00166] Figures 4 FA-4111 illustrate exemplary user interfaces for integrating data detectors into a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments.

100167] Figures 42A-42D are flow diagrams illustrating a method of capturing and posting digital images within a messaging application ia accordance with some embodiments,

100168] Figure 43 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

[00169] Figures 44A-44D are flow diagrams illustrating a. method of searching for and sharing multimedia content within a .messaging application in accordance with some embodiments.

[00170] Figure 45 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

[00171] Figures 46A-46D are flow diagrams illustrating a method 4600 ofadding an interactive application to a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments, [0Θ17 2 j Figure 47 is a funct ional block diagram o f an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

[001731 Figures 48A-48D are flow diagrams illustrating a method of posting messages to a messaging session from a user interface other than the user interface for the messaging application in accordance with some embodiments.

so

DK 2016 70654 A1 [00174] Figure 49 is a fractional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

[00175] Figures 5ÖA-50C are flow diagrams illustrating a method of using an interactive application in a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments.

100176]

Figure 51 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

[00177 J Figures 52A-52C are flow diagrams i I lustra dug a method of using an interactive application in a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments.

[00178] Figure 53 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

[00179] Figures 54A-54C are flow diagrams illustrating a method of using an interactive application in a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments.

[00180] Figure 55 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

[00181] Figures 56A-56B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of using an interactive application in a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments.

[00182] Figure 57 is a. functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

100183] Figure 58 is a fiow diagram Illustrating a method of enabling use of an interactive application in a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments.

[00184] Figure 59 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

[00185] Figures 6ÜA-60D are fiow diagrams illustrating a method of navigating, within a messaging application having associated applications in accordance with some embodiments.

[0Θ186] Fi gure 61 is a func t ional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

DK 2016 70654 A1 [00187] Figures 62A-62C are flow diagrams illustrating a method of adding a sticker to a messaging transcript in accordance with some emhodiments,

J 00188] Figure 63 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments,

J001S9] Figures 64A-64C are tlow diagrams illustrating a method 6400 of modifying display of electronic stickers in a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments, [001901 Figure 65 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

[00191] Figure 66A is a flow diagram illustrating a method of making payments from, a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments.

[00192] Figure 67 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments,

100193] Figures 68A-68B are flow' diagrams illustrating a method 6800 of interacting with a single user included in a group messaging session in accordance with some embodiments.

[00194] Figure 69 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

[00195] Figures 70A-70B are flow diagrams illustrating a method 7000 of displaying additional information in a messaging session in accordance w ith some embodiments.

100196] Figure 71 is a functional block di agram o f an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

DFSf 'RIPTiON OF FMBGDIMFXTS [00197j The methods, devices, and GUIs described herein improve messaging in multiple ways. For example, they make it easier to: acknowledge messages, edit previously sent messages; express what a user is trying to communicate; display private messages; synchronize viewing of content, between users; incorporate handwritten inputs; quickly locate content in a message transcript; integrate a camera; integrate search and sharing;

DK 2016 70654 A1 integrate interactive applications; integrate stickers; make payments; interact with avatars; and make suggestions.

EXAMPLE DEVICES [00198] Reference will now he made in detai l to embodiments, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. In the following detailed description, numerous specific details are set forth in order to provide a thorough understanding of the various described embodiments. However, it will be apparent io one of ordinary skill in tbe art that the various described embodiments maybe practiced without these specific details. In other instances, well-known methods, procedures, components, circuits, and networks have not been described in detail so as not to unnecessarily obscure aspects of the embodiments.

[00199] It will also be understood that, although the terms first, second, etc. are, in some instances, used herein to describe various elements, these elements should not he limited by these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first contact could be termed a second contact, and, similarly, a second contact could be termed a first contact, without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. The first contact and the second contact are both contacts, but they are not the same contact, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

[00200] The terminology used in the description of the various described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various described embodiments and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” are intended to include the plural form® as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and ail possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items, it will be further understood that the terms “includes,” “including,” “comprises,’' and/or “comprising,” when used in tins specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof.

DK 2016 70654 A1 (00201 ] As. used herein, the term ‘if’ is, optionally, construed to mean “when or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context.

|00202] Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions. Example embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone©, iPod Touch®, and iPad© devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California. Other portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch-screen displays and/or touchpads), are, optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touchsensitive surface (e.g,, a touch-screen display and/or a touchpad), |(>0203] In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse and/or a joystick, (00204] In addition to a messaging application, the device typically supports a variety of other applications, such as one or more of (he following: a note taking application, a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application, (00205( The various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interlace device, such as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more fimetions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information

DK 2016 70654 A1 displayed un the device arc, optionally, adjusted and.'or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to tire user.

[00206] Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable devices with touch-sensitive displays, Figure 1A is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive display system 112 in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display system 112 is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience, and is sometimes simply called a touch-sensitive display. Device 1.00 includes memory 1.02 (which optionally includes one or more computer readable storage mediums), memory controller 122, one or more processing units (CPUs) 120, peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry .108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 11.1, microphone 113, inpuboutput (I/O) subsystem 106, other input or control devices 116, and external port 124, Device 100 optionally includes one or more optical sensors 164. Device 100 optionally includes one or more intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensities of contacts on device 100 (e.g., a touchsensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100). Device 100 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs on device 100 (e.g,, generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touchsensitive display system 112 of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 103.

[00207] As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g,, housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a eenter of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user’s sense of touch. For example, in situations where the device or fire component of the device is in contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user’s hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted

DK 2016 70654 A1 by the user as a “down' click’’ or “up click” of a physical actuator button, in some cases, a user will feel a tacn Se sensation such as «in 'Mow n click in up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user’s movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a targe majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory percept ion of a user (e.g,, an “up click,” a “do wn click,” “roughness”), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a. component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user. Using tactile outputs to provide haptic feedback to a user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently, [00208j It should be appreciated that device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device 100 optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in Figure 1A are implemented m hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits, [002091 Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices, Access to memory 102 by other components of device 100, such as CPU(s) 120 and the peripherals interface 118, is, optionally, controlled by memory controller 1.22.

[00210j Peripherals interface 118 can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU(s) 120 and memory 102. The one or more processors 120 run or

DK 2016 70654 A1 execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in merapry 102 to perform various fonctions for device 100 and to process data,

10021,1] In some embodiments, peripherals interface .118, CPlj(s) 120, and memory controller 122 are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104, In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips.

]00212| RF (radio frequency) circuitry .108 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals, RF circuitry 108 converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a. tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth, RF circuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an Intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (M AN), and other devices by wireless communication. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a. plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPÄ), high-speed uplink packet access (HS'UPA), Evolution, Data-Onlv (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e IEEE 802. Ila, IEEE 802J lac, IEEE 802.1 lax, IEEE 802.1 lb, IEEE 802.1 I g and/or IEEE 802.1 In), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Ws-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g,, Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and .Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document.

DK 2016 70654 A1

Audio circuitry' 110, speaker ill, and microphone ί i 3 provide au audio interface between a user and device 100. Audio circuitry .110 receives audio data from peripherals interface 1 j 8, converts die audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker 111. Speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuiny 110 also receives electrical signals converted by microphone 113 from sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or RF circuitry 108 by peripherals interface 118. In some embodiments, audio circuitry 110 also includes a headset jack (e.g, , 212, Figure 2), The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry 110 and removable audio inpurtoufpuf peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g,, a microphone).

(00214] I/O subsystem 106 couples inpuVoutput peripherals on device 100, such as touch-sensitive display system 112 and other input or control de\ ices 116, with peripherals interface 118. I/O subsystem .106 optionally includes display controller 156, optical sensor controller 158, intensity sensor controller 159, haptic feedback controller 161, and one or more input controllers 160 for other Input or control devices. The one or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signals ffom/to other input or control devices 1.16.

The other input or control devices 116 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc,), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth, in some alternate embodiments, input eontrolier(s) 160 are, optionally, coupled with any (or none) of the following.· a keyboard, infrared port. USB port, stylus, and/or a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g., 208, Figure 2) optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker 111 and/or microphone 113. The one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g,, 206, Figure 2),

J00215( T ouch-sensitive display system 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between die device and a user. Display controller 156 receives and/or sends electrical signals ffonv'to touch-sensitive display system 112. Touch-sensitive display system 112 displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”).

In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output corresponds to user interface objects.

DK 2016 70654 A1

As used herein, the term “airordance’ refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object (e.g., a graphical user interface object that is configured to respond to inputs directed toward the graphical user inter face object). Examples of user-interactive graphical user interface objects include, without limitation, a button, slider, icon, selectable menu item, switch, hyperlink, or other user interface control, )00216) Touch-sensitive display system 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile conf act, Touchsensitive display system 11.2 and display controller 156 (along with any associated .modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch-sensitive display system 112 and converts the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages or images) that are displayed on touch-sensitive display system I12. In an example embodiment, a point of contact between touch-sensitive display system 112 and the user corresponds to a finger of the user or a stylus, )00217( Touch-sensitive dispiay system 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technologs I.PD (light emitting polvmei display) technologs or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch-sensitive display system 112 and display controller 156 optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch-sensitive display system 112. in an example embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone©, iPod Touch®, and iPad® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California.

(00218( Touch-sensitive display system 112 optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen video resolution is in excess of 400 dpi (e.g., 500 dpi, 800 dpi, or greater). The user optionally makes contact with touchsensitive dispiay system 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth, in some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work with

DK 2016 70654 A1 finger-based contacts and gestures, which can fee less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen . In some embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user.

(00219| In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device 100 optionally includes a touchpad (not shown) for activating or deactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of tire device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch-sensitive display system 112 or an extension of the touchsensitive surface formed by the touch screen, (00220] Device 100 also includes power system 162 for powering the various components. Power system 162 optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e,g., a lightemitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices.

(0022.1.1 Device 100 optionally also includes one or more optical sensors 164. Figure 1A shows an optical sensor coupled with optical sensor controller 158 iu I/O subsystem 106, Optical sensot{s) 164 optionally include charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor(s) 164 receive light from the environment, projected through one or more lens, and converts tire light to data representing an image, in conjunction with imaging module 143 (also called a camera module), optical seusor(s) 164 optionally capture still images and/or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touchsensitive di splay system 112 on the front of the de vice, so that the touch screen is en abled for use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition, ln some embodiments, another optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user's image is obtained (e.g., for selfies, for videoconferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen, etc,).

[002221 Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165. Figure IA shows a contact intensity sensor coupled with intensity sensor controller 159

DK 2016 70654 A1 in 170 subsystem-106, Contact intensity sensot(s) 165 optionally include ope .or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touchsensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor(s) 165 receive contact intensity information (e.g.. pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112), In some embodiments, at least one contact intensi ty sensor is located on the back of de vice 100, opposite touchscreen display system 112 which is located on the front of device 100.

1002231 Device 100 optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors 166. Figure 1A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled with peripherals interfece 118. Alternately, proximity sensor 166 is coupled with input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch-sensitive display system 112 when the multifunction device is placed near the user's ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call).

(00224] Device 1.00 optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators 167. Figure 1A shows a tactile output generator coupled with haptic feedback controller 161 in I/O subsystem 106. Tactile output generators) 167 optionally include one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Tactile output generators) 167 receive tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module 133 and generates tactile outputs on device 100 that are capable of being sensed by a user of device 100. In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system II2) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., irvout of a surface of device 100) or laterally (e.g,, back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device 100). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch-sensitive display system 112, which is located on the front of device 100.

DK 2016 70654 A1 [00225] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more accelerometers 168. Figure 1A shows accelerometer 168 coupled with peripherals interface 118. Alternately, accelerometer .168 is, optionally, coupled with an input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch-screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. Device 100 optionally includes, in addition to accelerometefes) 168, a magnetometer (not shown) and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (not shown) for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device 100.

In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory 102 include operating system 126, communication module (or set of instructions) 128, contact/motfon module (or set of instructions) 130, graphics module (or set of instructions)

132, haptic feedback module (or set of instructions) 133, text input module (or set of instructions) 134, Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135, and applications (or sets of instructions) 136. Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory 102 stores device/global internal state 157, as shown in. Figures 1A and 3. Device/global internal state 157 includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently acti ve; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch-sensitive display system 112; sensor state, including information obtained from the device’s various sensors and other input or control devices 116; and location and/or positional information concerning the device’s location and/or attitude.

[00227] Operating system .126 (e.g., iOS, Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components, [00228] Communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry 108 and/or external port 124. External port 124 (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other

DK 2016 70654 A1 devices or indirectly over a network leg. the internet, wireless LAN, etc.), in some embodiments, the external port Is a muhnpin (e.g,, 30-ptn) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the 30-pin connector used in some iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California, in some embodiments, the external port is a Lightning connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the Lightning connector used in some iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices trom Apple inc. of Cupertino, California.

[00229] Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact with touch-sensitive display system 11.2 (in conjunction with display controller 156) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact/motion module 130 includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact (e.g., by a finger or by a stylus), such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g,, detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact), ContacVmotion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts or stylus contacts) or to multipie simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch’Vmultiple finger contacts), in some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contact on a touchpad.

[00230] Contact/motion module 130 optionally defects a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g,, different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (lift off) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g,, at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the

DK 2016 70654 A1 touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a fmger-up (lift offs event. Similarly, tap, swipe, drag, and other gestures are optionally detected for a stylus by detecting a particular contact pattern for the stylus.

[002311 In some embodiments, detecting a finger tap gesture depends on the length of time between detecting the finger-down event and the finger-up event but is independent of the intensity of the finger contact between detecting the finger-down event and the finger-up event, in some embodiments, a tap gesture is detected in accordance with a determination that the length of time between the finger-down event and the finger-up event is less than a predetermined value (e.g., less than 0,1,0.2, 0.3, 0.4 or 0.5 seconds), independent of whether the intensity of the finger contact during the tap meets a given intensity threshold (greater than a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold), such as a. light press or deep press intensity threshold. Thus, a finger tap gesture can satisfy particular input criteria that do not require that the characteristic intensity of a contact satisfy a given intensity threshold in order for the particular input criteria to be met. For clarity, the finger contact in a tap gesture typically needs to satisfy a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold, below which the contact is not detected, in order for the finger-down event to be detected. A similar analysis applies to detecting a tap gesture by a stylus or other contact. In eases where the device is capable of detecting a finger or stylus contact hovering over a touch sensitive surface, the nominal contact-detection intensity threshold optionally does not correspond to physical contact between the finger or stylus and the touch sensitive surface.

(002321 Ί he same concepts apply in an analogous manner to other types of gestures.

For example, a swipe gesture, a pinch gesture, a depinch gesture, and/or a long press gesture are optionally detected based on the satisfaction of criteria that are either independent of intensities of contacts included in the gesture, or do not require that contact's) that perform the gesture reach intensity thresholds in order to he recognized. For example,, a swipe gesture is detected based on an amount of mov ement of one or more contacts; a pi nch gesture is detected based on movement of two or more contacts towards each other; a depinch gesture is detec ted based on movement of two or more contacts away from each other; and a long press gesture is detected based on a. duration of the contact on the touchsensitive surface with less than a threshold amount of movement. As such, the statement that particular gesture recognition criteria do not require tliat the intensity of the contact(s)

DK 2016 70654 A1 meet a respective intensity threshold in order for the particular gesture recognition criteria to he inet means that the particular gesture recognition criteria are capable of being satisfied if the coniact(s) in the gesture do not reach the respective intensity threshold, and are also capable of being satisfied in circumstances where one or more of the contacts in the gesture do reach or exceed the respective intensity threshold, In some embodiments, a tap gesture is detected based on a determination that the finger-down and finger-up event are detected within a predefined time period, without regard to whether tlie contact is above or below the respective intensity threshold during the predefined time period, and a swipe gesture is detected based on a determination that the contact movement is greater than a predefined magnitude, even if the contact is above the respective intensity threshold at the end of the contact movement. Even in implementations where detection of a gesture is influenced by the intensit ies of contacts performing tlie gesture (e.g,, the device detects a long press more quickly when the intensity of the contact is above an intensity threshold or delays detection of a tap input when the intensity of tlie contact is higher), the detection of those gestures does not require that the contacts reach a particular intensity threshold so long as the criteria for recognizing the gesture can be met in circumstances where the contact does not reach the particular intensity threshold (e.g., even if the amount of time that it takes to recognize the gesture changes).

(00233] Contact intensity thresholds., duration thresholds, and movement thresholds are, in some circumstances, combined in a variety of different combinations in order to create heuristics for distinguishing two or more different gestures directed to the same input element or region so that multiple different interactions with the same input element are enabled to provide a richer set of user interactions and responses. The statement that a particular set of gesture recognition criteria do not require that the intensity of the contactfs) meet a respective intensity threshold in order for the particular gesture recognition criteria to be met does not preclude the concurrent evaluation of other intensity-dependent gesture recognition criteria to identify other gestures that do have a criteria that is met when a gesture includes a contact with an intensity above the respective intensity threshold. For example, in some circumstances, first gesture recognition criteria for a first gesture — which do not require that the intensity of the contact(s) meet a respective intensity threshold in order for the first gesture recognition criteria to be met - are in competition with second gesture recognition criteria for a second gesture ··· which are dependent on the contacts)

DK 2016 70654 A1 reaching the respective intensity threshold, In such competitions, the gesture is, optionally, not recognized as meeting the first gesture recognition, criteria for tire first gesture if the second gesture recognition criteria for the second gesture are met first. For example, if a contact reaches the respective intensity threshold before the contact moves by a predefined amount of movement, a deep press gesture is detected rather than a swipe gesture. Conversely, i f the contact moves by the predefined amount of mo vement before the contact reaches the respective intensity threshold, a swipe gesture is detected rather than a deep press gesture. Even in such circumstances, the first gesture recognition criteria for the first gesture still do not require that the intensity of the contacts) meet a respective intensity threshold in order for the first gesture recognition criteria to be met because if the contact stayed below the respective intensity threshold until an end of the gesture (e.g., a swipe gesture with a contact that does not increase to an intensity above the respective intensity threshold), the gesture would have been recognized by the first gesture recognition criteria as a swipe gesture. As such, particular gesture recognition criteria that, do not require that the intensity of the eontaet(s) meet a respective intensity threshold in order for the particular gesture recognition criteria to be met will (A) in some circumstances ignore the intensity of the contact with respect to the intensity threshold (e.g. for a tap gesture) author (B) in some circumstances still be dependent on the intensity of the contact with respect to the intensity threshold in the sense that the particular gesture recognition criteria (e.g., for a long press gesture) will fait If a competing set of intensity-dependent gesture recognition criteria (e.g., for a deep press gesture) recognize an input as corresponding to an intensity-dependent gesture before the particular gesture recognition criteria recognize a gesture corresponding to the input (e g., for a long press gesture that is competing with a. deep press gesture for recognition).

(00234( Graphics module 132 includes various known software components lor rendering and displaying graphics on much-sensitive display system I i? or other display including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including without limitation text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects Including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations and the like.

DK 2016 70654 A1 [0Ö23S] In some embodiments, .graphics module I 32 stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives, trom applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller 156, [00236] Haptic feedback module 133 includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generators) 167 to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device 100 in response io user interactions with device L00.

] 00237] Text input module 134, which is, optionally, a component of graphics module 132, provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts 137» e-mail 140,1M 141, browser 147. and any other application that needs text input).

[0Ö238J GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use hi various applications (e.g,, to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing, to camera 143 as picture/video metadata, and to applications that provide locationbased services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navi gat ion widgets).

[00239] Applications 136 optionally include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof;

• contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact list);

• telephone module 138;

• video conferencing module 139;

• e-mail client module 140;

• instant messaging (LM) module 141;

• workout support module 142;

• camera module 143 for still and/or video images;

• image management module 144;

• browser module 147;

• calendar module 148;

DK 2016 70654 A1 • widget modules ί 49» which optionally include one or more of: weather widget 1491, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-?, aiarm clock widget 149-4, dictionary widget 149-5, and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as usercreated widgets 149-6;

• widget creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149-6;

• search module 151;

• video and music player module 152, which is, optionally, made up of a video player module anil a music player module:

• notes module 153;

• map module 154; and/or • online video module 155.

jt»0240| Examples of other applications 136 that are. optionally, stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications, other intage editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication.

[00241j In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, contacts module 137 includes executable instructions to manage an address book or contact list (e.g,, stored in application internal state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address hook; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address! es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers and/or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communication by telephone 138, video conference 139, e-mail 140, or 1M 141; and so forth.

[00242] in conjunction with RF circuitry iOS. audio circuitry i 10, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact module

130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, telephone module 138 includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of c haracters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in address book 1.37, modify a telephone

6S

DK 2016 70654 A1 mimbet tbat bas been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality o f communications standards, protocols and technologies.

|00243] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 11 L microphone 113, touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, optical sensor(s) 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 1.34, contact list 137, and telephone module 138, videoconferencing module 139 includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.

(00244] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller .156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, e-mail client module 140 includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module 144, e-mail client module 140 makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module 143.

(00245] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the instant messaging module 141 includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, Apple Push Notification Service (APNs) or IMPS for Internetbased instant messages), to receive instant messages, to view received instant messages, and to perform the functions of the messaging application described in greater detail below. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in a M MS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMb), As used herein, “instant messaging” refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g,, messages sent using XM PP, SIMPLE, APNs, or IMPS),

DK 2016 70654 A1 |0β246] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact modale 13ø. graphics moditie 132. text input module 13-4, GPS module '135, map module '154, and music player module 146, workout support module 142 includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g.. with time., distance, and/or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (in sports devices and smart watches); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store and transmit workout data.

)00247] In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, optical sensor(s) 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and image management module 144, camera module 143 includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory 102» modify characteristics of a still image or video» and/or delete a still image or video from memory 102.

)00248) In conjunction with touch-sensitive display ssslem 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132» text input module 134» and camera module 143, image management module 144 includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images.

)00249] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 11.2, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, browser module 14? includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages.

)00250] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132., text input module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147, calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions.

)0025.1] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, widget modules 149 are mini-applications that are.

DK 2016 70654 A1 optional ly, downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 1492, calculator widget 1.49-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary widget 149-5) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget 149-6). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets), |00252] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system S12, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, the widget creator module 150 includes executable instructions to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget).

[00253] in conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, search module 151 includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 102 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions.

[00254] lu conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display system Controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 1.11, RF circuitry 108, and browser module 147, video and music player module 152 includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touchsensitive display system 112, or on an external display connected wirelessly or via external port 124), In some embodiments, device 100 optionally includes the functionality of an M P3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc. ).

[00255] In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, notes module 153 includes executable instructions to create and manaue notes, to do lists, and the like in

S·' accordance with user instructions.

[00256] In conjunction with RF circuitry 1.08, touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156. contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module

DK 2016 70654 A1

134, GPS module 135, and browser module 147, map module 154 includes executable instructions to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e g,, driving direct ions; data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location;

and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions, [00257] In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, text input module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147, online video module 155 includes executable instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play hack (e.g., on the touch screen 112, or on an external display connected wirelessly or via external port 124), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. in some embodiments, instant messaging module 141, rather than e-mail client module 140, is used to send a link to a particular online video, [00258] Each of the above identified modules and applications correspond to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g.. the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (i.e.. sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise re-arranged in various embodiments, in some embodiments, memory' 102 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory' 102 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.

]00259] in some embodiments, device 100 is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device 100, the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device 100 is, optionally, reduced.

[00260] The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces, in some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device 100 to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device 100. In such

DK 2016 70654 A1 embodiments, a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad, in some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button Or other physical input control devi ce i nstead of a touchpad.

100261] Figure IB is a block diagram illustrating example components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 102 (in Figures I A) or 370 (Figure 3) includes event sorter 170 (e.g,, in operating system 126) and a respective application 136-1 (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications 136, .137-155, 380-300).

|00262] Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines the application 136-1 and application view 191 of application 136-1 to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter 170 includes event monitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174. In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes application internal state 192, which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display system 112 when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state 157 is used by event sorter 170 to determine which apphcation( s) is (are) currently active, and application Internal state 192 is used by event sorter 170 to determine application views 191 to which to deliver event information.

{00263] In some embodiments, application internal state 192 includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application 136-1 resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application 136-1, a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application 1.36-1, and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user.

[00264] Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface 118. Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touchsensitive display system 112, as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface 118 transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem 106 or a sensor, such as proximity sensor 166, accelerometer(s) 168, and/or microphone 113 (through audio circuitry I S O). Information that peripherals interface 118 receives from I/O subsystem 106 includes information from touch-sensitive display system 112 or a touch-sensitive surface.

DK 2016 70654 A1 [00265] In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends requests to the peripherals interface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals Interface 118 transmits event information, in other embodiments, peripheral interfaee 118 transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold author for more than a predetermined duration), ]00266| In some embodiments, event sorter 170 also includes a hit view determination module .172 and/or an active event recognizer determination module 173.

100267] Hit view determination module 172 provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views, when touchsensitive display system 112 displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display.

[00268J Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user Interface windows, hi which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the bit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture,

100269] Hit view determination module 172 receives information related to subevents of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized lu a hierarchy, hit view determination module 172 Identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle tire sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (i.e., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to fire same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view.

[00270] Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments., acti ve

DK 2016 70654 A1 event recognizer determination module i 73 determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events, in other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views.

100271] Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g,, event recognizer 180), In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module 173, event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module 173, In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 stores in an event queue the event Information, which Is retrieved by a respective event receiver module 182, (00272( In some embodiments, operating system 126 includes event sorter 170. Alternatively, application 136-1 includes event sorter 170. In yet other embodiments, event sorter 170 is a stand-alone module, or apart of another module stored in memory·' 102, such as contact motion module 130.

(00273( in some embodiments, application 136-1 includes a plurality of event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each of which includes Instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of tire application’s user interlace. Each application view 191 of the application 136-1 includes one or more event recognizers 180. Typically, a respect ive appl ication view 191 includes a plurality of event recognizers 180. In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers 180 are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit (not shown) or a higher level object from which application 136-1 inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler 190 includes one or more of: data updater 176, object updater 177, GUI updater 178, and/or event data 179 received from event sorter 170. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176, object updater 177 or GUI updater 178 to update the application Internal state 192. Alternatively, one or more of the application views 191 includes one or more respective event handlers 190. Abo, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are Included in a respective application view 191.

DK 2016 70654 A1 (00274) A respective event recognizer 180 receives event information (e.g,, event data 179} front event sorter 170, and identities an event from the event information. Event recognizer 180 includes event receiver j 82 and event comparator 184. in some embodiments, event recognizer 180 also includes at least a subset of: metadata 183, and event delivery instructions 188 (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions), (00275) Event receiver 182 receives event information from event sorter 170, The event information includes information about a sub-event, lor example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information o ptionall y also includes speed and direction of the sub-event.

In some embodiments, events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation,, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about die current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device, (00276) Event comparator 184 compares the event information to predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event, in some embodiments, event comparator 184 includes event definitions 186, Event definitions 186 contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1 (187-1), event 2 (187-2), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event 187 include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching, in one example, the definition for event 1 (187-1) is a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first lift-off (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object tor a predetermined phase, and a second lift-off (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In another example, die definition tor event 2 (187-2) is a dragging on a. displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on die displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touchsensitive di splay system 112, and lift-off of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event also includes information ibr one or more associated event handlers 190.

DK 2016 70654 A1 [00277] In some embodiments, event definition 187 includesa, definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display system 112, when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display system 112, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which of the three userinterface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler 190, the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler 190 should be activated. For example, event comparator 184 selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test, [00278] In some embodiments, the definition for a respective e\ ent i 87 also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer’s event type.

{00279] When a respective event recognizer 180 determines that the series of subevents do not {natch any of the events in event definitions 186, the respective event recognizer 180 enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process subevents of an ongoing touch-based gesture, {00280] In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 includes metadata 183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how tire event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers .interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, andrer lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy.

[002811 In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 activates event handler 190 associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 delivers event

DK 2016 70654 A1 information associated with die e\ cut to c\ eat handler 1 no A&lt;ti\ ating an event handler i 90 is distinct from sending ( and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler 190 associated with the flag catches the flag and perforins a predefined process.

[00282j In some embodiments, event delivery instructions 188 include sub-e\ ent delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process.

[00283] in some embodiments, data updater 176 creates and updates data used in application 136-1. For example, data updater 176 updates the telephone number used in contacts module 137, or stores a video file used in video player module 1.45. In some embodiments, object updater 177 creates and updates objects used in application 136-1. For example, object updater 177 creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-inter face object. GUI updater 178 updates the Glib For example, GUI updater 178 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module 132 for display on a touchsensitive display.

[00284] In some embodiments, event handlers) 190 includes or has access to data updater 176, object updater 177, and GU I updater 178. In some embodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are incl uded in a single module of a respective application 136-1 or application view 191, In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules.

[00285] It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices 100 with input-devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse burton presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc., on touch-pads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions;

?s

DK 2016 70654 A1 detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilizedas inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized, (00286] Figure 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 10() having a touch screen (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112, Figure 1 A) in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 200. In this embodiment as well as others described below, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, wi th one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses 203 (not drawn to scale in the figure), in some embodiments, seleetion of one or more graphi cs occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward) and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device 100. In some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap1002871 Device 100 optionally also includes one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button 204. As described previously, menu button 204 is, optionally, used to navigate to any application 136 in a set of applications that are, optionally executed on device 100. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on the touch-screen display.

{00288] In some embodiments, device 100 includes the touch-screen display, menu button 204, push button 206 for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s) 208, Subscriber identity Module (SIM) card slot 210, head set jack 212, and docking/charging external port 124. Push button 206 is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process. In some embodiments, device 100 also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone 113. Device 100 also.

DK 2016 70654 A1 optionally, include;» one οι more contact intensity sensors io5 for detecting intensities of contacts on touch-sensitive dispiay system 112 and/or one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 100,

100289] Figure 3 is a block diagram of an example multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. Device 300 need not be portable. In some embodiments, device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child’s learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g,, a home or industrial controller). Device 300 typically includes one or more processing units (CPU’s) 310, one or more network or other communications interfaces 360, memory 370, and one or more communication buses 320 for interconnecting these components. Communication buses 320 optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components. Device 300 includes input/output (I/O) interface 330 comprising display 340, which is typically a touchscreen display. 3/0 interface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device) 350 and touchpad 355. tactile output generator 357 for generating tactile outputs on device 300 (e.g., similar to tactile output generators) 167 described above with reference to Figure 1 A), sensors 359 (e.g,, optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact Intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensotf s) 165 described above with reference to Figure I A). Memory 370 includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory·' 370 optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s) 310. In some embodiments, memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (Figure 1 A), or a. subset thereof. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100. For example, memory 370 of device 300 optional ly stores drawing module 380, presentation module 382, word processing module 384, website creation module 386, disk authoring module 388,

DK 2016 70654 A1 and/or spreadsheet module 390, while memory 102 øf portable multifunction device 100 {f igure kA) optionally does not store these modules.

(00290] Each of the above identified elements in Figure 3 are, optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices, Each of the above identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above. Täte above identified modules or programs (i.e,. sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise re-arranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 370 optionally stores a subset of the mod ules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, -memory 370 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.

(00291] Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (Uf) that are, optionally, implemented on portable multifunction device 100.

(00292] Figure 4A illustrates an example user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device 100 in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implemented on device 300. In some embodiments, user interlace 400 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof;

• Signal strength indicators) 402 for wireless communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals;

S*' ⁵ • Time 404;

• Bluetooth indicator 405;

• Battery status indicator 406;

• Tray 408 with icons for frequently used applications, such as;

o Icon 416 for telephone module 138, labeled “Phone,” which optionally includes an indicator 414 of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages;

o Icon 418 for e-mail client module 140, labeled “Mail,” which optionally includes an indicator 410 of the n umber of unread e-mails;

o Icon 420 for browser module 147, labeled “Browser;” and

DK 2016 70654 A1 o Icon 422 før video and music player module 152. also referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module 152, labeled iPod;” and • icons for other applications, such as;

o Icon 424 for ΪΜ module 141, labeled “Messages;” o Icon 426 for calendar module 148, labeled “Calendar;” o Icon 428 for image management module 144, labeled “Photos;” o Icon 430 for camera module 143, labeled “Camera;” o Icon 432 for online video module 155, labeled “Online Video;” o Icon 434 for stocks widget 149-2, labeled “Stocks;” o Icon 436 for map module 154, labeled “Map;” o Icon 438 for weather widget 149-1, labeled “Weather;” o Icon 440 for alarm clock widget 149-4, labeled “Clock;” o Icon 442 for workout support module 142, labeled “Workout Support;” o Icon 444 for notes module 153. labeled “Notes;” and o Icon 446 for a settings application or module, which provides access to settings for device 100 and its various applications 136.

|00293| It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in Figure 4A are merely examples. For example, in some embodiments, icon 422 for video and music player module 152 is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.” Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In some embodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective appl ication icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon.

[00294] Figure 4B illustrates an example user interface on a device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3) with a touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., a tablet or touchpad 355, Figure 3) that is separate from the display 450. Device 300 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors 357) for detecting intensities of contacts on

DK 2016 70654 A1 touch-sensiti\ e surface 45 i and o! one or more tactile output generators 359 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 300.

|00295] Figure 4B illustrates an example user interface on a device (e.g.. device 300. Figure 3) with a touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., a tablet or touchpad 355, Figure 3) that is separate from the display 450. Although many of the examples that follow will be given with reference to inputs on touch screen display 112 (where the touch sensitive surface and the display are combined), in some embodiments, the device delects inputs on a touchsensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown In FIG, 4.8. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 45'1 in Figure 4B) has a primary axis (e.g., 452 in Figure 4B) that corresponds to a .primary axis (e.g., 453 in Figure 4B) on the display ., 450). In accordance with these embodiments, the device defects contacts (e.g., 460 and 462 in Figure 4B) with the touch-sensitive surface 451 at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in Figure 4B, 460 corresponds to 468 and 462 corresponds to 470), In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts 460 and 462, and movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in Figure 48) are used by the device to manipulate the user interface on the display (e.g., 450 in Figure 4B) of the multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should be understood that similar methods are, optionally, used tor other user interfaces described herein.

[ÖÖ296J Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily with reference to finger Inputs (e.g,, finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures, etc.), it should be understood that, in some embodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with Input from another Input device (e.g., a mouse based input or a stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). As another example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over die location of the tap gesture (e.g., Instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact).

Similarly, when multiple user inputs are simultaneously detected, It should be understood that multiple computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously.

DK 2016 70654 A1 [0Ö297] As. used herein, the term “focus selector” is an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting, hi some implementations that include a cursor or other location marker, the cursor acts as a “focus selector,” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad 355 in Figure 3 or touch-sensitive surface 451 in Figure 4B) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input, in some implementations that include a touch-screen display (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 in Figure 1A or the touch screen in Figure 4A) that enables direct interaction with user interface elements on the touch-screen display , a detected contact on the touch-screen acts as a “focus selector,” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch-screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider or other user interface element), the particular user interface element Is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch-screen display (e.g., by using a fab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface. Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector, the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch-screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user’s intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box) over a respective button while a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user inter face elements shown on a display of the device).

[0Ö298J As used in the specificat ion and claims, the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact or a stylus contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically

DK 2016 70654 A1 includes hundreds ni distinct \ alues {e.g, ut least 250» Intensity ofa contact us, optionally, determined (or .measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent io the touchsensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touchsensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average or a. sum) to determine an estimated force of a contact Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure ate used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to die substitute measurements). In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an Intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g,, the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that may otherwise not be readily accessible by the user on a reduced-size device with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g,, on a touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or a physical/mechameal control such as a knob or a button).

[00299( in some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 uses a set of one or more Intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g,, the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device 100). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch-screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined thresholds values without changing the trac kpad or

DK 2016 70654 A1 touch-screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g,, by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter).

(ÖÖ3Ö0 j As used in the specification and claims, the term “characteristic intensity” of a contact is a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0,05, 0.1,0.2, 0.5,1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensit y of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensi ty of the contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of tlte contact over time), in some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds may include a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second intensity threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more intensity thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g,, whether to perform a respective option or forgo performing the respective operation) rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation.

DK 2016 70654 A1 [003011 In some embodiments, a portion of a gesture is identified- for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. For example, a touch-sensitive surface may receive a continuous swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an end location (e.g., a drag gesture), at which point the intensity of the contact increases. In this example, the characteristic intensity of th e contact at the end location may be based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact, and not the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location), in some embodiments, a smoothing algorithm may be applied to the intensities of the swipe contact prior to determining the characteristic intensity of the contact. For example, the smoothing algori thm optionally includes one or more of an unweighted sliding-average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing algorithm, a median fitter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponential smoothing algorithm. In some circumstances, these smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the intensities of the swipe contact for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity.

|00302[ The user interface figures described herein optionally include various intensity diagrams that show the current intensity of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface relative to one or more intensity thresholds (e.g., a contact detection intensity threshold fib, a light press intensity threshold ITi., a deep press intensity threshold IT» (e.g., that is at least Initially higher than h.)_ and/or one or more other intensity thresholds (e.g., an intensity threshold ht that is lower than b.)). This intensity diagram is typically not part of the displayed user interface, but Is provided to aid in the interpretation of the figures. In some embodiments, the light press intensity threshold corresponds to au intensity at which the device will perform operations typically associated with clicking a. button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations that are different from operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, when a contact is detected with a characteristic Intensify below the light press intensity threshold (e.g.. and above a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold ITtt below which the contact is no longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in accordance with movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface without performing an operation associated with the light press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold. Generally, unless otherwise stated, these Intensity thresholds are consistent between different sets of user interface figures.

DK 2016 70654 A1 )00303) In some embodiments, the response of the device to inputs detected by the device depends on criteria based on the contact intensity during the input. For example, for some “Sight press” inputs, the intensity o f a contact exceeding a first intensity threshold during the input triggers a first response. In some embodiments, the response of the device to inputs detected by the device depends on criteria that include both the contact intensity during the input and time-based criteria. For example, for some “deep press” inputs, the intensity of a contact exceeding a second intensity threshold during the input, greater than the first intensit y t hreshold for a l ight press, triggers a second response only if a delay time has elapsed between meeting the first intensity threshold and meeting the second intensity threshold. This delay time is typically less than 200 ms in duration (e.g,, 40, 100, or 120 ms, depending on the magnitude of the second intensity threshold, with the delay time increasing as the second intensity threshold increases). This delay time helps to avoid accidental deep press inputs. As another example, for some “deep press” inputs, there is a reduced-sensitivity time period that occurs after the time at which the first intensity threshold is met. During the reduced-sensitivity time period, the second intensity threshold is increased. This temporary increase in the second intensity threshold also helps to avoid accidental deep press inputs. For other deep press inputs, the response to detection of a deep press input does not depend on time-based criteria.

)00304] in some embodiments, one or more of the input intensity thresholds and/or the corresponding outputs vary based on one or more factors, such as user settings, contact motion, input timing, application running, rate at which the intensity is applied, number of concurrent inputs, user'history, environmental factors (e.g., ambient noise I, focus selector position, and the like. Example factors are described in 11.S. Patent Application Serial Nos, 14/399,606 and 14/624,296, which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties, )00305] For example. Figure 4C Illustrates a dynamic intensity threshold 480 that changes over time based In part on the intensity of touch input 476 over time. Dynamic intensity threshold 480 Is a sum of two components, first component 474 that decays over time after a predefined delay time p i from when touch input 476 is initially detected, and second component 478 that f rails the intensity of touch input 476 over time. The initial high intensity threshold of first component 474 reduces accidental triggering of a “deep press” response, while still allowing an immediate “deep press” response if touch input 476 provides sufficient intensity. Second component 478 reduces unintentional triggering of a

DK 2016 70654 A1 “deep press” response by gradual intensity fluctuations of in a touch input. In some embodiments, when touch input 476 satisfies dynamic intensity threshold 480 (e.g., at point 481 in Figure 4C), the “deep press” response is triggered.

100306] Figure 4D illustrates another dynamic intensity threshold 486 (e.g.. intensity threshold Io). Figure 4D also illustrates two other intensity thresholds; a first intensity threshold I« and a second intensity threshold h... In Figure 4D, although touch input 484 satisfies the first Intensity threshold In and the second intensity threshold It prior to time p2, no response is provided until delay time p2 has elapsed at time 482. Also in Figure 4D, dynamic intensity threshold 486 decays over time, with the decay starting at time 488 after a predefined delay time p i has elapsed from time 482 (when the response associated with the second intensity threshold h, was triggered). This type of dynamic intensity threshold reduces accidental triggering of a response associated with the dynamic intensity threshold h> immediately after, or concurrently with, triggering a response associated with a lower intensity threshold, such as the first intensity threshold hr or the second intensify threshold It.

(00307] Figure 4E illustrate yet another dynamic intensity threshold 492 (e.g., intensity threshold Id). In Figure 4E, a response associated with file intensity threshold ft. is triggered after the delay time p2 has elapsed from when touch input 490 Is initially detected. Concurrently, dynamic intensity threshold 492 decays after the predefined delay time pi has elapsed from when touch input 490 is initially detected. So a decrease in intensity of touch input 490 after triggering the response associated with the intensity threshold Ft, followed by an increase in the intensity of touch input 490, without releasing touch input 490, can trigger a response associated with the intensity threshold Id (e.g., at time 494) even when the intensity of touch input 490 is below another intensity threshold, for example, the intensity threshold h,.

|00308] An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the light press intensity threshold ITt to an intensity between the light press intensity threshold If) and the deep press intensity threshold f D» is sometimes referred to as a “light press” Input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the deep press intensity threshold IT» to an intensity above the deep press intensity threshold IT» is sometimes referred to as a “deep press” input. An increase of characteristic

DK 2016 70654 A1 •intensity of the contact trom an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold, ITo to an intensity between the contact-detection intensity threshold ITo and the Sight press intensity threshold ITr, is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the touchsurface. A decrease of characteristic intensity of the contact from an Intensity above the contact-detection intensity threshold ITo to an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold ITo is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the contact from the touchsurface. In some embodiments ITo is zero, in some embodiments, ITo is greater than zero, in some illustrations a shaded circle or oval is used to represent intensity of a contact on tire touch-sensitive surface. In some illustrations., a circle or oval without shading is used represent a respective contact on the touch-sensitive surface without specifying the intensity of the respective contact, [00309] In sonte embodiments, described herein, one or more operations are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a respective press input or in response to detecting the respective press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at least in part on detecting an increase in intensi t y of the contact (or plural ity of contacts) above a press- input intensify threshold. In some embodiments, the respective operation is performed In response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold (e.g. , the respective operation is performed on a “down stroke” of the respective press Input), In some embodiments, the press input includes an Increase In intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease In intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., the respective operation Is performed on an “up stroke” of the respecti ve press input).

[00310] In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed “jitter,” where the device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationship to the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X Intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold). Thus, in some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold

DK 2016 70654 A1 and a subsequent: decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g... the respective operation is performed on an “up stroke” of the respective press input). Similarly, in some embodiments, the press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in intensity of the contact from an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the pressinput intensity threshold and. optionally, a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increase in Intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the contact, depending on the circumstances).

[003111 For ease of explanation, the descript ion of operations performed in response to a press Input associated with a press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture including the press Input are, optionally, triggered in response to detecting: an increase in intensity of a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, or a decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press-input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where an operation is described as being performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of a contact below the press-input intensity threshold, the operation is, optionally, performed in .response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than, the press-input intensity threshold, As described above, in some embodiments, the triggering of these responses also depends on time-based criteria being met (e.g,, a. delay time has elapsed between a first intensity threshold being met and a second intensity threshold being met).

USER INTERFACES AND ASSOCIATED PROCESSES [ÖÖ312] Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interface^ f l Γ) .md associated processes that may be implemented on an electronic device, such as portable multifunction device 100 or device 3Ö0, with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and hi

DK 2016 70654 A1 (optionally} one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, [00313] These user interfaces and associated processes provide new, improved wavs to:

* acknowledge messages;

* edit previously sent messages;

* display an edit history for a previously sent message;

* apply impact effect options to a message (e.g., io express what a user is trying io communicate);

« display private messages using invisible ink'’:

* display enhanced message interface content (e.g,, “hill screen moments”);

* display content (e.g., “magic moments”) that corresponds to particular combinations of content in two separate messages;

* bui ld message bubbles;

* suggest emojis * synchronize viewing of content between users;

* incorporate handwritten inputs;

* selectively scrunch content in a message transcript:

« integrate a camera;

* integrate search and sharing;

* integrate interactive applications;

* integrate stickers;

* make payments;

* interact with avatars; and * make suggestions.

DK 2016 70654 A1 [00314] Figures 5A-SK illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying message transcripts and message acknowledgments in accordance with some embodiments, in particular. Figure 5Å illustrates a messaging user interface 5002 of a messaging user interface (e.g., for a messaging application), displayed on the display of an electronic device, sometimes called the first electronic device to help distinguish it from other electronic devices In communication with the first electronic device. The first electronic device also includes a touch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors, such as in a touchscreen display or trackpad, configured to detect intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface.

[00315] The messaging user interface 5002, as shown in Figure 5A, includes a conversation transcript 5004 of a messaging session between a user (e.g., Genevive) of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g., Isaac ) of another electronic device). The conversation transcript 5004 in tins example Includes multiple messages, each in a respective message region 5008, A first input with a first contact 5010 at the location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to a first message 5006. In response to detecting the first input 5010, the electronic device displays an acknowledgement selection affordance 5012, Figure 5B, at a location in the messaging Interface that corresponds to the first message region. In this example, the acknowledgement selection affordance displays a plurality of acknowledgement options: 5014-1 (heart), 5014-2 (thumbs up), 5014-3 (thumbs down), 5014-4 (“HA”), 5014-5 (“H”) and 5014-6 (“?”). Other embodiments may includes fewer, additional or different acknowledgment options. The electronic device responds to receiving a second input 5106 by a second contact (e.g., a tap gesture, light press gesture, deep press gesture, or lift off) on a respective acknowledgment option (or a hit region corresponding to the respective acknowledgment option), such as option 5014-2 (thumbs up), to select respective acknowledgment option and apply it to the first message 5006 or first message region 5008-1, as shown in Figure 5C. The selected acknowledgment option, in this example option 5014-2, is displayed in a respective acknowledgement region 5018. As shown in Figure 5H, the electronic device(s) of other user(s) (in this example, Isaac) participating in the messaging session (sometimes called a conversation) display the same selected acknowledgment option proximate for the first message region, |O0316] To edit the selected acknowledgement option, the user make a third input by a third contact 5022, as shown in Figure 5C. Upon detecting the third input by the third

DK 2016 70654 A1 contact. the electronic deuce display an acknowledgement editing interface 5p34, as shown in Figure 5D, Optionally, the acknowledgement editing interface is displayed on top of and/or in place of the conversation transcript. Optionally the currently selected acknowledgment option, in this example option 5014-2, is visually distinguished from the other available acknowledgement options in the acknowledgement editing interface 5024. as shown in Figure 5D.

(00317] Figure 5E shows an an input, contact 5026, selecting a different, second acknowledgement, option 501.4-1, and Figure 5F shows a message region in a. conversation transcript with the edited acknowledgment (i.e., with second acknowledgement option 5014-1 displayed instead of first acknowledgement option 5014-2).

(00318] In some embodiments, while the user of the first electronic device is using the acknowledgement editing interface 5024 to edit a previously selected acknowledgment option for the first message region, the electronic device of another user in the messaging session displays an acknowledgement-preparation indicator 5020. as shown in Figure 5G, proximate (e.g,, near, adjacent or partially overlapping) the first message region in the conversation transcript 5004 displayed by that electronic device.

(00319( Different users in the same messaging session may select different acknowledgment options for the same message or message region. In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 51, the electronic device displays, in the conversation transcript, an indicia 5036, that users in the messaging session have selected a plurality of acknowledgements options for the second message region. In the example shown in Figure 51, indicia 5036 is a stack of overlapping acknowledgement option icons, but could alternatively be a plurality of individual acknowledgement option icons. As shown in Figure 51, indicia 5036 Is optionally adjacent to and/or partially overlapping the second message region 5008-02.

(00320( Figure 53 shows an example of a user Interface that includes a tally for each type of acknowledgement option selected by the users in the messaging session. For example, as shown in Figure 53, the user interface includes tallies 5040-1, 5040-2, 5040-3 for three distinct acknowledgement options selected by users in the messaging session. In some embodiments, the user messaging interface shown in Figure 53 is displayed by the electronic device in response to detecting an input by a contact (e.g., contact 5034, Figure

DK 2016 70654 A1 ?! > at a location on rhe nuieh-sensittve surface that corresponds ro a lecauou of the message region having indicia 5036, which indicates that multiple user in the messaging session have selected acknowledgement options lor the same message (or corresponding message region), (00321] By selecting one of the tallies 5040, a user can see the users who selected any particular acknowledgement option. The electronic device, in response to an input by a contact (e.g,, contact 5041, as shown in Figure 5J) at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the tally 5040 for a particular acknowledgement option for a respective message region, displays icons 5042 (e.g,, avatars) that represent users that selected the particular acknowledgement option for the respective message region, as shown in Figure 5K, (00322] Figures 5L-5T illustrate exemplary user interfaces for editing previously sent messages while displaying a message transcript. Figure 5L shows a messaging user interfeee 5002 of a messaging application on the display of an electronic· device. The messaging user interface 5002 includes a conversation transcript 5004 of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a first message region 5044 that includes a first message 5046-1 that was sent from the electronic device of the user to the at least one other user in the messaging session.

(00323) The first message 5046-1 can be edited, despite the fact that it has already been sent. To initiate the editing of the first message, the user selects the firs t message with a predefined touch input 5048 (e.g,, a tap gesture, long press gesture, light press gesture, or deep press gesture) on the first message or the message region for the first message, in some embodiments, the electronic device, in response to detecting the input 5048, displays a menu interface, such as the one shown in Figure 5M. Alternatively, the electronic device, in response to detecting tire input 5048, displays a message editing interfeee 5022, as shown in Figure 5N. In some embodiments, a first input gesture (e.g., a tap gesture) on the first message is used to transition to the menu interface (e.g,, as shown in Figure 5M), while a second input gesture (e.g,, a deep press) is used to transition to the message editing interface 5052, Figure 5N. From the menu interface, as shown in Figure 5M, a user can transition the messaging application to the message editing interface 5022, shown in Figure 5N, by a touch input 5050 (Figure 5M) that selects an edit option in the menu interface.

DK 2016 70654 A1 [00324] The message editing interface 5052. Figure 5N, fos editing a respective message, such as first message 5046-1, includes a keyboai d 5054» and an update affordance 5056, While displaying the message editing interface 5052 for the respective message, the electronic device detects one or more inputs, such as input 5057 shown in Figure 5N, that revise the respective message, displays a revised version of the message, and detects an input that activates the update affordance (e.g., tor sending the updated message to the one or more other electronic devices of the one or more other participants in the messaging session.

[00325] Figure 50 shows the conversation transcript 5004 after message 5046 has been updated. Because the conversation transcript 5004 includes an edited message, the edited message includes one or more indications 5058 that a particular message was revised after the original version of the message was sent to the other particfpant(s) in the messaging session. In Figure 50, there are two such indications of revision: indication 5058-1 is a shadow region behind the message region; indication 5058-2 is text (e.g,, “Edited”) displayed below the message region that contains the revised version of the message.

[00326] An edited or revised message can be edited yet again. The electronic device., in response to an input (e.g,, input 5060, Figure 50) that corresponds to a request to edit the revised version 5046-2) of a message, displays a message editing interface for the revised version of the message, as shown in Figure 5R. The message editing interface, as shown in Figure 5R, includes the message 5046-2 to be edited, a keyboard, and an update affordance (which is optionally not shown until at least one revision has been made to the message).

[00327j A participant in the messaging session can request to see all version, or two or more versions., of an edited message. For example, in response to a predefined input 5060, Figure 50, on an edited message, the electronic device displays the user interface shown in Figure 5P, in which display of the conversation, transcript is suppressed except for the revised version of the first message 5046-2, and a menu 5062 or list of editing options, in this example, the displayed menu 5062 includes a copy affordance 5064 (tor copying the message selected by input 5060), a show edits affordance 5066 (for showing edits to the message selected by input 5060), a delete affordance 5068 (for deleting the message selected by Input 5060, or alternatively for undoing ail edits made to the message selected

DK 2016 70654 A1 by input 5060), and a display more options affordance 5070. in the example shown in Figure 5P, input 5072 (e.g., a tap gesture) is detected at the location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the location of the “show edits” affordance 5066, which when activated, displays a user interface 5074 (Figure 5Q) that includes current version 5046-1 of the first message as well as a prior version 5046-2, as shown in Figure 5Q. A further input, 5076 or 5078, in the user interface of Figure 5Q, selects a version of the message to edit. For example, the selected version is highlighted, and then a touch input on Edit ($080) would initiate editing of the selected version of the message. Alternatively, a touch input on Done (5082) terminates the editing of the selected version of the message.

[00328] An alternative to the edit menu interface shown in Figure 5P is the edit menu interface shown in Figure 5S, which includes the selected message (selected in response to input 5060, Figure 50), and a menu that includes an affordance (e.g., a “show edits” option, 5086), which when activated results in display of the user interface shown in Figure 5T, which includes the current version 5046-2 of the selected message and one or more prior versions of the selected message (e.g,, version 5046-1.).

{00329] Figures 5U-5BF illustrate exemplary user interlaces for appiying an impact effect option to a message input or message region. Figure 51; illustrates a messaging user interlace 5002 having a. conversation transcript 5004 of a messaging session between a user (Wendy, in this example) of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g.. Max, in this example, a user of another electronic device), and a message-input area 5100 that includes first message input 5102 (e.g., text, stickers, images, and/or other graphics entered by a user of the electronic device in the message-input area, but not yet sent to the at least one other user in the messaging session). In Figure 5U, first message input 5102 has not yet been sent, [00330] In some embodiments, to trigger die .activation of an impact selection interface 5110, Figure 5AA, first input 51.02, by a first contact at a location on the touchsensitive surface that corresponds to a location in the message-input area 5100, includes a particular gesture (e.g., a swipe gesture) received at the .message-input area 5100. In this example, the message-input area includes an impact selection affordance 5104 and the location of the contact 5106 of the first input corresponds to the impact selection affordance. In some embodiments, impact selection affordance 5104 is a multipurpose affordance, and a

DK 2016 70654 A1 second gesture (e.g., a tap) on the same affordance 5104 is used to send, the message 5102 in message input area 5100. The electronic device, upon detecting an input that includes the second gesture on affordance 5104. sends message 5102 and transitions to the user interface shown in Figure 5V. Similarly, after message 5102 is sent, the electronic device of the other user receives that message and shows the user interface shown in Figure 5W.

[00331] In some alternative embodiments, illustrated in Figures 5X, 5Y and 5Z, a deep press input 5.108-L 5108-2, 51.08-3, as shown in Figures 5X, 5Y and 5Z, when detected by the electronic device, causes the messaging application to display an impact selection interface 5110, Figure 5A A, that includes a plurality of impact effect options (e.g. , impact effect options 5112-1 through 5112-4, The increasing intensity of the deep press input is represented by the intensity diagrams in Figures 5X, 5Y and 5Z. Further, the deep press input 5108-1, 5108-2, 5.108-3, on impact selection affordance 5104, as shown in Figures 5X, 5Y and 5Z, followed by a drag to the first impact effect option (e.g., input 5108-4 on impact effect option 5112-1, Figure 5AA) and then pausing while over the affordance for a respective impact effect option 5112, selects that Impact effect option.

[00332] The impact selection interface 5110. Figure 5ΛΑ, includes a “bubble” affordance 5114 for displaying a selecting message region impact effect options, and a “screen” affordance 5116 for selecting full screen impact effect options.

[00333] In some embodiments, the impact selection interfaee 5110, shows an animated preview of the currently selected impact effect option. For example, the sequence of Figures 5 A B -5 AD si row an animated preview of the “loud” impact effect option, which is a message region impact effect option, being applied to first message input (“Congratulations!”) in response to an. input 5108-5 at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of the “loud” impact effect option . In this example, the preview of the “loud” impact effect option shows die font size of the message and the size of a message region at. first increasing and then decreasing, ]00334] In another example, the, sequence of Figures 5AE-5AG show an animated preview of the “slant” impact effect option, which is a message region impact effect option, being applied to first message input (“Congratulations’”) in response to a second input

51.08-6 at a location on the touch-sensitive surface tliat corresponds to a location of the “slam” impact effect option. In this example, the preview of the “slam” impact effect

9S

DK 2016 70654 A1 option shows the font size of the message and the size ofa message region at first increasing and then decreasing, and at the same time changing t he tilt or rotation state of t he message region, and optionally changing the shade or color of a background region surrounding tire message region. Optionally, the application of a respective impact effect option may change additional characteristics of the message region to which the impact effect option is applied, such as font color, background shade or color within the message region, etc.

|00335] Figure 5AG also shows a third input 5108-7 on a send affordance, at a location corresponding to a user-selected impact effect option, in this case the “slam” option. In response, the electronic device of the user composing the message ceases to display the impact selection interface and displays a message region that contains the first message input in the conversation transcript, and in some embodiments, applies the selected impact effect option to the message region, as shown in Figure 5AH, or to the entire conversation transcript, as shown in the Figure 5ΑΪ (enlarging the message region to which the impact effect option was applied and decreasing the size of one or more other message regions in the conversation transcript), and then transitioning to a final or static dispiay of the conversation transcript that, includes the sent message, as shown in Figure 5AJ, Simi larly, the sent message is displayed at the electronic device of one or more other users in the messaging session, such as Wendy, with the selected impact effect option applied to the either message region of the sent message or the entire conversation transcript, depending on which impact effect option was selected by the sending user, one example of which is shown In the sequence of Figures 5 AK, SAL, 5 AM, |0033δ·| The sequence of Figures 5AN-5AS show an example of the “loud” Impact effect option applied to a respective sent message (“congrats”). The sequence of Figures 5AT-5ÄW show an example of the “gentle” impact effect option applied to a respective sent message f Tm sorry.”).

(00337] In some embodiments, the selected impact effect option is applied to all (or substantially all) of the display screen of an electronic device that sends or receives the message, which includes the message region with the sent message, for a full-screen effect, an example of which is shown by the sequence of user Interface images in Figures 5 AX through 5BF. Figures 5 AX through 5BF show the progression of the “slam” effect of a first message input (“Hell Noll”), starting with the first message input displayed shown

DK 2016 70654 A1 enlarged, rotated and with a dark background (Figure 5.AY), (hen displayed even larger and with a somewhat lighter background (Figure 5ÄY), then less enlarged and rotated at a different angle than before (Figure 5 AZ), then shown with further reduced enlargement and with blurry borders (Figure 5BA). then shown with reduced size a different background and a different rotation (Figure 5BB) and then with a sequence of different shadows around the message region (Figures SBC, 5BD, 5BE) until the first message input is shown at normal (default) size, not rotated, and with a normal (default) background (Figure 5BF), (00338] Figures 5.BG-5CA illustrate exemplary·' user interfaces for interacting with concealed messages. An impact selection interlace 5110, shown in Figure 5BG, includes a plurality of impact effect options (e.g., Impact effect options 5112-1 through 5112-4, described elsewhere in this document with respect to Figure 5 A A). In this example, the impact selection inter&amp;ce 5110 also includes a “bubble” affordance 5114 for displaying a selecting message region Impact effect options, and a “screen” affordance 5116 for selecting full screen Impact effect options.

(00339( in some embodiments, the displayed impact effect options include an option that conceals the content of a message in the conversation transcript (“invisible ink” option 5112-1, Figure 5AA, indicated in Figure 5BG by an empty message region ), In the example shown in Figure 5BG, the invisible ink option includes a send affordance 5118 for sending a message (with user-specified message input) with the respective impact effect option. In the example shown in Figure 5BG, impact selection interface 5110 includes a cancel affordance 5120 for canceling the selection of any impact effect options and returning the messaging application to either a prior user Interface of the messaging application or a predefined user interface of the messaging application.

(0(1340( Once a message (hereinafter called the “concealed message” for ease of reference) has been sent with the invisible Ink option, the concealed message Is not displayed or is obscured, for example by screen elements 5.124 that conceal the message, as shown in Figure 5.BH, until die user of the electronic device displaying a conversation transcript that includes the concealed message performs a respective gesture, such as sliding a touch input 5128-a, 5128-b, 5128-c over the message region containing the concealed message, as shown in the sequence of Figures 5BH through 5BL, which temporarily reveals a portion of the message corresponding to the position of the touch input 5128-1, 5128-b,

J 00

DK 2016 70654 A1

5128-c; or performing a deep press gesture on the message region containing the concealed message, as shown in the sequence of Figures 5I3M-5BP. in which die portion of the concealed message that is revealed corresponding to the intensity of the deep press i nput 5130-a, 5130-b,. 5130-c, and optionally also corresponding to the position of the deep press input 5130-a, 5130-b, 5I30~c. In these examples, the concealed message is concealed again in response to detecting termination of the input by the contact that caused the concealed message, or portions thereof; to be temporarily revealed.

(00341] In another example, the sequence of Figures 5BQ-5BV, show a concealed message being gradually revealed, as shown in Figures 5BQ to 5BT, and then gradually concealed, as shown in Figures 5BT to 5BV. In yet another example, the sequence of Figures 5BW-5CA, show a concealed message that contains a pic ture of photograph being gradually revealed, (00342] Figures 5CB-5CW illustrate exemplary user interlaces for triggering enhanced message content and applying an effect to a messaging user interface when a message includes an enhanced message content trigger. More particularly; a respective message in a messaging session can be sent with an enhanced message content trigger, and when an electronic device with a compatible messaging application receives that message with the enhanced message content trigger, the electronic device displays a conversation transcript with the received message and with enhanced message content. In some embodiments, the particular enhanced message content to be displayed is indicated by one or more parameters in the enhanced message content trigger.

(00343] Figures 5CB and 5CC show an example of a user interface displaying a preview of a foil screen impact effect, in this case a foil screen impact effect that includes moving or animated balloons 5152-1. As shown in Figure SCB, the user of the electronic device composing the message “ConaratulationsF' has selected the “screen” affordance 5116, for selecting foil screen impact effect options. Similarly, the sequence of Figures 5CD-5CF show an example of a user Interface displaying a preview of a fell screen impact effect, in this case a foil screen impact effect that includes moving or animated confetti 5152-2. In the example shown here, the user navigates through the available hill screen impact effects using swipe gestures, such as swipe gesture 5156 shown In Figure 5CC, which cause fire electronic device to moves from a preview of the balloon full screen impact

505

DK 2016 70654 A1 effect shown in Figure 5CC to the confetti full screen impact effect shown in Figure 5CD. As shown in Figures 5( B and 5CC, the user inter face may include an effect option indicator 5154 {sometimes called page dots) to indicate which full screen effect option is currently selected or is currently being previewed, and also to indicate how many full screen effect options are available and which one of those options in a sequence of the full screen effect options is c urrent iy being viewed, [00344] Figure 5CG is an example of a user interface having a conversation transcript in which none of the messages include an enhanced message content trigger, and thus the messages in the transcript are displayed without displaying enhanced message content corresponding to a trigger.

[00345] The sequence o f Figures 5CH-5CO sho ws an example of a balloons full screen effect being displayed when a message (“Happy Birthday!!!!!”) containing a corresponding enhanced message content trigger is received. Similarly, the sequence of Figures 5CP-5CW shows an example of a fireworks full screen effect being displayed when a message (“Happy New YearH’”) containing a corresponding enhanced message content trigger is received, [00346] Figures 5CX-5DC illustrate exemplary user interfaces for detecting and responding to combinable content in separate messages, in Figure 5CX, a messaging user interface 5002 includes a conversation transcript 5004 a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g,, a user of another electronic device) including a first other user, and a message input area 5100. A received first message 5170 hi a first message region 5008 is shown in the conversation transcript 5004, The first message 5.170, for example a beer glass, has first combinable content (e.g., an emoticon or an image such as an emoji or a sticker), in Figure 5CY, the user of the electronic device inputs a second message 5172 in message input area 5100 of the messaging user interface 5002, and sends the second message 5172 by an input 5174 that selects a send affordance 5118. This results in the display of the messaging user interface shown in Figure 5CZ.

[00347] If the second message 5172 contains second combinable content that forms a predefined combination with the first combinable content in the first message 5170, content 5 .176, the electronic device displays content that corresponds to the predefined combination, such as an animation of two beer glasses being clicked together (as shown in Figure $DA)

502

DK 2016 70654 A1 and/or display of the word “Cheers! (as shown in Figure 5DA). Similarly, the electronic de vices of the one or more other users tn täte messaging session would display the first message, the second message, and the content that corresponds to the predefined combination. It is noted that the content 5176 that corresponds to the predefined combination may he an animation that is briefly displayed after the second- message is sent. Optionally, display of the content that corresponds to the predefined combination is repeated periodically while both the first and second, messages with the combinable content are displayed in the conversation transcript 5004, or when other predefined criteria are satisfied (e.g.. both the first and second messages with the combinable content are displayed in the conversation transcript 5004 and there has been no new activity in the messaging session for at least N seconds, when N is a predefined value between 1 and 60 seconds), [00348] The sequence o f Figures 5DB and 5DC show another example of combinable content, in which a first user has sent a first message 5178, “Happy,” and the second user inputs a second message 5180, “Birthday!” if the first message and second message both include combinable content corresponding to a predefined combination, then content corresponding to the predefined combination would be displayed in the message transcript of the messaging user interface displayed by either the sender’s electronic device, or a recipient’s electronic device, or (typically) both. For example, the content that corresponds to the predefined combination in this example might he balloons, similar to those shown in figures 5CH-5CO.

100349] Figures 5DD-5DI illustrate exemplary user inter faces for selecting a. message region type or shape, in accordance with some embodiments. Figure 5DD shows a messaging user interface 5002 with a message input region 5100 having a first message input 5102 (“Yes!”) already entered in the message input region. Messaging user interface 5002 includes a send affordance 5200 in or near message input region 5100, for sending the message that has been Input in. that region. In addition. Figure 5DD shows a input with a contact 5202 on an options affordance 5204.

[00350] The messaging user interface shown tn Figure 5DE is displayed in response to input with contact 5202 on options affordance 5204. which includes affordances for a number of message processing options, including a message region type/shape selection affordance 5208, labeled the “bubbles” affordance in Figure 5DE. While displaying this

103

DK 2016 70654 A1 messaging user interface, the eleuronie device receives an input with contact 5206 on the “hubbies” option affordance ^208 [0035.1] The messaging user interface shown in Figure 5DF is displayed in response to input with contact 5206 on “bubbles” affordance 5208. Figure SDF also shows a preview message region 5210-1 that includes the first message input 5102, and that has a default, or previously selected, message region type. In these embodiments, the messaging application has a plurality of message region types or options, each having a corresponding shape, and typically having a corresponding font size, and optionally having one or more of: a font color, border color, and/or background color. In the example shown in Figure 5DF, the send affordance 5200 is displayed near the preview message region 5210-1 instead of in message input region 5100. To select a different message region type for the first message 5172, or to view other available message region types., the user inputs a swipe gesture 5212. In response to swipe gesture 5212, a scrolling set of message region type icons is scrolled, as shown in the progression from Figure 5DF to Figure 5DG, [00352] In the example of the messaging user interface shown in Figure 5DG, an input with contact 5214 is received, which causes the electronic device to change the message region type for the message region to be used with message input 5102, as shown hi Figure 5D.H. In Figure 5DH, message input 5102 is now shown in a message region 5210-2 having a message region type corresponding to the message region type selected by input with contact 5214 (shown in Figure 5DG). The user can continue to select different message region types. For example, in Figure 5Di, message input 5102 is now shown in a message region 5210-3 having a message region type corresponding to the message region type selected by input with contact 5216.

100353] Figures 5DJ-5DQ illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and selecting automatically suggested emoji while composing a message. In Figure 5DJ, a messaging user interface 5002 having a conversation transcript 5004 with an input, but not yet sent, message 5220 in message input region 5100 is shown. In this example, the messaging using interface 5002 includes a send affordance 5200 in or near message inputregion 5100 for sending ihe input message.

[00354] As shown in Figures 5DK.-5DN, the electronic device begins to automatically make suggestions of emoji to replace one or more words or terms in the

UM

DK 2016 70654 A1 message Input region 5100, In the -example shown, the electronic device highlights word or terms, in sequence in the message, that are candidates for being replaced by emoji, first highlighting the term “sushi” 5222 in the input message 5220, as shown in Figures SDK and 5DL, then highlighting the term “wine” 5224 in the input message 5220. as shown in Figure 5DM, and then highlighting the term “bowling” 5226 in the input message 5220, as shown in Figure 5 DN . In response to the user of the electronic device selecting one of the highl ight terms (e.g,, by an input with a contact on a highlighted term), such as “sushi” 5222 in the input message 5220, that term is replaced by a corresponding emoji 5232 corresponding to that term, as shown in Figure 5DO. Similarly, in Figure 5DP, the term “wine” in the input message 5220 has been replaced by an emoji 5234 (e.g., a wine glass emoji) corresponding to that term in response to a user selection of the highlighted term “wine” in the input message 5220, In a third example, die term “bowling” in the input message 5220 has been replaced by an emoji 5236 (e.g., a bowling emoji) corresponding to that term in response to a user select ion of the highlighted term “bo wl ing” in the input message 5220.

s.Message Acknowledgements (00355( Figures 6A-6E are flow diagrams of a process for applying an acknowledgement to a message region in a conversation transcript, in accordance with some embodiments. More specifically, diese methods relate to displaying an acknowledgement selection affordance that i ncludes a plurality of acknowledgement options and applying a selected acknowledgement option to a received message. In some embodiments, an indication of the applied acknowledgement option is transmitted to a remote device (e.g., for display within a conversation transcript of the remote device I. The acknowledgement allows a user to quickly communicate a sentiment without having to type multiple words. It saves user time by saving keystrokes and, therefore, creates a more efficient man-machine interaction.

|00356| One or more examples of an electronic device (e.g., portable multifunction device 100 or device 300) Implementing these methods are shown in Figures 5A-5K |00357j Figures 6A-6E are flow diagrams illustrating a method 600, performed by an electronic device, sometimes herein called a first elecironic device, having one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display. In some embodiments, the

JOS

DK 2016 70654 A1 electronic device includes one nr more sensors {e.g., sensors in a touch-semcn display ci trackpad) configured to detect intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface, (00358] While performing method 600, the electronic device displays (602) a messaging user interface (e.g., of a messaging application) on the display. The messaging user interface includes a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g,. of another electronic device). See for example. Figure 5A, conversation transcript 5004 in messaging user interface 5002. The electronic device receives (604) a first message within the messaging session from an electronic device (e.g., a second electronic device) that corresponds to another user included in the messaging session. For example, in Figure 5A, message 5006 is a first message.

(00359( In response to receiving the first message, the electronic device displays (606) the first message (e.g., message 5006, Figure 5A) in a first message region (e.g., message region 5008-1, Figure 5A) in the conversation transcript (e.g., conversation transcript 5004, Figure 5Ä) on the display. As used herein, a message region is a message region, bubble, platter, or other container for a message in a conversation transcript of a messaging session. The electronic device furthennore detects (608) a first input by a first contact (e.g., contact 5010, Figure 5A) at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of the first message region in the conversation transcript. For example, the first contact may be a tap gesture, long press gesture, light press gesture, or deep press gesture on the first message region or on a hidden hit region for the first message region.

(00360( Next, in response to detecting the first input, the electronic device displays (610) displaying an acknowledgement selection affordance (e.g., acknowledgement selection affordance 5012, Figure 5B) at a location in the messaging interface that corresponds to the first message region. The acknowledgement selection affordance displays a plurality of acknowledgement options. Fo.r example, see acknowledgement options 5014-1 to 5014-6 in Figure 5B. In some embodiments, the acknowledgement selection affordance is an acknowledgement selection platter displayed proximate to and/or overlapping the first message region, in some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a characteristic intensity of the contact is above a first intensity threshold, the acknowledgement selection affordance is displayed. In some embodiments, a user can

506

DK 2016 70654 A1 reveal additional acknowledgement options, in addition to an initially displayed set of acknowledgement options 5014, by performing a predefined input gesture, such as a gesture that includes repeated deep presses, a drag gesture, etc.

100361] In some embodiments, the plurality of acknowledgement options include (612 ) graphical icons that di splay at least one of a heart, a thumbs up, a thumbs down, a ‘ΉAP’, a “1I ”, and/or a question mark. (See, for example, acknowledgement options 5014-1 to 5014-6 shown in Figure 5B).

(00362( in some embodiments, method 600 includes, in response io detecting the first input, transmitting (614) information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to display an acknowledgement-preparation indicator for a corresponding first message region in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session (e.g,, causing the other devices in the messaging session io display an acknowledgement region with animated ellipses mate adjacent to and/or partially overlapping the corresponding first message region in the conversation transcript of the at least one other user’s device, analogous to what Is shown in Figure 5G).

(00363 j After detecting and responding to the first input, the electronic device detects (616) a second input by a second contact (e.g,, contact 5016, Figure 5B) at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of a first acknowledgement option (e.g., acknowledgement option 5014-2, Figure SB) in the acknowledgement selection affordance (e.g., acknowledgement selection affordance 5012, Figure 5B). Optionally, detecting the second contact is accomplished by, for example, detecting a tap gesture, light press gesture., deep press gesture, or lift off on the first acknowledgement option or on a hidden hit region for the first acknowledgement option. In some embodiments, the first contact and the second contact are distinct contacts, such as contacts in two different tap gestures made by the same finger. In some embodiments, the first contact and the second contact are different parts of the same continuous contact with the touch-sensitive surface, such as a long press, light press, or deep press on the first message region followed by a drag to tlie first acknowledgement option and lift off at the first acknowledgement option.

(00364 j In response to detecting the second inpu t, the electronic device applies (618) the first acknowledgement option to the first message region. For example. Figure 5C

107

DK 2016 70654 A1 stows a first acknowledgment option 5Ö14-2 applied to a first message region. In some embodiments, the electronic device also ceases to display the acknowledgement selection affordance in response to detecting the second input.

|00365] in some embodiments, applying (618) the first acknowledgement option to the first message region includes displaying (620) the first acknowledgement option at a location adjacent to and/or partially overlapping the first message region. See. for example. Figure 5C, which shows first acknowledgement option 5014-2 applied to, and in this case, partially overlapping, a corresponding first message region.

|00366] Optionally, in some embodiments, in response to detecting the second input, the electronic device transmits (622) information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to apply the first acknowledgement option to a corresponding first message region in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session. In some embodiments, this is accomplished by transmitting information that causes the other devices in the messaging session to display the first acknowledgement option adjacent to and/or partially overlapping the corresponding first message region in the conversation transcript of the at least one other user’s device. See, for example. Figure 514, which shows the conversation transcript as displayed on one of the other devices in the messaging session, including first acknowledgement option 501.4-2 applied to (and in this ease, partially overlapping) a corresponding first message region. In some embodiments, the first acknowledgement option (e.g., first acknowledgement option 5014-2) replaces an acknowledgementpreparation indicator (e.g., acknowledgement-preparation indicator 5020, Figure SGj lor a corresponding first message region (e.g., via an animated transition).

100367] In some embodiments, the first acknowledgement option is displayed in an acknowledgement region that has a different shape from the first message region (e.g,, as shown hr Figure SC, a respective message region 5008-1 for a message from another user is rectangular and/or includes a first indicator that the first message is from the other user (e.g,, a tail section “&lt;” pointing towards a first side of the display), whereas a respective acknowledgement region 5018 is circular and/or includes a second indicator tliat the acknowledgement is from the user (e.g., a tail section “Oo” pointing towards a second side of the display, opposi te the first side)).

JOB

DK 2016 70654 A1 )00368] In some embodiments, method 600 includes, after applying the first acknowledgement option to the first message region (and, in some embodiments» ceasing to display the acknowledgement selection affordance), performing a sequence of operations (632-658) that includes detecting (632) a third input by a third contact (e.g., contact 5022, Figure 5C) at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of the first message region (or, in some embodiments, the first acknowledgement option). In some embodiments, detecting (632) the third input includes detecting a tap gesture, long press gesture, light press gesture, or deep press gesture on the first message region (or the first acknowledgement option) or on a hidden hit region for the first message region (or the first acknowledgement option).

)00369] In such embodiments, method 600 further includes, in response to detecting (632) the third input by the third contact at the location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the location of the first message region (or, in some embodiments, the first acknowledgement option), displaying (634) an acknowledgement editing interface (e.g., acknowledgement editing interlace 5024, Figure $D). Optionally, the acknowledgement editing inierfece is displayed on top of and/or in place of the conversation, transcript.

)00370] In such embodiments, method 600 further includes detecting (650) one or more inputs to the acknowledgement editing interface (e.g., detecting contact 5026, Figure 5E), editing (652) (e.g., changing or deleting) an acknowledgement option for the first message region in accordance with the detected one or more inputs; ceasing (654) to display the acknowledgement editing interface; displaying (656) the first message region in the conversation transcript with an edited acknowledgement; and transmitting (658) information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to display a corresponding first message region with the edited acknowledgement in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session. For example, Figure 5D shows an acknowledgement editing Interface 5024, with an indication (e.g., highlighting or greying out) that acknowledgement option 5014-2 was previously selected. Figure 5E shows an input, contact 5026, selecting a different, second acknowledgement option 5014-1, and Figure 5F shows a message region in a conversation transcript with the edited acknowledgment (i,e,_s with second acknowledgement option 50 ΜΙ displayed instead of first acknowledgement option 5014-2).

509

DK 2016 70654 A1 [0Θ371] In siimc embodiments, tn addition to display mg (θ34ί the acknowledgement editing interlace in response to detecting (632) the third input by the third contact, method 600 includes, in response to detecting the third input by the third contact, ceasing (636) to display (or dimming) the conversation transcript, an example of which is shown in Figure 5E.

[00372] Furthermore, in some embodiments, i n response to detecting the third input by the third contact, method 600 includes displaying (638) the first message region in the acknowledgement editing interface. For example. Figure 5E shows an example in which the first message region is displayed in the acknowledgement editing interface, without displaying any other message regions in the conversation transcript in the acknowledgement editing interface. In some embodiments, the first message region is initially displayed in the acknowledgement editing interface at a same location as the first message region was displayed in the conversation transcript immediately prior to detecting the third input.

100373] In some embodiments. In addition to displaying (634) the acknowledgement editing interface in response to detecting (632) the third input by the third contact, method 600 includes, in response to defecting the third input by the third contact, displaying the acknowledgement selection affbrdance that includes fite plurality of acknowledgement options in the acknowledgement editing interface, wherein the first acknowledgement option Is visually distinguished (e.g., highlighted) from the other acknowledgement options in the plurality of acknowledgement options to indicate that the first acknowledgement option is currently selected. For example. Figure 5D shows that acknowledgement editing interlace 5024 includes the acknowledgement selection affbrdance (similar to affordance 5012, Figure 5B), which includes a. plurality of acknow ledgement options 5014),

100374] In some embodiments In addition to displaying (634) the acknowledgement editing interface In response to defecting (632) the third input by the third contact, method 600 includes, in response to detecting the third input by the third contact, displaying (642) a menu in the acknowledgement editing interface that includes activatable editing options for the first message region. For example. Figure 5D shows an edit menu 5028 which includes a “Copy” icon 530 to copy content of the first message region. While not shown in Figure 5D, edit menu 5028 optionally include additional activatable editing options, such as a “Delete” icon to delete the currently applied acknowledgement option,

510

DK 2016 70654 A1 (00375( in some embodiments, method 600 includes, while displaying the messaging user inter face as described above, concurrently displaying (660) on the display (A) a second message region (e.g., message region 5008-2, Figure 51) in the conversation transcript, wherein (1) at least some of the users in the messaging session have selected the first acknowledgement option for the second message region, and (2) at least some of the users in tire messaging session have selected a second acknowledgement option for tire second message region, distinct from the first acknowledgement option; and (B) one or more indicia (e.g., indicia 5036) that users in the messaging session have selected a plural ity of acknowledgements options for fire second message region, in the example shown in Figure 51, indicia 5036 is a stack of overlapping acknowledgement option icons, hut could alternatively be a plurality of individual acknowledgement option icons. As shown in Figure 51, indicia 5036 is optionally adjacent to and/or partially overlapping the second message region 5008-02. In some embodiments, for a gi ven acknowledgement option that was selected, the selections are stacked if the acknowledgement option was selected by more than a threshold number of user asers in the messaging session (e.g., by more than 2, 3, or 4 users).

100376( In such embodiments (i.e.. showing a second message region and the indicia that users in the messaging session have selected a plurali ty of acknowledgements options for the second message region), method 600 includes detecting (662) an input by a contact at a. location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a. location of the second message region (e.g,, contact 5034 on second message region 5008-2, Figure 51), Alternatively, tire detected input corresponds to a location of die one or more indicia that users in the messaging session have selected a plurality of acknowledgements options for the second message region. In some embodiments, detecting (662) the input includes detecting a tap gesture, long press gesture, light press gesture, or deep press gesture on the second message region or on a hidden hit region for the second message region.

)00377} In response to detecting the input by the contact at the location on the touchsensitive surface that corresponds to the location of the second message region, method 600 includes displaying (664) a user interface that includes a tally for each type of acknowledgement option selected by users in the messaging session. For example, as shown in Figure 5(, the user interface includes tallies 5040-1, 5040-2, 5040-3 for three distinct acknowledgement options selected by users in tire messaging session. Alternatively, in tit

DK 2016 70654 A1 some embodiments, in response to detecting rhe input by the contact at the location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the location of the second message region, the device displays a user interface that includes a tally affordance (e.g., as a menu option), which when activated, displays the tally for each type of acknowledgement option selected by users in the messaging session.

(003781 In some embodiments, method 600 includes, while displaying the tally for each type of acknowledgement option selected by users in the messaging session, detecting (666) an input by a contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a tally for the first acknowledgement option for the second message region. For example, referring to Figure 5J, the input may select tally 5040-1. In some embodiments, detecting (666) the input at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a tally includes detecting a tap gesture, long press gesture, light press gesture, or deep press gesture on the tally for the first acknowledgement option, or on a stack of icons (e.g,, a vatars) that correspond to users in the messaging session that selected the first acknowledgement option, or on a hidden hit region for this tally or this stack of icons.

(00379( In such embodiments, method 600 further includes. In response to detecting (666) the input, by the contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that, corresponds to the tally for the first acknowledgement option for the second message region, displaying (668) icons (e.g,, avatars) that represent users that selected the first acknowledgement option for the second message region. For example, as shown in Figure 5K, the user interface displayed by the device in response to an input selecting tally 5040-1 (Figure 5,1), includes a display of the icons (e.g,, ava tars) that represent users that selected tire first acknowledgement option for the second message region, which replaces display of the tally for each type of acknowledgement option selected by users in the messaging session (shown in Figure 5J).

(00380( It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations In Figures 6A-6E have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, ! 12

DK 2016 70654 A1

1800) are also applicable in -an analogous manner to method 600 described above with respect to Figures 6A-6E. For brevity, these details are not repeated here, [00381] In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 7 shows a fimcrional block diagram of an electronic device 700 configured In accordance with the principles of the invention as described above, I'he functional blocks of the device may be implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the invention. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the funct ional blocks described in Figure 7 may be combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles ofthe invention as described above. Therefore, the description herein may support any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.

[00382] As shown in Figure 7, an electronic device 700 includes a display unit 702 configured to display a messaging user interface on the display unit, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user ofthe electronic device and at least one other user; a touch-sensitive surface unit 704 configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit 706 coupled with the display unit 702 and the touch-sensitive surface unit 704. In some embodiments, die processing unit 706 includes a detecting unit 70S, a display enabling unit 710, a ceasing unit 712, a transmitting unit 71.4, a receiving unit 716, an applying unit 71.8, and an editing unit 720, [00383] The processing unit 706 Is configured to; receive a first message within die messaging session from an electronic device that corresponds to another user included in the messaging session (e.g,, with the receiving unit 716); In response to receiving the first message, enable display of the first message in a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display unit 702 (e.g.. with the display enabling unit 710); detect a first input by a first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit 704 that corresponds to a location of the first message region in the conversation transcript (e.g., with the detecting unit 708); in response to detecting the first input, enable display of an acknowledgement selection affordance at a location in the messaging interface that corresponds to the first message region (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 710), wherein the acknowledgement selection affordance displays a plurality of acknowledgement options; detect a second input by a second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit

DK 2016 70654 A1

704 that corresponds to a location of a first acknowledgement option in the acknowledgement selection affordance (e.g., with the detecting unit 70S); and, in response to detecting the second input,, apply the first acknowledgement option to the first message region (e.g,, with the applying uni t 718).

[00384] fn some embodiments, applying the first acknowledgement option to the first message region Includes displaying the first acknowledgement option at a location adjacent to and/or partially overlapping the first message region.

[00385] in some embodiments, the first acknowledgement option is displayed in an acknowledgement region that has a different shape front the first message region, [00386] in some embodiments, the processing unit 706 is further configured to: in response to detecting the first input, transmit information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to display an acknowledgement-preparation indicator for a corresponding first message region in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session (e.g., with the transmitting unit 7.14).

[00387] In some embodiments, the processing unit 706 is further configured to: in response to detecting the second input, transmit information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to apply the first acknowledgement option to a corresponding first message region in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session (e.g., with the transmitting unit 714).

[00388] In some embodiments, the processing unit 706 is further configured to: after applying the first acknowledgement option to the first message region: detect a third input by a third contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit 704 that corresponds to a location of the first message region (e.g., with the detecting unit 70S); in response to detecting the third input by the third contact at the location on the touch-sensitive surface unit 704 that corresponds to the location of the first message region, enable display of an acknowledgement edit interface (e.g., with the display enabling unit 710); detect one or more inputs to the acknowledgement editing interface (e.g., with the detecting unit 708); edit an acknowledgement option for the first message region in accordance with the detected one or more inputs (e.g.. with the editing unit 720); cease to display the

114

DK 2016 70654 A1 acknowledgement editing interface (c. g . with the ccasmg unit *Ί2): enable display of the first message region in tbe conversation transcript with an edited acknowledgement (e.g., with the display enabling unit 710); and transmit information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in tbe messauinu session to display a corresponding first message region with the edited acknowledgement in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session (e.g., with the transmitting unit 714).

j00389] In some embodiments, the processing unit 706 is further configured to: in response to detecting the third input by the third contact, cease to display the conversation transcript (e.g., with the ceasing unit 712), [00390] In some embodiments, the processing unit ”06 is further configured ro: in response to detecting the third input by the third contact, enable display of the first message region in the acknowledgement editing interface (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 710).

[00391] In some embodiments, the processing unit 706 is forther configured to: in response to detecting the third input by the third contact, enable display of the acknowledgement selection affordance that includes die plurality of acknowledgement options in the acknowledgement editing interface (e.g., with the display enabling unit 710), wherein the first acknowledgement option is visually distinguished from the other acknowledgement options in the plurality of acknowledgement options to indicate that the first acknowledgement option is currently selected.

[00392] In some embodiments, the processing unit 706 is forther configured to: in response to detecting die third input by the third contact, enable display of a menu in the acknowledgement editing interface that includes activatable editing options for the first message region (e.g., with the display enabling unit 710).

[00393] In some embodiments, the plurality of acknowtedgement options include graphical icons that display at least one of a heart, a thumbs up, a thumbs down, a HA!, a ”!!**, and or a question mark, [00394] In some embodiments, the processing unit 706 is further configured to; concurrently enable display on the display unit 702 (e.g., with die display enabling unit 710) of a second message regi on in the conversation transcript, wherein at least some of the

DK 2016 70654 A1 users in the messaging session have selected the first acknowledgement option for the second message region and at least some of the users in tire messaging session ha ve selected a second acknowledgement option for the second message region, distinct from the first acknowledgement option; and one or more indicia that users in tire messaging session ha ve selected a plurality of acknowledgements options for the second message region; and detect an input by a contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit 704 that corresponds to a location of the second message region (e.g,, with the detecting unit 70S); and, in response to detecting the input by the contact at the location on the touch-sensitive surface unit 704 that corresponds to the location of the second message region, enable display of a user interface that includes a tally for each type of acknowledgement option selected by users in the messaging session (e.g., with the display enabling unit 710), j00395] in some embodiments, the processing unit 706 is further configured to; while the tally for each type of acknowledgement. option selected by users in the messaging session is displayed, detect an input by a contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit 704 that corresponds to a tally for the first acknowledgement option for the second message region (e.g., with the detecting unit 708); and in response to detecting the input by the contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit 704 that corresponds to the tally for the first acknowledgement option for the second message region, enable display of icons that represent users that selected the first acknowledgement option for the second message region (e.g., with the display enabling unit 710).

(003%| The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g,, as described above with respect to Figures 1A and 3) or application specific chips, [0Ö397] The operations described above with reference to Figures 6A-6E are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures 1 A-IB or Figure 7, For example, detection operations 606 and 616 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174 deli vers the event information to application 136-1. A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and ! 16

DK 2016 70654 A1 determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an ob j ect on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handier 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1A-l B.

Editing previouslv sent messages [00398] Figures 8A-8C are flow diagrams ot'a process for editing a previously sent messages in a messaging session, in accordance with some embodiments. More specifically, the methods relate to displaying an interface for editing a message, displaying a revised version of the message, ceasing to display the pre-revision version of the message, and/or displaying a t least one indication of the revision.

[00399] Message transcripts can become cluttered with messages containing typographical errors followed by messages correcting the previous errors. By allowing editing of previously transmitted messages, the conversa tional flow of the transcript is better preserved and makes it easier for conversation participants to follow the conversation.

[00400] One or more examples of an electronic device (e.g., portable multifunction device 100 or device 300) implementing these methods are shown in Figures 5L-5T.

[00401] Figures 8A-8C are flow diagrams illustrating a method. 800, performed by an electronic device, sometimes herein called a first electronic device, having one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display, in some embodiments, the electronic device includes one or more sensors (e.g,, sensors in a touch-screen display or trackpad) confi gured to detect intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface.

[00402] In accordance with some embodiments, method 800 includes displaying (802) a messaging user interface (e.g., user interface 5002. Figure 5L, of a messaging application) on the display. The messaging user interface includes a conversation transcript (e.g.. conversation transcript 5004 in user interface 5002, Figure 512) of a messaging session ! 17

DK 2016 70654 A1 between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a first message region (e.g., message region 5044, Figure 5L) that includes a first message (e.g., message 5046-1, Figure SL) in the messaging session that was sent from the electronic device of the user to the at least one other user in the messaging session.

(00403 j The method further includes detecting (804) a first input (e.g., input 5048) that corresponds to a request to edit the first message. In some embodimenis, the device detects the first input by defecting a tap gesture, long press gesture, light press gesture, or deep press gesture on the first message region (e.g.. message region 5044, Figure 5L) or on a bidden hit region for the first message region that results in display of a message editing interface for the first message (e.g,, message editing interface 5052, Figure 5N), In some embodiments, the device detects a tap gesture, light press gesture, or deep press gesture on an editing affordance in the messaging user interface or on a hidden hit region for the editing affordance that results in display of a message editing inter&amp;ce for the first message (e.g,, as shown in Figure 5N). In some embodiments, If the first message is the most recently sent message by the user, the device detects a tap gesture, long press gesture, light press gesture, or deep press gesture on a message-input area (or on an editing affordance in the message-input area) that results in display of a message editing interface for the first message (e.g., as shown in Figure 5N), (00404( in some embodiments, in response to detecting an input by the contact at the location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the location of the first message region (e.g., first message region 5044, Figure 5L), the device displays a user interface that includes an edit affordance (e.g., an edit affordance, displayed as a menu option, as shown in Figure 5M), which when activated, displays the message editing interface for the first message {e.g., message editing interlace 5052, Figure 5N). In some embodiments, white file first message region Is displayed with a list of activatable options for the first message (Figure 5M), the device detects an input (e.g., input 5050, Figure 5M) that activates an edit option, such as a tap gesture on the edit option, that results in display of a message edit ing interface for the first message.

(00405( Method 800 includes, In response to detecting the first input (e.g., input 5048, Figure 5L, or input 5050, Figure 5M). displaying (806) a message editing interface (e.g., message editing interface 5052, Figure 5N) for the first message that includes the first

118

DK 2016 70654 A1 message (e.g., message 5046- i. Figure 5\}. a keyboard (e.g., keyboard 5054, Figure 5Nk and an update affordance (e.g,, update affordance 5056, Figure 5N k and while displaying (808) the message editing interface for the first message, detecting (810) one or more inputs that revise the first message, displaying (814) a revised version of the first message; and detecting (816) an input that activates the update affordance, (004061 In some embodiments, displaying (806) the editing interface replaces display of the conversation transcript (e.g., compare Figures 5L and 5N). In some embodiments, display of the editing Interface (e.g., as shown in Figure 5N) replaces display of a user interface that includes a list of activatable options for the first message (e.g., as shown in Figure 5M).

(00407( In some embodiments, detecting 1810i one or more inputs that revise the first message includes detecting inputs on the keyboard that add and/or delete text in the first message, and/or detecting inputs that select, cut, copy, and or paste text. For example, in Figures 5N and 50, the editing replaces the term “ridiculous” with “ride”, hi some embodiments, detecting (816) an input that activates the update affordance includes detecting a tap gesture at a location that corresponds to the update affordance. In some embodiments, the update affordance is adjacent to the revised version of the first message in the message editing inter&amp;ce (rather than in the keyboard or in a new message input area).

100408] Method 800 further includes, in response (818) to detecting the input that activates the update affordance; ceasing (820) to display the message editing interface for the first message; displaying (822) the revised version of the first message in place of the first message in the conversation transcript; displaying (824) at least one indication of the revision of the first message in the conversation transcript; aid transmitt ing (832) the revised version of the first message to one or more electronic devices (e.g., a second electronic device) that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the revised version of the first message in place of the first message in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, with at least one indication of the revision of the first message in the conversation transcript. For example, activating update affordance 5056, shown in Figure 5N, causes the device to cease the display of message editing interface 5052, for example returning to the display of messaging user interface 5002, including conversation transcript it 9

DK 2016 70654 A1

5004, as shown in Figure 50, Further, as shown in Figure 50, the revised version of the first message 5046-2 is now displayed, along with an indication 5058-1 (e.g., a shadow, indicating the existence of an earlier version of the first message) of the revision of the first message in the conversation transcript. Figure 50 also shows a second example of an indication 5Ο58-2 of the revision of the first message in the conversation transcript, which in this example is the displayed term “Edited”, As shown in Figure 5R, the revised version 5046-2 of the first message is transmitted to and display ed by at least one electronic device corresponding to at least one other user included in the messaging session, and includes a first indication 5058-1 (e.g.. a message region shadow) of the revision of the first message as well as a second indication 5058-2 (e.g,, the displayed term “Edited”) of the revision of the first message.

(004091 In some embodiments of method 800. detecting (810) the one or more inputs that revise the first message includes detecting (8'12) an input at a location (e.g., location 5057, Figure 5N) that corresponds to the first message in the message editing interface (e.g., a tap on the first message in the first message region) to select a position in the first message for text, selection, text insertion, or the text deletion. The insertion point or location 5057 shown in Figure 5N is adjacent the term “ridiculous”, which, as shown in Figure 50, the user edits so as to replace that term with the term “t ide.” ]00410| In some embodiments, the at least one indication (e.g,, indication 5058-1 and/or indication 5058-2, Figure 50) of the revision of the first message in the conversation transcript is not removable from the conversation transcript (826). Making such indications not removable may be important for giving users confidence that tire conversation transcript accurately reflects the messages sent by the participants,

1004111 In some e mbodiments, the at least one indication of the revision of the first message includes a graphical element at a location of the first message region (828). For example, as shown in Figure 50, indication 5058-1 is a shadow region behind the first message region; alternatively state, indication 5058-1 is a shadow region that is partially overlapped by the first message region.

[004.12] in some embodiments, the at least one indication of täte revision of the first message includes text adjacent to the first message region (830). For examp le, as shown in

120

DK 2016 70654 A1

Figure 50. indication 5058-1 is text (e.g., Edited) displaced below the first message region that contains the revised version o f the first message.

100413( In some embodiments, method 800 includes, after editing the first message, detecting (834) an input (e.g., input 5060, Figure 50) that corresponds to a request to edit the revised version ( e.g,, version 5046-2) of the first message, and in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to edit the revised version of the first message, performing a set of operations, ineiuding displaying a message editing interlace (e.g., the interfece shown in Figure 5R) for the revised version of the first message that includes the revised version of the first message, the keyboard, and the update affordance, an example of which is shown in Figure 5R. In such embodiments, method 800 further includes, while displaying the message editing interface for the revised version of the first message; detecting one or more inputs that further revise the first message; displaying a further revised version of the first message; and detecting an input that activates the update affordance. In such embodiments, method 800 further includes,. in response to detecting the input that activates the update affordance; ceasing to display the message editing interfece for the revised version of the first message; displaying the further revised version of the first message in place of the revised version of first message in the conversation transcript; displaying at least one indication that the first message in the conversation transcript has been revised (e.g., in some embodiment, two shadow regions are displayed behind tire first message region, which are partially overlapped by the first message region, to indicate that the first message has been revised twice); and transmitting the further revised version of the first message to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the further revised version of the first message in place of the revised version of first message in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, with at least one indication that the first message in the conversation transcript has been revised.

(00414( In some embodiments, method 800 includes, after editing (he lust message, detecting (836) an input that corresponds to a request to see versions of the first message, and in response to detecting the input that corresponds to tire request to see versions of the first message, displaying anser interface that includes a current version of the first message and one or more prior versions of the first message. For example , in response to input 5060

521

DK 2016 70654 A1 in Figure 50, the device may display the user interface shown in Figure 5P, in which display of the conversation transcript is suppressed except for the revised version of the first message 5046-2, and a menu 5062 or list of editing options. In this example, the displayed menu 5062 or list of editing options includes a copy affordance 5064, a show edits affordance 5066, a delete affordance 5068 and a display more options affordance 5070. In the example shown in Figure 5P, input 5072 (e.g., a tap gesture) is detected at the location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the location of the “show edits” affordance 5066, which when activated, displays a user interface 5074 (Figure 5Q) that Includes current version 5046-1 of the first message as well as a prior versi on 5046-2, as shown in Figure 5Q.

[00415] In accordance with some embodiments, Figure 9 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 900 configured in accordance with the principles of the invention as described above. The functional blocks of the device may he implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the invention. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 9 may be combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the in vention as described above. Therefore, the description herein may support any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.

[00416( As shown in Figure 9, an electronic device 900 includes a display unit 902 configured to display a messaging user Interface on the display 902, the messaging user interface including· a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a first message region that includes a first message in the messaging session that was sent from the electronic device of the user to the at least one other user in the messaging session; a touch-sensitive surface unit 904 configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit 906 coupled with the display unit 902 and the touch-sensitive surface unit 904. In some embodiments, the processing unit 906 includes a detecting unit 908, a display enabling unit 910, a ceasing unit 912, and a transmitting unit 914, [004171 The processing unit 906 is configured to; detect a first input that corresponds to a request to edit the first message (e.g., with the detecting unit 908); in response to

522

DK 2016 70654 A1 .'detecting the first input, enable display of a message editing interface For the first message that includes the first message, a keyboard, and an update affordances (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 910); while the message editing interface for the first message is displayed: detect one or more inputs that revise the first message (e.g., with the detecting unit 908); enable display of a revised version of the first message (e.g., with the display enabling unit 910); and detect an input that activates the update affordance (e.g., with the detecting unit 908); and, in response to detecting the input that activates the update affordance: cease to display the message editing interface for the first message (e.g., with the ceasing unit 912); enable display of the revised version of the first message in place of the first message in the conversation transcript (e.g.. with the display enabling unit 910); enable display of at least one indication of the revision of the first message in the conversation transcript (e.g., with the display enabling unit 910); and transmit the revised version of the first message to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session (e.g., with the transmitting unit 914), wherein the one or more electronic devices display the revised version of the first message in place of the first message in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, with at least one indication of the revision of the first message in the conversation transcript.

[00418] In some embodiments, the at least one indication of the revision of the first message in the conversation transcript is not removable front the conversation transcript, [00419] In some embodiments, the at least one indication of the revision of the first message includes a graphical element at a location of the first message region.

[00420] In some embodiments, the at least one indication of the revision of the first messaae includes text adjacent to the first messaae reuton.

[00424.] In some embodiments., detecting the one or more inputs that revise the first message include detecting an input at a location that corresponds to the first message in the message editing interface to select a position in the first message for text selection, text insertion, or the text deletion.

[00422] In some embodiments, the processing unit 906 is further configured to: after editing the first message, detect an Input that corresponds to a request to edit the revised version of the first message (e.g., with the detecting unit 908); in response to detecting the input that corresponds to tire request to edit the revised version of tire first message, enable ί

DK 2016 70654 A1 display ofa message editing intei thee tor the revised version of the first message that includes the revised version of the first message, the keyboard, and the update affordance (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 910); while the message editing interface for the revised version of the first message is displayed: detect one or more inputs that further revise die first message (e.g., with the detecting unit 908); enable display of a further revised version of the first message (e.g., with the display enabling unit 910); and detect an input that activates the update affordance (e.g., with the detecting unit 908); and, in response to detecting the input that activates the update affordance; cease to display the message editing interface for the revised version of the first message (e.g., with the ceasing unit 912 ); enable display of the further revised version of the first message in place of the revised version of first message in the conversation transcript (e.g., with the display enabling unit 910); enable display of at least one indication that the first message in the conversation transcript has been revised (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 910); and transmit the further revised version of the first message to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session (e.g., with the transmitting unit 914), wherein the one or more electronic devices display the further revised version of the first message in place of the revised version of first message in a conversat ion transcript tha t corresponds to the messaging session, with at least one indication that the first message in the conversation transcript has been revised.

(00423 j In some embodiments, the processing unit 906 is further configured to: after editing the first message, detect an input that corresponds to a request to see versions of the first message (e.g., with the detecting unit 908); and, in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to see versions of the first message, enable display of a user interface that includes a. current version of the first message and one or more prior versions of the first message (e.g., with the display enabling unit 910).

(00424( The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to Figures 1A and 3) or application specific chips, (00425( The operations described above with reference to Figures 8 A-8C are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures ΪΑ-1Β or Figure 9. For

524

DK 2016 70654 A1 example, detection operations 804 and 810 are. optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190, Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112. and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1, A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event, Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update tlte application internal state 192, in some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on tire components depicted in Figures I A-IB.

[004261 Figures 10A-10B are Sow diagrams of a process for edi t ing a previous ly sent message in a messaging session, in accordance with some embodiments. One or more examples of an electronic device (e.g,, portable multifunction device 100 or device 300) implementing these methods are shown in Figures 5L-5T.

(00427( Figures 10Ä-10B are flow diagrams illustrating a method 1000, performed by an electronic device, sometimes herein called a first electronic device, having one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display. In some embodiments, the electronic device includes one or more sensors (e.g., sensors in a touch-screen display or trackpad) configured to detect intensifies of contacts on tire touch-sensitive surface.

I0042SI In accordance with some embodiments, method 1000 includes displaying (1002) a messaging user interface (e.g,, user interface 5002, as shown In Figure 5L or 50, of a messaging application) on the display. The messaging user interface includes a conversation transcript (e.g,, conversation transcript 5004 in user interface 5002, Figure 5L or 50) of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g., a user of another electronic device), and a first message region (e.g., message region 5044, Figure 50) that includes a current version of a first message (e.g., message version 5046-2, Figure 50) in the messaging session, wherein the conversation transcript

525

DK 2016 70654 A1 includes an indication (etg;,· indication 5058-1. o! 5058-2, as describe above) that the current version of tire first message is a revised version of the first message in die conversation transcript. The original version of the first message is, for example, a previously transmitted message or a previously received message, (00429] Method 1000 further includes detecting ('1004) an input that corresponds to a request to see versions of the first message (e.g,, input 5060, as shown in Figure 50), and in response to detecting the inpu t that corresponds to the reques t to see versions of the firs t message, displaying (1008) aversions user interface (e.g., user interface 5074, Figure 5Q) that includes the current version of the first message (e.g., version 5046-1) and one or more prior versions of the first message (e.g., version 5046-2).

(00430] In some embodiments, detecting (1004) the input includes the device detecting a tap gesture, long press gesture, light press gesture, or deep press gesture on the first message region or on a hidden hit region for the first message region that results in display of a user interface with current and prior versions of the first message (e.g,, user interface 5074, Figure 5Q).

(00431 j In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input by the contact at the location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the location of the first message region (input 5060, Figure 50), the device displays a user interface that includes an affordance (e.g., “show edits” menu option. Figure 5P), which when activated, displays current and prior versions of the first message (e.g.. Figure 5Q). In some embodiments, while the first message region is displayed with a list of activatable options for the revised version of the first message (as shown in Figure 5P), the device detects an input that activates a “show edits” option (e.g., input 5072 on show edits option 5066, Figure 5P), such as a tap gesture on the “show edits” option, that results in display of a user interface with current and prior versions of the first message (e.g., Figure 5Q), (00432] In some embodiments, the input that corresponds to the request to see versions of the first message is detected (1006) whi le displaying the current version of the first message (e.g., without displaying other messages in the conversation transcript, as show« in Figure 5S) and a menu that includes an affordance (e.g., a “show edits” option. Figure 5S), which when activated results in display of the user interface (e.g., as shown in Figure 5T) that includes the current version (e.g., version 5046-2, Figure 5T) of the first

526

DK 2016 70654 A1 message and one or more prior \ erstens of the first message ic g .version $0-fo-1, Figure 5T). in some embodiments, the menu includes an affordance (e.g., a “edit” option), which when activated results in display of a message edi ting interface for the current version of the first message that includes the current version of the first message, a keyboard, and an update affordance.

[00433| In some embodiments, in the \etsiens user interface te g., 5074. Figure 5Q), the current version of the first message (e.g., 5046-1) is visually distinguished (1010) from other versions of the first message. For example, m various embodiments the current version of the first message is visually distinguished from other versions of the first message by different shading, background color, background pattern, font color, and/or region boundary color, or the like.

[00434] in some embodiments, the versions user interface (e g., 5074.. Figure 5Q) includes (1012) the current version of the first message (e.g., 5046-1), an original version of the first message (e.g., 5046-2), and at least one version of the first message that, was revised prior to the current version of the first message (not shown in the figures), [00435] In some embodiments, the versions user interface (e.g., 5074, Figure 5Q) includes (1014) an affordance (e.g., a “Done” option 5082, Figure 5Q), which when activated causes redisplay of the conversation transcript in the user interface (e.g., as shown in Figure 5R). Typically, activation of this affordance also causes display of the versions user interface to cease.

[00436] In some embodiments, the versions user interface includes (1016) an affordance (e.g,, Edit icon 5080, Figure 5Q), which when activated causes display of a message editing interface (e.g., as shown in Figure 5R) for the current version of the first message that includes the current version of the first message (5046-2), a keyboard (5054), and an update affordance (5056). Typically, activation of this affordance also causes display of the versions user interface to cease, [00437] In some embodiments, method løø includes., while display ing the versions user interface (e.g., 5074, Figure SQ), detecting (1018) an input (e.g., input 5076 or 5078, Figure 50, to edit either the current version 5046-1 or the original version 5046-2) on a respective version of the first message (e.g., detecting a tap gesture, long press gesture, fight press gesture, or deep press gesture on the current version, an intermediate version, or the

52?

DK 2016 70654 A1 original version of the first message k and. in response to detecting an input on the respective version of the first message: displaying a message editing interface (e.g., a message editing interface as shown in Figure 5N) for the respective version of the first message that includes the respective version (5046) of the first message, a keyboard (5054), and an update affordance (5056); and ceasing to display the versions user interface.

)00438] In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 11 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1100 configured In accordance with the principles of the invention as described above. The functional blocks of the device may be implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software io carry out the principles of the invention. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 11 may be combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the invention as described above. Therefore, the description herein may support any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.

)00439] As shown in Figure 11, an electronic device 1100 includes a display unit 1102 configured to display a messaging user interface on the display unit, the messaging user interface including: a conversatiou transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a. first message region that includes a current version of a first message in the messaging session, wherein the conversation transcript includes an indication that the current version of the first message is a revised version of the first message in the conversation transcript; a touch-sensitive surface unit 1104 configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit 1106 coupled with the display unit 1102 and the touch-sensitive surface unit 1104. In some embodiments, the processing unit 1106 includes a detecting unit 1108, a display enabling unit 1110, and a ceasing unit 1112.

)00440) The processing unit 1106 is configured to: detect an input that corresponds to a request to see versions of the first message (e.g., with the detecting unit 1108); and, in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to see versions of the first message, enable display of a versions user interface that includes the current version of the first message and one or more prior versions of the first message (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1110).

! 28

DK 2016 70654 A1 [00441] In some embodiments, the input that corresponds to the request to see versions ofthe first message is detected w hile displaying the current version ofthe first message and a menu that includes an affordance, which when activated results in display of the user interface that includes the current version ofthe first message and one or more prior versions of the first message .

[004421 In some embodiments, in the versions user interface., the current version of the first message is visually distinguished from other versions ofthe first message.

[00443] tu some embodiments, the versions user interface includes the current version of the first message, an original version of the first message, and at least one version of the first message that was revised prior to the current version ofthe first message.

[00444] In some embodiments, the versions user interface includes an affordance, which when activated causes redisplay ofthe conversation transcript.

[0Θ445] In some embodiments, the versions user interface includes an affordance, which when activated causes display of a message editing interface for the current version ofthe first message that includes the current version ofthe first message, a keyboard, and an update affordance.

[00446] In some embodiments, the processing unit 1106 is further configured to; while the versions user interface is displayed, detect an input on a respective version ofthe first message (e.g., with the detecting unit 1108); and, in response to detecting an input on the respective version of the first message; enable display of a message editing interface for the respective version ofthe first message that includes the respective version ofthe first message, a keyboard, and an update affordance (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 11.10); and cease to display the versions user interface (e.g., with the ceasing unit 1112).

[00447] The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to Figures IA and 3) or application specific chips, [00448] The operations described above with reference to figures 10Λ-10Ö are. optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures 1 A-l B or Figure 11. For example, detection operations 1004 and 1018 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter

529

DK 2016 70654 A1

170·, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application i 36-1. A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interfeee. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handier 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what Is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be Implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1 A-l B.

Message impact effects (00449} Figures I2A-12E, described in more detail below, relate generally to methods for applying an impact effect option to a message input. More specifically, these figures relate to methods of displaying an interface that includes multiple impact effect options in response to input received in a message input area of a messaging user interface. A preview that applies an impact effect option to the message input is displayed, information including the message input and the applied impact effect option is transmitted to at least one remote electronic device (e.g., a device of at least one other user). Oftentimes, additional infomiation that could be conveyed with verbal tone or facial expressions is lost when only the text of a conversation is available to determine the intent of the speaker. The methods described here with respect to Figures 12Ä-12E allow additional information to be added to the transcript to convey additional sentiment that might be missing otherwise, (00450( One or more examples of an electronic device (e.g., portable multifunction device 100 or device 300) implementing these methods are shown in Figures 5U-5AM and 5AN-5BF.

(00451} Figures 12A-12E are flow diagrams illustrating a method 1200, performed by an electronic device, sometimes herein called a first electronic device, having one or

530

DK 2016 70654 A1 more processors, memory, a.touch-sensitive surface, and a display. In some embodiments, the electronic device includes one or more sensors (e.g,, sensors in a touch-screen display or trackpad) configured to detect intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface.

100452] In accordance with some embodiments, method 1200 includes displaying (1202) a .messaging user interface (e.g., user interface 5002, as shown in Figure 5U, of a messaging application) on the display. The messaging user interface includes a conversation transcript (e.g., conversation transcript 5004 in user interface 5002, Figure 5U) of a messaging sessio n between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g., a user of another electronic device), and a message-input area (e.g., 5100, Figure 51J) that includes a first message input (e.g., text, stickers, images, and/or other graphics entered by a user of the electronic device in the message-input area, but not yet sent to the at least one other user in the messaging session). Method 1200 includes, while displaying the messaging user interface, defecting a first input by a first contact, (e.g., input 5102, Figure 5U) at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location in the message-input area, in some embodiments, the first input includes a gesture (e.g., a swipe gesture) received at the message-input area, in some embodiments, the message-input area includes an impact selection affordance (e.g., 5104, Figure 5U) and the location of the contact corresponds to the impact selection affordance. in some embodiments, detecting the first input includes the device detecting a tap gesture, long press gesture, light press gestur e, or deep press gesture by the contact at a location that corresponds to the impact selection affordance. Furthermore, in some embodiments, different inputs (e.g., a tap gesture, and a deep press gesture) on the impact selection affordance cause the user interface to transition to different subsequent user interfaces. For example, in some embodiments, a tap gesture on affordance 5104, Figure 5U or 5X, sends the message input 5102 in message input area 5100 as a message, while a deep press input 5108-1, 5108-2. 5108-3, as shown in Figures 5X, 5Y and 5Z, when detected by the electronic device, causes the messaging application to display an impact selection interface 5110, Figure $AA.

(00453 j Thus, method 1200 further includes, in response to detecting the first input by the first contact, displaying (1.206) an impact selection interface (e.g., impact selection interfii.ee 5110, Figure 5AA) that includes a plurality of impact effect options (e.g., impact effect options 5112-1 through 5112-4 are di splayed In place of the messaging user interface or on top of the messaging user interface), in some embod iments, the displayed plurali ty of

531

DK 2016 70654 A1 impact effect options (c g., 5112- ί to 5 ί 12-4. Figure ?A \) arc a subset, less than all, of a set of impact effect options. In some embodiments, the set of impact effect options includes options that are applied to an individual message region (e.g., “region effect” options) and options that are applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript when a message is initially displayed in the messaging session (e.g., “full-screen effect” options). In some embodiments, the displayed plurality of impact effect options includes at least some of the region effect options and none of the full-screen effect options. In some embodiments, the region effect options include; an option that slams down a message in the conversation transcript when the message is initially displayed (e.g., “slam” option 5112-4, Figure 5AA); an option that increases the size of the message in the conversation. transcript, at least when the message is initially displayed (e.g., “loud” option 5112-3, Figure 5 A A); an option that decreases the size of the message in the conversation transcript, at least when the message is initially displayed (e.g., “gentle” option 5112-2, Figure 5AA, and Figures 5AT through 5 AW); and an option that conceals the content of a message in the conversation transcript (“invisible ink” option 5.112-1, Figure 5AA).

(004S4] in some embodiments, the full-screen effect options include two or more of the following options: an option that displays balloons in the conversation transcript when the message is initially displayed (“balloons”); an option that displays confetti in the conversation transcript when the message is initially displayed (“confetti”); an option that displays fireworks in the conversation transcript when the message is initially displayed (“fireworks”); an option that displays the message in focus and blurs the rest of the conversation transcript when the message is Initially displayed (“focus”); an option that displays one or more spotlight beams moving in the conversation transcript when the message is initially displayed (“spotlight” or “drop the mic”); an option that displays multiple copies of tire message over the conversation transcript when the message is initially displayed (“echo”); an option that displays a shooting star in the conversation transcript when the message is initially displayed (“shooting star”); an option that displays multiple laser beams (e.g,, as shown in Figures 5CR through 5CT) moving in the conversation transcript when the message is initially displayed (“lasers”); and an option that displays a heart inflating fiom tbe message when the message is initially displayed (“metallic heart”).

Method 1200 forther includes, while displaying the impact selection interface, detecting (1222) a second input by a second contact at a location on the touch532

DK 2016 70654 A1 sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of a first impact effect option in the plurality of impact effect options. Examples of the second input are input 5108-4, Figure 5AÄ, input 5108-5, Figures SAB-5 AD, and input 5108-6, Figures 5AE-5AF. In some embodiments, the first contact and the second contact are distinct contacts, such as contacts in two different tap gestures made by the same finger, or a deep press gesture on a send affordance followed by a tap gesture on a first impact effect option, in some embodiments, the first contact and the second contact are different parts of the same continuous contact with the toueh-sensitive surface, such as a long press, light press, or deep press on the impact selection affordance (e.g., deep press input 5108-1, 5108-2,5108-3, on impact selection affordance 5104, as shown in Figures 5X, 5Y and 5Z) followed by a drag to the first impact effect option (e.g,, input 5108-4 on impact effect option 5112-1, Figure 5AA) and then pausing or deep pressing on the first impact effect option, (00456] Method 1200 also includes, in response to detecting the second user input by a second contact (e.g., second input 5108-6, Figure 5AE) displaying (1224) a preview (e.g., in the Impact selection interlace, 5110, Figure 5AE) that applies the first impact effect option to the first message input. Figure 5AE shows a preview of the slam option being applied to first message input (“Congratulations!”) in response to a second Input 5108-6 respective by a second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of a first impact effect option (i.e., the slam option). In some embodiments, the preview applies the first impact effect to a message region that Includes the first message input (e.g., as shown in Figure 5 AB). in some embodiments, the preview applies the first impact effect to all (or substantially all) of the display screen, which includes a message region with, the first message, for a full-screen effect, an example of which is shown by the sequence of user interface images in Figures 5 AX through SBF, Figures 5AX through 5BF show the progression of the “slam” effect of a first message input (“Hell Noil”), starting with the first message input displayed shown enlarged, rotated and with a dark background (Figure 5 AX), then displayed even larger and with a somewhat lighter background (Figure 5AY), then less enlarged and rotated at a different angle than before (Figure 5AZ), then shown with further reduced enlargement and with blurry borders (Figure 5BA), then shown with reduced size a different background and a different rotation (Figure 5BB) and then with a sequence of different shadows around the message region (Figures 5BC, 5BD, 5BB)

DK 2016 70654 A1 until the first message input is shown at: normal (default) size, not rotated, and with a normal (default) background (figure 5ÖF).

100457] In some embodiments, while the preview of a respective impact effect option is displayed, the location in the impact selection interface that corresponds to the respective impact effect option includes an affordance (e.g,, send affordance 5118, Figure 5AB) for sending a message (with the first message input) with the respective impact effect option, [00458] With regard to displaying (1206) an impact selection interface that includes a plurality of impact effect options, discussed above, in some embodiments, the impact selection interface includes (1208) both a region effect options affordance (e.g., affordance 5114, Figure 5AA), which when activated causes display of impact effect options for a message containing the first message input, and a full-screen effect options affordance (e.g., affordance 5116, Figure 5AA), which when activated causes display of a preview of one impact effect option that is applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript when a message containing the first message input is displayed in tire messaging session.

Typically, there will be a plurality of foil-screen effect options, but only one of them is previewed at any one time, in response to activa tion of a foil-screen effect options affordance.

[00459] In some embodiments, with regard to displaying ¢1206) an impact selection interface that includes a plurality of impact effect, options, discussed above, the plurality of impact effect options Includes (1210) at least one impact effect option that applies an image (e.g., a shaded oval or cloud) with an area that is larger than an area of a message region that contains the first message input to the message region that contains the first message input (e.g,, displaying the image behind the message region that contains the first message input). Examples of this effect are shown in Figures 5A.E, and 5AF.

]0046O| In some embodiments, with regard to displaying (1206) an impact selection Interface that includes a plurality of Impact effect options, discussed above, the plurality of impact effect options includes (1212) at least one impact effect option that increases or decreases a size of a message region that contains the first message input relative to a size (e.g., a default size) of the message region that contains the first message input when no impact effect option is selected. For example. Figure 5AB shows an example in which an impact effect option is displayed with a message region that contains the first message input

134

DK 2016 70654 A1 having a decreased size relative to a .default size of the message u-gion, while Figure SAC shows an example in which an impact effect option is displayed with the message region that contains the first message input ha ving an increased size relati ve to a default size of the message region.

[00461 ] In some embodiments, with regard to displaying (1206} an impact selection interface that includes a plurality of impact effect options, discussed above, the plurality of impact effect options includes (1214) at least one impact effect option that is configured to have a message region that contains the first message input interact with other message regions in the displayed conversation transcript when the message region that contains the first message input is displayed (e.g., the other message regions shake and/or bounce upon display of the message region that contains the first message input in the conversation transcript, to increase the impact of the arriving message). For example, the sequence of user interfaces illustrated in Figures 5BB-5BE show message regions other than the message region with the first message input (e.g.. “Hell No! I) being moved (e.g., moved closer together, and caused to partially overlap) to increase the visual impact of the arriving message.

[00462] In some embodiments, with regard to displaying ¢1206) an impact selection interlace that includes a plurality of impact effect options, discussed above, the plurality of impact effect options includes (1216) at least one impact effect option that is configured to display an animation when a message region that contains the first message input is displayed in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, hi some embodiments, the animation is a “shake” animation (e.g., as shown in Figures 5ΑΗ-5ΑΪ) that moves the message region between two or more locations, such as side-to-side and/or up-and-down ani mation. In some embodiments, the animation increases a size of the message region from an initially displayed size in the conversation transcript (e.g., as shown in the sequence of Figures 5AK, 5AL, 5 AM, and in the sequence of Figures 5AN-5ÄS), [00463] In some embodiments, the ani mation increases the size of the message region beyond a final size that is displayed at the end of the animation (thereby overshooting the final size) and then reduces the size of the message region to the final size (e.g., as shown in the sequence of Figures SAN-5 AS). In some embodiments, the final size of the message region is larger or smaller than a (default) size of the message region that contains the first

135

DK 2016 70654 A1 message Input when no -impact effect option is selected. in some embodiments, an impact effect option that conceals the content of a message region displays an animation that includes moving particles (e.g., virtual sand particles) within the message region io indicate that the content of the message is concealed (e.g., as shown in Figure 5BQ-5BR).

[00464 J In some embodiments, with regard to displaying (1206} an impact selection interface that includes a plurality of impact effect options, discussed above, the plurality of impact effect options includes (12.18) at least one impact effect option that is configured to display an animation when a message region that contains the first message input Is displayed in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, wherein the animation concurrently moves the message region that contains the first message input and other message regions in the conversation transcript, For example, the other message regions shake and/or bounce upon display of the message region that contains the first message input in the conversation transcript, to increase the impact of the arriving message. The sequence of user interfaces Illustrated in Figures 5BB-5BF show such an example in which both the message region with the first message input and other message regions are moved in the conversation transcript in accordance with the “slam” effect option (5112-4 in Figures 5AA, 5AC).

|00465| In some embodiments, with regard to displaying (1206) an impact selection interface that includes a plurality of impact effect options, discussed above, the plurality of impact effect options includes (1220) at least one impact effect option that Is configured to trigger one or more tactile outputs (e.g., to provide haptic feedback) when a message region that contains the first message input is displayed in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session. For example, in some embodiments, a first impact effect option (e.g.. the “slam” option 5112-4. Figure 5AA) has a smaller amplitude tactile output than a second impact effect option (e.g., the “loud” option 5112-3, Figure 5AA).

[ÖÖ466] in some embodiments, with regard to displaying (1224) a preview (e.g., in the impact selection interlace, 5 hl 0, Figure 5AE), the preview (e.g., in the Impact selection interlace 5Π0, Figure 5AF) that applies the first impact effect option to the first message input repeats periodically (1226). For example, an animation shown in the preview is repeated everyN (e.g., 2, 3, or 4) seconds, until a subsequent user Input is detected.

156

DK 2016 70654 A1 (00467( in some embodiments, after displat mg the pret ion, method 12ÖU ηκ hides detecting (1228} hit oft of the second contact at a location on the touch-sensitsw surface that corresponds to the first impact effect option; and, in response to detecting lift off of the second contact at the location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the first impact effect option: ceasing to display the impact selection interface (e.g., impact selection inter&amp;ce, 5110, Figure 5.AE); displaying a message region that contains the first message input in the conversation transcript (and, in some embodiments, applying the first impact effect option to the message region and/or the conversation transcript, as shown in Figure 5AH); and transmitting information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to (A) display a message region that contains the first message input in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, and (B) apply the first impact effect option (e.g., as shown in Figure 5AK). The first impact effect is optionally applied to the message region that contains the first message input and/or to the displayed conversation transcript.

(004681 In some embodiments, after displaying the preview, method 1200 includes detecting (1230) detecting a third input by a third contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the first impact effect option (e.g., detecting a tap gesture, long press gesture, light press gesture,, or deep press gesture by the contact at a location that corresponds to the first impact effect option, such as at a send affordance for the first impact option). For example, Figure 5AG shows a third input 51.08-7 on a send affordance, at a location corresponding to a user-selected impact effect option, in this case the “slam” option.

(00469j In such embodiments, method 1200 includes, in response to defecting the third input by the third contact at the location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the first impact effect option; ceasing to display the impact selection interface; displaying a message region that contains the first message input in the conversation transcript (and, in some embodiments, applying the first impact effect option to the message region and/or the conversation transcript, as shown in Figure 5AH); and transmitting information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to (A) display a message region that contains the first message input in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, and (B) apply the first impact effect option (e.g., as shown in Figure

537

DK 2016 70654 A1

5AK}. The first impact effect is optionally applied to the message region that contains the first message input and/or to the displayed conversation transcript.

(00470] In some embodiments, after displaying the preview, method 1200 includes detecting (1232) lift off of the second contact (e.g., lift-off of second input 5108-6, as shown in Figure 5AE or 5ÄF) at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the first impact effect option; and, in response to detecting lift off of the second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the first impact effect option: selecting the first impact effect option for a message that contains the first message input; ceasing to display the impact selection interface; and displaying (e.g., as shown in Figure 5AH) the conversation transcript of the messaging session and the message-input area that includes a first message input.

(00471] In such embodiments, method 1200 includes, detecting a third input {e.g., a tap gesture at a location that corresponds to a send affordance, such as third input 5108-7, Figure SAG); and in response to detecting the third input: displaying a message region (e.g., as shown in Figure 5AH) that contains the first message input in the conversation transcript (and, in some embodiments, applying the first Impact effect option to the message region and/or the conversation transcript); and transmitting information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to (A) display a message region that contains the first message input in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, and (B) apply the first impact effect option (e.g., as shown in Figure 5AK), The first impact effect is optionally applied to the message region that contains the first message Input and/or to the displayed conversation transcript.

(00472( In some embodiments, after displaying the preview, method 1200 includes detecting (1234) a third input by a third contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the first impact effect option (e.g., detecting a tap gesture, long press gesture, light press gesture, or deep press gesture by the contact at a location that corresponds to the first impact effect option, such as at a send affordance for the first impact option). For example. Figure 5AG shows a third input 51.08-7 on a affordance, at a location corresponding to a user-selected impact effect option, in this case the “slam” option.

S3 8

DK 2016 70654 A1 [0Ö473] in such embodiments (1234), method 1200 includes, m response to detecting the third Input by the third contact at the location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds io the first impact effect option; selecting the first impact effect option for a message that contains the first message input; ceasing to display the impact selection interface; and displaying the conversation transcript of the messaging session and the message-input area that includes a first message input (e.g., first message input 5102 in message-input area 5008, as shown in Figure 5ÄH). Further, method 1200 includes detecting a fourth input (e.g.. a tap gesture at a location that corresponds to a send affordance, which optionally may be the same affordance as the impact option select affordance, or alternatively may a distinct affordance from the impact option select affordance); and In response to detecting the fourth input: (A) displaying a message region that contains the first message input in the conversation transcript (and, in some embodiments, applying the first impact effect option to the message region and/or the conversation transcript); and transmitting information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to tire at least one other user included in tire messaging session to (A) display a message region that contains the first message input in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, and (B) apply the first impact effect option (e.g., as shown in Figure 5AK). The first impact effect is optionally applied to the message region that contains the first message input and/or to the displayed conversation transcript.

(00474) Optionally, a user of the messaging application can preview more than one impact effect option that is applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript before making a final selection of an impact effect option, hr some embodiments, method 1200 includes, while the message-input area is empty (1236), detecting an input that enters text in the message-input area (e.g., message input area 5100, Figure SU); and, in .response to detecting tire input that enters text in the message-input area, displaying an impact selection affordance (e.g., impact selection affordance 5104, in message-input area 5100), wherein activation of the impact selection affordance is configured to cause display of the impact selection interface.

[00475] In some embodiments, method 1200 includes, while a pres iew of an impact effect option that is applied to tire entire displayed conversation transcript is displayed (e g., a preview of a first full screen effect option, such as displaying balloons (e.g. , balloons

539

DK 2016 70654 A1

5152-1. as shown in Figure SCSI floating upwards in the conwrsatwn transcript for a biithekn message, as shown in Fmme 5('(and Figures 5CH-5CO), detecting (1238) an input (e.g.. swipe gesture 5156, Figure 5CC) that activates display of a preview of another impact effect option that is applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript; and, in response to detecting the input that activates display of the preview of another impact effectoption that is applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript, displaying the preview of the second impact effect option that is applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript (e.g., displaying a preview of a second full screen effect option, such as a display of confetti for a “Congratulations!” message, as shown in Figures SCD-5CE, or fireworks exploding in the conversation transcript for a “Happy New Year” message, as shown in Figures 5CP-5CW). As shown in Figures 5CB and 5CC, the user interface may include an effect option indicator 5154 (sometimes called page dots) to indicate which full screen effect option is currently selected or is currently being previewed, and also to indicate how many full screen effect options are available and which one of those options in a sequence of the full screen effect options is currently being viewed.

(00476] Optionally, a user of the messaging application can preview more than one impact effect option before making a final selection of an impact effect option. In some embodiments, method 1200 includes, while displaying the impact selection interlace (e.g.. impact selection interface 5110, as shown in Figure 5AA). detecting (1240) an input by a contact (e.g., input 5108-4) at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of a second impact effect option in the plurality of impact effect options; and, in response to detecting the user input by the contact at the location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the location of a second impact effect option, displaying a preview (e.g., in the impact selection interface) that applies the second impact effect option to the first message input. In some embodiments, the preview applies the second impact effect to a message region that includes the first message input (00477( The sequence o f Figures 5CH-5CO shows an example of a balloons full screen effect being displayed when a message (“Happy Birthday!!!!!”) containing a corresponding enhanced message content trigger is received. Similarly, the sequence of Figures 5CP-5CW shows an example of a fireworks full screen effect being displayed when a message (“Happy New Year!!!”) containing a corresponding enhanced message content triaaer is received.

140

DK 2016 70654 A1 [0ö47ft| In stime embodiments, method 1200 includes determining (1242} whether an electronic device that corresponds to 'another user in the messaging session is capable of applying the first impact effect option (or, more generally, capable of applying any of the plurality of impact effect options) to a message in the messaging session, and, in accordance with a determination that the electronic device that corresponds to another user in the messaging session Is not capable of applying the first impact effect option to a message in the messaging session, displaying a notification on the display of the electronic device of the user about the first impact effect option (e.g., a notification that the electronic device that corresponds to the other user in the messaging session is not capable of applying the first impact effect option, or any impact effect option, to a message in the messaging session). Optionally, in accordance with a determination that the electronic device that corresponds to another user in the messaging sessi on is capable of applying the first impact effect option to a message in the messaging session, method 1200 includes forgoing displaying the notification.

(00479] in some embodiments, prior to transmitting information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to display a message region that contains the first message input, the electronic device of the user determines whether the electronic device corresponding to the at least one other user is capable of applying the first impact effect option to the message region. If not, the electronic device of the user displays a notification indicating that the other user will not see the effect, [00480] In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 13 shows a functional block d iagram of an elec tronic device 1300 configured in accordance with the principles of the invention as described above. The functional blocks of the device may be implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to cany out the principles of the invention. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 13 may be combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the Invention as described above. Therefore, the description herein may support any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.

Hi

DK 2016 70654 A1 [00481] As shown in Figure 13, an electronic device 1300 includes a display unit 1302 configured to display a messaging user interface on the display unit, the messaging user interface Including; a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a message-input area that includes a first message input; a touch-sensitive surface unit 1304 configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit 1306 coupled with the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit, in some embodiments, the processing unit 1306 includes a detecting unit 1308, a display enabling unit 1310, a ceasing unit 1312, a transmitting unit 1314. a selecting unit 1316, and a determining unit 1318.

[00482] The processing unit 130o is configured to: while displaying the messaging user interface, defect a first input by a first contact at a location on the touch-sensiti ve surface unit 1304 that corresponds to a location in the message-input area (e.g., with the detecting unit 1308); in response to detecting the first input by the first contact, enable display of an impact selection interface that includes a plurality of impact effect options (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1310); while displaying the impact selection interface, detect a second input by a second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1304 that corresponds to a location of a first impact effect option in the plurality of impact effect options (e.g., with the detecting unit 1308); and, in response to detecting the second user input by a second contact, enable display of a preview that applies the first impact effect option to the first message input (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1310).

[00483] in some embodiments, the processing unit 1306 is further configured to; after displaying the preview, detect li ft off of the second contact at a location on the touchsensitive surface unit 1304 that corresponds to the first impact effect option (e.g.. with the detecting unit 1308); and, in response to detecti ng lift off of the second contact at the location on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1304 that corresponds to the first Impact effect option: cease to display the impact selection interface (e.g., with the ceasing unit 1312); enable display of'a message region that contains the first message Input in tire conversation transcript (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 1310); and transmit information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging sess ion to enable di splay of a message region that contains the first message input in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, and apply the first impact effect option (e.g,, with the transmitting unit 1314),

5-42

DK 2016 70654 A1 (00484( In some embodiments, the processing unit 1306 is further configured to; after displaying the preview, detect lift off of the second contact at a location on the touchsensitive surface unit 1304 that corresponds to the first impact effect option (e.g., with the detecting unit 1308); and, in response to detecting lift off of the second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1304 that corresponds to the first impact effect option; select the first impact effect option for a message that contains the first message input (e.g., with the selecting unit 1316); cease to display the impact selection interface (e.g., with the ceasing unit 13I2); and enable display of the conversation transcript of the messaging session and the message-input area that includes a first message input (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1310); detect a third input (e.g,, with the detecting unit 1308): and in response to detecting the third inp ut: enable display of a message region that contains the first message input in the conversation transcript (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1310); and transmit information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to enable display of a message region that contains the first, message input in a conversat ion transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, and apply the first impact effect option (e.g,, with the transmitting unit 1314).

(00485( In some embodiments, the processing unit 1306 is further configured to: after displaying the preview, detect a third input by a third contact at a location on the touchsensitive surface unit 1304 that corresponds to tire first impact effect option (e.g., with the detecting unit 1308): and, in response to detecting the third input by the third contact at the location on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1304 that corresponds to tire first impact effect option; cease to display the impact selection interface (e.g., with the ceasing unit 1312); enable display of a message region that contains the first message input In the conversation transcript (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1310); and transmit information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to enable display of a message region that contains the first message input in a conversation transcript that corresponds to die messaging session, and apply the first impact effect option (e.g,, with the transmitting unit 1314), (00486( In some embodiments, foe processing unit 1306 is further configured to: after displaying the preview, detect a third input by a third contact at a location on the touchsensitive surface unit 1304 that corresponds to the first impact effect option (e.g., with the

DK 2016 70654 A1 detecting unit 1308); and, in response to detecting the third input by the third contact at the location on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1304 that corresponds to the first impact effect option: select the first impact effect option for a message that contains the first message input (e.g., with the selecting unit 1316); cease to display the impact selection interface (e.g., with the ceasing unit 1312); and enable display of the conversation transcript of the messaging session and the message-input area that includes a first message input (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1310); detect a fourth input (e.g., with the detecting unit 1308); and in response to detecting the fourth input; enable display of a message region that contains the first message input in the conversation transcript (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 1310); and transmit information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to enable display of a message region that contains the first message input in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, and apply the first impact effect option (e.g., with the transmitting unit 1314).

[00487] in some embodiments, the processing unit 1306 is further configured to: while the message-input area is empty, detect an input that enters text in the message-input area (e.g., with die detecting unit 1308); and, in response to detecting the input that enters text in the message-input area, enable display of an impact selection affordance (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 131.0), wherein activation of the impact selection affordance is configured to cause display of the impact selection interface.

[00488] In some embodiments, the impact selection mterface includes a region effect options affordance, which when activated causes display of impact effect options for a message containing the first message input, and a foil-screen effect options affordance, which when activated causes display of a preview of one impact effect option that is applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript when a message containing the first message input is displayed in the messaging session.

[00489] In some embodiments, the processing unit 1306 is further configured to: while a preview of an impact effect option that is applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript is displayed, detect an input that activates display of a preview of another impact effect option that is applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript (e.g,, with the detecting unit 1308); and, in response to detecting the input that activates

544

DK 2016 70654 A1 display o f the preview of another impact effect option that is applied to the entire displayed coin ersation transcript, enable displav of tbe piewev. of the second impact effect option that is applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 1310).

(00490} In some embodiments, the processing unit 1306 is further configured to; while displaying the impact selection interface, detect an input by a contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1304 that corresponds to a location of a second impact effect option in the plurality of impact effect options (e.g., with the detecting unit 1308); and, in response to detecting the user input by the contact at the location on the touchsensitive surface unit 1304 that corresponds to the location of a second Impact effect option, enable display of a preview that applies the second impact effect option to the first message input (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 1310).

|O0491( in some embodiments, the plurality of impact effect options includes at least one Impact effect option that applies an image with an area that is larger than an area of a message region that contains the first message input to the message region that contains the first message input, (00492} In some embodiments, the plurality of impact effect options includes at least one Impact effect option that increases or decreases a size of a message region that contains the first message input relative to a size of the message region that contains the first message input when no impact effect option is selected.

(00493} In some embodiments, the plurality of impact effect options includes at least one impact effect option that is configured to have a message region that contains the first message input interact with other message regions in the displayed conversation transcript when the message region that contains the first message input Is displayed.

(00494( In some embodiments, the plurality of impact effect options includes at least one impact effect option that is configured to display an animation when a message region that contains the first message input is displayed in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, (00495} In some embodiments, the plurality of impact effect options includes at least one impact effect option that is configured to display an animation when a message region

545

DK 2016 70654 A1 thai contains the first message input is displayed in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, wherein the animation concurrently moves the message region that contains the first message input and other message regions in the conversation transcript.

[00496] In some embodiments, the plurality of impact effect options includes at least one impact effect option that is configured to trigger one or more tactile outputs when a message region that contains the first message input is displayed in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

[00497] In some embodiments, the preview that applies the first impact effect option to the first message input repeats periodically.

[00498] In some embodiments, the processing unit 1306 is further configured to: determine whether an electronic device that corresponds to another user in the messaging session is capable of applying the first impact effect option to a message in the messaging session (e.g., with the determining unit 1318), and, in accordance with a determination that the electronic device that conesponds to another user in the messaging session is not capable of applying the first Impact effect option to a message in the messaging session, enable display of a notificat ion on the display unit 1302 of the electronic device of tbe user about the first Impact effect option (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 1310), [00499] Tbe operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules In information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to Figures 1A and 3) or application specific chips, [00500] The operations described above with reference to Figures 12 A-12E are, optionally, implemented by components depleted in Figures I A-IB or Figure 13. For example, detection operations 1204 and 1222 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection ofan object on a user

546

DK 2016 70654 A1 interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event.

Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater i 77 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handier 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on die components depicted in Figures 1Ä-1B.

Concealed Message interaction [00501] Figures 14A~14B are flow diagrams of a process for interacting with concealed messages, in accordance with some embodiments. More specifically, these figures relate to methods of displaying an interface that includes one or more screen elements to conceal recei ved message text within the message region. In response to input recei ved at a location corresponding to the message region, the received message is at least partially revealed. This allows messages to be transmitted and viewed privately where messages may be viewed in a crowded location, etc. By requiring an additional action to view the message text, inadvertent disclosure of the contents is avoided.

(005021 Oue ^or more examples of an electronic device (e.g., portable multifunction device 100 or device 300) Implementing these methods are shown In Figures 5BG-5BP and 5BQ-5CA.

(00503( Figures 14A-14B are flow diagrams illustrating a method 1400, performed by an electronic device, sometimes herein called a first electronic device, having one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display. In some embodiments, the electronic device includes one or more sensors (e.g., sensors in a touch-screen display or trackpad) configured to detect intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface .

[00504] In accordance with some embodiments, method 1400 includes displaying (1402) a messaging user interface (e.g., user interface 5002, as shown in Figure 5BFF of a messaging application) on the display. The messaging user interface includes a conversation transcript (e.g., conversation transcript 5()()4 in user interface 5002, Figure 5BH) of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g., a user of another electronic device) including a first other user, and a message region ($008, Figure 5BH) in the conversation transcript for a message (e.g., message 5126)

54?

DK 2016 70654 A1 received fem the first, other user, the message region including one or more screen elements (e.g,, screen elements 5124, Figure 5BFI) that conceal the message received front the first other user.

100505] in some embodiments, the received message is sent by another device, a user of which has applied an “invisible ink” effect to the message. In some embodiments, that is accomplished using an impact selection interlace 5110, Figure 5BG, that includes a plurality of impact effect options (e.g., impact effect options 5112-1 through 5112-4, described above with respect to Figure 5AA). in some embodiments, the set of impact effect options includes options that are applied to an individual message region (e.g,, ‘region effect” options) and options that are applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript when a message is initially displayed in the messaging session (e.g,, “full-screen effect” options). In some embodiments, the displayed plurality of impact effect options includes an option that conceals the content of a message in the conversation transcript (“invisible ink” option 5112-1, Figure 5 AA, indicated in Figure 5BG by an empty message region). In some embodiments., the invisible ink option includes an affordance (e.g., send affordance 5118, Figure 5BG) for sending a message (with user-specified message input) with the respective impact effect option. In some embodiments, impact selection interface 5110, Figure 5BG, includes a cancel affordance 5120 for canceling the selection of any impact effect options and returning the messaging application to either a prior user interface of the messaging application or a predefined user interface of the messaging application.

1005001 In some embodiments, the one or more screen elements (5124) that conceal the message are (1404) moving particles (e.g., displayed images of moving particles). In some embodiments, the device displays an animation that includes moving particles (e.g., virtual sand particles) within the message region to conceal the content of the message.

|00507j In some embodiments, the message region (5008, Figure 5BH) with the concealed message has (1.406) a message region outline that is distinct from an outline on message regions in the conversation transcript that do not have concealed messages. In one example, the message region with the concealed message has a doited line outline, whereas conventional message regions (e.g., message regions that do not have impact effects applied to them, such as the invisible ink effect) in the conversation transcript have solid line outlines.

!48

DK 2016 70654 A1 [0ÖSÖ8] Method i 400 Further inc Indes detecting (1408) a first input by a contact (e.g., a swipe or drag gesture input 5128-a, Figure 5BH) at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the message region with the concealed message; and, after detecting the first input by the contact, revealing (1416) the concealed message in the message region. For example, as shown in Figures 5BH, 5B1, 5BJ and 5BK, respective portions of the message 5126 are re vealed in response to the drag gesture input 5128-a,

5128-b, 5128-c, 5128-d progressing from a fi rst portion of the message region $008 to another portion of the messase reaion 5008. Continuiua with the example, as shown in Figure 5L, when the drag gesture 5128 is completed, or ends, or after the passage of a predefined time, the message in the message region 5008 is again concealed.

(00509] in some embodiments, the first input is a drag gesture (e.g., input 5128-a) by the contact at a location that corresponds to the message region with the concealed message.

(00510] In some embodiments, detecting (1408) the first input by the contact includes detecting (1412) a drag gesture (e.g., input 5128-a, Figure SBH) by the contact at a. location that corresponds to the message region with the concealed message, and method 1400 includes dynamically removing (1412) portions of the one or more screen elements that conceal the message, thereby revealing corresponding portions of the message, in accordance with the movement of the contact in the drag gesture. In some embodiments, portions of the one or more screen elements (e.g,, screen elements 5124) are removed that are within a predetermined distance of the contact in the drag gesture. In some embodiments, after a given portion of the message is revealed (e,g._s after passage of a predetermined amount of time, such as 0.5,1,2, 3, 4, or 5 seconds), the gi ven portion is concealed again (e.g,, by applying one or more screen elements that conceal the given portion).

(005111 In some embodiments, the electronic de\ ice includes 114 S 4} one or more sensors configured to detect intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface, and the first input (e.g., input 5128-a) is a press input (e.g., a light press or a deep press) by the contact at a location that corresponds to the message region with the concealed message.

[0OSi2j In some embodiments, the electronic device includes (1418) one or more sensors configured to detect intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface, and detecting the first input by the contact includes detecting an increase In intensify of the

549

DK 2016 70654 A1 contact (e.g., input 5 I3ø-a, 5 LlO-b. ? 130-c, with increasing intensity, as shown in Figures 5BM, 5BN and 5BO) at a location that corresponds to the message region (5008., Figure SBM) with the concealed message, in such embodiments, method 1400 includes: dynamically remov ing portions of the one or more screen elements (5124) tha t conceal the message (e.g., as shown in Figure 5BM), thereby revealing corresponding portions of the message, in accordance with the increase in intensity of the contact (e.g., as shown in tlte sequence of Figures 5BM, 5BN and 5BO). In some embodiments, portions of the one or more screen elements (S124) are removed that are closest to the contact and then, as the intensity of the contac t increases, portions tha t are farther and farther from the contact are removed, until the entire message is revealed, as shown in the sequence of Figures 5BM, 5BN and 580, In some embodiments, in accordance with a decrease in intensity of the contact during the input, the device dynamical ly adds portions of one or more screen elements., thereby conceal ing corresponding portions of the message, as shown in the progression from Figure 5BO to Figure 5BP.

(00513 j In some embodiments, method 1400 includes, in response to detecting the first input by the contact, displaying (1420) an authentication prompt (e.g., text that says “Please enter a fingerprint or passcode” or the like) and/or an authentication interlace (e.g., a passcode screen). In such embodiments, method 1400 further includes receiving an authentication input (e.g., receiving a passcode or fingerprint input); in accordance with a determination that the authentication input satisfies authentication criteria, revealing the concealed message in the message region; and in accordance with a determination that the authentication input does not satisfy the authentication criteria, keeping tire message in tire message region concealed.

(00514J In some embodiments, the device determines whether the user is authorized to see the message, and, in accordance with a determination that the user is authorized to see the message, the message is revealed. In some embodiments, the determination is performed in response to detecting the first user input. In some embodiments, the determination is performed in response to receiving the concealed message. In some embodiments, the determination is performed when a messaging application is loaded or when the messaging appheation receives focus (e.g., when a user interface of* the messaging application is displayed and is enabled to received user inputs). In some embodiments, the determination is performed when the user provides authentication information to the device

550

DK 2016 70654 A1 (e. g., authentication is performed when the user unlocks the device using a code, password, and/or fingerprint). In some embodiments (e.g., on a device with multiple users) authentication is performed each time a new user provides authentication information.

100515] In some embodiments, determining whether the user is authorized io reveal the message includes performing a biometric authentication. In some embodiments, authentication is performed when user provides a fingerprint to unlock the device. In some embodiments, user is prompted to provide a fingerprint or passcode when the concealed messaue is received or when user attempts to access the concealed messaue.

)00516] In some embodiments, prior to sending a concealed message from a device, the device authenticates the sender (e.g., by checking sender authentication credentials).

For example, prior to sending a concealed message (such as a message with an “invisible ink” impact effect option), the sending device checks whether a. passcode or fingerprint provided by a user corresponds to an authorized user, such as the primary user of the device, in some embodiments, the sender is prompted to provide a passcode and/or biometric authentication (e.g,, a fingerprint) just prior to sending the concealed message (e.g,, in response to a user activating a send icon or selecting an option to conceal the message, like an “invisible ink” impact effect option). In some embodiments, if the device authenticates the sender, then the concealed message is sent or is enabled to be sent, whereas if the device does not authenticate the sender, then the concealed message is prevented from being sent.

)00517] in some embodiments, method 1400 includes, after revealing the concealed message in the message region, concealing (1422) the message received from the first other user. For example, after a concealed message in message region 5008 has been revealed, as shown in the sequence of Figures 5BH-5BK, the message in message region is again concealed, as shown in Figure 5BL. In another example, the sequence of Figures 5BQ5BV, show a message being gradually revealed, as shown in Figures 5BQ to 5BT, and then gradually concealed, as shown in Figures 5BT to 5BV. in some embodiments, the message is concealed again In response to detecting termination of the first input by the contact, hi some embodiments, the message Is concealed again after a predetermined time (e.g., 2 seconds, 5 seconds, or a predetermined amount of time that between two and five seconds) has elapsed since the first input by the contact terminates. In some embodiments, the message is concealed again after a predetermined time (e.g., 2 seconds, 5 seconds, or a

551

DK 2016 70654 A1 predetermined amount of time that between two· and five seconds) has elapsed since the message was revealed, (00518] In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 15 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1500 configured in accordance with the principles of the invention as described above. The functional blocks of the device may be implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the invention. it is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 15 may be combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the invention as described above. Therefore, the description herein may support any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.

[00519] As shown in Figure 15, an electronic device 1500 includes a display unit 1502 configured to display a messaging user interface on the display unit 1502, the messaging user interface including; a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, including a first other user, and a message region in the conversation transcript for a message received from the first other user, the message region including one or more screen elements that conceal tire message received from the first other user; a. touch-sensitive surface unit 1504 configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit 1506 coupled with the display unit 1502 and the touch-sensitive surface unit 1504. In some embodiments, the processing unit 1506 includes a detecting unit 1508, a display enabling unit 1510, a receiving unit 1512, a revealing unit 1514, a concealing unit 1.516, a removing unit 1518, and a deleting unit 1.520.

[00520] The processing unit 1506 is configured to; detect a first input by a contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1504 that corresponds to the message region with the concealed message (e.g., with tire detecting unit 1508); and, reveal the concealed message in the message region in response to detecting the first input by tire contact (e.g,, with the revealing unit 1.514).

[00521] in some embodiments, the one or more screen elements that conceal the message are moving particles,

S.S2

DK 2016 70654 A1 [00522] in sonic embodiments, the message region n ith the concealed message has a message region outline that is distinct from an outline on message regions in die conversation transcript that do not have concealed messages.

100523] in some embodiments, the processing unit 1506 is further configured to: in response to detecting the first input by the contact, enable display of an authentication prompt and/or an authentication interface (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1510): receive an authentication input (e.g., with the receiving unit 15.12); in accordance with a determination that the authentication input satisfies authentication criteria, reveal the concealed message in the message region (e.g., with the revealing unit 1514); and in accordance with a determination that the authentication input does not satisfy the authentication criteria, keep the message in the message region concealed (e.g.. with the concealing unit 1516).

|00524] hi some embodiments, the first input is a drag gesture by the contact at a location that corresponds to the message region with the concealed message.

[00525] hi some embodiments, detecting the first input by the contact includes detecting a drag gesture by the contact at a location that corresponds to the message region with the concealed message, and the processing unit 1506 is further configured to: dynamically remove portions of the one or more screen elements that conceal the message (e.g., with the removing unit 1518), thereby revealing corresponding portions of the message, in accordance with the movement of the contact in the drag gesture.

[00526] hi some embodiments, the electronic device includes one or more sensors configured to detect intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1504. and the first input is a press input by the contact at a location that corresponds to the message region with the concealed message.

[00527] In some embodiments, the electronic device includes one or more sensors configured to detect intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1504, and detecting the first input by the contact includes detecting an increase in intensity of the contact at a location that corresponds to the message region with the concealed message, and the processing unit 1506 is further configured to: dynamically remove portions of the one or more screen elements that conceal the message (e.g., with the removing unit 1518),

553

DK 2016 70654 A1 thereby reveal ing corresponding portions of the message, in accordance with the increase in intensity ofthe contact.

[00528] In some embodiments, the processing unit 1506 is further configured to: after revealing the concealed message in the message region, conceal the message received from the first other user (e.g., with the concealing unit 1516).

[00529] In some embodiments, the processing unit 1506 is further configured to: after revealing the concealed message in the message region, autoræt really delete the message received front the first other user from the conversation transcript (e.g., with the deleting unit 1520).

[00530] The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in informat ion processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to Figures 1A and 3) or application specific chips.

[00531] The operations described above with reference to Figures 14A-14B are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures 1 A-IB or Figure 15. For example, detection operations 1408, 1412, and 1414 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer ISO, and event handler I9Ö. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of au object on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally uti lizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192, In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would he clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1A-1B.

Triggering enhanced message content

154

DK 2016 70654 A1 (00532] Figures ίόΑ-IoC are tluw diagrams of a process for applying an effect to a messaging user interface when a message includes an enhanced message content trigger, in accordance with some embodiments. More specifically, these figures relates to methods for determining whether a message in a first message region includes an enhanced message content trigger (e.g., a word, phrase, set of ernoji, or other content that triggers the effect, or an option selected by the sender). In response to determining that the message includes the enhanced message content trigger, the effect is applied to the messaging user interface. In some embodiments, the effect is applied to at least one message region other than the first message region. In some embodiments., the effect is applied to a chrome of the messaging user interface.

(00533( One or more examples of an electronic device (e.g., portable muhifunction device 100 or device 300) implementing this method are shown in Figures 5CB-5CG and 5CH-5CW.

(00534( Figures 16A-I6C are flow diagrams illustrating a method 1600, performed by an electronic device, sometimes herein called a first electronic device, having one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a dispiay. In some embodiments, the electronic device includes one or more sensors (e.g., sensors in a touch-screen display or trackpad) confi gured to detect intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface .

100535( In accordance with some embodiments, method 1600 includes displaying (1602) a messaging user interface (e.g., user interface 5002, as shown in Figure 5BFF of a messaging application) on the display. The messaging user interface includes a conversation transcript (e.g., conversation transcript 5004 in user interface 5002, Figure 5CF) of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g., a user of another electronic device) including a first other user. Method 1600 further includes .receiving (1604) a first message within the messaging session from an electronic device (e.g., a second electronic device) that corresponds to the first other user included in the messaging session; determining (1606) whether the first message includes an enhanced message content trigger; in accordance with a determination that the first message includes the enhanced message content trigger: displaying (1616) the first message in a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display, and displaying enhanced message content that corresponds to the trigger, wherein the enhanced message

155

DK 2016 70654 A1 .content includes content that applies an effect io at least one message region other than the first message region in the conversation transcript (for example as shown in Figure 5CF); and, in accordance with a determination that the first message does not include the enhanced message content trigger, displaying (1642) the first message in a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display (i.e., without displaying the enhanced message content that corresponds to the trigger, for example as shown in Figure 5CG).

j00536] in some embodiments, the determination (1606) whether the first message includes the enhanced message content trigger is performed (1608) in response to receiving the first messase.

[00537] In some embodiments, determining { J bO6> whether the first message includes an enhanced message content trigger includes determining (1610) whether the first message includes predefined text. For example, when the first message Includes the words “happy birthday ” the device displays enhanced message content that includes balloons, as shown in the sequence of Figures 5CK to SCO. in some embodiments, determining whether the first message includes an enhanced message content trigger includes analyzing content of the first message to determine whether the first message includes predefined message content, such as a word, phrase, emoticon, emoticon string, emoji, ernoji string, sticker, andor sticker string, [00538] In some embodiments, determining (1606) whether the fimt message includes an enhanced message content trigger includes determining (1612) whether the first message includes an embedded non-displayed value (e.g., as determined by a display option selected by the sender) that indicates the enhanced message content to be displayed . For example, the sender of the first message (the first other user) selects a full screen effect option to apply to the first message, and an embedded non-displayed value that corresponds to the fitll screen effect option selected by the sender is sent with the first message.

[00530] In some embodiments, determining (1606) whether the first message includes an enhanced message content trigger includes determining (1614) whether a time at which the first message was received corresponds to a predetermined time frame, For example, when the first message is received at or within a predetermined time after midnight on January 1, the device displays enhanced message content that includes fireworks and/or text that states “Happy New Year I”

556

DK 2016 70654 A1 [00540( In some embodiments, the enhanced message content includes (1618) content that applies an effect to the entire displayed conversation transcript. For example, the effect applied to the entire conversation transcript may be the animated display of balloons that move past the entire conversation transcript, the animated display of confetti (e.g., as shown in Figures 5CD through 5CF) that moves past the entire conversation transcript, or the like.

(00541( In some embodiments, applying (1616) the effect to at least one message region other than the first message region includes accumulating (1620) animated objects (e.g., virtual confetti) on at least one message region other than the first message region. In some embodiments, animated objects accumulate on user interface objects displayed outside the messaging user interface. In some embodiments, animated objects accumulate on a status bar or other portion of he display that is controlled by the operating system of the device.

(00542( in some embodiments, applying (16161 the effect to at least one message region other than the first message region includes animating (1622) at least one message region other than the first message region. In some embodiments, movement of the other message regions is triggered by movement of the first message region. In some embodiments, other user interface objects displayed outside the messaging user interface are animated.

[00543( In some embodiments, applying (1616) the effect to at least one message region other than the first message region includes temporarily -fading (1624) message regions other than the first message region without lading the first message region, as shown in Figure 5CQ (as compared to the Figure SCP).

(00544( In some embodiments, applying (16161 the effect to at least one message region other than the first message region includes temporarily ceasing to display &lt; 1626) message regions other than the first message region while maintaining display of the first message region.

(00545( In some embodiments, displaying (.1616) the enhanced message content that corresponds to the trigger includes displaying (1628) an image (e.g., an. animated image) that temporarily replaces the entire messaging user interface. In some other embodiments, displaying (1616) the enhanced message content that corresponds to the trigger includes

157

DK 2016 70654 A1 displaying {l&lt;-30) an image (e.g , an animated image) that tempnraufr replaces rhe entire messaging user interface, except tor the first message region. For example, balloons or confetti would be displayed, replacing the entire messaging user interface, or replacing the entire messaging user interface other than the first message region.

[00546] In some embodiments, applying (1616} the effect to at least one message region other than the first message region includes temporarily highlighting (1632) the first message region without highlighting message regions other than the first message region. For example, in a “balloons” full screen effect, the first message region would be highlighted while the balloons are displayed, without highlighting (or fading) the other message regions in the displayed conversation transcript.

[00547] in some embodiments, the enhanced message content includes sound (1634). For example, in some embodiments, the sound is played in coordination with the displayed enhanced message content.

[00548] In some embodiments, the enhanced message content includes tactile output (3636), For example, the tactile output may be haptic effects output in coordination with the displayed enhanced message content.

[00549] in some embodiments, displaying (1616) the enhanced message content includes displaying (1.638) an animation of the first message region. In some embodiments, when displaying the animation, the first message region disappears and subsequently reappears. In some embodiments, the first message region size and/or first message text size changes during the animation.

[00550] In some embodiments, displaying (1616) the enhanced message content includes generating and displaying (1640) moving virtual objects in response to scrolling of the conversation transcript. For example, this may be implemented by generating and displaying hearts or sparkles coming off'of the first message region as the transcript moves.

[005511 In some emhodinients, method 1600 includes ceasing (1644) to display the enhanced message content that corresponds to the trigger. For example, the ceasing to display the enhanced message content occurs in response to user input, or after the enhanced message content has been displayed for a predetermined period of time.

158

DK 2016 70654 A1 (00552] In accordance with some embodiments, Figure 17 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1700 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments . The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 17 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.

(00553 j As shown in Figure 17, an electronic device 1700 includes a display unit 1702 configured to display a messaging user interface on the display unit, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, including a first other user; a touchsensitive surface unit 1704 configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit 1706 coupled to the display unit 1702 and the touch-sensitive surface unit 1704. In some embodiments, the processing unit includes display enabling unit 1708, receiving unit 1710. determining unit 1712, applying unit 1714, accumulating unit 1716, animating unit 1718, fading unit 1720, ceasing unit 1722, highlighting unit 1724, and generating unit 1726.

(00554j The processing unit 1706 is configured to; receive a first message within the messaging session from an electronic device that corresponds to the first other user included in the messaging session (e.g., with the receiving unit 1710) and determine whether the first message includes an enhanced message content trigger (e.g., with the determining unit 1712). The processing unit 1706 is further configured to, in accordance with a determination that the first message includes the enhanced message content trigger, display the first message in a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display unit 1702 (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1708) and display enhanced message content that corresponds to the trigger, where the enhanced message content includes content that applies an effect to at least one message region other than the first message region in the conversation transcript (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1708). The processing unit 1706 is further configured to, in accordance with a determination that the first message does not include the enhanced message content trigger, display the first message In a first message

559

DK 2016 70654 A1 region in the conversation transcript on the display unit 1702 {e.g,, with the display enabling unit 1708).

[00555] In some embodiments, the determination whether the first message includes the enhanced message content trigger is performed in response to receiving the first message (e.g., with the determining unit 1712), [00556j In some embodiments, determining whether the fust message includes an enhanced message content trigger includes determining whether the first message includes predefined text (e.g., with the determining unit 1712).

[00557] In some embodiments, determining whether the first message includes an enhanced message content trigger includes determining whether the first message includes an embedded non-displayed value that indicates the enhanced message content to be displayed (e.g., with the determining unit 1712).

[00558] In sonte embodiments, determining whether the first message includes an enhanced message content nigget includes deteinuning whether a time at winch the first message was received corresponds to a predetermined time frame (e.g., with the determining unit 1712).

[00559] in some embodiments, the enhanced message content includes content that applies an effect to the entire displayed conversation transcript (e.g., with the applying unit 1714).

[00560] In some embodiments, applying the effect to at least one message region other than the first message region includes accumulating animated objects on at. least one message region other than the first message region (e.g., with the accumulating unit 171.6).

[00561 [ In some embodiments, applying the effect to at least one message region other than the first message region includes animating at least one message region other than tire first message region (e.g., with animating unit 171.8).

[00562 j In some embodiments, applying the effect to at least one message region other than the first message region includes temporarily fading message regions other than the first message region without lading the first message region (e.g., with the fading unit 1720).

160

DK 2016 70654 A1 [00563] In some embodiments, applying the effect to at least one message region other than the first message region includes temporarily ceasing to display message regions other than the first message region while maintaining display of the first message region (e.g., with the ceasing unit 1722).

[00564] In some embodiments, displaying the enhanced message content that corresponds to the trigger includes displaying an image that temporarily replaces the entire messaging user interface (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1708), [00565] in some embodiments, displaying die enhanced message content that corresponds to the trigger includes displaying an image that temporarily replaces the entire messaging user interface, except for the first message region (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1708).

[00566] In some embodiments, applying the effect to at least one message region other than the first message region includes temporarily highlighting the first message region without highlighting message regions other than the first message region (e.g., with the highlighting unit 1724}.

[005671 In some embodiments, the enhanced message content includes sound.

[00568] In some embodiments, the enhanced message content includes tactile output.

[0Θ569] In some embodiments, displaying the enhanced message content includes displaying an animation of the first message region (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 1708), [00570] in some embodiments, displaying: the enhanced message content includes generating and displaying moving virtual objects In response to scrolling of the conversation transcript (e.g., with the generating unit 1726 and the display enabling unit 1708).

[00571] in some embodiments, the processing unit 1706 is further configured to cease to display the enhanced message content that corresponds to the trigger (e.g,, with the ceasing unit.

[00572] The operations in the information processing methods described above are. optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in hifonnation

561

DK 2016 70654 A1 processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to Figures IA and 3) or application specific chips, [00573] The operations described above with reference to Figures 16A-16C are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures 1A-1B or Figure 17. For example, display operations 1602,1616, 1618,1620, 1622., 1624, 5 626, 1628, 1630,1632, 1638, 1640,1642, and 1644, receiving operation 1604, determining operations 1606, 1608, 1610, 1612, and 16.14, audio output operation 1634, and tactile output operation .1636 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Event, monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respecti ve event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface. When a respecti ve predefi ned event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handier 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. in some embodiments, event handier 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly., it would he clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can he implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1 A-1B. Detecting and responding to combinable content in separate messages [00574] Figures 18A-18C, described in more detail below, relate generally to methods for detecting combinable content in a messaging user interface. More specifically, these figures relate to methods for displaying content corresponding to a predetermined combination when the detected combinable content form the predetermined combination.

[00575] One or more examples of an electronic device (e.g., portable multifunction device 18G or device 300) implementing this method are shown in Figures 5CX-5DC.

[00576] Figures 18A-18C are flow diagrams illustrating a method 1800, performed by an electronic device, sometimes herein called a first electronic device, having one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display. In some embodiments,

562

DK 2016 70654 A1 the electronic device includes one or mote sensors (e.g;, sensors in a touch-screen display or trackpad) configured to detect intensities of contacts on the touch-sensiti ve surface.

(00577] In accordance with some embodiments, method 180(1 includes displaying (1802) a messaging user interface (e.g. , user interface 5002, as shown in Figure 5BH, of a messaging application) on the display. The messaging user interface includes a conversation transcript (e.g., conversation transcript 5004 in user interface 5002. Figure 5CX) of a messaging session between a user of the electroni c dev ice and at least one other user (e.g., a user of another electronic device) including a first other user, and a message input area (e.g., message input area 5100, Figure 5CX).

(005781 Method 1800 further includes receiving (1804) a first message (e.g., message 5170, hi message region 5008, Figure 5CX) within the messaging session from an electronic device (e.g., a second electronic device) that corresponds to the first other user included in the messaging session, wherein the first message includes first combinable content (e.g., an emoticon or an image such as an emoji or a sticker), and in response to receiving the first message, displaying (1812) the first message in a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display (for example, as shown in Figure 5CX). In some embodiments, the combinable content includes (1806) an emoticon. In some embodiments, the combinable content includes (1808) an emoji. In some embodiments, the combinable content includes (1810) a sticker.

(00579( Method 1800 continues with receiving (1814) input of a second message in the message-input area (e.g., second message 5172 in message input area 5100, as shown in Figure 5CY), and while the second message is displayed In the message-input area, detecting (1816) an input (e.g., 5174, Figure 5CY) to send the second message to the messaging session (e.g.. detecting a tap gesture on a send icon, 5118, Figure 5CY).

(005801 Further, method I800 includes, in response (1818) to detecting the input to send the second message to the messaging session; in accordance with a determination that the second message contains second combinable content, and the second combinable content and the first combinable content are pacts (e.g., complementary parts) of a predefined combination, displaying (1820) content that corresponds to the predefined combination in the conversation transcript on the display. For example, the content corresponding to the predefined combination is displayed in a second message region, or an

563

DK 2016 70654 A1 area between message regions ha\ mg messages from the user of the dc\ ice and message regions with messages from the nt least one other user. In some embodiments, content corresponding to the predefined combination is briefly applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript when the second message is initially displayed in die messaging session.

1005811 Further, In accordance with a determination that the second message does not contain second combinable content that forms a predefined combination with the first combinable content displaying (1844) the second message in a second message region in the conversation transcript on the display (i.e., without displaying content that corresponds to a predefined combination).

In some embodiments, the determination 11820) that the second combinable content and the first combinabie content are parts of a predefined combination is performed (1822) in response to detecting the Input {e.g,, 5174, Figure 5CY) to send the second message to the messaging session (e.g., in response to detecting a tap gesture on a send icon, 5.118, Figure 5CY).

(00583] In some embodiments, or in some circumstances, the first combinable content and the second combinable content that are part of a predefined combination are the same content (1824). For example, a first word or emoji for beer in a first message (5170, Figure 5CZ) and a second, same word or emoji for beer in a second message (5172, Figure 5CZ) result in display of content (e.g.. content 5176, Figure 5DA) that corresponds to the predefined combinat ion, such as an animation of two beer glasses being clicked together (as shown In Figure 5DA) and/or display of the word “Cheers!” (as shown in Figure 5DA). in some embodiments, the content that corresponds to the predefined combination is displayed in a portion of the messaging user interface (e.g,, messaging user interface 5002) between the first and second messages (e.g., between message regions 5008 for first message 51.70 and second message 5172, Figure 5DA). In another example, a first fist emoji in the first message and a second fist emoji in the second message result in display of content that corresponds to the predefined combination, such as an animation of two fists bumping together.

[00584] In some embodiments, or in some circumstances, the first combinable content and the second combinable content that are part of a predefined combination are

164

DK 2016 70654 A1 different content (1826). For example, a word or emoji for lightning aad a word or emoji for key result in di splay of content that corresponds to a predefined combination, su ch as an emoji or sticker representing electricity, such as a light bulb. In another example, an emoji for an apple and the word or symbol (e.g,, “π”) for the number pi result in display of content that corresponds to a predefined combination, such as an emoji or sticker for an apple pie.

In yet another example, the word “Happy” in a first message and the word “Birthday” in a second message result in a display of balloons in a portion of the messaging user interface between the first message and second message or hi the entire messaging user interface, for example as shown in Figures 5CB, 5CC and 5CJ-5ÜO.

(00585} Optionally, users can define combinations of content thai are the aforementioned predefined combinations, and/or they can define the content that corresponds to any such combination. More specifically, in some embodiments, or in some circumstances, respective first combinable content and respective second combinable content tha t are part of a. respective predefined combination are defined (1828) by a user of the electronic device. For example., in some embodiments, the predefined combinations are defined by a user of the device or by users in a messaging session. Similarly, in some embodiments, or in some circumstances, the content that corresponds to the predefined combination is defined by a user of the device (1830), For example, in some embodiments, the content that corresponds to the predefined combination is defined by a user of the defies or by users in a messaging session.

(00586} A variety of content can be included in or used as the content that corresponds to the predefined combination. More specifically, in some embodiments, the content that corresponds to the predefined combination includes animated content (1832), examples of which are balloons or confetti that move through the messaging user interface or a portion of the messaging user interface . In some embodiments, the content that corresponds to the predefined combination includes audio content (1834), such as music, or one or more tones, or recorded or synthesized speech, in some embodiments, the content that corresponds to the predefined combination includes haptic content (1836), such as a vibration or vibration pattern. Thus, in some embodiments, the content that corresponds to the predefined combination includes animated content, audio content and/or haptic content (1838).

165

DK 2016 70654 A1 [00587] Further, in some embodiments,ilte content that corresponds to the predefined combination includes (1840) automatically generated message text. For example, in the above described example, with a first word or eraojt for beer in a first message (5170,

Figure 5CZ) and a second, same word or emoji for beer in a second message (5172, Figure 5CZ), the first electronic device automatically generates message text, such as “Cheers!”, in a message region, [00588] In some embodiments, the content that corresponds to the predefined combination includes (1842) content that is applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript when the second message is initially displayed in tire messaging session. For example, content in a “full-screen moment ” such as displaying a “fireworks” full screen effect in response to a first message, “Happy,” and a second message, “NewYear,” as shown in Figures 5CR-5CT, or displaying a “balloons” full screen effect in response to a first message, “Happy,” and a second message, “Birthday,” as shown in Figures 5CJ-5CO.

[00589] In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 19 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1900 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 19 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various descri bed embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definit ion of the functional blocks described herein.

[00590] As shown in Figure 19. an electronic device 1900 includes a display unit 1902 configured to display a messaging user interface on the display unit, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, including a first other user, and a message input area; a touch-sensitive surface unit 1904 configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit 1906 coupled to the display unit 1902 and the touch-sensitive surface unit 1904. In some embodiments, the processing unit includes display enabling unit 1908, receiving unit 1910, detecting unit 1912, and applying unit 1914,

166

DK 2016 70654 A1 (005911 The processing unit 1906 is configured to: receive a first message within the messaging session front an electronic device that corresponds to the first other user included in the messaging session, where the first message includes first combinable content (e.g., with the receiving unit 1910) and in response to receiving the first message, display the first message in a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display unit 1902 (e.g., with the display enabling unit 1908). Processing unit 1906 is further configured to receive input of a second message in the message-input area (e.g., with the receiving unit 1910). Processing unit 1906 is further configured to, while the second message is displayed in the message-input area, detect an input to send the second message to the messaging session (e.g,, with the detecting unit 1912) and, in response to detecting the input to send the second message to the messaging session: in accordance with a determination that the second message contains second combinable content and the second combinable content and the first combinable content are parts of a predefined combination, display content that corresponds to the predefined combination in the conversation transcript. on the display unit 1902 (e.g., with the display enabling unit 190S) and, in accordance with a determination that the second message does not contain second combinable content that forms a predefined combinat ion with the first combinable content, display the second message in a second message region in the conversation transcript on the display unit 1902 (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 1908).

[00592] in some embodiments, the determination that the second combinable content and the first combinable content are parts of a predefined combination is performed in response to detecting the input to send the second message to the messaging session (e.g., with the detecting unit 1912).

[00593] [0Θ594]

In some embodiments, the combinable content includes an emoticon. In some embodiments, the combinable content includes an emoji. in some embodiments, file combinable content includes a sticker.

in some embodiments, the first combinable content and the second combinable content that are part of a predefined combination are the same content.

[00597] In some embodiments, the first combinable content and the second combinable content that are part of a predefined combination are different content.

167

DK 2016 70654 A1 [00598] In some embodiments, respective first combinable content and respective second combinable content that are part of a respecti ve predefined combination are defined by a user of the electronic devi ce 1900,

100599] In some embodiments, for a respective predefined combination, the content that corresponds to the predefined combination is defined by a user of the device 1900.

[0Θ600] in some embodiments, the content that corresponds to the predefined combination includes animated content, [00601 ] In some embodiments, the content that corresponds to the predefined combination includes audio content.

[00602] In some embodiments, the content that corresponds to the predefined combination includes haptic content.

[00603] In some embodiments, the content that corresponds to the predefined combination includes animated content, audio content and/or haptic content.

100604] In some embodiments, the content that corresponds to the predefined combinat ion includes automatically generated message text.

[00605] In some embodiments, the content that corresponds to the predefined combination includes content that is applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript when the second message is initially displayed in the messaging session (e.g., with the applying unit 1914).

[00606] The operations in the information processing methods described, above are. optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to Figures IA and 3) or application specific chips, [00607] The operations described above with reference to Figures 18A-18C are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures l.A-1 B or Figure 19. For example, displaying operations 1802, 1812, 1822, 1824, 1826, 1828, 1830, 1832, 1834, 1836, 1838, 1840, 1842, and 1844, receiving operations 1804, 1806, 1808, 1810, and 181.4, detecting operation 1816, and appiying operation 1842 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 1.90. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 1.70 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module

568

DK 2016 70654 A1

174 delivers.the event information te application 136-1. A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how·¹ other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures IA-1B.

Presenting synchronized media content |ÖÖ608] Figures 20A-20P illustrate example user interfaces for presenting synchronized media content in a messaging application, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below. Although some of the examples which follow will be given with reference to inputs on a touch-screen display (where the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface 451. that is separate from the display 450, as shown in Figure 4B. For convenience of explanation, the embodiments described below will be discussed with reference to operations performed on a device with a touch-sensitive display system 112, In such embodiments, a focus selector is, optionally', a respecti ve finger or stylus contact, a representative point corresponding to a finger or stylus contact (e.g., a centroid of a respective contact or a point associated with a respective contact), or a centroid of two or more contacts detected on the touch-sensitive display system 112. However, analogous operations are. optionally, performed on a device with a display 450 and a separate touchsensitive surface 451 in response to detecting the contacts on the touch-sensitive surface 451 while displaying the user interfaces discussed below, along with a locus selector.

(00609| As shown in Figure 2ÖA, a first user of a first electronic device (e.g., device 100) receives an in vitat ion trom a second user of a second electronic device to synchronously watch a media item. As shown in Figure 20A, the first user receives a

569

DK 2016 70654 A1 message that is displayed u ithin a messaging user interface the,, a user interface that is displayed within a messaging application) that informs the first user that the second user would like to watch a “trailer for movie 123” together, in some embodiments, the first user accepts the invitation by tapping (e.g., tap 2001} within a message region (e.g., the message bubble 2002 shown in Figure 20A) that includes the invitation and also optionally includes a representation {e.g., a thumbnail view) of the media item. In some embodiments or circumstances, a message region is a message bubble, platter, or other container for a message in a conversation transcript of a messaging session.

(OOdlftj As shown in Figure 20B, in response to detecting that the first uset has accepted the invitation (e.g,, detecting the tap gesture 2001 over the representation of the media item), the electronic device 1.00 provides the user with an animation that indicates that the media item will be displayed at a larger size within the messaging user interface. For example, the .representation of the media item increases in size within the message user interface and begins to expand so that at least a portion of the representation is displayed outside of the message region (e.g., the representation of the media item Is shown as increasing in size and expanding outside of the message bubble 2002., Figure 20B).

(00611| The animation continues with the representation continuing to increase in size and, as shown in Figure 20C, the representation of the media item is eventually shown as occupying a different part of the messaging user interiace (e.g., a central region of the messaging user interface). In some embodiments, the initial location of the representation of the media item after the animation completes is referred to as the chronological position of the media item (i.e., the media item is shown in a chronological order relative to other messages that were received either before or after initiation of synchronized viewing of the media Item). For example, as shown in Figure 20D, the representation of the media item is shown at its chronological position, which is between a position representing a message that was received before initiation of synchronized viewing of the media item (e.g,, position for message region 2010) and between a position for a. message that was received after initiation of synchronized viewing of the media item (e.g., position for message region 2012). Additionally, chronological positions of the media item and messages received before/ after initiation of synchronized viewing are maintained as new messages are received (as shown in Figure 20E, receiving/ displaying a new message moves content in the conversation transcript in a substantially vertical direction while maintaining respective

70

DK 2016 70654 A1 chronological positions for each respective message region). As diseussed in more detail below,In some circumstances, the media item also moves to a fixed position at a top portion of the messaging user interface (as shown in Figure 2ÖH).

100612] In some embodiments, the representation of the media item includes information that indicates that the media item is being viewed in synchrony with other users (e.g,, “Synchronized Viewing of Trailer for Movie 123”), includes an affordance that, when selected, causes the messaging application to begin synchronized viewing of the media item (and causes remote devices associated with other users within the messaging session to concurrently begin synchronized viewing as welt) (e.g,, the play button affordance shown within the representation of the media item), and a play-head and progress bar. In some embodiments, after (and/ or in conjunction with the animation discussed above) the representation of die media item is displayed iu the central region, the message region that included the invitation from the second user is no longer displayed and an indication that the first user has accepted the second user’s invitation is instead displayed. For example, the indication that the first user has accepted includes a textual description of “You accepted Alex’s invitation to watch trader for Movie 123” (as shown in Figure 2ÖD).

[00613] As shown in Figure 20D, the users in the messaging session (e.g., the first and the second user) are able to continue exchanging messages while the representation of the media item is displayed (before and/ or during initiation of playback of the media item). For example, the second user sends a message of “Playing the trader now!” and that message moves ail of the content within the conversation transcript in a substantially vertical (e.g., upward) direction. In this way, users are able to fluidly continue conversing before synchronized playback of the media i tem begins, [00614] In response to receiving a request from any of the users in the messaging session to begin synchronized viewing of the media item (e.g., one of the users hits the play affordance shown with the representation of the media item. Figure 2ÖD), the device (or the messaging application) initiates playing of content corresponding to the media item. As shown in Figure 20E, playing of content corresponding to the media item begins and users are able to continue exchanging messages during synchronized playback of the media item (e.g., the first user sends a message of “This is cool!” and that message moves the content !7f

DK 2016 70654 A1 within the conversation transcript in a substantially vertical direction, while continuing to play the content corresponding to the media item).

)00615] As shown in Figure 20F-20G, the users are able to continue exchanging messages while the synchronized viewing of the media item continues, in some embodiments, the newly exchanged messages continue to move content in the conversation transcript In a substantially vertical direction (while still maintaining a chronological ordering of each respective message region).

)00616] As shown In Figure 20H, once the representation of the media item is within a predetermined distance of a top portion of the messaging user interface (e.g,, 1 px, 2 px, 3 px, 4 px, 5 px, or some other predetermined distance), the representation of the media item is then displayed at a fixed position within the messaging user interface (in other words, the representation of the media item Is not displayed at its chronological position). In some embodiments, a representation of the media Item does remain at the chronological position and the representation is also displayed at the fixed position (be., representations are shown in two places).

)00617) As shown in Figure 201, while playing content corresponding to the media item and while displaying the representation of the media item at the fixed position, users are able to continue exchanging messages and those messages cause earlier messages to move underneath the playing content corresponding to the media item (in order to avoid obscurinu viewin« of the plavinu content). In some embodiments, users are also able to manipulate (e.g., fast-forward, rewind, pause, and the like) the playing content corresponding to the media item and those manipulations are communicated to devices for other users in the messaging session in order to continue synchronized viewing of the media item for all of the users in the messaging session. For examp le, as shown in Figure 201, the first user is able to drag a play-head (e.g., gesture 2003) to fast-forward the playing content and the fast-forward command is also communicated to devices for other users in the messaging session (techniques for transmitting this information are discussed in detail below in reference to Figures 21A-21C), in some embodiments, the messaging user interface is also updated to indicate that the first user performed a respective manipulation of the playing content (e.g., “You fast-forwarded trailer for movie 123,” Figures 2ÖJ-20K).

172

DK 2016 70654 A1 [0Ö618] As another example ofuser manipulations o f the piaying content, after the second user manipulate¹) the play mg content by providing a rewind command, the playing content is shown in the messaging user interface at the first electronic device in accordance with the second user’s rewind command (e.g., as shown between Figures 2Ö.1-2ÖK, the playhead for the playing content has moved backwards due to the second user’s rewind command), in some embodiments, the messaging user interface is also updated to indicate that the second user performed a respecti ve manipulation of the piaying content (e.g., “Alex rewound trailer for move 123,” Figure 2ÖK).

[00619] As is also shown in Figure 20K, the first user is able to scroll the conversation transcript while the synchronized viewing of the media item is ongoing. For example, the first user provides gesture 2022 that, when detected, causes the device to scroll the conversation transcript in a substantially downward direction (Figure 2ÖK). While scrolling the conversation transcript (and the content included therein), the device determines whether the piaying content corresponding to the media item should be moved back to its chronological position (and no longer displayed at the fixed position). In accordance with a determination that the playing content corresponding to the media item should be moved hack to its chronological position (e.g., chronological position is scrolled to within a predetermined distance of the fixed position, as discussed below io reference to Figures 21A-21C), the playing content corresponding to the media item is moved to the chronological position and is no longer displayed at the fixed position . As shown in Figure 20L, the first user is also able to scroti in a substantially upward direction (e.g., by providing gesture 2Ö24) and, in response, the playing content corresponding to the media item nrøves back to the fixed position at an appropriate time (e.g., as shown in Figure 20M after scrolling in an upward direction, the playing content corresponding to the media item moves back to the fixed position). In this way, users are able to intuitively scroll through the conversation transcript without interrupting their viewing of the media item.

|00620] As shown in Figures 20N-200, an end of the playing content corresponding to the media item is detected (e.g., playing of the media item finish.es. one of the users exits the messaging application, or one of the users provides a stop command) and, in response, the device provides an animation of the representation of the media item shrinking in size and returning to its chronological position within the conversation transcript (as shown in

DK 2016 70654 A1

Figure 200 tor animation 2050, the representation shrinks in size and beings to move back towards its chronological position, as shown in Figure 20F).

10062.1] Figures 21 A-21C are flow diagrams illustrating a method 2100 of presenting synchronized media content in a messaging application, in accordance with some embodiments. The method 2100 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure FA) with a display and a touchsensitive surface, i n some embodiments, the display is a touch screen display and the touchsensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the dispiay is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 2100 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed, (006221 As described below, the method 2100 provides an intuitive way to present synchronized media content in a messaging application. The method produces more efficient human-machine interfaces by allowing users to easily view media content in a synchronized fashion directly within a messaging application {and without having to be colocated with another user viewing the media content and without having to use very inefficient techniques to enable synchronized viewing). For battery-operated devices, the method increases user satisfaction with their devices, conserves power (e.g.. by requiring few inputs to enable synchronized viewing of media, content), and increases the time between battery charges. Furthermore, allowing users to easily view media content in a synchronized lashion directly within a messaging application enhances the operability o f the device and makes the user-device interface (e.g., in the messaging application) more efficient (e.g., by allowing for efficient synchronized viewing of media items).

(00623] As shown in Figure 21 A, the device displays (2102), on the display, a messaging user interface, the messaging user interface Including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the first electronic device and at least one other user. The conversation transcript includes (2104) a representation of a media item that is displayed at a chronological position within the conversation transcript. For example, the representation of the media item is an icon that shows a still image from the media item (such as a representation shown in Figure 20A within message container 2002), or a link to the media item that when selected causes the device to display the icon that shows the still image from the media item (such as a link displayed within die message container 2002 that

74

DK 2016 70654 A1 indicates “click here ίο being synchronized viewing” or “click here to accept synchronized viewing invitation”). The messaging session is configured (2104) to allow synchronized viewing of the media item by the user at the first electronic device and the at least one other user at a second electronic device that is distinct (and remotely located) from the first electronic device. In some embodiments, the media item is specially configured to allow synchronized viewing. In some embodiments, the messaging session or a messaging application associated with the messaging session (and displaying the messaging user interface) is able to take any media item and allow synchronized viewing of the media item using a variety of synchronized viewing techniques that are discussed in more detail below.

[00624] In some embodiments, the representation of täte media item is added to the conversation transcript by the user (2106). in some embodiments, the representation of the media item is added to the conversation transcript by the at least one other user (2108). In this wav, any user in the messaging session is able to initiate synchronized viewing of the media item. Additional details regarding facilitating/ transmitting messages between the user and the at least one other user in order to enable sy nchronous viewing of the media item are provided below.

[00625] In some embodiments., the device receives (2110) a first request for synchronized viewing of tire media item within the messaging user interface (e.g· , the first request is from the user or the at least one other user). In some embodiments, receiving the first request includes receiving a. URL for the media item and when a respective user (e.g., the user or the at least one other user or some other user associated with the messaging session) activates a play button for the media item, the device sends a play command, via a messaging network {cellular, WiFi) to the second electronic device and an indication of a current time at the first eiectronic device. In some embodiments. If the at least one other user hits the play button first, then the first electronic device receives the play command and the indication of a current time at the second electronic device.

[00626] In response to receiving the first request, the device initiates playing (211.0) of content corresponding to the media Item while the representation of the media item is displayed at the chronological position within the conversation transcript. In some embodiments, the first request is received (2112) via the second electronic device (e.g., a request by the at least one other user at the second eiectronic device to synchronously view

DK 2016 70654 A1 the media item is routed through a server oi sent directly to the first electronic des ice), In some embodiments, the first i equest is i evened (2114) \ sa täte aset at täte first electronic device (e.g., the user selects the play button shown in the representation of the media item illustrated in Figure 2OC). in some embodiments, playing includes playing tire content in a synchronized fashion at both the electronic device and the second electronic device for synchronized viewing by the user and the at least one other user, respectively. In some embodiments, initiation of playback of the content corresponding to the media item is delayed when the user hits play (e.g., by 2 seconds to account for time it takes to send a message to the second electronic device and begin playback at the second electronic device). In other embodiments, sending/ receiving the URL includes sending/ receiving information to push playback on the second device ahead in time (e.g., jump by 1-2 seconds to sync playback on the devices).

[00627] Turning now to Figure 2ΊΒ, the device (before displaying the playing content corresponding to the media item at the fixed position), displays (2116} messages exchanged between the user and the at least one other user within the messaging user interface, including displaying tire messages under the playing content corresponding to the media item (as shown in Figures 2QD-2ÖG, exchanged messages are displayed underneath the playing content and a position within the messaging user interface of the playing content corresponding to the media item is moved towards a top portion of the messaging user interface), in other words, displaying the messages includes moving the chronological position of the playing content towards the top portion of the messaging user interface, because as new messages are received and displayed in the messaging user interface, earlier messages continue to move (or be pushed) towards the top portion. In some embodiments, relative vertical positioning of messages with respect to other messages corresponds to an earlier chronological position.

j00628 j In accordance with a determination that the chronological position is within a predetermined distance of the top portion of the messaging user Interface, the device displays (2118) the playing content corresponding to the media Item at the fixed position within the messaging user interface (e.g., a synchronized content position that is defined relative to the top portion of (he messaging user interface, such that the content item is pinned at the top portion of the messaging user interface while exchanged messages appear

76

DK 2016 70654 A1 below) As shown in Figures 2θΗ-2ϋΚ. messages exchanged between die users continue to be displayed beneath the playing content while it is located at the fixed/ pinned position.

[00629] After initiating playing of the content eorrespondnig to the media item (and while continuing to play the content corresponding to the media item), the device displays (2120) (e.g., moves) the playing content corresponding to die media item at the fixed position within the messaging user interface that is different than the chronological position. In some embodiments, the content corresponding to the media item (or the representation of the media item) floats up to the fixed position sometime after initiating playback of the content corresponding to the media item. In some embodiments, the representation of the media item remains in the chronological position while the content is playing and messages exchanged between the user and the at least one other user push the chronological position towards a top portion of the messaging user interface. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the content corresponding to the media hem has moved to within a predetermined distance of the top portion, the electronic device displays the content corresponding to the media item at the fixed position (as also discussed above). In some embodiments, the representation of the media item is displayed at the chronological position (above the fold) while the playing content corresponding to the media item is displayed at the fixed position (in other words, representations of the media item are displayed at the fixed position and at the chronological position). By displaying the representation of the media Item at the fixed position, users are able to continue viewing the media hem in a substantially synchronous fashion with other users without having to interrupt their conversation. Therefore, users are able to quickly and conveniently watch a media item together and continue conversing normally, thereby enhancing operability of the device 100 and producing more efficient user-device interfaces (e.g., users need not switch back and forth between a messaging application and some other media-sharing or watching application),

J00630| In some embodiments, while displaying the playing content corresponding to the media item, users are able io manipulate the playing content (2122) (e.g., fast-forward, rewind, pause) and users are also able to scroll the conversation transcript (2126), [00631j With respect to operation 2122, the device receives an indication that the at least one other user has manipulated the playing content (e.g., Issued a fast-forward, rewind,

177

DK 2016 70654 A1 or pause command) corresponding to the media item in response to receiving the indication, the device modifies presentation of the playing content corresponding to the media item at the electronic device in accordance with the manipulations from the at least one other user (e.g., as shown in Figures 201-20J (fest-forward) and Figures 20J-2ÖK (rewind)), in this way, users are able to continue synchronous viewing of the media item while also being able to manipulate a position of the content corresponding to the media item and other users will seamlessly be provided with those manipulations as well, [00632( In some embodiments, the manipulations include one or more of fastforwarding the playing content, rewinding the playing content, and/or pausing the playing content. For example, the indication indicates that the at least one other user fast-forwarded the playing content and, in response to receiving the indica tion of the fast-forwarding, the presentation of the playing content Is modified in accordance with the fkstrforwarding (e.g., both the user’s device and another device associated with the at least one other user both display the fast-forwarding in a substantially synchronous fashion), As another example, the indication indicates that the at least one other user rewound the playing content and, in response, the presentation of the playing content is modified in accordance with tire rewinding. As one more example, the indication indicates that the at least one other user paused the playing content and, in response, the presentation of the playing content is paused.

(00633( As to operation 2126, while displaying the playing content corresponding to the media item at the fixed position, the device detects an input (e.g,, a drag gesture moving the conversation transcript in a downward direction, as shown for gesture 2022 in Figure 20K). In response to detecting the input, the device scrolls the conversation transcript (as shown in Figure 2QL, the conversation transcript is scrolled in a downward direction in response to the gesture 2022). While scrolling the conversation transcript, in accordance with a determination that the chronological position of the media item is within a predetermined distance of tire fixed position (e.g., within 1 px, 2 px, 3 px, 4 px, or 5 px, or some other predefined distance), the device moves the playing content to the chronological position while continuing to play the playing content (as shown in Figure 20L, the representation of the media item is now shown at the chronological position in response to the scroll gesture 2022 and is no longer displayed at the fixed position. In this wav, if the user scrolls far enough back in the conversation, then the playing content moves back to the

578

DK 2016 70654 A1 chronological position instead of remaining nt the fixed position, thus ensuring a smooth viewing experience of the content corresponding to the media item [00634] Turning now to Figure 21C, while displaying the playing content corresponding to the media item at the fixed position, the device: displays (2128) messages exchanged between the user and the at least one other user below the playing content corresponding to the media item (and passing behind the playing content corresponding to the media item, so that viewing of the media item is uninterrupted and so that the users are able to continue exchanging messages while synchronously viewing the media item).

[00635] While displaying the playing content corresponding to the media item at the fixed position, the device also detects (2128) an end of the content corresponding to the media Item. In response to detecting the end of the content corresponding to the media item, the device ceases to display the content corresponding to the media item at the fixed position. In some embodiments, ceasing to display includes presenting an animation of the media item (or the representation of the media item) returning to tire chronological position within the conversation transcript (e.g., the animation 2050 illustrated in Figures 2ÖN-2ÖP), This animation effect provides users with a visual, reminder of the chronological position for the media item, since many messages may have been exchanged and the user may no longer be able to locate the media item (or the representation thereof) within the conversation transcript. Providing this animation effect enhances the operability of the device 100 and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by ensuring that the user knows where the media is located within the conversation transcript, so that they can easily and efficiently locate the media item at a later point in time).

[00636] lu some embodiments, detecting the end of the playing ofthe content corresponds (2130) to receiving a request to end playing of the content (e.g.. the request is received from any user associated with the messaging session, such as when a user bits a stop button or when a user leaves the messaging application). In some embodiments, detecting the end of the playing of the content, corresponds (2132) to reaching an end of the playing of the content (e.g., the playing content concludes after reaching an end point), [0063?| In some embodiments, the synchronous viewing of the content corresponding to the media stem described above is facilitated by sending play-head information over a message channel (e.g., a meta-message) whenever either user (or any

79

DK 2016 70654 A1 user in a messaging session that includes more than two users) manipulates a posi tion of the playing content (as discussed above wit h respect to fast-forwarding, rewinding, aad/or pausing). In some embodiments, time synchronization protocols are used to send messages back and forth whenever the play-head is manipulated and/or to verify that the content is being viewed synchronously (e.g., if a particular user’s network connection slows down, this can be detected and used to also slow down viewing at an electronic device for a different user (who is part of the messaging session in which synchronized viewing of a media item is taking place) in order to ensure that viewing remains synchronous). In some embodiments, if a touch event is detected (at an electronic device associated with a user who is part of a messaging session that includes synchronized viewing of a media item) that manipulates the play-head of the media item, the electronic device actively tracks the touch event and keeps sending messages (including play-head information) to the second electronic device (or to a plurali ty of devices, including the second electronic device) in order to ensure that synchronized viewing continues with interruption, [00638] The embodiments and techniques for enabling synchronous viewing of media items In a messaging application may also be applied to asynchronous games that are played within a messaging application (including checkers, chess, connect four, gin, tic-tactoe, etc.), a shared shopping list (e.g., both users are able to synchronously view a shopping list within a messaging application and can each individually check off items while they are shopping at the same or remotely-located businesses), a shared to-do list, and collaborative drawings.

[00639] it should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 21A-2IC have been described is merely one example and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One o f ordinary skil l in the art would recognize various w ays to reorder the operations described herein. Addi tionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 2100 described above. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described above with reference to method 2100 optionally ha ve one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described herein

ISO

DK 2016 70654 A1 with reference to other methods described herein. For brevity, these details are not repeated here, (00640] In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 22 shows a fonetional block diagram of an electronic device 2200 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 22 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.

(00641) As shown in Figure 22, an electronic device 2200 includes a display unit 2202 configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit 2204 configured to receive contacts, one or more sensor units 2206 for detecting intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface unit 2204; and a processing unit 2208 coupled with the display unit 2202, the touch-sensitive surface unit 2204 and the one or more sensor units 2206. in some embodiments, die processing unit 2208 includes a displaying unit 221.Ö, a. synchronized viewing request receiving unit 2212, a play initiation unit 2214, an indication receiving unit 2216, a detecting unit 2218, andfor presentation modification unit 2220, and/or a scrolling unit 2222.

(00642) The processing unit 2208 is configured to display (e.g., with the displaying unit 2210), on the display (e.g., the display unit 2202), a messaging user interface, the messaainu user interface including a conversation, transcript of a messaninn session between a user of the first electronic device and at least one other user. In some embodiments, the conversation transcript includes a representation of a media item that is displayed at a chronological position within the conversation transcript, and the messaging session is configured to allow synchronized view ing of the media item by the user at the first electronic device and the at least one other user at a second electronic device that is distinct from the first electronic device. The processing unit is also configured to; receive a first request for synchronized viewing of the media item within the messaging user interface (e.g., with the synchronized viewing request recei ving unit 2212) and, in response to ist

DK 2016 70654 A1 recei\ mg the fust request, initiere plaving of content corresponding to the media item {e.g., with the play initiation unit 22 ί 4) while the representation of the media hem is displayed at the chronological posit ion within the conversation transcript. After initiat ing playing of the content corresponding to the media item, display the playing content corresponding to the media item at a fixed position (e.g., with the displaying unit 2210 in conjunction with the display unit 2202) within the messaging user interface that is different than the chronological position. While displaying the playing content corresponding to the media item at the fixed position; (i) display (e.g., with the displaying unit 2210 in conjunction with, the display unit 2202) messages exchanged betw een the user and the at least one other user below the playing content corresponding to the media item and (ii) detect an end of the content corresponding to the media item (e.g,, with the detecting unit 2218), in response to detecting the end of the content corresponding to the media item, cease to display the content corresponding to the media item at the fixed position (e.g., with the displaying unit 2210 in conjunction with the display unit 2202).

[00643 | In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2200, the processing unit is further configured to: recei ve an indication that the at least one other user has manipulated the playing content corresponding to the media item (e.g., with the indication receiving unit 2216); and, in response to receiving the indication, modify presentation of the playing content corresponding to the media item at the electronic device in accordance with the manipulations from the at least one other user (e.g., with the presentation modification unit 2220).

[00644] in accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2200, the manipulations include fast-forwarding the playing content, rewinding the playing content, and/or pausing the playing content, [0Θ645] In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic de\ ice 2200, the representation of the media item is added to the conversation transcript by file user.

[00646] in accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2200, the representation of the media item Is added to the conversation transcript by the at least one other user.

[00647] In accordance with some embodi ments of the electronic device 2200, the first request is received via the second electronic device,

5.82

DK 2016 70654 A1 (00648( In accordance with some emhodiments of the electronic device 2200, the first request is received via the user at the first electronic device.

J 0()649] In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2200, the processing unit Is further configured to: before displaying the playing content corresponding to the media item at the fixed position: (i) display (e.g,, with the displaying unit 2210 in conjunction with the display unit 2202) messages exchanged between the user and the at least one other user within the messaging user interface, and displaying the messages includes displaying the messages under the playing content corresponding to the media item, such that a position within the messaging user interface of the playing content corresponding to the media item moves towards a top portion of the messaging user interface; and (li) in accordance with a determination that tire chronological position is within a predetermined distance of the top portion of the messaging user interface, d isplay the playing content corresponding to the media Item at die fixed position within, the messaging user interface, (00650| In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2200, the processing unit is further configured to: while displaying die playing content corresponding to the media item at the fixed position, detect an input; in response to detecting the input, scroll the conversation transcript (e.g,, with the scrolling unit 2222); and while scrolling the conversation transcript. in accordance with a detennination that the chronological position of the media item is within a predetermined distance of the fixed position, move the playing content to the chronological position while continuing to play the playing content (e.g., with the displaying unit in conjunction with the display unit 2202).

(00651( In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2200, detecting the end of the playing of the content corresponds to receiving a request to end playing of the content.

(00652( In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2200, detecting the end of the playing of the content corresponds to reaching an end of the playing of the content

100653( The operations in the information processing methods described above are.

optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in infon nation

DK 2016 70654 A1 processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to Figures IA and 3) or application specific chips.

[00654] The operations described above with reference to Figures 21 A-21.C are, optionally, implemented by components depicted In Figures 1 A-IB or Figure 22. For example, one or more of the operations are optionally implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handier 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display .112, and event dispatcher module .174 delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection ofan object on a user interface., or rotation of the device fiom one orientation to another. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an eventhandler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handier 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted In Figures I A-IB.

Incorporate handwritten inputs in messages [00655] Figures 23A-23AE illustrate example user interfaces for providing and presenting user-specific handwritten inputs in a messaging application, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfeces in these figures are used to Illustrate the processes described below. Although some of the examples which follow will be given with reference to inputs on a touch-screen display (where the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface 451 that is separate from the display 450, as shown in Figure 4B. For convenience of explanation, the embodiments described below will be discussed with reference to operations performed on a device with a touch-sensitive display system 112. In such embodiments, a focus selector is, optionally; a respective finger or stylus contact, a representative point corresponding to a finger or stylus contact (e.g., a centroid of a

S4

DK 2016 70654 A1 respective contact or a point associated with a respective contact}, or a centroid of tw o or more contacts detected on the touch-sensitive display system 112. However, analogous operations are, optionally, performed on a device with a display 450 and a separate touchsensitive surface 453. in response to detecting the contacts on the touch-sensitive surface 451 while displaying the user interfaces discussed below, along with a focus selector, [00656] As shown in Figure 23A, the device displays a user interface for a messaging application (also referred io herein as a “messaging user interface”) and a user of the device is able to activate handwriting features by providing either or both of gestures 2302A and 2.3Ö2B. In some embodiments, in response to the gestures 2302A and/or 23Ö2B and while the device is in a portrait orientation, the device displays selectable representations of handwritten inputs (as shown in Figure 23B for user interface region 2351).

[00657] in some embodiments, In response to receiving a selection of one of the selectable representations shown in user interface region 2351 (e.g., in response to input 2304 over a first selectable representation), the device updates message-input region 2303 to include handwritten text that is associated with the first selectable representation (e.g,, as shown in Figure 23B, the message-input area is updated to include handwritten text of “Thank you”).

[006581 In some embodiments, users are also able to select handwritten text that Is displayed in the message-input area 2303. For example, in response to a tap over the handwritten text displayed in the message-input area 2303 (Figure 23B), the device may allow the user to then edit that handwritten text (e.g., by displaying a user interface such as that shown in Figure 23J that allows for editing handwritten text), [00659] As shown in Figure 23C, in some embodiments, the device also provides suggestions to auto-replace typed text with handwritten text,

100660] In addition to selecting handwritten text by selecting any of the selectable representations shown in user interface region 2351. some embodiments also allow users to simply rotate the device in order to provide new handwritten inputs. For example, the user simply rotates the device from the portrait orientation (Figure 23D) to a landscape orientation (Figure 23E) and, in response to detecting this orientation change, the device displays a user interface that, is configured to accept handwritten inputs from the user (e.g., user interface 2309, Figure 23E), ! SS

DK 2016 70654 A1 (0066Ϊ1 In some embodiments, users may select background colors and/or patterns for the handwritten inputs (e.g,, In response to user input 2308, Figure 23E, tire device displays a background selection user interface, Figure 23F), In response to a selection (e.g., tap 2310, Figure 23F), the device modifies a background for the user interface 2309 accordingly (as shown in Figure 23G).

(00662} Figures 23H-231 illustrate that the user is able to provide the handwritten inputs at the user interface 2309 and, as the user is providing the handwritten inputs, the device presents a real-time preview 2312 of those handwritten inputs, The device may also allow the user to provide a label for a newly-provided handwritten input. For example, in response to a selection of “Label” shown in the upper left comer of Figure 23 j , the device displays a user interface that allows the user to provide a label.

(00663( in some embodiments, the user is able to type the label into input region 2314 (as shown in Figures 23 K-23L). In some embodiments, the input region 23141s autopopulated with a. suggested label (e.g,, by applying an optical character recognition algorithm to tire newly provided handwritten inputs the device is able to suggest an appropriate label). In response to user selection (e.g., tap 2316, Figure 231.,) of a “Save” affordance, the device saves the label and associates the newly-provided handwritten input (e.g., handwritten strokes for the newly-provided “Thank you” text) therewith. As shown in Figure 23M, fire device also provides an indication that the newly-provided handwritten input is associated with the label (e.g,, indication 2318).

(00664( In some embodiments, in response to selection of a “Done” link (e.g., tap 2320) the device adds the newly-provided handwritten input to the message input-area 2303 and the user is then able to send tire newly-provided handwritten input to other users. For example,, as shown in Figures 23N-23V, after the user sends the newly-provided handwritten input, devices associated with the other users are instructed to render the handwritten input at a predetermined pace (e.g., a second electronic device 2360 presents an indication that the user is provided a handwritten input (e.g. indication 2322) and then the second device 2360 presents an animation of the handwritten input being drawn at the predetermined pace (as shown In Figures 23Q-23V for animation 2324)), (00665} In some embodiments, line thickness for a particular handwritten stroke (e.g,, strokes provided in conjunction with a particular handwritten input) is determined based on

DK 2016 70654 A1 velocity and force applied by a user’s finger (or stylus) during the particular handwritten stroke. In some embodiments, a number of ink-rendering techniques are utilized in order to accurately mimic the way that ink naturally swells on a surface (as discussed in more detail below).

(00666{ In some embodiments, users are also able to train a custom user-specific handwriting keyboard via the user interfaces shown in f igures 23 W-23AB. in some embodiments, after successfully training the handwriting keyboard, the device is able to present the custom user-specific handwriting keyboard (as shown in Figure 23AC).

100667] As shown in Figure 23AE, in some embodiments, in addition to providing handwritten text, users are also able to provide handwritten drawings (or a combination of handwritten text and handwritten drawings). Any of the techniques discussed herein with respect to handwritten text are also applicable to handwritten drawings (such as the goldfish sketch shown in Figure 23AB).

(00668] As shown in Figures 23AD-23AE. in some embodiments, the user interfaces for providing and presenting handwritten inputs are different depending on certain physical characteristics of a display that is in communication with the electronic device (also discussed above). In some embodiments, Figure 23ÄD-23AE represent user interfaces shown on a device that is in communication with a display of approximately 9,4 inches (about 240 mm), such as an iPad Air (or a device with a larger display, such as an iPad Pro) from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, CA. In order to utilize these larger display sizes, the handwriting input area is displayed at the same time as the conversation transcript (upper right corner) and a listing of current conversations that the user is part of (upper left corner). In some embodiments, any of the details provided herein in reference to handwriting input area 2309 are applicable to the handwriting input area shown in Figures 23AD-23AE.

(00669] Figures 24Ä-24C are flow diagrams illustrating a method 2400 of providing and presenting user-specific handwritten inputs in a messaging application, in accordance with some embodiments. The method 2400 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure 1 A) with a display and a touch-sensitive surface. in some embodiments, the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the

DK 2016 70654 A1 display is sepaiate bum the touch-sensit i\e surface Some operations tu method 24O0 are, optionally, combined 'and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed, |00670] As described below, the method 2400 provides an intuitive way to provide and present user-specific handwritten inputs hi a messaging application. The method helps to improve user satisfaction with their devices and produces more efficient human-machine interfaces by allowing users, e.g,, to simply rotate their device in order to begin entering handwritten inputs. Such methods and interfaces also produce more efficient humanmachine interlaces by allowing to easily, efficiently, and quickly select handwritten inputs for inclusion in a conversation transcript of a messaging appl ication. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges. Furthetmore, allowing users to simply rotate their devices in order to begin entering handwritten inputs and allowing users to easily, efficiently, and quickly select handwritten inputs enhances the operability of the devices and makes user-device interfaces (e.g., in the messaging application) more efficient (e.g., by allowing users to easily customize their message content with handwritten inputs) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently (e.g., the user need not leave the messaging application, open and use a different application to input or locate handwritten inputs, and then return to use those inputs in the messaging application, instead the user simple provides and/or selects custom handwritten inputs directly within the messaging application).

[00671] As shown in Figure 24A, while tire electronic device is in a portrait orientation, the device displays (2402, on the display, a messaging user interface (e.g.. a messaging user interface dra t includes a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electroni c device and at least one other user), the messaging user interface including a virtual keyboard, Au example messaging user interface is shown in Figure 23A. in some embodiments, the virtual keyboard is not configured to accept handwritten input. In some embodiments, the keyboard is a QWERTY, emoji, or other type of virtual keyboard that does not accept handwritten input (such as the QWERTY keyboard shown in Figure 23A, [00672] The device detects (2404) a change in the onentaimn of the electronic de\ tee from the portrait orientation to a landscape orientation (e.g., a user of the device physically

188

DK 2016 70654 A1 rotates the de\ ne approximately 90 degrees along au axis). As an example, in Figure 23D, the device if)0 is oriented in the portrait orientation and, in Figure 23 E, the device is oriented in a landscape orientation.

100673] In response to detecting the change in the orientation of the electronic device (e.g., between Figures 23A and. 23E, and also between Figures 23D and 23E)_S the device ceases to display (2406) the virtual keyboard and displays, on the display, a handwriting input area (e.g., area 2309, Figure 23F) that is configured to accept handwritten input from a user of the electronic device. As shown in Figures 23D-23E, upon detecting the change in orientation from portrait to landscape, the device displays the handwriting input area 2309 and no longer displays the messaging user interface. In some embodiments, the handwriting input area is displayed in accordance with a determination that the user previously selected a handwriting input affordance (e.g., the user selects die affordance in order to ensure that when the device is oriented in landscape, the handwriting input area will be immediately displayed without requiring the user to manually choose to display the handwriting input area). In this way, by simply rotating the device 100, the user is able to enter a handwriting input mode and begin providing handwritten inputs, thus, producing an efficient humanmachine interface for providing handwritten Inputs in a messaging application.

[00674] In some embodiments, ceasing to display the virtual keyboard includes (2408) ceasing to display a conversation transcript that is included in the messaging user interface while the orientation of the electronic device is in the portrait orientation (as shown between Figures 23A and 23E and between Figures 23D and 23E, after the device is rotated to the landscape orientation, the conversation transcript is no longer displayed). In this way, by displaying only the handwriting input area 2309 (i.e., the handwriting input area 2309 occupies substantially all of the display 112) and ceasing to display the conversation transcript, the user is presented with a large canvas on which to provide handwritten inputs. Presenting a large canvas on which to provide handwritten inputs enhances the operability of the device 100 and makes the user-device interlace more efficient (e.g., by providing the user with sufficient space to accurately provide handwritten inputs).

[00675] After displaying the handwriting input area 2309. users are able to provide handwriting inputs (as discussed in reference to operations 2410-2416, Figure 24B) and

1S9

DK 2016 70654 A1 users are able to select representations pre-recorded handwritten inputs (as discussed in reference to operations 2418-2426). Users may perform these operations in any order {e.g,, provide handwritten inputs and then later select representations, or vice versa, and may repeat these operations as needed to produce desired handwritten text). In this way., users are able to easily and efficiently provide new handwritten inputs, provide typed inputs, and/or select pre-recorded handwritten inputs in order to produce varied messages to add to a con versation transcript in a messaging application.

[00676] Turning now to Figure 24B, in some embodiments, the device receives (2410 handwritten inputs at the handwriting input area (e.g., the user begins to handwrite “Thank' v” as shown in Figure 23H). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the handwritten inputs, the device displays a (real-time/ constantly updating) preview (e.g., preview 2312, Figure 23F1) of the handwritten inputs, the preview including a user interface object (message region/ bubble) in which the handwritten inputs will be displayed within the messaging user interface. As shown in Figures 23F1-23 J, the preview of the handwritten inputs is shown in the upper right corner in a message bubble that will be used to display the handwritten inputs within the messaging user interface (e.g,, after selecting and sending the handwritten inputs to another user, the handwritten inputs are shown within a messaging bubble in the messaging user interface). In some embodiments, handwritten inputs are not shown within message bubbles and are instead displayed as free-standing text within the messaging user interface. One example of a handwritten input within a messaging bubble is shown in Figure 23B (e.g., message bubble 2305) and an example of a handwritten input outside of a messaging bubble is shown in Figure 23B (e.g., message bubble 2307). By providing a live, real-time preview of the handwritten inputs, operability of the device 100 is enhanced and more efficient user-device interfaces are produced (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reduce user mistakes when providing handwritten inputs).

[00677] In some embodiments, while receiving handwritten inputs in tire handwriting input area, the device sends (2412 ) (e.g., to a server for routing to a second device of a second user who is in a messaging session with the user of the electronic device, or directly to the second device) instructions to display an indication that the user is currently handwriting a message (e.g., a message bubble with a simulated handwritten stroke and the message bubble is d isplayed w ith in a conversation transcr iption of a messaging user interlace at the second device, such as indication 2322 Figures 23N-23F). In some

190

DK 2016 70654 A1 embodiments, the indication {e.g.. 2322, Figures 23N-23P) that that user is currently bandwriting a message is different than an indication that is provided when a user is typing a message using an input mechanism other than the handwriting input area (e.g., a virtual QWERTY keyboard).

)00678) In some embodiments, while receiving handwritten inputs in the handwriting input area, the device determines (2414) that the handwritten Inputs are within a predetermined distance of an edge of the handwriting input area (e.g., within I px, 2 px, 3 px, 4 px, 5 px, or some other predefined distance) and. in accordance with the determining, while continuing to display at least a portion of the handwritten inputs, the device shifts a displayed portion of the handwriting input area to reveal additional space within the handwriting input area. For example, as shown in Figures 230-231, once the handwritten inputs approach within the predetermined distance of the edge, the handwriting input area is shifted to reveal additional space and to allow the user to continue fluidly providing the handwritten inputs . In some embodiments» by continuing to display at least a portion of the hand written inputs, the user is still able to view some of the previously entered handwritten strokes in order to provide context as the user continues to provide additional handwritten inputs. By dynamically shifting a displayed region of the handwriting input area, operability of the device 100 is enhanced and more efficient user-device interfaces are provided (e.g., by shifting the displayed region, users are able to continue providing handwritten inputs in an uninterrupted fashion, while still being able to view a portion of previously providing handwriting strokes), )00679] in some embodiments, the user is able to manually cause the device to shift the displayed portion of the handwriting input area (e.g., by selecting the “>” affordance shown in Figures 23H-23J). In some embodiments, the user is able to provide a two finger swipe gesture in a substantially horizontal direction in order to cause the device to shift the displayed portion of the handwriting input area as well (in order to allow the user to easily navigate to the left or right of a particular handwritten input that is currently displayed on the user interface 2309).

)00680) In some embodiments, the device receives (2416) a modification to at least a portion of the handwritten inputs (e.g., an annotation or embellishment of some previouslycompleted handwriting strokes, or a request to undo a portion of the handwritten inputs.) m

DK 2016 70654 A1 and, in response to receiving the modification, t he de vice modifies the portion of the handwritten inputs and the preview (e.g., 2312) in accordance with the modification. For example, in response to an undo request (e.g., the user clicks an undo button (not pictured) displayed proximate to or within the handwriting input area 2309), the device deletes a last handwritten stroke provided by the user and concurrently deletes the same stroke from the preview 2312. In some embodiments, if the user taps over the undo button and keeps in contact with the undo button for a predetermined period of time (e.g,, 2 seconds or more), the device clears the entire handwriting canvas (e.g., user interface/ canvas 2309).

(0068ij Turning now to Figure 24C, the device displays (2418), within (or near/next to) the handwrit ing input area, representations of pre-recorded handwri tten inputs from the user of the electronic device. In some embodiments, the pre-recorded handwritten inputs are displayed below the handwritten input area (e.g., as shown in Figure 23J, representations are shown for “my bad,” “Happy Birthday”, and “CONGRATSIH”) and each one is available for selection by the user, in some embodiments, after selecting a first of the pre-recorded handwritten. inputs, the handwritten input area is updated to include the first pre-recorded handwritten input and the user is then able to modify the input or include it in the conversation transcript for sending to other users, in some embodiments, in addition to representations of pre-recorded handwritten inputs, the device also displays representations of default pre-stored handwritten inputs, (00682] In some embodiments, in addition to being able to modify pre-recorded handwritten inputs, users are also able to select them for sending to other users (e.g., as shown in Figure 23B, input 2304 is provided for selecting a representation of tire handwritten input “Thank you”). In some embodiments, the device receives (2420) a selection of a first pre-recorded handwritten input (e.g,, input 2304, Figure 23B) and sends (2422) the first pre-recorded handwritten input (or a representation thereof, or Instructions for re-producing the first pre-recorded handwritten input) to a second device that is associated with another user in the messaging session, and sending the first pre-recorded handwritten input to the second device includes instructing the second device to draw the first pre-recorded handwritten input at a predetermined pace at the second device.

(00683 ] For example, as shown in Figures 23Q-23 V for region 23 24 of a messaging application on a second electronic device 2360, in response to user selection of a

592

DK 2016 70654 A1 representation of a first pre-recorded handwr itten i nput of “Thank you,” a second de vice

2560 receives instructions to draw the first pre-recorded handwritten input at the predetemhned pace. Additional details are provided below regarding ink-regarding techniques utilized to accurately simulate drawing on of the pi e-recorded handwritten input (00684 J In some embodiments, instead of drawing the first pre-recorded handwritten input, the second electronic device 2360 just displays (2426) the first pre-recorded handwritten input (i.e., without the drawing discussed above). For example, the second device 2360 just displays the message region 2324 as shown in Figure 23S, instead of rendering the drawing effects. Stated another way, in some embodiments, the first prerecorded handwritten input is added to the messaging user interface at the second device 2360 and is displayed without an animation effect (e.g., without drawing the handwritten input at the predetermined pace).

100685] In some embodiments, the predetermined pace corresponds (2424) to a writing pace that was used by the user while providing the first pre-recorded handwritten input. In some embodiments, the predetermined pace corresponds to a writing pace that is different than a. pace that was used by the user while providing the first pre-recorded handwritten input (e.g., a default pace for presenting handwritten inputs).

(00686] In some embodiments, the handwriting input area is available while the device is in the portrait orientation te.g.. for devices with larger displays). In some embodiments, in order to access the handwriting input area while the device is in the portrait orientation, a handwritten input selection affordance is included in the messaging user interface (e.g., affordance shown as being selected by input 2302A, Figure 23A, or the affordance shown as being selected by input 23Ö2B, Figure 23A). In response to detecting selection of the handwritten input selection affordance. the device ceases to display the virtual keyboard and displays the handwriting input area and representations of pre-recorded handwritten inputs from the user of the electronic device. In some embodiments, the handwritten input selection affordance is only available while in the portrait orientation if the device has a touch-sensitive display that is above a predefined size (e.g,, a touchsensitive display that is at least 7,9 inches, such as those available on iPad and iPad mini devices from APPLE of Cupertino, CA) or a touch-sensitive display that has a resolution that is above a predefined threshold (such as 2048x1536 pixels at 346 ppi, or better, such as

DK 2016 70654 A1 those available on the aforementioned devices front APPLE». Stated another way, in some embodiments, smaller smart phones do not have a handwritten input selection affordance displayed at all while the orientation of the smaller device is the portrait orientation and, therefore, the handwritten input area is only available while these smaller devices are oriented in the landscape orientation, [00687] ft should be understood that the particular taxier in which the operations in Figures 24A-24C have been described is merely one example and is not intended io indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, It should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect io other methods described herein are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 2400 described above. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described above with reference io method 2400 optionally ha ve one or more of the charac teristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, locus selectors, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein. For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

100688] In some embodiments, the method 2400 described above in reference to Figures 24A-24C utilizes one or more oft.be techniques described below to render ink on the display in order to accurately simulate the way that ink is applied to a surface.

[00689] In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 25 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 2500 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, imp lemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to cany out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 25 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to Implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks descr ibed herein.

[00690] As shown in Figure 25, an electronic device 2500 includes a display unit 2502 configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit 2504 configured

194

DK 2016 70654 A1 to receive contacts, one or more sensor units 2506 for detecting intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface unit 2504; and a processing unit 2508 coupled with foe display unit 2502, the touch-sensitive surface unit 2504 and the one or more sensor units 2506. In some embodiments, the processing unit 2508 includes a displaying unit 2510, a device orientation detecting unit 2512, a handwriting modification unit 2514, a sending unit 2516, a handwritten input selection unit 2518, a determining unit 2520, and/or a handwritten input area shifting unit 2524.

[00691] The processing unit 2508 is conti cured to while the electronic device is in a portrait orientation, display (e.g., with the displaying unit 2510), on the display (e.g., the display unit 2502), a messaging user interface, the messaging user interface including a virtual keyboard; detect a change in the orientation of the electronic device from the portrait orientation to a landscape orientation (e.g., with foe device orientation detecting unit 2512); and, i n response to detecting the change in the orientation of the electronic device; cease to display the virtual keyboard (e.g., with. the displaying unit 2510); and display, on the display, a handwriting input area that is configured to accept handwritten Input from a user of the electronic device (e.g., with the displaying unit 2510).

[00692] In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2500, the processing unit is configured to; receive handwritten inputs at the handwriting input area (e.g., with foe handwritten modification unit 2514); and in response to receiving foe handwritten inputs, display a preview of the handwritten inputs, the preview including a user interface object in which the handwritten inputs will he displayed within the messaging user Interface (e.g., with the displaying unit 2510).

[00693 j In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2500., the processing unit is further configured to; receive a modification to at least a portion of the handwritten inputs (e.g., with foe handwritten modification unit 2514) and, in response to receiving the modification, modify the portion of the handwritten inputs and the preview in accordance with the modification (e.g., with the handwritten modification unit 2514).

[00694] In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2500, the processing unit is further configured to; while receiving handwritten inputs in foe handwriting input area, send instructions to display an indication that the user is currently handwriting a message (e.g., with the sending unit 2516).

195

DK 2016 70654 A1 [00695( In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2500, the processing unit is further configured to: display, within the handwriting input area, representations of pre-recorded handwritten inputs ftom the user of the electronic device (e.g., with the displaying unit 2510).

[00696( In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2500, the processing unit is further configured to: receive a selection of a first pre-recorded handwritten input (e.g,, with the handwritten input selection unit 2518); and send the first pre-recorded handwritten input to a second device tlraf is associated with another user in the messaging session (e.g,, with the sending unit 2516), and sending the first pre-recorded handwritten input to the second device includes instructing the second device to draw the first pre-recorded handwritten input at a predetermined pace at the second device.

(00697( in accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2500, the predetermined pace corresponds to a writing pace that was used by the user while providing the first pre-recorded handwritten input.

[00698( In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2500, the predetermined pace corresponds to a writing pace that is different than a pace that was used by the user while providing tire first pre-recorded handwritten input.

[00699( In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2500, the processing unit is further configured to: receive a selection of a first pre-recorded handwritten input (e.g., with the handwritten input selection unit 2518); and send the first pre-recorded handwritten input to a second device that is associated with another user in the messaging session (e.g., with the sending unit 2516), and sending the first pre-recorded handwritten input to the second device includes instructing the second device to display the first pre-recorded handwritten input at the second device.

[007001 in accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2500, the processing unit is further configured to: while receiving handwritten inputs in the handwriting input area, determine that the handwriting inputs are within a predetermined distance of an edge of the handwriting input area (e.g., with the determining unit 2522) and, in accordance with the determining, while continuing to display at least a portion of the handwritten inputs, shift a display ed portion of the handwriting input area to re veal

596

DK 2016 70654 A1 additional space within the handwriting input a:ea {e.g., with the handwritten input area shifting unit 2524), [00701] In accordance with some embodiments of the eSeunonic device 250th ceasing to display the virtual keyboard includes ceasing to display a conversation transcript that is included in the messaging user interface while the orientation of the electronic device is in the portrait orientation.

[00702] The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally Implemented by running one or more functional modules in Information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to Figures 1A and 3) or application specific chips.

[00703] The operations described above with reference to Figures 24A-24C are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures 1 A-IB or Figure 25. For example, some operations are optionally implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respective event recognizer 180 of applicat ion 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event such as selection of an object on a user interface, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handier 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depictedin Figures 1 A-18.

[00704] Figures 26A-26B are flow diagrams illustrating a method 2600 of providing and presenting user-specific handwritten inputs in a messaging application, in accordance with some embodiments. The method 2600 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure I A) with a display and a

59?

DK 2016 70654 A1 touch-sensitive surface, in some embodiments, the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated w ith the display, In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 2600 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

[00705| As described below, the method 2600 provides an intuitive way to provide and present user-specific handwritten inputs in a messaging application. The method helps to improve user satisfaction with their devices and produces more efficient human-machine interlaces by allowing users, e.g,, to efficiently auto-replace typed inputs with handwritten inputs. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges (e.g,, by requiring only a single input to autoreplace a particular sequence of typed inputs with an associated handwritten input), (00706] The device displays (2602), on the display; a messaging user interface, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g,, including the message regions displaying messages exchanged between the user and the at least one other user, as shown in Figure 23A), a virtual keyboard (e.g., the virtual QWER TY keyboard shown in Figure 23A). and a message-input area (e.g., message-input area 2303, Figure 23B).

[00707| The device also receives (2604), at the virtual keyboard, a. plurality of typing inputs (the user types a plurality of keys on the display virtual QWERTY keyboard). For example, as shown in Figure 23C (showing close-ups of the message-input area 2303) the user types (in other words, the plurality of typing inputs include the following inputs) “Thank you for helping to play all of this! 1 think he is going to be really surprised!” While receiving the plurality of typing inputs, tire device determines whether one or more typing inputs of the plurality of typing inputs match a stored sequence of characters that is associated with stored handwritten input from the user. In some embodiments, the stored sequence of characters corresponds (2608) to a label that the user provided for the stored handwritten Inpu t. For example, the user inputs a variety of handwritten inputs and associates a label with each respective handwritten input (e.g., as shown in Figure 23 K23 M, the user associates a label of thank you with recently-typed hand written text for “Thank you”).

m

DK 2016 70654 A1 [0Ö7Ö8] In acc ordance with a determination that the one or more typin g i nputs match the stored sequence of characters (e.g,, that the typed inputs “Thank you” match the stored label of “Thank you”), the device displays (2610) at a first location, proximate to a first set of characters that is displayed within the message-input area, a selectable representation of the stored handwritten input (e.g., selectable representation 2392A and 2392B shown in Figure 23C), and the first set of characters is displayed within the message-input area and includes characters that correspond to the one or more typing inputs that match the stored sequence of characters.

|00709| The device also detects (2612), via the touch-sensitive sur face, a selection of the selectable representation of the stored handwritten input (e.g., detects one of the inputs 2306 shown in Figure 23C). in response to detecting the selection of the selectable representation of the stored handwritten input, the device: ceases to display the selectable representation of the stored handwritten input at the first location and replaces display, within the message-input area, of the first set of characters that correspond to the one or more typing inputs with display of a representation of the stored handwritten input. For example, as shown in Figure 23C, in response to input 2306. the device ceases to display the selectable representations 2392A/ 2392B and instead replaces the typed characters “Thank you” with a representation of the stored handwritten input that was displayed in the selectable representation. In this way, the user is able to provide a single input (just a selection of the selectable representation) in order to auto-replace typed text with handwritten text, thereby enhancing operability of the device 100 and making the userdevice interface more efficient.

[0Ö71ÖJ Turning now to Figure 268, in some embodiments, after replacing the first set of characters with the representation of the stored handwritten input, the message-input area (e.g., area 2303) includes (2614) both the representation of the stored handwritten input and at least a first typed input of tire plurality of typed inputs, (in other words, the user’s message includes both handwritten and typed text (as is shown In Figure 23C). In this way, the user is able to personalize particular phrases within a single message without having to send handwritten text for the full contents of that single message, thereby enhancing operability of die device 100 and making the user-device interface more efficient.

DK 2016 70654 A1 iwm in some embodiments, the device lecen es (261 bi a request to send a message to the at least one other user and. In response to receiving the request, the device displays within the conversation transcript a user interlace object that includes an. animation that draws the stored handwritten input at a predetermined pace (as shown in Figures 23Q~ 23V for a second electronic device 2360 and, in some embodiments, the same animation is drawn at the predetermined pace at the device 100), in some embodiments, in response to receiving the request to send the message to the at least one other user, the device sends (through a server or directly to a second device 2360 that is associated with the at least one other user) instructions to render a user interface object that includes the animation that draws the stored handwritten input at the predetermined pace (as shown in Figures 23Q23V).

(007121 In some embodiments, the predetermined pace corresponds to a writing pace that was used by the user while providing the stored handwritten input (thus allowing users to provided highly customized handwritten messages that include both the user’s handwritten text and the predetermined pace at which the user’s handwritten text was previously written). In some embodiments, the predetermined pace corresponds to a writing pace that is different from a pace that was used by the user while providing the stored handwritten input.

100713] it should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 26A-26B have been described is merely one example and is not intended to indicate that tlie described order is the only order in which the operations could he performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to .reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 2600 described above. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described above with reference to method 2600 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, Intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein. For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

DK 2016 70654 A1 (007141 In some embodiments, the method 2600 described above in reference to Figures 26Å-26B utilizes one or more of the techniques described below to render ink on the display in order to accurately simulate the way that ink is applied to a surface.

100715] In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 27 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 2700 configured in accordance with the principles of the various descri bed embodiments, The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of ski ll in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 27 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.

(00716] As shown in Figure 27, an electronic device 2700 includes a display unit 2702 configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit 2704 configured to receive contacts, one or more sensor units 2706 for detecting intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface unit 2704; and a processing unit 2708 coupled with the display unit 2702, the touch-sensitive surface unit 2704 and the one or more sensor units 2706, In some embodiments, the processing unit 2708 includes a displaying unit 2710, a typing inputs receiving unit 271.2, a. determining unit 271.4, a. defecting unit 2716, a replacing unit 2718, a second unit 2720, and a request receivine unit 2722.

(00717( The processing unit 2708 is configured to display, on the display (e.g., with the displaying unit 2710 in conjunction with the display unit 2702), a messaging user interface, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and a t least one other user, a virtual keyboard, and a message-input area; receive, at the virtual keyboard, a plurality o f typing inputs (e.g., with the typing inputs receiving unit 2712); while receiving the plurality of typing inputs, determine whether one or more typing inputs of the plural ity of typing inputs match a stored sequence of characters that is associated with stored handwritten input from the user (e.g., with the determining unit 2714); in accordance with a determination that the one or more typing inputs match the stored sequence of characters, display (e.g,, with the displaying unit 2710) at a first location, proximate to a first set of characters that is

201

DK 2016 70654 A1 displayed within the message-input area, a selectable representation of the stored handwritten input, and the first set of characters is displayed within the message-input area and includes characters that correspond to the one or more typing inputs that match the stored sequence of characters; detect (e.g., with the detecting unit 2716)), via the touchsensitive surface, a selection of the selectable representation of the stored handwritten input; and, in response to detecting the selection of the selectable representation of the stored handwritten input: cease to display (e.g., with the displaying unit 2710) the selectable representation of the stored handwritten input at the first location; and replace display (e.g., w ith the replacing unit 271.8), within the message-input area, of the first set of characters that correspond to the one or more typing inputs with display of a representation of the stored handwritten input.

[00718] In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2700, the processing unit is configured to; receive a request {e.g., with the request receiving unit 2722) to send a message to the at least one other user; and, in response to receiving the request, display (e.g., with the displaying unit 2710) within the conversation transcript a user interface object that includes an animation that draws the stored handwritten input at a predetermined pace.

100719] in accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2700, the processing unit is further configured to: in response to receiving the request to send the message to the at least one other user, send instructions (e.g., with the sending unit 2720) to render a user interface object that includes the animation that draws the stored handwritten input at the predetermined pace.

[00720] in accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2700. the predetermined pace corresponds to a writing pace that was used by the user while providing the stored handwritten input.

[0072.1.] In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2700. the predetermined pace corresponds to a writing pace that is different from a pace that was used by the user while providing the stored handwritten input.

[00722] In accordance wi th some embodiments of the electronic device 2700, after replacing the first set of characters with the representation of the stored handwritten input,

202

DK 2016 70654 A1 the message-input area includes both the representation of the stored handwritten input and at least a first typed input of the plurality of typed inputs.

(00723] In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 2700, the stored sequence of characters corresponds to a label that the user provided for tire stored handwritten input, (007241 The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g... as described above with respect to Figures 1A and 3) or application specific chips.

(00725( The operations described above with reference to Figures 26A-26B are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures I A-l B or Figure 27. For example, some operations are optionally implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event'handler 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112. and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to applicat ion 136-1. A respecti ve event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event h andler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. in some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GU I updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1 A-IB.

(00726( Figures 28A-28B are flow diagrams illustrating a method 2800 of providing and present ing user-specific handwritten inputs in a messaging application, in accordance with some embodiments. The method 2800 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multlibnction device 100, Figure 1 A.) with a display and a touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch screen display and the

203

DK 2016 70654 A1 touch-sensitive surface is on or Integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 2SCO are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

100727( As described below, the method 2800 provides an intuitive way to provide and present user-specific handwritten inputs in a messaging application. The method helps to improve user satisfaction with their devices and produces more efficient human-machine interfeces by allowing users, e.g., to simply following a predefined training sequence in order to produce a custom keyboard with user-specific handwritten characters as keys on the custom keyboard. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges. Furthennore, allowing users to easily, efficiently, and quickly produce custom keyboards with user-specific handwritten characters as keys enhances the operability of the devices and makes user-device interfaces (e.g,, in the messaging application) more efficient (e.g., by allowing users to easily customize their message content with handwritten inputs selected from the custom keyboard) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently (e.g,, the user need not leave the messaging application, open and use a different application to input or locate handwritten inputs, and then return to use those inputs in the messaging application, instead the user simple provides and/or selects custom handwritten inputs directly within the messaging application).

(99728( The device detects (2802). via the touch-sensitive surface, a first input (that corresponds to a request to prepare a custom keyboard with handwritten characters, such as input 2326 in order to activate a keyboard preparation mode and then input 2328 in order to display the keyboard preparation user interface for a respective set of training characters. Figures 23 W-23X), In response to detecting the first input (or multiple inputs, such as inputs 2326 and 2328), the device presents, on the display, a keyboard preparation user interface (e.g., the user interface shown on Figure 23Y). In some embodiments, the keyboard preparation user interface includes (2804) a first portion that displays the predefined set of training characters including a first emphasized character (e.g ., the portion of the user Interface shown in Figure 23 Y that displays “THE QUICK BROWN FOX JUMPS OVER THE LAZY DOG.” In some embodiments, the first portion is a top portion that provides a preview of characters that will be typed by the user while preparing the

204

DK 2016 70654 A1 custom key board and the emphasized character represents that next character to be handwritten by the user while preparing the custom keyboard (e.g., as shown in Figures 23 Y and 23Z, the “T” character 2330 is emphasized in the first portion in order to indicate to the user that they should provide handwritten input for that character), In some embodiments, the keyboard preparation user interface also includes; a second portion that displays one or more characters of the predefined set of training characters, the one or more characters including a second emphasized character (e.g., emphasized character 2332, Figures 23 Y23Z), For example the second portion is a bottom portion that is displayed below the first/ top portion and the second portion includes a limited number of characters (e.g., 1,2, or 3) representing the next characters to be handwritten by the user. In some embodiments, the first and second emphasized characters correspond to the same character, but the second emphasized character is displayed with a larger font size that the first emphasized character, as shown in Figures 23Y-23Z.

(00729} In some embodiments, emphasized characters in the first and second portions change as the handwritten inputs are received ¢2806). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a respective hand-written input satisfies acceptance criteria, the devi ce emph asizes a nex t ch aracter in the set of training characters (as shown in Figures 23Z-23 AA, the emphasized characters change as the user continues to provide handwritten inputs that satisfy the acceptance criteria, in this way, users are provided with clear visual cues as to the characters they should be handwriting.

(00730} In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a respective handwritten input does not satisfy the acceptance criteria, the device provides an indication to the user as to how the handwritten input should be revised in order to satisfy the acceptance criteria. For example, as shown in Figure 23Y, the user provides a handwritten input for the letter “T* but that handwritten input does not satisfy the acceptance criteria and, as such, the device displays the indication 2330 instructing the user to provide a larger handwritten input.

(007311 While presenting tire keyboard preparation user interface, the device receives (28081, via the touch-sensitive surface, handwritten inputs that correspond to a predefined set of training characters (as discussed above in reference to Figures 23Y-23AA). For

205

DK 2016 70654 A1 example, the predefined set of training characters correspond to those characters displayed on a QWERTY keyboard ¢2810),

100732] After receiving the handw tuten mpnts the de\ ice detects 12812 > a second input that corresponds to a request to display a messaging user interface that includes a message-input area and a virtual keyboard with a plurality of keys (e.g,, the virtual keyboard Is a QWERTY keyboard (such as that shown in Figure 23 A) or is the custom keyboard with handwritten characters that correspond to the handwritten inputs (such as that shown in Figure 23AC)). A first key of the plurality of keys is associated with a first handwritten input of the received handwritten inputs. !n some embodiments, the virtual keyboard is a Q WERTY keyboard (2814). For example, the keys on the Q WERTY keyboard shown on Figure 23A are each associated with a respective handwritten input from the user. As another example, the virtual keyboard is a user-specific keyboard with keys, wherein each key includes a representation of one of the received handwritten inputs (such as that shown In Figure 23AC).

[007331 In response to detecting the second input, the device displays (2818) the messaging user interface that includes the message-input area and the virtual keyboard with the plurality of keys. For example the second input corresponds to a request to open a messaging application (e.g,, by clicking an icon on a home screen page). The device receives (2818), via the touch-sensitive surface, a selection of the first key (e.g., the user taps over a. representation of the ^Mp” key shown on the Q WERTY keyboard of Figure 23 A or the user-specific handwritten keyboard of Figure 23 AC. In response to receiving the selection of the first key, the device outputs a representation of the first handwritten input within the message-input area (e.g., extending the previous example after the user taps the V key on a displayed keyboard the device displays a user-specific handwritten input tor the ^£ip” key, such as one provided during the handwriting training exercise discussed above in reference to Figures 23W-23AB) [00734] In some embodiments., outputting the representation of the first handwritten input includes (2820) rendering the first handw titlen input at a pace that was iccorded while receiving the first handwritten input.

[00735J It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 28A-28B have been described is merely one example and is not intended to indicate

206

DK 2016 70654 A1 that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 2800 described above. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described above with reference to method 2800 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interlace objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein. For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

[00736] In some embodiments, the methods described above in reference to Figures 24.A-24C, 26A-26B, and 28A-28B utilize one or more of the techniques described below to render ink on the display in order to accurately simulate the way that ink is applied to a surface.

[00737] Handwriting GL Rsnderer [00738] The handwriting renderer can be defined by two primary systems: wet and dry (as shown in Table I below). These are two interdependent rendering pipelines that present the lifecycle of the appearance of ink on screen. In some embodiments, the rendering pipelines work on all supported hardware (e.g., many different configurations of

<img file="DK201670654A1_D0004.tif" />

[00739] In some embodiments, each state described above (e.g., in reference to Table 1) represents a frame buffer and contains its own shader pipeline. Wet Intermediate:

207

DK 2016 70654 A1 off-screen, draw arrays using GL POINTS, made of many overlapping dots using glßlendFunc&lt;GL_pN£, GL_ONE_M1NUS_SRC__ALFHA) resulting in the appearance of continuous line color in concert with Dynamic Circularization, time-based particle simulation for Bleed Behavior, Wet Composite: receives Self Wet Intermediate and paper texture, fragment based normals determination for Specular Wetness, accumulatively fades to 0%, revealing Dry Composite. Dry intermediate: off-screen, receives Self and Wet Intermediate, pre-processing for Segment Level Multiply Blending, Dry Composite: receives Dry intermediate and paper texture, applies color from Dry Intermediate results.

{007401 lu some embodiments, when presented to a screen (e.g,, display 112 of device 100), Wet Composite is alpha blended on top of Dry Composite, (0074I{ Bleed Behavior (007421 Example equations for rendering bleed behavior that accurately mimics the

<img file="DK201670654A1_D0005.tif" />

changes each vertex’s point size over a normalized time-of-lifespan, In some embodiments, the size is determined by filtered (smoothed) and normalized values of user pressure (force) and velocity (baked down to speed).

|00744| In some embodiments, when the simulation has completed its phase for a given point, a channel designated exclusively for the Dry Pipeline to receive is written to (e.g., it is critical that this channel is written to only once per point to avoid alpha overcoverage within the Dry Pipeline).

{007451 Example equations used, to implement a Dynamic Circularization technique are shown in Table 3 below:

<td> onejiyjpixe!^:::: 1.0 / pointjsize; vectorJfrom_eenter ~ (gfoPointCoord - 0,5) *2.0;</td>

208

DK 2016 70654 A1 dan squared Pop rectos hent ccutci. \cctot fiom centen.

value ~ 1.0 - linearstep(max(0.0, 1,0 - one_uv_pixel * 4.0). 1,0. dist__sqnared);

Table 3

100746) In some embodiments, during the fragment phase of the Wet Intermediate Pass, each GL_ POINT Is processed. Based on the point-size and fragment-coordinate of the point, we can ensure that the circularization of the point maintains a consistent edge alpha falloff. This consistency provides a consistent line edge appearance without the expense of MSAA (multi-sampled anti-aliasing) and regardless of line-weight / point-size.

100747) An example matrix that illustrates Specular Wetness techniques is shown in

<img file="DK201670654A1_D0006.tif" />

pixel luminance (an example is shown in Table 4). This vector’s direction and .magnitude is used to compute a three-dimensional vector (normal). This vector is used just like a bump map to create the appearance of Phong shaded wetness based on a light’s three dimensional position.

)00749) Multiply Blend Using Segment Separation )00750) Intermediate )00751) In some embodiments, overlapping line segments are provided in conjunction with particular handwritten inputs. An example is shown in Table 5 below:

W

DK 2016 70654 A1

<td></td><td> I) ~ PREVIOOS..5EMHT’</td>

<td> fable 5</td><td></td>

|00752| For the purposes of the example shown lu Table 5, Figure SB is referred to as a NEW ^SEGMENT, Figure 5C as PREVIOUS JSEGMENT, and Figure 5D as DIFF. In some embodiments, when new data is written to the specified channel that the Dry Intermediate is designed to receive from the Wet Intermediate, that data is denoted as NEW SEGMENT. In some embodiments, the equation shown above in Table 5 is utilized to ensure that DIET can be added seamlessly to the previous state of a color attachment providing the same consistent alpha coverage along edges (an example is shown In Table 6,

<img file="DK201670654A1_D0007.tif" />

intermediate frame buffer’s color attachment to represent ALPHA (5E).

<img file="DK201670654A1_D0008.tif" />

bleeding techniques; BLEND - DIFF * TARGETjdÜLTIPLIER + (1.0- DIFF * TARGE7VMULTIPLIER) * PREVIOUSJILEND, In some embodiments, the green component in Figure SF of Table 7 as DIFF and the red component as

210

DK 2016 70654 A1

PREVIOUS BLEND, in some embodiments.. DIEP is multiplied by a scalar (TARGET_ML^rLTIP'LI6R) and added to the inverse of tins product of the pre\ ions state. The result is written to a single channel representing the multiply blend state. Due to inherent alpha over coverage with this process, alpha is preserved in a separate channel. (00755( Composite (00756( In some embodiments, when a request is made to render a pass to the composite frame buffer to be presented to screen, this task is much more trivial than traditional blend mode operations since the work has been done in the intermediate pass and, notably preserves alpha precisely. Other methods take pre-multiplied alpha and do expensive, imprecise work to extract alpha using methods like un-premultiply.

(00757( RGB = mix(BASB_COLOR, BLACK, linearstep(TARGET_MULTIPLiER, L0, BLEND)).

(00758( A - ALPHA. * PAPER TEXTURE.

(00759( in some embodiments, the result from Figure SF as BLEND, the result in Figure 5 E as ALPHA, In some embodiments, these techniques of generating multiply biending more closely simulates how ink reacts to paper, ft works continuously (per segment) within a single stroke and simultaneously with all other pixels in the color attachment, (00760( Multiply Blend Using Segment Collation (00761( In some embodiments, while the richness and complexity of segment separation blending may require one pass per segment in a live drawing setting, there are a few cases that require a more optimized method of rendering all non-live drawing data in as few passes as possible (e.g. Undo, Thumbnail, Recents). For these cases, it is ideal to collate as many segments as possible that are known to only overlap their previous segment (00762 ( Collision Detection to Determine Pass Endpoint i 1

DK 2016 70654 A1

<img file="DK201670654A1_D0009.tif" />

Tables )00763] Figure 6A above in Table 8 illustrates an example final composite. Figure 6B in Table 8 illustrates the series of passes needed to render 6A.

(00764) In some embodiments, when all segments are known, fast-enumeration is used to go over each segment to determine two-dimensional vector intersection with all segments within the current pass (This includes detached segments from previous lines.

This system is agnostic to beginning and end of complete strokes). When an intersection is determined, this group of vertices is denoted as a single pass by fl agging the last segment as an endpoint, in some embodiments, in the second shape of Figure 6B, although the second shape appears to intersect with the first shape, these techniques do not determine intersection until an intersection is reached within vectors enumerated since the last intersection.

(00765) Additional details regarding techniques used in conjunction with the methods described above in reference to Figures 24A-24C, 26A-26B, and 28A-28B are also provided in Appendix A. The details provided in Appendix A thus serve as a supplement to the details provided herein and may be combined and interchanged with any of the details provided above in reference to Figures 24A-24C, 26A-26B, and 28A-28B.

(00766] in accordance with some embodiments, Figure 29 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic devi ce 2900 confi gured in accordance with the pr inciples of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 29 are, optionally, combined or separated j 2

DK 2016 70654 A1 into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described, embodiments.

Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.

(00767( As shown in Figure 29, an electronic device 2900 includes a display unit 2902 configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit 2904 configured to recei ve contacts, one or more sensor units 2906 lor detecting intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface unit 2904; and a processing unit 2908 coupled with the display unit 2902, the touch-sensitive surface unit 2904 and the one or more sensor units 2906. In some embodiments, the processing unit 2908 includes an input detecting unit 2910, a displaying unit 2912, a selection receiving unit 2914, a handwriting input representation outputting unit 2916, and a handwritten input receiving unit 2918.

(007681 The processing unit 2908 is configured to detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit 2910), via the touch-sensitive surface, a first input; in response to detecting the first input, present, on the display (e.g., with the displaying unit 2912 in conjunction with the display unit 2902), a keyboard preparation user interface; whi le presenting the keyboard preparation user interface, receive, via the touch-sensitive surface, handwritten inputs (e.g., with the handwritten input receiving unit 291.8) that correspond to a predefined set of training characters; after receiving the handwritten inputs, detect a second input (e.g., with the input detecting unit 2910) that corresponds to a request to display a messaging user interface that includes a message-input area and a virtual keyboard with a plurality of keys, and a first, key of the plurality of keys is associated with a first handwritten input of the received handwritten inputs; in response to detecting file second input, display tire messaging user interface that includes the message-input area and the virtual keyboard with the plurality of keys (e.g., with the displaying unit 2912); receive, via the touch-sensitive surface, a selection of the first key (e.g., with the selection receiving unit 2914); and in response to recei ving the selection of the first key, output a representation of the first handwritten input within the message-input area (e.g., with the handwriting input representation outputting unit 2916).

(00769( In some embodiments, the predefined set of training characters corresponds to characters displayed on a QWERTY keyboard.

In some embodiments, the virtual keyboard is a QWERTY keyboard.

213 (00770(

DK 2016 70654 A1 (0077S] In some embodiments, the virtual keyboard is a user-specific keyboard with keys, wherein each key includes a representation of one of the received handwritten inputs, (00772] In some embodiments, outputting the representation of the fitst handwritten input Includes rendering the first handwritten Input at a pace that was recorded while receiving the first handwritten input.

(007731 In some embodiments, the keyboard preparation user interface includes: a first portion that displays the predefined set of training characters including a first emphasized character, and a second portion that displays one or more characters of the predefined set of training characters, the one or more characters including a second emphasized character.

(00774] In some embodiments, emphasized characters change as the handwritten inputs are received.

(00775] The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in Information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g,. as described above with respect to Figures i A and 3) or appheation specific chips.

(00776] The operations described above with reference to Figures 28A-28B are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures 1 A-l B o r Figure 29. For example, some operations are optionally implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Event monitor .171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-.1. A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interiace, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having

214

DK 2016 70654 A1 ordinary skil] in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1Å- IB.

Selectively scrunch content in a message transcript

100777] Figures 3ÖA-30G illustrate example user interfaces for quickly locating different types of content in a messaging application, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below. Although some of the examples which follo w will be given with reference to inputs on a touch-screen display {where the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface 451 that is separate from the display 450, as shown in Figure 4B. For convenience of explanation, the embodiments described below will be discussed with reference to operations performed on a device with a touch-sensitive display system 112. In such embodiments, a focus selector is, optionally, a respective finger or stylus contact, a representative point corresponding to a finger or stylus contact {e.g,, a centroid of a respecti ve contact or a point associated with a respecti ve contact), or a centroi d of two or more contacts detected on the touch-sensitive display system 112. However, analogous operations are. optionally, performed on a device with a display 450 and a separate touchsensitive surface 451 in response to detecting the contacts on the touch-sensitive surface 451 while displaying the user interfaces discussed below, along with a focus selector.

[00778| As shown in Figure 30A, In some embodiments, users are able to quickly locate different types of content in a messaging application by scrunching down content In order to easily locate desired content. A user provides a gesture 3002 in Figure 30A and, in response, the device reduces a display size (i.e., scrunches/ squishes down) message regions that include content having a first content type (e.g,, message regions with text-only content are reduced In size, such as the content for message region 3003, Figure 30B), In some embodiments, as a user continues to provide a gesture (e.g., gesture 3004 is a continuation of gesture 3002 hut, in some embodiments, gesture 3004 is a distinct gesture from gesture 3002), the message regions are further reduced in size (e.g., message region 3003 is further reduced In size, Figure 30C), [ÖÖ779] Users are able to intuitively provide additional gestures (or continue providing a single gesture) that reduce a display size for content types other than the first

21S

DK 2016 70654 A1 content type. As shown in Figure 30D, in response to gesture 3006 (Figure 3ÖC), content items having a second content type (e.g., text with emojis) are displayed with a reduced display size (such as message region 3001). As shown in Figure 30E, in response to gesture 3008 (Figure 30D), content items having a third content type (e.g., text that includes textrendering effects) are displayed with a reduced display size (such as message region 3009, Figure 3ÖE). As shown in Figure 3ÖF, in response to gesture 3010, content items having a fourth content type (e.g,, graphical content, such as images and maps objects) are displayed with a reduced display size (such as message region 3005 and 3011. Figure 30F), [00780] In some embodiments, users are also able to quickly expand portions of the messaging user interface in response to a de-pinch gesture (e.g., gesture 3012). In response to detecting gesture 3012. the device increases display sizes for all content types (Figures 30F-30G), until the message regions return to their respective default sizes, in this way. users are easily able to search out desired content without having to aimlessly scroll through a long and confusing conversation transcript (instead users simply scrunch down content so that they can quickly see a high-level overview of content items in the conversation transcript and. once desired information is located, users can expand content items to view the desired information and message regions that are surrounding the desired information).

100781] Figures 31Α-3ΊΒ are flow diagrams illustrating a method 3100 of quickly locating different types of content in a messaging application, in accordance with some embodiments, The method 3100 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure 1 A.) with a display and a touchsensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch screen display and the touchsensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 3100 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

[00782] As described below, tire method 3100 provides an intuitive way to locate different types of content in a messaging application. The method produces more efficient human-machine interfaces by allowing users to use a simple gesture to quickly scale down display sizes for content in a messaging application, so that users are able to quickly locate desired content (e.g., users can scale down all text-only content in order to quickly locate emojis. photos, videos, or other types of content that may have been received a long time

216

DK 2016 70654 A1 ago), Foj batten--operated deuces, the method helps to consene powei and increase the time between battery charges (e.g,, by allowing ttscis to quukl· locate desued content instead forcing users to employ inefficient and battery-draining techniques). Furthermore, allowing users to quickly locate desired content enhances the operability of the devices and makes user-device interfaces (e.g,, in the messaging application) more efficient by allowing users to easily locate desired content in a potentially large and difficult to search conversation transcript. The user need not scroll through pages and pages of content in the conversation transcript and can instead simply provide intuitive gestures to easily scale down content so that desired content is easily located.

[00783j The device displays (3102), on the display, a messaging user interlace that includes a plurality of content items. In some embodiments, the messaging user interface includes a conversation transcript of a messaging session bet ween a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, as shown in Figure 30A. in some embodiments, the plurality of content items includes content items having a first content Ape. For example, each content item of the first content type is text-based and does not Include any emojts or other text-rendering effects (such as making the text appear or disappear in response to a gesture over a content item, also referred to herein as an invisible ink effect or a private message). In some embodiments, the first content type includes text-only messages sent and received via the messaging user interface. In some embodiments, a content item corresponds to content included in a single user interface element displayed in the messaging user interface (e.g., a single message region or bubble). Message region 3003 is a one example shown In Figure 30A of a content Item tha t includes content of the first content type.

[007841 In some embodiments, the plurality of content items includes content items having a second content type that is distinct from the first content type. For example, the second content type corresponds to messages containing content other than text-only content, such as emojis or graphical content sent and received via the message user interlace, such as camera Images, screenshots, maps objects, objects with text-rendering effects, and the tike, in some embodiments, content items having the second content type include message regions that include text and emojis (e.g., message region 3001, Figure 30A). As described in more detail below, the messaging user interface may include content items having a third content, type (e.g,, the content included in message region 3009, Figure

217

DK 2016 70654 A1

30C) and a fourth content type (e.g,, the content included in message region 3005 and image

3011, Figures 30A and 301)) as well.

|00785] In some embodiments, a respecm e content item in the plurality of content items is displayed with a respective first size. In some embodiments, each content item is displayed with a respective default display size. In some embodiments, different default sizes are associated with the content types (e.g., pictures and other graphical content have a different default display size than text-only content items).

[00786] While displaying the messaging user interface {and, in some embodiments, while a focus selector is over the messaging user interface), the device detects (3104), via the touch-sensitive surface, a first input. In some embodiments, the first input (e.g., a first portion of a pinch gesture, such as gesture 3002 shown in Figure 3OA) corresponds to a first request to reduce a display size (or a magnification level) for at least a portion of the content items in the plurality of content items. In some embodiments, the first request is received while some textual-only content is displayed within the messaging user interface (e.g., the message regions that include text-only content including message region 3003, as shown in Figure 30Å), [00787] In response to detecting the first input, the device reduces (3106} a display size of at least some content items having the first content type while continuing to display content items having the second content type with their respective first size. In some embodiments, reducing the display size includes reducing die display size for all content items having the first content type. In some embodiments, reducing the display size includes reducing the display size for only those content items having the first content type that are currently visible on the display (e.g,, items of the first content type may or may not have a reduced display size while they are not currently visible within the portion of the messaging session that is visible within the messaging user interface on the display). As shown in Figure 30B, in response to the gesture 3002, the device reduces a display size of the message region 3003 (and for other message regions that include text-only content).

|00788] In this way , users can easily scrunch or squish down content of a first type (e.g., text-only content) within a messaging user interface in order to quickly search for other content having a type other than the first type. For example, a user can quickly search for a desired photograph or video, without having to scroll through pages and pages of text218

DK 2016 70654 A1 only content, thereby quickly, efficiently, and intuitively locating desired (non-textual) content. Additionally, in some embodiments, after content has been squished down, timestamps that are displayed in the conversation transcript are easily visible and, thus, users can quickly search through a lengthy conversation transcript to find a relevant time period, in other embodiments, any other user interface could employ the aforementioned features. For example, any user in t erface that includes content of a. variety o f con tent types, such as a web browser user interface (including images, text, videos, etc.), an electronic book user interface (including text, images associated with the text, etc.), and others.

|00789J In some embodiments, In conjunction with reducing the display size of at least some content items having the first content type, the device provides (3108) haptic feedback. In some embodiments, haptic feedback is provided whenever display sizes for any of the content items is reduced (to indicate either that the gesture was received or that the gesture/ input was “legal.”) (e.g., any type a messaging bubble is scrunched down, the device provides haptic feedback).

[007901 In some embodiments, reducing the display size includes (3110) reducing the display size in accordance with a determination that a characteristic (distance travelled, space between fingers in a pinch gesture, characteristic intensity of contact) of the first input satisfies first display-size-reduction criteria that are associated with the first content type.

[00791] In some embodiments, after reducing the display size of at least some of the content Items having the first content type, the device detects (3112), via the touch-sensitive surface, a. second input that corresponds to a request to scroll the messaging user interface.

In response to detecting the second input, the device scrolls the messaging user interface while continuing to display.' at least some of the content items having the first content type with the reduced display size, and content items having the second content type with their respective first sizes. In this way, users are easily able to scroll and search for desired content while keeping some content items at reduced display sizes (in order to assist in more easily locating desired content items).

[1)0792] In some embodiments, the user is able to provide a series of gestures or one continuous gesture in order to scrunch down display sizes for content within the messaging user interface. For example, in response to gesture 3004, the device continues to reduced

219

DK 2016 70654 A1 display sizes foi content ha\e the fust content tvpe (eg. reduced in size as compared to its size in Figure 308).

message region 3003 is further (00793] In some embodiments, the device detects (3114) a third input (e.g., a pinch gesture or a portion thereof such as gesture 3006, shown in Figure 30C). In response to detecting the third input, the device reduces a disp lay size of content items having the second content type. For example, as shown in Figure 30D, in response to gesture 3006 shown in Figure 30C, the display size for content items having the second content type is reduced (e.g,, message region 3001 is now displayed with a reduced display size in accordance with the gesture 3ÖÖ8).

(00794] In some embodiments, the messaging user interface includes content items having a third content type (e.g,, content included in message region 3009 includes text that is associated with a text-rendering effect). The device, after reducing display size of the at least some of the content items having the first and second content types, detects (3116) a fourth input (e.g,, a pinch gesture or a portion thereof such as gesture 3008 shown In Figure 30D). in response to detecting the fourth input, the device reduces a display size of at least some of the content items having tire third content type, (e.g., as shown in Figure 3Ö F, a display size for the message region 3009 is reduced).

100795] In some embodiments, the messaging user interface includes content items having a fourth content type (e.g., message regions that Include graphical content, such as images, maps objects, and other types of graphical content). After reducing display size of the at least some of the content items having the first, second, and third content types, the device detects a fifth input (e.g., a pinch gesture or a portion thereof, such as gesture 30.10 shown in Figure 3ÖE). In response to detecting the fifth input, the device reduces a display size of at least some of the content items having the fourth content type (e.g.. as shown in Figure 30F, the device reduces a display size for content included in message region 3011 (an image) and message region 3005 (a maps object).

(00796( in some embodiments, reducing display sizes for the at least some content items having each of the first, second, third, and fourth con tent types is performed based on a hierarchical order (e.g., a predefined order of importance) assigned to each of the content types, in other words, some embodiments include at least four different content types that are scrunched down one after another In response to inputs (e.g,, pinch gestures or portions

DK 2016 70654 A1 of a single pinch gesture). For example, messaging bubbles with only text ure scrunched down first, then messaging bubbles that include ernojis are scrunched down, followed by messaging bubbles that are associated with a text-rendering effect (e.g., private messages), and then photos tliat are included in the conversation transcript are scrunched down (in some embodiments, the photos are not included in messaging bubbles), [007971 In some embodiments, the device receives a new input (e.g,, one or more depinch gestures, such as gesture 301.2, Figure SOS⁵'), in response to receiving the new input, the device reverts display size of the at least some content items having the first content type back to the respective first size (as shown in Figure 30G display sizes tor message regions that include content items having first (3003), second (3003), and fourth (3005) content types are all returned to their respective first/ default sizes, In some embodiments, the new input may be utilized to revert display sizes for any content items that have been scrunched down back to their respective first sizes (e.g., as shown in Figures 3O-F-3OG, the de-pinch gesture 3012 is used to quickly increase display sizes for content items having a number of content types). In some embodiments, the user is able to gradually perform the de-pinch gesture 303 2 and each content item have each respective content type will revert back to its respective first size at an appropriate time.

[0O798| In some embodiments, at any point during method 3100 (or method 3300 below) if a new message is received (and then displayed within a new message region within the messaging user interface), the device displays that message bubble at its respective first size (instead of displaying it as being scrunched down). In this way, users are still able to view new messages.

(007991 It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 3IA-3 IB have been described is merely one example and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize vario us ways to reorder the operations described, herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 3100 described above. For example, the contacts, gestures., user interlace objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described above with reference to method 3300 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures.

221

DK 2016 70654 A1 user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein. For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

100800] in accordance with some embodiments. Figure 32 shows a functional block diagram ofan electronic device 3200 configured in accordance with the principles of the various descri bed embodiments, The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments, it is understood by persons of ski ll in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 32 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of die vari ous described embodiments.

Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.

[00801] As shown in Figure 32, an electronic device 3200 includes a display unit 3202 configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit 3204 configured to receive contacts, one or more sensor units 3206 for detecting intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface unit 3204; and a processing unit 3208 coupled with the display unit 3202, the touch-sensitive surface unit 3204 and the one or more sensor units 3206, In some embodiments, the processing unit 3208 includes a displaying unit 3210, an input detecting unit 321.2, a. display size reduction unit 3214, a haptic feedback providing unit 3216, and a display size reverting unit 3218.

[00802] The processing unit 3208 is configuted to dispkn ie g . with the displaying unit 3210), on tbe display (e.g,, the display unit 3202), a messaging user interlace that includes a plurality of content items. In some embodiments, the plurality of content items includes content items having a first content type, the plurality of content items includes content items having a second content type that is distinct from the first content type, and a respective content item in the plurality of content items is displayed with a respective first size. While displaying the messaging user interface, the processing unit is configured to; detect, via the touch-sensitive surface, a first input and, in response to detecting the first input, reduce a display size of at least some content items having the first content type while continuing to display content items having the second content type with their respective first size.

DK 2016 70654 A1 (008Θ3] In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 32 00, the processing unit is configured to; after reducing the display size of at least some of the content items having the first content type, detecting, via the touch-sensitive surface, a second input (e.g., with the input detecting unit 32.12) that corresponds to a request to scroll the messaging user interface; and, in response to detecting the second input, scrolling the messaging user interlace while continuing to display; at least some of the content items having the first content type with the reduced display size, and content items having the second content type with their respective first sizes (e.g., with the displaying unit 3210), (00804( In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 3200, the processing unit is further configured to; in conjunction with reducing the display size of at least some content items having the first content type, provide haptic feedback (e.g., with the haptic feedback providing unit 3216).

(00805] In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 3200, the processing unit is further configured to; receive a new input; and, in response to receiving the new input, revert display size (e.g,, with the display size reverting unit 3218) of the at least some content items having the first content type back to the respective first size.

(00806] in accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 3200, reducing tire display size includes reducing the display size in accordance with a determination that a characteristic of the first input satisfies first display-size-reduction criteria that are associated with the first content type (e.g., with the display size reducing unit 3214).

(00807] In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 3200, the processing unit is further configured to; detect a third input (e.g., with the input detecting unit 3212) and, in response to detecting the third input, reduce a display size of content items having the second content type (e.g,., with die display size reducing unit 3214).

(00808( In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 3200, the messaging user interface includes content items having a third content type, and the processing unit is further configured to; after reducing display size of the at least some of the content items having the first and second content types, defect a fourth input (e.g., with the input detecting unit 3212) and, in response to detecting the fourth input, reduce a display

DK 2016 70654 A1 size ofat least some of the content items ha\ mg the thud content type (c g , w ith the display size reducing unit 3214), (00809( In accordance with some embodintents of the electronic device 3200, the messaging user interface includes content items having a fourth content type, and the processing unit is further configured to: after reducing display size of the at least some of the content items having the first second, and third content types, detect a fifth input (e.g,. with the input detecting unit 3212); and, in response to detecting the fifth input, reduce a display size of at least some of the content items having the fourth content type (e.g,, with the display size reducing unit 3214).

(008101 In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 3200, reducing display sizes for the at least some content items having each of the first, second, third, and fourth content types is performed based on a hierarchical order assigned to each of the content types, (008111 The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to Figures 1A and 3) or application specific chips, (00812( The operations described above with reference to Figures 3 i A-3 IB are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures FA-IB or Figure 32, For example, some operations are optionally implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer ISO, and event handler 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112. and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event Infomiation to application 136-1, A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186. and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interfeee, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a. respecti ve predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer .180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event . Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192, In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to

224

DK 2016 70654 A1 update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would he clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1.A-IB

100813] Figures 33A-33B are flow diagrams illustrating a method 3300 of quickly locating different types of content in a messaging application, in accordance with some embodiments. The method 3300 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure 1 A) with a display and a touchsensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch screen display and the touchsensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 3300 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

(00814( As described below, the method 3300 provides an intuitive way to locate different types of content in a messaging application. The method produces more efficient human-machine interfaces by allowing users to use a simple gesture to quickly scale down display sizes for content in a messaging application, so that users are able to quickly locate desired content (e.g., users can scale down all text-only content in order to quickly locate eniojis, photos, videos, or other types of content that may have been received a long time ago). For battery-operated devices, the method helps to conserve power and increase the time between battery charges (e.g.. by allowing users to quickly locate desired content instead forcing users to employ Inefficient and battery-draining techniques). Furthermore, allowing users to quickly locate desired content enhances the operability of the devices and makes user-device interfaces (e.g., in the messaging application) more efficient by allo wing users to easily locate desired content in a potentially large and difficult to search conversation transcript. For example, the user need not scroll through pages and pages of content in the conversation transcript and can instead simply provide intuitive gestures to easily scale down content so that desired content is easily located.

[00815] The device displays (3302), on the display, a messaging user interface that includes a plurality of content items, In some embodiments, the messaging user interface includes a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, as shown in Figure 30A. In some embodiments, the plurality of content items includes content items having a first content type. For example.

225

DK 2016 70654 A1 each content item ofthe first content type is text-based and does not include any emojis or other text-rendering effects (such as making the text appear or disappear in response to a gesture over a content item, also referred to herein as an invisible ink effect or a private message), in some embodiments, the first content type includes text-only messages sent and received via the messaging user interface. In some embodiments, a content item corresponds to content included in a single Ü! element displayed in the messaging user interface (e.g., a single message region or bubble). Message region 3003 is a one example shown in Figure 30A of a content item that includes content of the first content type.

[00816] In some embodiments, the plurality of content items includes content items having a second content type that is distinct from the first content type. For example, the second content type corresponds to messages containing content other than text-only content, such as emojis or graphical content sent and received via the message user interface, such as camera images, screenshots, maps objects, objects with text-rendering effects, and the like. In some embodiments, content items having the second content type include message regions that include text and emojis (e.g., message region 3001, Figure 3ÖA). As described in more detail below, the messaging user interface may include content items having a third content type (e.g., the content included in message region 3009, Figure 3ÖC) and a fourth content type (e.g., the content included in message region 3005 and image 3011, Figures 30A and 3ÖD) as weil.

(008171 In some embodiments, a respective content item in the plurality of content items is displayed with a respective first, size. In some embodiments, each content item is displayed with a respective default display size. In some embodiments, different default sizes are associated with the content types (e.g., pictures and other graphical content have a different default display size than text-only content hems).

(00818] While displaying the messaging user interface (and, in some embodiments, while a focus selector is over the messaging user interface), the device detects (3304), via the touch-sensitive surface, a first input. In some embodiments, the first input (e.g,, a first portion of a pinch gesture, such as gesture 3002 shown in Figure 30 A) corresponds to a first request to reduce a display size (or a magnification level) for at least a portion of the content items in the plurality of content items. In some embodiments, the first request is received while some textual-only content is displayed within the messaging user interface (e.g., the

DK 2016 70654 A1 message regions that include text-only content including message region 3003,as shown in Figure 30 A) [00819] In response to detecting the fix st input the dev ice reduces {3306) a display size of at least some content items having the first content type, such that a first content item having the first content type is reduced to a respective second size that is smaller than the respective first size by a predefined first display-size-reduction factor (e.g., content included in the message region 3003 is reduced from a first size, Figure 30A, and then io a second size, Figure B). In response to detecting the first input, the device also reduces (3306) a display size of at least some content items having the second content type, such that a second content item having the second content type is reduced to a respective third size that is smaller than the respective first size by a predefined second display-size-reduction factor (e.g., content included in the message region 3001 is reduced from a first size, Figure 30C, to a second size. Figure 30D). in some embodiments, the reduction in size fox' the message region 3001 is performed in response to gesture 3002 and/or 3004. In some embodiments, the predefined second display-size-reduction factor is less than the predefined first displaysize-reduction factor. Stated another wav. the content items having the first content type are reduced to a smaller display size relative to the content items having the second content type (the content items have the first content type are scrunched down more than the content items having the second content type). In some embodiments, the content items having the second content type are only slightly reduced in size, so as to provide a visual cue to the user that the content items having the second content type can be further reduced in size by providing additional inputs (e.g., additional pinch gestures). For example, as shown in Figure 30D, message regions that include text-only content (e.g., message region 3003, Figure 30D) are scrunched down more than message regions that include content in addition to text (e.g., message region 3001, Figure 30D).

[00820] Operations 3308 and 3310 correspond to operations 3108 and 3110, respectively, discussed above in reference to Figure 31 A, As such, the descriptions above in reference to operations 31.08 and 3.110 are applicable to operations 3308 and 3310 as well.

[008211 In some embodiments, after x educing the display sx/e of at least some oi'the content items having the first content type and at least some of the content items having the

227

DK 2016 70654 A1 second content type, the dm ice detects {33121. \ ia the touch-sensithe surface, a second input that corresponds to a request to scroll the messaging user interface. In response to detecting the second input, the device scrolls the messaging user interface while maintaining displayed sizes of conten t items having the first content type at the respective second size and content items having the second content type at the respective third size.

[00822 j In some embodiments, the device detects (3314) a third input and. In response, the device further reduces a display size of content items having the second content type (e.g,, as shown in Figure 30E, the device further reduces message region 3001 and the contained included therein in response to a continuation of or new pinch gesture , such as gesture 3008).

)00823) Operations 331 &lt;·, 33 i 8_A 3320. and 3322 correspond to operations riJ«, 3118.

3120, and 3122, respectively, discussed above in reference to Figure 31 A. As such, the descriptions above in reference to operations 3116, 3118,3120, and 3122 are applicable to operations 331.6, 3318, 3320, and 3322 as well.

)00824) ft should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 33A-33B have been described is merely one example and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary' skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 3300 described above. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described above with reference to method 3300 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein. For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

)00825) In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 34 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 3400 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the

228

DK 2016 70654 A1 art thai the functional Hocks described in Figure 34 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments.

Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein, [00826! As shown in Figure 34, an electronic device 3400 includes a display unit 3402 configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit 3404 configured to receive contacts, one or more sensor units 3406 for detecting intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface unit 3404; and a processing unit 3408 coupled with the display unit 3402, the touch-sensitive surface unit 3404 and the one or more sensor units 3406. in some embodiments, the processing unit 3408 includes a displaying unit 3410, an input detecting unit 3412, a display size reduction unit 3414, a haptic feedback providing unit 3416, and a display size reverting unit 3418.

[00827] The processing unit 3408 is configured to display (e.g., with the displaying unit 3410). on the display (e.g,, display unit 3402), a messaging user interface that includes a plurality of content items, in some embodiments, the plurality of content items incl udes content items having a first content type, the plurality of content items includes content items having a second content type that is distinct from the first content type, and a respective content item in the plurality of content items is displayed with a respective first size. While displaying the messaging user interface, detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit 3412), via the touch-sensitive surface, a first input and, in response to detecting the first input; reduce a display size (e.g,, with the display size reducing unit 341.4) of at feast some content items having the first content type, such that a first content item having the first content type is reduced to a respective second size that is smaller than the respective first size by a predefined first display-size-reduction factor; and reduce a display size (e.g., with the display size reducing unit 3414) of at feast some content items having the second content type, such that a second content item having the second content type is reduced to a respective third size that is smaller than the respective first size by a predefined second display-size-reduction factor. In some embodiments, the predefined second display-sizereduction. factor is less than the predefined first display-size-reduction factor, [00828! fat accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 3400, the processing unit is configured to; after reducing the display size of at feast some of the

229

DK 2016 70654 A1 content items has ing the first content tvpe. detecting. \ ia the touch-sensim e surface, a second input (e.g,, with the input detecting unit 3412) that corresponds to a request to scroti the messaging user interface; and, in response to detecting the second input, scrolling the messaging user interface while continuing to display: at least some of the content items having the first content type with the .reduced display size, and content items having the second content type with their respective first sizes (e.g., with the displaying unit 3410).

(00829( In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 3400, the processing unit is configured to: detect a third input (e.g., with tire input detecting unit 3412) and, in response to detecting the thud input, further reduce display size of each content item having the second content type (e.g., with the display size reducing unit 3414).

(00830] In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 3400, the processing unit is further configured to: in conjunction w ith reducing the display size of at least some content items having the first content, type, provide haptic feedback (e.g., with the haptic feedback providing unit 3416).

(008311 in accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 3400, the processing unit is further configured to: receive a new input; and, in response to receiving the new input, revert display size (e.g., with the display size reverting unit 3418) of the at least some content items having the first content type back to tire respective first size.

(00832( In accordance with some embodi ments of the electronic device 3400, reducing the display size includes reducing the display size in accordance with a determination that a characteristic of the first input satisfies first display-size-reducfion criteria that are associated with the first content type (e.g., with the display size reducing unit 3414).

(00833( In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 3400., ihe processing unit is further configured to: detect a third input (e.g., with the input detecting unit 3412) and, in response to detecting the third input, reduce a display size of content items having the second content type (e.g.., with the display size reducing unit 3414), (00834( In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 3400, the messaging user interface includes content items having a third content type, and the processing unit is further configured to: after reducing display size of the at least some of

230

DK 2016 70654 A1 the courent items ha\ ing the first and second content t\pes. detect a fourth input ic.g., with the input detecting unit 3412) and, in response to detecting the fourth input, reduce a display size of at least some of the content items having the third content type (e.g,, with the display size reducing unit 341.4).

[00835] In accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 3400, the messaging user interface includes content items having a fourth content type, and the processing unit is further configured to: after reducing display size of the at least some of the content items having the first, second, and third content types, detect a fifth input (e.g,, with the input detecting unit 3412); and, in response to detecting the fifth input, .reduce a display size of at least some of the content items having the fourth content type (e.g,, with the display size reducing unit 3414), [00836] in accordance with some embodiments of the electronic device 3400., reducing display sizes for the at least some content items ha ving each of the first, second, third, and fourth content types is performed based on a hierarchical order assigned to each of the content types.

(00837) The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to Figures i A and 3) or application specific chips.

[00838] The operations described above with reference to Figures 33A-33B are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures 1 A-IB or Figure 34. For example, some operations are optionally Implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handier 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interfiiee, or rotation of tire device from one orientation to another. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally

231

DK 2016 70654 A1 uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to- update the application internal state 192. in some embodiments, event bandlet 190 accesses a respective Gt'i updaiei 178 io update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1A-1B.

Integrated messaging (00839] Figures 35A-35AP illustrate exemplary user interfeces for integrating a digital camera into a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in Figures 42A-42D, For convenience of explanation, some of the embodiments will be discussed with reference to operations performed on a device with a touch-sensitive display system 112. In such embodiments, the focus selector is, optionally; a respective finger or stylus contact, a representative point corresponding to a finger or stylus contact (e.g., a centroid of a respective contact or a point associated with a respective contact), or a centroid of two or more contacts detected on the touch-sensitive display system 112. However, analogous operations are, optionally, performed on a device with a display 450 and a separate touch- sensitive surface 451 in response to detecting the contacts on the touch-sensitive surface 451 while displaying the user interfaces shown in the figures on the display 450, along with a focus selector.

(008401 Figures 35A-35W and 35AL-35AP illustrate exemplary user interface 3500 for a messaging application which includes conversation transcript 3503, message-input area 3502, either of application expansion affordance 3702 or three activatable affordances—digital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506, and application affordance 3508......either of digital keyboard 3501 or digital image tray 3806, which includes live preview image 3514 from an associated digital camera, including image capture affordance 3516 and camera switching affordance 3505 for switching the live preview image between two or more associated digital cameras, and previously captured digital images 3518. Conversation transcript 3503 includes messages from participants of a corresponding messaging session, including the user of portable multifunction device 100 and other users included in the messaging session. Each of the other users included in the

232

DK 2016 70654 A1 messaging transcript arc represented hv an avatar fog., avatar 35 IO for “Abe} displayed in stack of avatars 4002, [00841] Figures 35X-35AK illustrate exemplary user interlace 3509 for editing digital images, optionally operated within the messaging application, which includes display of digital image 3518-4, editing affordances that enable different editing modes—pencil affordance 3552, magnification loupe affordance 3554, text affordance 3556. and handwriting affordance 3558—color selection affordances 3548 tor setting a color for an editing affordance tool, size selection affordance 3550 for setting the size of a line, text or handwriting made on the digital image, canceling affordance 3549 for canceling edits to the digital image, and saving affordance 3551 for saving edits to the digital image.

[00842] F tgures 35A-35.1 illustrate two exemplary embodiments for capturing a digital image and posting the captured image to the messaging transcript (e.g., the messaging session) without leaving the messaging application. In both embodiments, a digital camera is accessed in a messaging user interface displaying message transcript 3503 and keyboard 3501, as illustrated in Figure 35 A, by detecting activation of digital image affordance 3504 by contact 3512 in Figure 35 B. In response, digital image tray 3806 replaces digital keyboard 3501 in Figures 35C and 3514.

[00843] In a first embodiment, device 100 detects a tap gesture including contact 3512 on image capture affordance 3516 in Figure 35D. in response, device '100 captures live preview image 3514, creating digital image 3518-5, and places the image (e.g., a representation of the image) in message-input area 3502, which expands to accommodate the image, in Figure 35 E. The device then detects a tap gesture including contact 3522 on message-content posting affordance 3520 in Figure 35F, in response, device 100 posts captured digital image 3518-5 to the messaging session, displaying the image in conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 35G.

[00844] in a second embodiment, device 100 detects a press gesture including contact 3524 on Image capture affordance 3516 in Figure 35EF Device 100 then detects an increase in the intensity of contact 3524 above a predefined intensity threshold (e.g., ITi. or ITø) and, in response, captures live preview image 3514, creating digital image 3518-5 in Figure 351.

In contrast to the fust embodiment......where the intensity of contact 3512 did not increase above the predefined intensity threshold—device 100 posts captured digital image 3518-5

DK 2016 70654 A1 diteuh to the messamng session displacing the image m eoineisaiion tianscupr 3503 m Figure 351, because the intensity of contact 3516 reached the predefined intensity threshold.

100845] Figures 35J-35O illustrate an exemplary' embodiment where a message is associated with a. posted digital image. Device 100 detects a tap gesture inc hiding contact 3526 on image capture affordance 3516 in Figure 35 J. In response, device 100 captures live preview Image 3514, creating digital image 3$ 18-5. and places the image (e.g., a representation of the image) in message-input area 3502, which expanded to accommodate the image in Figure 35K. The device then detects a tap gesture including contact 3528 in message-input area 3502 in Figure 351.. !n response, device 100 replaces display of digital image tray 3806 with digital keyboard 3501, further expands message-input area 3502 to accommodate a message, and displays text cursor 3842 in Figure 35M. Device 100 also detects input of message 3530 and displays the message in message-input area 3502, along with captured digital image 3518-5 in Figure 35M. The device then detects a tap gesture including contact 3532 on message-content posting affordance 3520 in Figure 35N. In response, device 100 posts captured digital image 3518-5 and message 3530 to the messaging session, displaying the image and message, in message region 3534, within conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 350. Because message 3530 was posted from message-input area 3502 at the same time as image 3518-5, message region 3534 is displayed as overlapping with image 3538-5 in Figure 35Ö.

(00846] Figures 35P-35Q illustrate an exemplary embodiment where a swipe gesture reveals additional digital images. Device 100 detects a swipe gesture including movement 3538 of contact 3536 to the left, from position 35.36-a in Figure 35P to position 3536~b in Figure 35Q, In response, the device moves digital image tray 3806 to the left, in accordance with movement 3538, creating the appearance that live preview image 3514 slides off of the left side of touch screen 112 and additional digital images 3518-6 and 3518-7 slide onto the display from the right side of touch screen 112, in Figure 35Q.

(00847] Figures 35R-35 V illustrate two exemplary embodiments where a previously captured digital image is previewed and posted to the messaging session.

100848] In a first embodiment, device f 00 detects a press gesture including contact 3540 on previously captured digital image 3518-4 in Figure 35R. Device 100 then detects an increase in the Intensity of contact 3540 above a first predefined intensity threshold (e.g..

234

DK 2016 70654 A1

ΓΓ() and, in response, displays enlarged preview 3507 of image 3518-4 over portions of digital image tray 3806 and conversation transcript 3505 in Figure 35S. The device then detects a decrease in the in tensity o f con tact 3540 and, in response, ceases display of enlarged preview 3507 in Figure 35T.

[00849] In a second embodiment, device 100 detects a press gesture including contact 3544 on previously captured digital image 3518-4, and then an increase In the intensity of contact 3540 above a first predefined intensity threshold (e.g,, Ffr.), in Figure 35U. in response, the device displays enlarged previe w 3507 of image 3518-4 over portions of digital image tray 3806 and conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 35U. The device then detects a further increase in the intensity of contact 3540 above a second predefined intensity threshold (e.g., IT») and, in response, and places the image in message-input area 3502 in Figure 35V. Previously captured digital image 3518-4 may now be posted to the messaging session upon detection of an input (e.g., tap gesture) activating message-content posting affordance 3520.

[00850] Figures 35W-35ÄN illustrate an exemplary embodiment where a digital image is edited prior to posting the Image to the messaging session. Device 1.00 detects a tap gesture including contact 3546 on digital image 3518-4, while tire image is displayed in message-input area 3502, in Figure 35W. In response, the device opens image-editing user interface 3509, displaying editable representation 3518-4a of digital linage 3518-4. in Figure 35.X.

[00851.] The device detects activation of pencil affordance 3552, in Figure 35Y. and drawing of mustache 3562, hi Figure 35Z. The device then detects activation of magnification loupe affordance 3554, in Figure 35AA, and placement of magnification loupe 3566, in Figure 35 AB. The magnification of loupe 3566 is increased by movement 3572 of tab 3568 from position 3568-a in Figure 35AC to position 3568-b in Figure 35AD. The size of loupe 3566 is increased by movement 3574 of tab 3570 from position 3570-a in Figure 35A.F to position 3570-b in Figure 35AF. Die device then detects activation of text affordance 3556, in Figure 35 AG, and input of text 3578 in Figure 35AFL The device then detects activation of handwriting affordance 3558, in Figure 35AI, and input of handwriting 3582 in Figure 35 A J.

235

DK 2016 70654 A1 [0Ö852] The dm icc then detects a tap gesture mel udi ng centner 35$o ear see mg affordance 3551 In Figure 35AK, In response, the device returns to messaging user interface 3500 and displays edited digital image 35I8-4a In message-input area 3502 in Figure 35AL. The device then detects a tap gesture including contact 3588 on messagecontent posting affordance 3520 in Figure 35AM. In response, device 100 posts edited digital image 3518-4a to the messaging session, displaying the image in conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 35AN.

[00853] Figures 35AO-35AP illustrate a third exemplary embodiment where a previously captured digital image is previewed and posted to the messaging session. Device 100 detects a press gesture including contact 3590 on previously captured digital image 3518-4, and then an increase in the intensity of contact 3590 above a first predefined intensity threshold (e.g,, ITt), in Figure 35AO. In response, the device displays enlarged preview 3507 of image 3518-4 over portions of digital image tray 3806 and conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 35AU. The device then detects a further increase in the intensity of contact 3590 above a second predefined intensity threshold (e.g., ITo) and, in response, and posts previously captured digital image 3518-4 directly to the messaging session, displaying the image in conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 35A.P.

[00854] Figures 36A-36 AL illustrate exemplary user interfaces for integrating search functionality, and posting rich content, in a messaging application, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in Figures 44A-44D, For convenience of explanation, some of the embodiments will be discussed with reference to operations performed on a device with a touch-sensitive display system 112. In such embodiments, the focus selector is, optionally· a respective finger or stylus contact, a representative point corresponding to a finger or stylus contact (e.g., a centroid of a respective contact or a point associated with a respective contact), or a centroid of two or more contacts detected on the touch-sensitive display system 112. However, analogous operations are, optionally, performed on a device with a display 450 and a separate touch- sensitive surface 451 in response to detecting the contacts on the touch-sensitive surface 451 while displaying the user interfaces shown in the figures on the display 450, along with a focus selector.

236

DK 2016 70654 A1 [00855] Figures 36Ä-MV illustrate exemplary·' user interface 3500 for a. messaging application which includes conversation transcript 3503, message-input area 3502, either of application expansion affordance 3702 or three activatable affordances-—digital image affordance 3504, search affordance 3602, and application affordance 3508......optionally, either of digital keyboard 3501 or search tray 3629, which includes content (e.g., 3606, 3608, and 3610) that can be posted to the messaging session corresponding to conversation transcript 3503. Conversation transcript 3503 Includes messages and content from participants of a corresponding messaging session, including the user of portable multifunction device 100 and other users included in the messaging session. Each of the other users included in the messaging transcript are represented by an avatar (e.g,, avatar 3510 for “Abe”) displayed in stack of avatars 4002.

100856] Figures 36A-36S illustrate two exemplary embodiments for posting multimedia content stored on the electronic device and/or multimedia content recently accessed on the device, without leaving the messaging application. Multimedia content is accessed in a messaging user interface displaying message transcript 3503 and keyboard 3501, as illustrated in Figure 36A, by detecting activation of search affordance 3602 by contact 3604 in Figure 36B. In response, search tray 3629, including multimedia content that was recently accessed on the device—digital recording 3606, social media entry 3608, and digital image 3610......replaces digital keyboard 3501 in Figure 36C.

100857] In a first embodiment, device 1ÖÖ-I places digital recording 3606 In message-input area 3520, in Figure 36E, in response to detecting a tap gesture including contact 3614 on the digital recording in Figure 36D. Responsive to detecting a tap gesture including contact 3618 on message-content posting affordance 3520 In Figure 36F, device 100-1. posts the digital recording to the messaging session, displaying the recording in conversation transcript 3603 in Figure 36G.

[00858] Device 100-2, corresponding to a. second user included in the messaging session corresponding to conversation transcript 3503, as illustrated in Figure 36H, receives digital recording 3616 in Figure 361. Responsive to detecting a tap gesture on digital recording 3616, including contact 3622 in Figure 36J, device 100-2 plays the digital recording in Figure 36K, as illustrated by sound waves 3624.

237

DK 2016 70654 A1 [0Ö859] A second embodiment also illustrates an exemplary embodiment where a swipe gesture reveals additional multimedia content recently accessed by the device.

Device 1.00-1 detects a swipe gesture including movement 3628 of contact 3626 to the left, from position 3626-a in Figure 36L to position 3626-b in Figure 36M. In response, the device moves search tray 3629 to the left, in accordance with movement 3628, creating the appearance that digital image 3608 slides off the left side of touch screen 1.12 and additional multimedia content......news article 3628 and movie preview 3630-.....slides onto the display from the right side of touch screen 112, in Figure 36M.

[00860] Device 100-1 detects a press gesture Including contact 3632 on news article 3628, associated with a webpage previously accessed by device 100-1, in Figure 36N. Device 100 then detects an increase in the intensity of contac t 3632 above a predefined intensity threshold (e.g., ITl, or ITD) and, in response, posts representation 3634 of the news article, including an image associated with the article, an organization associated with the website (the “Washington Gazette”), and a title of the news article (“Fireball in Wisconsin⁵') directly to the messaging session, displaying representation 3634 in conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 360.

[09861] Figures 36P-36S Illustrate an exemplary embodiment where content from the internet is accessed from within the messaging user interface. Device 100-1 detects a tap gesture, Including contact 3636, on news article 3634 displayed in conversation transcript 3503, in Figure 36P. In response, device 100-1 accesses the web page associated with the news article in area 3638, displayed over portions of search tray 3629 and conversation transcript 3503, in Figure 36Q. Device 100-1 then displays more of the news article from the web site, in area 3638, responsive to detecting a swipe gesture, including movement 3642 of contact 3640 from position 3640-a in Figure 3611 to position 3640-b in Figure 36S, [00862j Figures 36T-36V .illustrate an exemplary embodiment where multimedia content on the internet is searched from within the messaging user interface. Device 100-1 initiates a search in response to detecting a tap gesture, including contact 3612, on searchinput area 3612, in Figure 36T. In response, the device replaces search tray 3629 with digital keyboard 3501 in Figure 36LL Device 100-1 then detects input of search term 3646 (“Meteorite⁵') in Figure 36D. In response, digital keyboard 3501 is replaced by search tray

238

DK 2016 70654 A1

3629, including content from the internet.....news cuticle 3o2$ picture 3648, and w iki page

3650.....in Figure 36V.

[00863] Figures 36W-36AL illustrate two exemplars embodiments m w hieb multimedia content is searched and posted to a messaging session from a search user interface run svithin the messaging application. Figure 36W illustrates an exemplary user interface 3500 for a messaging application which includes conversation transcript 3503. message-input area 3502, three activatable affordances—digital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506. and application affordance 3508, and digital keyboard 3501.

[00864] Device 100-1 detects a tap gesture, including contact 3652, on application affordance 3508 in Figure 36X. In response, digital keyboard 3501 is replaced with application selection tray 3654, including launch icons 3601, 3603, 3605, 3607, 3609, 3611, 3613, and 3615 for applications operable within the messaging application, in Figure 36Y. Responsive to activation of launch icon 3607 for a search application by a tap gesture including contact 3656, in Figure 36Z, the device replaces display of messaging user interface 3500 with default search user interface 3658, in Figures 36AA and 36AD.

[00865] In a first embodiment, default search user interface 3658 displays suggested content associated with device 100-1—location 3662, news article 3664 from an open web page, digital recording 3666, recently shared news article 3668, recently shared movie trailer 3670 from the internet, and recently shared digital Image 3672—in Figure 36AA. Responsive to selection of movie trailer 3670 by a tap gesture including contact 3674, in Figure 36AB, the device switches back to messaging user interface 3500 and posts movie trailer 3670 to the messaging session, displaying the trailer in conversation transcript 3503. in Figure 36AC.

[00866] In a second embodiment., content from the internet, accessed via a search within the messaging search user interface, ss posted to the messaging session without leaving the messaging application. Device 100-1. detects a tap gesture including contact 3676 on search-input area 3660 of default search user interface 3658, in Figure 36AD, in response, the device displays trending search user interface 3659, including suggested content trending on the internet—digital recordings 3678 and 3680, and news articles 3668 and 3669—and digital keyboard 3501, in Figure 36AE. Responsive to receiving input of search term “Meteorites.” the device displays search result user interface 3661, including

239

DK 2016 70654 A1 multimedia content from the uUemet relating to meteorites—news articles 3664, 3678, .and

3680, and movie trailers 3670, 3682, and 3684.......and category filter affordances 3617, 3619,

3621, 3623, and 3625 for filtering the search results for specific categories of search results, in Figure 36AF, (00867] Additional search results are displayed in response to device 100-1 detecting a swipe gesture including movement 3688 of contact 3686 to the left, from position 3686-a in Figure 36AG to position 3686-b in Figure 36AH, In response, the device moves movie trailer search results 3670,3682, and 3684 to the left, in accordance with movement 3688, creating the appearance that movie trailer 3670 slides off o f the left side of touch screen 112 and additional movie trailer 3688 slides onto the display from the right side of touch screen 112, in Figure 36ÄH, (00868] Responsive to selection of rno\ ie trade? 3690.. by detection of a tap gesture including contact 3690 in Figure 36ΑΪ, device 100-1 switches back to messaging user interface 3500 and places movie trailer 3684 in area 3692 of expanded message-input area 3502, which includes cancel icon 3694 for canceling selection of movie frailer 3684, in Figure 36A.S. Movie trailer 3684 is then posted to the messaging session in response to detecting a tap gesture, including contact 3696, on message-content posting affordance 3520 in Figure 36AK. Movie trailer 3684 is then displayed in conversation transcript 3503, in Figure 36AL, (00869] Figures 37A-37DJ illustrate exemplary user interfaces for integrating interactive applications in a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in Figures 46A-46C, 48A-48D, 50A-5ÖC, 52A-52Ü, 54Ä-54C, 56A-56B, and 58A-58C. For convenience of explanation, some of the embodiments will be discussed with reference to operations performed on a device with a touch-sensitive display system 1.12. In such embodiments, the focus selector is. optionally; a respective finger or stylus contact, a representative point corresponding to a finger or stylus contact (e.g., a centroid of a respective contact or a point associated with a respective contact), or a centroid of two or more contacts detected on the touch-sensitive display system 112, However, analogous operations are, optionally, performed on a device with a display 450 and a separate touch- sensitive surface 451 in response to detecting the contacts on the touch240

DK 2016 70654 A1 sensitive surface 45 i while displaying the user interfaces shown in the figures on the display 450, along with a focus selector, (00870] Figures 37A-37DJ illustrate exemplary electronic devices 100-1, operated by “Andrew?’ and 100-2, operated by “Abe.” The user interfaces on devices 100-1. and 100-2 include time stamp 404, allowing inputs made at a particular time on one device to be matched wit h the effects of those inputs on the other dev ice. For example , placement of Ό’ 3792 in tic-tac-toe user interface 3782 at 9:34 AM on device 100-1, in Figures 37AX37AY, corresponds to the display of tic-tac-toe notification 3703 and tic-tac-toe application object 3705 in conversation transcript 3700 on device 100-2 at 9:34 AM in Figure 37BF.

1008711 Figures 37A-37AM illustrate an exemplary embodiment of an interactive reservation application operated within a messaging appl icatio n. Operation of the interactive application includes display of a full-screen application user interface that replaces display of the messenger user interface, and which is accessible to users included In the messaging session through an application object displayed in the conversation transcript, {008721 Figures 37A and 37J illustrate exemplary user interface 3500 for a messaging application on devices 10()-1 and 100-2, respectively. User interface 3500 includes conversation transcript 3700, message-input area 3502, either of application expansion affordance 3702 or three activatable affordances—digital image affordance 3504. digital can vas affordance 3506, and application affordance 3508—optionally, one of digital keyboard 3501 for inputting messages into message-input area 3502, application selection tray 3654, and application swipe tray 3892. Conversation transcript 3700 includes messages from participants of a corresponding messaging session, including the user of the particular portable multifunction device and other users included in the messaging session. Each of the other users included in the messaging transcript are represented by an avatar (e.g., avatar 3510 for “Abe” and avatar 3511 for “Andrew”).

[008731 Figures 37A-37G illustrate activation of an interactive application for making a reservation. Application expansion affordance 3702 is expanded to display three activatable aftbrdances—xhgital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506, and application affordance 3508.......in Figure 37C, in response to device 100-1 detecting a tap gesture including contact 3702 on application expansion affordance 3702 in Figure 37B.

The device then displays application swipe tray 3892 in Figure 37E, responsive to detecting

241

DK 2016 70654 A1 a tap gesture including contact 3706 on application affordance 350$ in Figure 37D.

Application swipe tray 3892 includes launch icon 3708 for an interactive, reservations application and application menu toggle affordance 3627 for switching between application swipe tray 3892 and application selection tray 3654.

[00874] The interactive reservation application is launched within the messaging application in Figure 38G when the device detects a tap gesture including contact 3710 on reservation launch icon 3708 in Figure 37F. Upon launch, the device displays user interface 3712 for the reservation application, including input affordances 3720 for selecting a location around which to search, 3722-1 and 3722-2 for setting parameters of a search, 3718 for executing a search, and 3724 for selecting a reservation. The user interface also includes canceling affordance 3714 for closing the user interface without selecting reservation, [00875] Figures 37H-37ÅC illustrate selection and modification of a reservation using the interactive reservation application. Device 100-1 detects selection of a reservation at “Joe’s Bistro at 6:45 PM” by a tap gesture Including contact 3726 on reservation affordance 3724-1 In Figure 37H at 9:27 AM, In response, the device replaces display of reservation application user interface 3712 with messaging user interface 3500. Device 1Ö0-1 also displays reservation application object 3728. which displays information on tire reservation (e.g., that the reservation is for 2 people at 6:45 PM at Joe’s Bistro), on tire right-hand side of conversation transcript 3700, indicating that the reservation was initially made by device 100-1, [00876] Device .100-1 also hansmits information to de\ ice 100-2 that a reserv anon was made in the reservation application. In response to receiving the information transmitted from device 100-1, device 100-2 displays a corresponding reservation application object 3728 on the left-hand side of corresponding conversation transcript 3700, indicating that another device made the initial reservation. Reservation application object includes indication 3730 that tire object is associated with a reservation application. Device 100-2 displays digital keyboard 3501 in Figure 37M, responsive to a tap gesture including contact 3732 on message-input area 3502 in Figure 37L. The device then posts message 3736, indicating the reservation time is inconvenient for the Abe, to the messaging session, as displayed in conversation transcript 3700 in Figure 370, responsive to receiving input

242

DK 2016 70654 A1 from digital keyboard 3501 and detecting a tap gesture including contact 3⁷34 on message posting affordance 3502 in Figure 37N, |O0877] Device 100-2 then detects activation of the reservation application session by a tap gesture including contact 3738 on resemttion application objet t ⁴ 72$ displayed at location 372-8-a In conversation transcript 3700 in Figure 37P, Responsive to activation, the device displays reservation user interface 3712 in Figure 37Q. The user interface Includes input affordances 3740-1,3740-2, and 3742 for changing the time, number of patrons, or location of the reservation. Reservation user interface 3712 also includes message-input area 3716 that is separate ffom message-input area 3501 displayed in message user Interface 3500. Reservation user interface 3712 also Includes Andrew’s avatar 3511, corresponding to the other user Included in the messaging session. Reservation user interface 3712 also includes exit affordance 3714 to return to the messaging user interface.

|00878] Device 100-2 detects a tap gesture, including contact 3744 in Figure 37R, In message-input area 3716, activating digital keyboard 3501 in Figure 37S, The device recei ves input of message 3746 in Figure 37T, asking whether an 8:00 reservation would be alright, and a request to post the message to the messaging session, via a tap gesture including contact 3748 in Figure 37(j. In response, fire device posts the message to the messaging session at 9:29 AM, and ceases to display digital keyboard 3501 in Figure 37V, Corresponding device 100-1 receives message 3746 and displays it in conversation transcript in Figure 37AE.

(00879] Device 100-1 displays digital keyboard 3501 in Figure 37AG in response to a tap gesture, Including contact 3758 in Figure 37 \F, on message-input area 3502 The device then receives Input of reply message 3750 in message input area 3502 in Figure 37AIF indicating that 8:00 Is fine for fire reservation. The message is posted to fire messaging session at 9:30 AM via a tap gesture, Including contact 3760 on message posting affordance 3520 in Figure 37A1, as displayed within conversation transcript 3700 in Figure 37AJ.

(00880] Device 100-2 receives reply message 3750 at 9:30 AM, and transiently displays it within reservation user interlace 3712 in Figure 37W. The device then receives tap inputs changing the time of the reservation to 8:00 PM, The first tap input includes contact 3752 on input affordance 3740-1 in Figure 37X, causing the device to display a

241

DK 2016 70654 A1 drop-down menu from input affordance 3740- i, displaying alternate reservation times, tn Figure 37Y. The second tap input selects an 8.00 reservation time by contact 3754 on' ‘8:00 PM’ in Figure 37Z, The updated reservation details are displayed in Figure 37Ä.A. Device 100-2 returns to messaging user interface 3500, in Figure 37 AC, in response to a tap gesture on exit affordance 3714, including contact 3756 in Figure 37AB. Reservation application object 3728 is updated in response to the change in the reservation time, and has moved in conversation transcnpt 3700 from position 3728-a, as displayed in Figure 37P, to position 3728-b, as displayed in Figure 37AC.

[00881) Movement of reservation application object 3728 from the left-hand side to the right-hand side of conversation transcript 3700 reflec ts that the user of device 100-2 made the last input in the application session. Movement of reservation application object 3728 down in conversation transcript reflects the temporal order in which the last input was made in the application session (e.g,, the original reservation was made before message 3736 was posted to the messaging session, while the reservation update was made after message 3750 was posted to the messaging session). The temporal position of the original reservation (e.g., prior to posting of message 37 36) is archived by display of appl ication archiving icon 3756.

[00882] In some embodiments, selection of an application archiving icon (e.g, , by a tap gesture) causes the device to display information about the particular event being archived (e.g., in some embodiments, tapping on application archiving icon 3756 would cause display of information on the original reservation (e.g., within the conversation transcript or after displaying the application user interface).

[00883) The display of reservation application object 3728 is also updated on device 100-1 in response to the changes to the reservation made by device 100-2. Device 100-1 ceases to display digital keyboard 3501, responsive to swipe gesture including movement 3764 of contact 3761 from location 3762-a in Figure 37AJ to loca tion 3762-b in Figure 37 AK. Device 100-1 then receives information transmitted flom device 100-2 about the change to the reservation. In response, device 100-1 updates .reservation application, object 3728 by moving it from position 3728-a, as in Figure 37AK, down and left to position 3728-b, as in Figure 37AK, reflecting that the last input in the application session was made by device 100-2, after message 3750 was posted to the messaging session. Application

244

DK 2016 70654 A1 archiving icon 3756 is inserted in conversation transcript 3700 at the temporal location previously occupied by the reservation application object (e g,, position 3728-a) in Figure 37ÄL.

100884] Figures 37AO-37BS illustrate an exemplary embodiment of an interactive tic-tac-toe application operated within a .messaging applica tion. Operation of the interacti ve application includes display of an application user interface over a portion of the messenger user interface, and which is accessible to users included in the messaging session through an application object displayed in the conversation transcript,

100885] Figures 37AO and 37BD illustrate exemplary user interface 3500 for a messaging application on devices 100-1 and 100-2, respectively. User interface 3500 includes conversation transcript 3700, message-input area 3502, three activatable alfordances—digital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506, and application affordance 3508.......optionally, one of digital keyboard 3501 for inputting messages into message-input area 3502, application selection tray 3654, and application swipe tray 3892, Conversation transcript 3700 includes messages from participants of a corresponding messaging session, including the user of the particular portable multifunction device and other users included in the messaging session . Each of the other users included in the messaging transcript are represented by an avatar (e.g., avatar 3510 for “Abe” and avatar 35II for “Andrew”).

[00886] Figures 37AO-37A W illustrate activation of an interactive tic-tac-toe application. Responsive to detecting a tap gesture on application affordance 3508, including contact 3768 in Figure 37AO. device 100-1 displays application swipe tray 3892 in Figure 37E. Application swipe tray 3892 includes launch icon 3708 for an interactive reservations application and application menu toggle affordance 3627 for switching between application swipe tray 3892 and application selection tray 3654. The device then detects a swipe gesture to the left in application swipe tray 3892, including movement 3772 of contact 3770 from position 3770-a in Figure 37AQ to position 3770-b in Figure 37AR, in response, the device moves application swipe tray 3892 to the left, in accordance with movement 3772, creating the appearance that application launch icon 3708 slides off of the left side of touch screen 112 and appl ication launch icon 3774 slides onto the display from the right side of touch screen 112, in Figure 37AR. After completion of the swipe gesture.

245

DK 2016 70654 A1 the device displays application launch icon 3774 for an interactive tic-tac -toe application within application slide tray 3892, in Figure 37AS.

100887] The interactive tic-tac-toe application is bunched within the messaging application in Figure 37ALI when the device detects a tap gesture on tic-tac-toe bunch icon 3774, including contact 3710 in Figure 37F. In response to bunching the application, application slide tray Is replaced by menu 3778 including options 3780-1 and 3780-2 for playing the game as O or X, respectively. Responsive to detecting selection of Ό’ via a tap gesture on affordance 3780-1, including contact 3782 in Figure 37AV, device 100-4 displays tic-tac-toe user interface 3784 over a portion of messaging user interface 3500 in Figure 37AW. User interface 3784 includes tic-tac-toe board 3791, exit affordance 3694 for closing the user interface, and message-input area 3716, separate from message-input area 3716. Device 100-1 also places tic-tac-toe application object 3786 into conversation transcript 3700 responsive to Initiation of the tic-tac-toe session.

[00888] Device 100-1 then detects placement of Ό’ 3792 in the center square of tictac-toe board 3791 in Figure 37AY, by a tap gesture including contact 3788 in Figure 37AX. Responsive to placing Ό’ 3792 on tic-tac-toe board 3791, device 100-1 places application archiving icon 3790 in conversation transcript 3700, in Figure 37ÄY, memorializing the temporal location of the move in the transcript In some embodiments, selecting the application archiving Icon 3790 (e.g., by tapping ou it) opens tic-tac-toe user interface 3782 in a state that shows the play associated with the temporal location of the archiving icon, [00889] White device 100-1 is initiating the tic-tac-toe session, device 100-2 displays activity region 3703 including tic-tac-toe icon 3793 in conversation transcript 3700 indicating that the user of another device is contemporaneously initiating a session of an interactive application within the messaging session, as in Figure 37BE. Responsive to receiving information that Ό’ 3792 was placed on tic-tac-toe board 3791 on device 1.00-1, device 100-2 displays application archiving icon 3703 and tic-tac-toe application object 3705 in transcript 3700 in Figure 37BF.

J00890[ Responsive io detecting a tap gesture on tic-tac-toe application object 3705, including contact 3707 in Figure 3713(3, device 100-2 downloads the tic-tac-toe application because it was not already stored on the device, as indicated below tic-tac-toe application

246

DK 2016 70654 A1 object 3 O? C tap to don, nload”) I mftcta 3 209 of the ongoing don, u load is dtsplax ed o\ er tic-tac-toe· application object 3~O5 in Figure 37BH. Upon completion of the download, device 100-2 indicates that it the user’s torn to move by displaying “your tom” below tictac-toe appiication object 3705 in Figure 37BL The device opens tic-tac-toe user interface partially over transcript 3700 in Figure 37BK upon detecting a tap gesture on tic-tac-toe application object 3705, including contact 3711 in Figure 37131 )00891) Device 100-2 then detects placement of ‘X’ 3794 in the upper right square of tic-tac-toe board 3791 in Figure 378 M, by a tap gesture including contact 371. 3 in Figure 37BL, Responsive to placing ‘X’ 3794 on tic-tac-toe board 3791, device 100-2 places application archiving icon 3715 in conversation transcript 3700, in Figure 37BY1, memorializing the temporal location of the move in the transcript. Device 100-2 also moves the location of tic-tac-toe application object 3705 from position 3705-a. in Figure 37BL to position 3705-b in Figure 37BM, reflecting that the last tic-tac-toe move was made by device 100-2 at a new temporal position in the messaging session, )008921 Device 100-2 then closes tic-tac-toe user interface 3782 in Figure 37BO responsive to a tap gesture on exit affbrdance 3694, including contact 3717 in Figure 37BN. Device 100-2 displays digital keyboard 3501 in Figure 37BP upon detecting a tap gesture on message-input area 3502, including contact 3719 in Figure 37BO. Device 100-2 then posts message 3 798 to the messaging session in Figure 3 7BS after receiving input of the message in Figure 37BQ and detecting a tap gesture including contact 3721 in Figure 37BR.

)00893) Responsive to recei ving information that DC 3 794 was placed on tic-tac-toe board 3791 on device 100-2, device .100-1 updates display of tic-tac-toe user interface, which was open when the information was received, to display ‘X’ 3794 on hoard 3791 in Figure 37AZ. Device 100-1 also displays tic-tac-toe archiving icon 3796 at the next temporal position in conversation transcript 3700 in Figure 37AZ. and moves tic-tac-toe application object 3786 from position 3786-a in Figure 37AY to position 3786-b in Figure 37AZ reflecting that the last tic-tac-toe move was made by device .100-2 at a new temporal position in the messaging session.

Device 100-1 receives message 3798 from device 100-2. while tic-tac-toe user interface 3782 remains open over messaging user interface 3500, in Figure 37BA, In response, the device transiently displays message 3798 within tic-tac-toe user interface 3782

247

DK 2016 70654 A1 and places fee message in conversation transcript 3700, shown behind tic-tac-toe user interface 3798 in Figure 37BA. Device 100-1 then closes tic-tac-toe user interface 3782 in Figure 37BC after detecting a tap gesture on exit affordance 3694, including contact 3701 in Figure 37BB. This reveals conversation transcript 3700, which includes tic-tac-toe application archiving icons 3790 and 3796—memorializing moves made in fee application by device 100-1 and 100-2, respectively““tic-tac-toe application object 3786—indicating by its position on the left-hand side of the transcript that another device (e.g., deice 100-2) made the last move within the application., and prompting the user to make a move (“Your turn”).......and message 3798 received while tic-tac-toe user interface 3782 was displayed.

(00895j Figures 37BT-37DJ illustrate an exemplary embodiment of an interactive pizza ordering application operated within, a messaging application. Operation of the interact ive applicat ion causes display of an application input area on a portion of the display (e.g., a portion that is sometimes used to display a digital keyboard, application swipe tray, or application selection tray) and an interactive application object, displaying an output of the interactive application, displayed within the conversation transcript of the messaging user interface. The application input area is accessible to users of the messaging session through the interactive application object.

|00896| Figures 37BT and 37CQ illustrate exemplary user interface 3500 for a messaging application on devices 100-2 and 100-1, respectively. User interface 3500 includes con versation transcript 3700, message-input area 3502, either of application expansion affordance 3702 or three activatahie affordances—digital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance .3506, and application affordance 3508-.....optionally, one of digital keyboard 3501 for inputting messages into message-input area 3502, application selection tray 3654, and application swipe tray 3892. Conversation transcript 3700 includes messages from participants of a corresponding messaging session, including fee user of the particular portable multifunction device and other users included in fee messaging session. Each of fee other users included in the messaging transcript are represented by an avatar (e.g., avatar 3510 for “Abe” and avatar 3511 for “Andrew”).

(0Ö897J Figures 37BT-37CA illustrate activation of an interactive application for ordering a pizza. Three activatable affordances.......digital Image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506, and application affordance 3508—are displayed by device 100-2 in

248

DK 2016 70654 A1

Figure 37SIJ, in response ίο a tap gesture on application expansion affordance 3702, including contact 3723 m Figure 37BT. The device then displays application swipe tray 3892 in Figure 37BW, responsive to detecting a tap gesture on application affordance 3508, including contact 3725 in Figure 37BV. Application swipe tray 3892 includes launch icon 3774 for an interactive tic-tac-toe application and application menu toggle affordance 3627 for switching between application swipe tray 3892 and application selection tray 3654, After detecting a tap gesture on application menu toggle affordance 3627, including contact 3727 in Figure 37BX, device 100-2 displays application selection tray 3654 in Figure

37BY, including a plurality of launch icons for applications·......launch icon 3601 for a messaging application-specific application store, launch icon 3603 for an interactive tic-tactoe application, launch icon 3605 for an interactive reservation application, launch icon 3607 for a search application, launch icon 3609 for a digital sticker pack, launch Icon 3611 for a live video-streaming application, launch icon 3613 for an interactive pizza ordering application, and launch icon 3615 for an interactive digital music application, (00898] A pizza ordering application is launched in Figure 37GA alter device 100-2 detects a tap gesture on launch icon 3613 for the application, including contact 3729 in Figure 37BZ. The device displays input area 3731 for the pizza ordering application, which includes input affordances 3733-1,3733-2, and 3733-3 for adding toppings to the pizza, removing toppings from the pizza, and ordering the pizza, respectively, and exit affordance 3694 for terminating display, in Figure 37CA, The device also displays pizza ordering application object 3735 in conversation transcript 3700, which displays the status of the pizza being ordered and serves as a launch icon for the interactive session of the pizza buildinu application within in the messauins session, lu Finure 37CA. pizza orderina application object 3735 shows that no toppings have been added to the pizza. Device 100-2 sends information to device 100-1 tha t a session of the pizza ordering applica tion was initiated within the messaging session, (00899] Device 100-1 receives the information sent from device 100-2 and. in response, displays pizza ordering application object 3735 in conversation transcript 3700 in Figure 37CR. The device also displays an indication that “Abe wants to share a pizza” below application object 3735.

249

DK 2016 70654 A1

De\ ice i 0u-2 then detects a tap gesture on affordance 3T33-1 for adding toppings to the pizza, including contact ?~5 in Figure 37( B„ and displace a diop-down menu of topping choices from affordance 3733-1 in Figure 37CC, Pepperoni is added io the pizza in Figure 37CE in response to detecting a tap gesture on the topping, including contact 3739 in Figure 37CD. The device displays pepperoni on the pizza in pizza ordering application object 3735 displayed at position 3735-a—immediately below message 3798— within conversation transcript 3700 in Figure 37CE. The device also displays an indication that “you added pepperoni” below application object 3735 in Figure 37CE, Device 100-2 also sends information to device 100-1 that pepperoni was added to the pizza.

(009011 Device 100-1 receives the information sent from device 100-2 and, in response, displays pepperoni on the pizza shown in pizza ordering application object 3735 in Figure 37CS. Digital keyboard 3501 is then activated in Figure 37CU by a tap gesture on message-input area, including contact 3759 in Figure 37CT. The device receives and posts message 3741 to tire messaging session, as shown in conversation transcript 3700 in Figure 37CV, in response to a tap gesture on message-content posting affordance 3520 in Figure 37CU.

(00902( When device 100-2 receives message 3741 posted from device 100-1, pizza ordering application object 3735 moves up on touch screen 1.12» in accordance with its temporal order within the messaging session, as in Figure 37CF, Digital keyboard 3501 replaces input area 3731 in Figure 37CH after device 100-2 detects a tap gesture on message-input, area 3502.. including contact 3743 in Figure 37CG. The device then receives and posts message 3747 to the messaging session, as shown in conversation transcript 3700 in Figure 37CJ, in response to a tap gesture on message-content posting affordance 3520 in Figure 37CT However, pizza ordering application object 3735 does not move in response to placing message 3747 in conversation transcript 3700 because it has reached the top of the displayed conversation transcript 3700. Rather, message 3741 moves up and behind pizza ordering application object 3735, which is temporari ly pinned to the top of the displayed portion of the conversation transcript, in Figure 370.

(00993( Likewise, when device 10Ö-1 receives message 3747 posted from device 100-2, pizza ordering application object 3735 is pinned to the top of conversation transcript 3700 in Figure 37CW. Message 3741 is displayed as if sliding behind application object

250

DK 2016 70654 A1

373? in Figure 3~CW The de\ ice then receives and posts message 3749 to the messaging session, as shown in conversation transcript 3700 in Figure 37CY, in response to a tap gesture on message-content posting affordance 3520 including contact 3763 in Figure 37CX. Pizza ordering application object 3735 remains pinned to the top of conversation transcript 3700 in Figure 37CY because users of the messaging session are actively creating a pizza together.

(00904] Likewise, messages posted to the messaging session continue to slide behind pizza ordering application object 3735 on device 100-2, as shown in Figure 37CK when tire device receives message 3749 posted by de vice 100-1 (00905( Mushrooms are then added to the pizza from device 100-1. Pizza ordering application input area 3731 is displayed on the device in response to a tap gesture on pizza ordering application object 3735 in conversation transcript 3700, including contact 3756 in Figure 37CZ. Mushrooms are selected after a tap gesture on input affordance 3733-1, including contact 3767 in Figure 37DB, activates a drop-down menu of pizza toppings in Figure 37DC, A tap gesture, including contact 3769 on “Mushrooms” in Figure 37DD, causes the device to display mushrooms on the pizza in pizza ordering application object 3735 in Figure 37DE. The device also displays an indication that “you added mushrooms” below application object 3735 in Figure 37DE, and sends information to device 100-2 that mushrooms were added to the pizza.

(00906] Upon receiving the information from device .100-1, device 100-2 displays mushrooms on the pizza within pizza ordering application object 3735, in Figure 37CL.

The device also displays, in Figure 37CL, an indication that “Andrew added mushrooms” to the pizza below application object 3735 in transcript 3700. The device then receives and posts message 3753 to the messaging session ion Figure 37CN, in response to detecting a tap gesture on message-content posting affordance 3520 including contact 3751 in Figure 37CM.

(00907] Device 1ÖÖ-1 receives message 3753, as displayed in conversation transcript 3700 in Figure 37DF. The pizza is then ordered from a business associated with the pizza ordering application, by device 100-1. The device detects a tap gesture on ordering affordance 3733-3, including contact 3771 in Figure 37DG, and displays affordances for setting details of the order—affordance 3773-1 for selecting a payment option and

251

DK 2016 70654 A1 affordance 3778-2 foi selecting a delivery address.....and for placing the older with the business (affordance 3773-3) in pizza ordering application input area 3731, as in Figure 37DH. The pizza is ordered in Figure 37D.1 upon detecting a tap gesture on ordering affordance 3773-3, including contact 3775 in Figure 37D1. In response to ordering the pizza, device 100-1 closes the pizza ordering application, displays conversation transcript 3700 in full-screen mode, un-pins pizza ordering application object 3735 and returns it to its original temporal position within conversation transcript 3700, indicates that “Abe started building a pizza” at that time, and displays pizza ordering application archiving icon 3755 at the end of the conversation transcript archiving the ordering event In the temporal order of the messaging session. Device 100-1 also sends information to device 100-2 that the pizza was ordered.

JCWOSj Upon receiving the information for device 100-1, dev Ice 100-2 likewise displays pizza ordering application archi ving icon 3755 at the end of conversation transcript 3700 in Figure 37CO, indicating that “Andrew ordered a pizza” at this time In the messaging session. Device 1002 also unpins pizza ordering application object 3735 from the top of the displayed portion of the conversation transcript, and displays application object at original temporal position 3735~a in conversation transcript 3700, as shown in Figure 37CQ. Full-screen display of transcript 3700 is activated upon detecting a downward swipe gesture including movement 3759 of contact 3757 from position 3757-a in Figure 37€P to position 3757-b in Figure 37CQ. causing the device to cease display of digital keyboard 3501.

[0Ö909J Figures 38Ä.-38.AZ illustrate exemplary user interfaces for integrating applications In a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments. The user inter&amp;ees in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in Figures 60A-60D. For convenience of explanation, some of the embodiments will be discussed with reference to operations performed on a device with a touch-sensitive display system 112. In such embodiments, the focus selector is, optionally; a respective finger or stylus contact, a representative point corresponding to a finger or stylus contact (e.g., a centroid of a respective contact or a point associated with a respective contact), or a centroid of two or more contacts detected on the touch-sensitive display system 112. However, analogous operations are, optionally, performed on a device with a display 450 and a separate touch- sensitive surface 451 in response to detecting the contacts on the

252

DK 2016 70654 A1 touch-sensitive surface 451 while displaying the user interfaces shown in the figures on the display 450, along with a focus selector, (00910( Figures 38A-38O and 38R-38ZA. illustrate an exemplary user interface 3500 for a. messaging appheation which includes conversation transcript 3503, message-input area 3502, either of application expansion affordance 3702 or three activatable affordances—digital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506, and appheation affordance 3508—optionally, one of digital keyboard 3501, digital image tray 3806. digital canvas tray 3854, application selection tray 3654, and application swipe tray 3892. Conversation transcript 3503 includes messages from participants of a corresponding messaging session, including the user of portable multifunction device 100-1 and other users included in the messaging session. Each of the other users included in the messaging transcript are represented by an avatar (e.g., avatar 3510 for “Abe”) displayed in stack of avatars 4002.

(00911( Figures 38A-38Y illustrate an exemplary embodiment where digital images and a digital camera are integrated into a messaging application. Figure 38A illustrates user interfitce 3500 for a messaging application, including: conversation transcript 3503, digital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506, application affordance 3508, and message-input area 3502, including microphone affordance 3802 for receiving speech that is translated into text for posting to the messaging session associated with conversation transcript 3503. Device 100-1 detects a tap gesture, including contact 3804 in Figure 3 SB, on digital camera affordance 3504 and, in response, displays digital image tray 3806 in Figure 38C. Conversation transcript 3503 shrinks to accommodate digital image tray 3806. Digital image tray includes live preview image 3514 from an associated digital camera, including miaue capture affordance 3516 and camera switching affordance 3505 for switching the live preview image between two or more associated digital cameras, and previously captured digital images 3518.

(00912( Figures 38D-38G illustrate an exemplary embodiment where scrolling in opposite directions on the digital image tray causes display of different affordances. Device 100-1 detects a swipe gesture including movement 3810 of contact 3808 to the left, from position 3808-a in Figure 38D to position 3808-b in Figure 38E. In response, the device moves digital image tray 3806 to the left, in accordance with movement 3810, creating the

DK 2016 70654 A1 apoeaiance that h\e preview image 3514 slides off of the left side of touch screen 112 and additional digital images 3518-6 and 3518-7 slide onto the display from the right side of touch screen 112, in Figure 38E.

100913] The device then detects a swipe gesture including movement 3814 of contact 381.2 to the right, from position 3812-a in Figure 38F to position 381.2-b In Figure 38G. in response, the device moves digital image tray 3806 to the right, in accordance with movement 3814, creating the appearance that digital images 3518-3, 3518-4, 3518-6, and 3518- 7 slide off of the right side of touch screen 112 and revealing full-screen camera affordance 381.6 and photo library affordance 3818 from the left side of touch screen 112 in Figure 38G.

[00914] Figures 3SH-38.M illustrate an exemplary embodiment where a digital image is captured and posted to the messaging session by accessing a full-screen camera live preview image from the messaging application user interface. Device 100-1 detects a tap gesture, including contact 3820 in Figure 381-1, on frill-screen camera affordance 3816 and, in response, displays digital camera user interface 3822 in Figure 381, Digital camera user interface 3822 includes a full-screen display of live preview image 3514 and image capture affordance 2822. The device then detects a tap gesture including contact 3824 on image capture affordance 3822 In Figure 38J. in response, device 100 captures live preview image 3514, creating digital image 3518-5, and places the image in message-input area 3502, which expands to accommodate the image in Figure 38K.. The device then detects a tap gesture including contact 3826 on message-content posting affordance 3520 in Figure 38L. In response, device 100 posts captured digital image 3518-5 to the messaging session, displaying the image in conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 38M.

[0Ö915] Figures 38N-38R illustrate an exemplary embodiment where a digital image stored in a photo library’ Is accessed and posted to the messaging session from the messaging application user interface. Full-screen camera affordance 3816 and photo library affordance 3818 are revealed in digital image tray 3806, from the left side of touch screen 112, in response to detecting a swipe gesture, including movement of contact 3828 to the right in Figure 38N. Device 100-1 then detects a tap gesture, including contact 3830 in Figure 380, on photo library·' affordance 3818 and, in response, displays photo library·' user interface 3832, in Figure 38P. Photo library user interface 3832 includes affordances 3834

254

DK 2016 70654 A1 for accessing digital image collections, from which, a digital image can be posted to the messaging session. The device detects a tap gesture, including contact 3838 on canceling affordance 3836, causing the device to return to display of messaging user interface 3500, in

Figure 38R, without posting a previously captured digital image to tire messaging session.

[00916| Figures 38R to 38Y illustrate exemplary embodiment where di splay of a digital keyboard replaces display of a photo tray, and vis versa. While displaying photo tray3806, device 100-1 detects a tap gesture on message-input area 3502, including contact 3840 in Figure 38R. In response, the device replaces photo bay 3806 with digital keyboard

3501 in Figure 38S. Responsive to the tap gesture, the device also expands message-input area 3502, displaying text cursor 3842 therein, and collapses digital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506, and application affordance 3508 into application expansion affordance 3702 in Figure 38S.

[0091.7] The device detects input of a message, displayed within message-input area

3502 in Figure 38T, Responsive to input of the message, microphone affordance 3802 is replaced by message-content posting affordance 3520 in Figure 38T. Responsive to detecting a tap gesture, including contact 3844 in Figure 38Ü, on message-content posting affordance 3520, the device posts the message to the messaging session, displaying message 3846 in conversation transcript 3503, in Figure 38 V, The device then displays the three activatable affordanees—digital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506, and applicat ion affordance 3508......in Figure 38W in response to detection of a tap gesture, including contact 3848 in Figure 38 V, on application expansion affordance 3702.

Responsive to detecting a tap gesture, including contact 3850 in Figure 38X, on digital image affordance 3504, the device replaces digital keyboard 3501 with digital image tray 3806, in Figure 38Y, [00918] Figures 38Z-38AH illustrate an exempknv embodiment where a digital canvas is integrated into a messaging application. Figure 3SZ illustrates user interface 3500 for a messaging application, including conversation transcript 3503, digital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506, application affordance 3508, and messageinput area 3502, Device 100-1 detects a tap gesture, including contact 3852 in Figure 38AA, on digital canvas affordance 3506 and, in response, displays digital canvas 3854 in Figure 38AB. Digital canvas tray 3854 includes a digital canvas 3858, expression mode

255

DK 2016 70654 A1 affordances 38oø for enabling various modes of expression on digital eanxas 3858. and color selection affordances 3856 for setting a color for an expression on digital canvas 3858, (00919] Figures 3 SAC to 38 AH illustrate exemplary embodiments where display of a digital keyboard replaces display of a digital canvas tray, and vis versa . While displaying digital canvas tray 3854, device 100-1 detects a tap gesture on message-input area 3502, including contact 3862 in Figure 38AC. In response, tbe device replaces digital canvas tray 3854 with digital keyboard 3501 in Figure 38AD. Responsive to the tap gesture, tbe device also expands message-input area 3502, displaying text cursor 3842 therein, and collapses digital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506, and application affordance 3508 into application expansion affordance 3702 in Figure 38AD.

(00920] Tbe device then displays the three activatable affordances—digital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506, and application affordance 3508—in Figure 38AF in response to detection of a tap gesture, including contact 3864 in Figure 38AE. on application expansion affordance 3702, Responsive to detecting a tap gesture, including contact 3866 in Figure 38AG, on digital canvas affordance 3506, the device replaces digital keyboard 3501 with digital canvas tray 3858, in Figure 38ÄEL (0092.1.] Figures 38A1-38AS illustrate an exemplary embodiment where interactive applications are integrated into a messaging application. Figure 38AI illustrates exemplary user interface 3500 for a messaging application, including conversation transcript 3503, digital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506, application affordance 3508, and message-input area 3502. Device 100-1 defects a tap gesture, including contact 3868 in Figure 3SA3, on application affordance 3508 and, in response, displays application swipe tray 3892 Including launch Icon 3708 for an interactive application and application menu toggle affordance 3627, in Figure 38AK. The device then detects a tap gesture, including contact 3870 in Figure 38AL, on application menu toggle affordance 3627 and, in response, replaces application swipe tray 3892 with application selection tray 3654, including a plurality of launch icons for applications—launch icon 3601 for a messaging applicationspecific application store, launch Icon 3603 for an interactive tic-tac-toe application, launch icon 3605 for an interactive reservation application, launch icon 3607 for a search application, launch icon 3609 fora digital sticker pack, launch icon 36.11 for a live video256

DK 2016 70654 A1

Streaming application, launch icon 3613 for an interactive pizza ordering application, and launch icon 3615 for an interactive digital music application-......in Figure 38AM, [00922] Figures 3 8 AC to 38 AH illustrate exemplary embodiments where display of a digital keyboard replaces display of an application launch tray, and vis versa. While displaying application selection tray 3654, device 100-1 detects a tap gesture on messageinput area 3502, including contact 3872 in Figure 38AN. In response, the device replaces application selection tray 3654 with digital keyboard 3501 in Figure 38AÖ. Responsive to the tap gesture, the device also expands message-input area 3502, displaying text cursor 3842 therein, and collapses digital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506, and application affordance 3508 into application expansion affordance 3702 in Fine 38AO.

[00923] in response to detecting a tap gesture, including contact 3874 in Figure 38AP, on application expansion affordance 3702, the device then displays the three activatable affordances-.....digital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506, and application affordance 35Ö8-—in Figure 38AQ. Responsive to detecting a tap gesture, including contact 3876 in Figure 38 AR, on application affordance 3508, the device replaces digital keyboard 3501 with application selection tray 3654, in Figure 38AS, [00924] Figures 38AT-38A V illustrate an exemplary embodiment where the message transcript shrinks to accommodate display of a keyboard. Figure 38AT illustrates exemplary user interface 3500 for a messaging application, including conversation transcript 3503, digital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506, application affordance 3508, and message-input area 3502, Device 100-1 detects a tap gesture, including contact 3878 in Figure 38AU, on message-input area 3502 and, in response, shrinks conversation transcript 3503 to accommodate display of digital keyboard 3501 in Figure 38AV, Responsive to the tap gesture, the device also expands message-input area 3502, displaying text cursor 3842 therein, and collapses digital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506, and application affordance 3508 into application expansion affordance 3702 in Figure 38AV.

[00925] Figures 38AV-38AZ illustrate an exemplary embodiment where the user of the device can interact with a single participant in a group messaging session through interactions with that person’s avatar. Figure 38AV illustrates an exemplary user interface

257

DK 2016 70654 A1

3500 for a messaging application which includes conversation transcfipt 3503, digital keyboard 3501, message-input area 3502, and application expansion affordance 5702. Conversation transcript 3503 includes messages from participants of a corresponding messaging session, including the user of portable multifunction device 100-1 and other users included in the messaging session. Each of the other users included in the messaging transcript are represented by an avatar (e.g., avatar 3510 for “Abe” and avatar 4008 for “Maty Todd”) displayed in stack of avatars 4002 in messaging user interface 3500.

(00926( In one embodiment a menu of actions for interacting with another user included in the messaging session is displayed by tapping on the user’s avatar. Device 100-1 detects a tap gesture, including contact 3880 in Figure 38AW, on Abe’s avatar 3510, In some embodiments, the user input is a deep press gesture, in response, the device displays menu 3882 of activatable menu items 3884-1 to 3884-6 for interacting directly with Abe by a phone call, video calf individual message, e-mail, digital drawing, or payment, respectfully, in Figure 38AX. The device then activates a private messaging conversation transcript 3700 with Abe in Figure 38AZ, after detecting a tap Input including contact 3886 on menu item 3884-3, in f’inure 38AY.

(00927( Figures 39A-39AW illustrate exemplar)^- user interfaces for integrating electronic stickers in a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in Figures 62A-62C and 64A-64C. For convenience of explanation, some of the embodiments will be discussed w it h reference to operations performed on a device with a touch-sensitive display system 112. In such embodiments, the focus selector is, optionally·, a respective finger or stylus contact, a representative point corresponding to a finger or stylus contact (e.g., a centroid of a respective contact or a point associated with a respective contact), or a centroid of two or more contacts detected on the touch-sensitive display system 112. However, analogous operations are, optionally, performed on a device with a display 450 and a separate touch- sensitive surface 4SI in response to detecting the contacts on the touch-sensitive surface 451 while displaying the user interfaces shown in the figures on the display 450, along with a focus selector, (00928] Figures 39A-39AW illustrate exemplary user Interface 3500 for a messaging application which includes conversation transcript 3700, message-input area 3502, either of

258

DK 2016 70654 A1 application expansion affordance 3702 or three aetlvatable affordances—digital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506, and application affordance 3508......

optionally, one of digita l keyboard 3501, application selection toy 3654, and application swipe tray 3892. Conversation transcript 3503 includes messages from participants of a corresponding messaging session, including the user of portable multifunction device 100 and other users included in the messaging session. Each of the other users included in the messaging transcript are represented by an avatar (e.g., avatar 3510 for “Abe”).

[009291 Figures 39A-39C, 39ÅS-39AF, and 39AÜ-39AW illustrate three exemplary embodiments for accessing an electronic sticker pack in a messaging application. Each embodiment begins from an exemplary user interface 3500 for a messaging application, including conversation transcript 3503, digital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506, application affordance 3508, and message-input area 3502, including microphone affordance 3802 for receiving speech that is translated into text for posting to the messaging session associated with conversation transcript 3503, as in Figures 39A, 39AB, and 39ÄU.

(00930] in a first embodiment, device 100-1 detects a tap gesture, including contact 3902 in Figure 39B, on application affordance 3508 and, in response, displays application swipe toy 3892, including sticker pack 3904 with electronic stickers 3906, 3908, and 3910 and application menu toggle affordance 3627, in Figure 39C.

[00931 j In a second embodiment, device 100-1 detects a tap gesture, including contact 3934 in Figure 39AB, on application affordance 3508 and, in response, displays appl ication swipe tray 3892, including launch icon 3708 for an interactive reservation application and application menu toggle affordance 3627. in Figure 39AC. The device then detects a swipe gesture to the left in application swipe tray 3892. including movement 3938 of contact 3936 from position 3936-a in Figure 39AD to position 3936-b in Figure 39AE.

In response, the device moves application swipe tray 3892 to the left, in accordance with movement 3936, creating the appearance that, application launch icon 3708 slides off of the left side of touch screen 112 and sticker pack 3904 slides the display trom the right side of touch screen 112, in Figure 39AE, After completion of the swipe gesture, the device displays sticker pack 3904 with electronic· stickers 3906, 3908, and 3910 and application menu toggle affordance 3627, within application slide tray 3892, in Figure 39AF,

259

DK 2016 70654 A1 [00932] In a third embodiment, device 100-1 detects a.tap gesture, inchiding contact 3952 in Figure 39A1J, on application affordance 3508 and, in response, displays application selection tray 3654, including a plurality of la unch icons for applications—-launch icon 3601 for a. messaging application-specific application store, launch icon 3603 for an interactive tic-tac-toe application, launch icon 3605 for an interactive reservation application, launch icon 3607 for a search application, launch icon 3609 for an electronic sticker pack, launch icon 3611 for a live video-streaming application, launch icon 3613 for an interactive pizza ordering application, and launch icon 3615 for an interactive digital music application—in Figure 38AM. The device then detects a tap gesture, including contact 3954 in Figure 39 A V, on launch icon 3609 for an electronic sticker pack and, in response, replaces application selection tray 3654 with sticker pack 3904, including electronic stickers 3906, 3908, and 3910 and application menu toggle affordance 3627, in Figure 39AW.

[00933] Figures 39D-39P and 39Z-39AA Illustrate exemplary embodiments for posting an electronic sticker to a messaging session. Each embodiment begins from an exemplary user interface 3500 for a messaging application, including conversation transcript 3503, message-input area 3502, and electronic sticker pack 3904 with electronic stickers 3906, 3908, and 3910, as in Figures 39D, 39H, 39K, 39N, and 39Z.

[00934] In a first embodiment, an electronic sticker is posted to the conversation transcript through the message-input area, in response to tapping on the electronic sticker. Device 100-1 detects a tap gesture, including contact 3912 in Figure 39D, on snowflake sticker 3908. In response, the device places snowflake sticker 3908 in message-input area 3502 in Figure 39E. The device then detects a tap gesture including contact 3914 on message-content posting affordance 3520 In Figure 39F, In response, device 100 posts snowflake sticker 3908 at location 3908~a, corresponding to the next temporal position lor a message posted in transcript 3700, as shown in Figure 39G.

[009351 In a second embodiment, an electronic sticker is dragged into the conversation transcript by a drag gesture, and is posted to the messaging session at the location it was dragged to in the conversation transcript. Device 100-1 detects a drag gesture, including movement 3918 of contact 3916, which was initiated on electronic sticker 3906, from position 3916-a, within sticker pack 3904, in Figure 39H to position 3916-b, within conversation transcript 3700 in Figure 391. In response, snowman sticker 3906 is

260

DK 2016 70654 A1 dragged from its initial position 3906-a In the sticker pack, in Figure 39H, to position 3906b wnhni the conv ei sat ton transcript, m Figuie 341. m accordance with movement 3918

Upon lift-off of contact 3916 within conversation transcript 3700, snowman sticker 3906 Is posted to the messaging session, as displayed at position 3906-b In Figure 39,1.

(00936} In a third embodiment, an electronic sticker is not posted to the messaging session when It Is not dragged ail the way into the conversation transcript. Device 100-1 detects a drag gesture, including movement 3922 of contact 3920, which was initiated on electronic sticker 391Ö, from position 3920-a, within sticker pack 3904. in Figure 39K to position 3920-b, still within sticker pack 3904 in Figure 391.,. In response, sled sticker 3910 is dragged from its initial position 3910-a. In sticker pack 3904, in Figure 39K, to position 3910-b still within sticker pack 3904, in Figure 39F, in accordance with movement 3922. Upon lift-off of contact 3920 within sticker pack 3904, sled sticker 3910 is not posted to the messaging session, because it was not. dragged into the conversation transcript, as displayed In its original position 3920-a in Figure 39M.

(00937} In a fourth embodiment, an electronic sticker is dragged into the conversation transcript by a drag gesture, and is posted to the messaging session at a nearest predefined position to the location it was dragged to in the conversation transcript. Device 100-1 detects a drag gesture, including movement 3926 of contact 3924, which was initiated on electronic sticker 3908, from position 3924-a, within sticker pack 3904, in Figure 39N to position 3924-b, within conversation transcript 3700 in Figure 390. In response, snowflake sticker 3908 is dragged from Its initial position 3908-a in the sticker pack, in Figure 39N, to position 3908-c within the conversation transcript, in Figure 390, in accordance with movement 3926. Upon lift-off of contact 3924 within conversation transcript 3700, snowflake sticker 3908 is repositioned to position 3908-d, which corresponds to the nearest location within a message region (e.g., message region 3749) to the position the sticker was at when the device detected lift-off of the contact corresponding to the drag gesture (e.g., location 3908-c).

(00938} In a fifth embodiment, an electronic sticker is posted directly to the messaging session, at the next temporal position for a message posted In the transcript, in response to detecting a deep press gesture. Device 100-1 detects a press gesture including contact 3932 on snowman sticker 3906 in Figure 39Y, Device 100-1 then detects an

261

DK 2016 70654 A1 increase in the intensity of contact 3932 above a predefined miesstiy threshold (e.g., ITl or iTo) and, in response, posts snowman sticker directly to the messaging session, as displayed at position 3906~c, corresponding to the next tempora] position for a message posted in transcript 3700, as shown in Figure 39 A A, [00939] Figures 39P-39X illustrate exemplary embodiments where the electronic sticker in animated. In Figure 39P, snowman sticker 3906 is displayed at location 3906~h in conversation transcript 3700, as it was placed in Figures 39H-39J. In Figures 39Q-39T, snowman sticker 3906 cycles through animation states 3930~a, 3930-b, and 3930-c, appearing to lift and lower bis broomstick.

[00940] In Figures 39F-39X animation 3930 of snowman sticker 3906 is previewed by deep pressing on the sticker In sticker pack 3904. Device 100-1 detects a press gesture including contact 3928 on snowman sticker 3906 in Figure 39U. Device 100-1 then detects an increase in the intensity of contact 3928 above a predefined intensity threshold (e.g., ΓΪΤ or ITo) in Figure 39V and, in response, cycles snowman sticker 3906 through animation states 3930-a, 3930-b, and 3930-c in Figures 39V-39X. In. some embodiments, stickers associated with animations are continually animated when displayed in the sticker pack.

[009411 Figures 39AF-39AT illustrate exemplary embodiments where the position, size, and/or rotation on an electronic sticker are changed.

[009421 In one embodiment, the size of an electronic sticker changes in response to the pressure of a contact on the sticker. In Figures 39AG-39AI, snowman sticker 3906 is dragged from sticker pack 3904 into conversation transcript 3700 by a drag gesture including movement 3942 of contact 3940 from position 3940-a in Figure 39 AG, to position 3940-e in Figure 39AI. During the drag gesture, device 100-1 detects an increase in the intensity of contact 3940 between Figures 39AG and 39A1I and in between Figures 39AF1 and 39AI. In response, snowman sticker 3940 gets successively larger. The device then detects a decrease in the intensity of contact 3940 between Figures 39AI and 39 AJ and, In response, the size of sno wman sticker 3906 decreases.

[009431 In one embodiment, the rotation of an electronic sticker changes in response to a rotation gesture bv a contact on the sticker. Device 100-1 detects a counter-clockwise

S·' V rotation gesture including rotation 3944 of contact 3940 from position 3940~c in Figure 39AK to position 3940-d in Figure 39AL. in response, snowman sticker 3906 is rotated

262

DK 2016 70654 A1 counter-clockwise, in accordance with rotation 3944,.front position 3906-e in Figure 39AK to position 3906-f in Figure ?9.A L In response to detecting lift-off of contact 3940 from touch screen 112, while in conversation transcript 3700, snowman sticker 3906 is posted to the messaging session, as displayed rotated and larger, with respect to its original appearance in the sticker pack, at position 3906-f within conversation transcript 3700 in Fiuure 39AM.

s.100944] In one embodiment, the position of an electronic sticker can be changed after initially placing the sticker within the conversation transcript. Device 100-1 detects a. drag gesture initiating over snowman sticker 3906 in conversation transcript 3700, after the sticker was initially placed in die transcript in Figure 39 AM The drag gesture includes movement 3948 of contact 3946 from position 3946-a in Figure 39AN to position 3946-b in Figure 39A0. In response, snowman sticker moves from position 3906-f in Figure 39ÄN to position 3906-g-in Figure 39AO, in accordance with movement 3948.

[00945] In one embodiment, the size of an electronic sticker is changed after initially placing the sticker with the conversation transcript. As a continuation of the gesture described above, device 100-1 detects an increase in the Intensity of contact 3946 between Figures 39AO and 39AP. In response, snowman sticker 3940 is displayed larger in Figure 39AP.

[00946] In one embodiment, the rotation of an electronic sticker is changed after initially placing the sticker with the conversation transcript. As a continuation of the gesture described above, device 100-1 detects a. counter-clockwise rotation gesture including rotation 3950 of contact 3946 from position 3946-b in Figure 39AQ to position 3946-e in Figure 39AR. In response, snowman sticker 3906 is rotated counter-clockwise, in accordance with rotation 3944, from position 3906-g in Figure 39 AQ to position 3906-h in Figure 39AR. In response to detecting lift-off of contact 3946 from touch screen 112, while in conversation transcript 3700, snowman sticker 3906 is placed back in the transcript as displayed in Figure 39AS. The device sends information about the orientation of snowman sticker 3906 at position 3906-h to electronic devices corresponding to other users included in the messaging session associated with conversation transcript 3700.

[009471 In one embodiment, the position, size, and/or rotation of an electronic sticker is changed by a second user after being posted to the messaging session. Device 100-1

263

DK 2016 70654 A1 receives information from another device corresponding to another user included in the messaging session associated with conversation transcript 3700 (e.g,, ‘Abe”). The information conveys that Abe changes the position, size, and rotation of snowman sticker 3906 from orientation (e.g... position) 3906~h, as illustrated in Figure 39AS, to orientation 3906-1, as illustrated in Figure 39AT. In response, device 100-1 displays snowman sticker 3906 with orientation 3906-1 in Fraure 39AT.

s.|O0948] Figures 40A-40W illustrate exemplary' user interfeces for interacting with other users of a messaging transcript through an avatar in accordance with some embodiments. The user interlaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in Figures 66 and 68A-68B. For convenience of explanation , some of the embodiments will be discussed with reference to operations performed on a device with a touch-sensitive display system 112. In such embodiments, the focus selector is, optionally: a respective finger or stylus contact, a representative point corresponding to a finger or stylus contact (e.g., a centroid of a respective contact or a point associated with a respective contact), or a centroid of two or more contacts detected on die touch-sensitive display system 112. However, analogous operations are, optionally, performed on a device with a display 450 and a separate touch- sensitive surface 451 in response to detecting the contacts on the touch-sensitive surface 451 while displaying the user interlaces shown in the figures on the display 450, along with a focus selector.

)00949] Figures 40A-40W illustrate an exemplary user interface 3500 for a. messaging application which includes conversation transcript 3503, message-input area 3502. three activatable affordances—digital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506, and application affordance 3508. Conversation transcript 3503 includes messages from participants of a corresponding messaging session, including the user of portable multifunction device 100-1 and other users included in the messaging session.

Each of the other users included in the messaging transcript are represented by an avatar (e.g., avatar 3510 for “Abe” and avatar 4008 for “Mary Todd) displayed in stack of avatars 4002.

)00950] Figures 40A-40F illustrate two exemplary embodiments for interacting with another user of a messaging session through an avatar, where the device performs different operations based on detecting different types of user inputs.

264

DK 2016 70654 A1 (0Ö95J] In a first embodiment, a men« of actions for interacting with another user included in the messaging session is displayed by tapping on the user’s avatar. Device 100-1 detects a tap gesture, including contact 4004 in Figure 4ÖB, on Abe’s avatar 3510. in response, the device displays menu 3882 of activatable menu items 3884-1 to 3884-6 for interacting directly with Abe by a phone call, video call, individual message, e-mail, digital drawing, or payment, respectfully, (00952] in a second embodiment, the stacked avatars are cycled to display a different avatar on top of the stack by deep pressing on the stack of avatars. Device 100-1 detects a press gesture, including contact 4006 in Figure 40D, on stack of a vatars 4002 displaying Abe’s avatar 3510 on top. The device then detects an increase in the intensity of contact 4006 above a predefined intensity threshold (e.g., ITl or IT») in Figure 40E and, in response, shuffles the stack of avatars 4002 to display Mary Todd’s avatar 4008 on top, in Figures 40E-40F, (00953] Figures 40G-40R illustrate an exemplary embodiment for paying another user of a messaging session through an avatar. Device 100- i detects a press gesture, including contact 4010 in Figure 4ÖG, of stack of avatars 4002 displaying Mary Todd’s avatar 4008 on top. The device then detects an increase in the intensity of contact 4010 above a predefined intensity threshold (e.g., ITl or ITn) and, in response, displays menu 3882 of* activatable menu items 3884-1 to 3884-6, for interacting with Mary Todd directly, and blurs display of conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 4011. Menu 3882 remains displayed after the device detects lift-off of contact 4010 in Figure 401.

(00954] Device 10Ö-.1 then detects a tap gesture, including contact 4012 in Figure 40.1, on activatable menu item 3884-6 for a payment action, in response, the device displays payment area 4014, including termination affordance 4016, execution affordance 4018, and digital keypad 4015 for inputting payment amount, in Figure 40K. The device then detects input of a payment amount ($60) and, subsequently, a tap gesture including contact 4020 on message-input area 4019, in Figure 40L. in response, the device replaces digital touchpad 4014 with digital keyboard 40.17 in Figure 40M. Responsive to detecting input of message 4021, in Figure 4ÖN, and a tap gesture, including contact 4022 in Figure 400, on execution affordance 4018, the device prompts the user of device 100-1 to confirm their identity by displaying confirmation area 4024 in Figure 40P. in response to receiving an identity

265

DK 2016 70654 A1 confirming input, including contact 4026 in Figure 4ÖQ, the device executes?payment of $60 to Mary Todd and posts confirmation of the payment to the messaging session, displaying payment confirmation 4028 within conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 40R.

100955] Figures 40S-40 W illustrate two exemplary embodiments for interacting with another user of a messaging session through an a vatar, where the device performs different operations based on detecting different types of user inputs, [00956] In a first embodiment, tapping on the stack of avatars spreads the avatars out, such that a particular avatar can be selected. Device 100-1 detects a tap gesture, including contact 4030 in Figure 40S, on stack of avatars 4002, In response, the device spreads the avatars in stack of avatars 4002—avatar 3510 for “Abe,” a va tar 4008 for “Mary Todd,” avatar 4032 for “Chuck,” avatar 4034 for “Issac,” and avatar 4036 for “ Edwin”—across the top of touch screen 112 in Figure 40T, [00957] In a second embodiment, which is also a continuation of the first embodiment, deep pressing on a particular avatar calls up a menu of activatable actions for interacting with the user corresponding to the avatar. Device .100-1 detects a press gesture, including contact 4038 in Figure 4ÖU, on Marv Todd’s avatar 4008. The device then detects an increase in the intensity of contact 4038 above a predefined intensity threshold (e.g,, ITj, or ITo) and, in response, displays menu 3882 of activatable menu items 3884-1 to 3884-6, for interacting with Mary Todd directly, and blurs display of conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 40V. Menu 3882 remains displayed after the device detects lift-off of contact. 4038 in Figure 4ÖW, |00958] Figures 41A-41H illustrate exemplar)·' user interfaces for integrating data detectors into a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in Figures 70A-70B. For convenience of explanation, some of the embodiments will be discussed with reference to operations performed on a device with a touch-sensitive display system 112. In such embodiments, the focus selector is, optionally: a respective finger or stylus contact, a representative point corresponding to a finger or stylus contact (e.g., a centroid of a respective contact or a point associated with a respective contact), or a centroid of two or more contacts detected on the touch-sensitive display system 112. However, analogous operations are, optionally, performed on a device with a display 450

266

DK 2016 70654 A1 and a separate touch- sensitive surface 451 in response to detecting the contacts on the touch-sensitive surface 451 while displaying the user interfaces shown in the figures on the display 450, along with a focus selector.

100959] Figures 41A-41H illustrate two exemplary embodiments where a first electronic device 100-1 detects a word or phrase, in a messaged recei ved from a second electronic device associated with another user included in the messaging session, associated with additional content available on the internet. Figure 41A illustrates an exemplary user interface 3500 for a messaging application which Includes conversation transcript 3503, message-input area 3502, three activafabie affordances—digital image affordance 3504, d-igital canvas affordance 3506, and application affordance 3508, Conversation transcript 3503 includes messages h orn participants of a corresponding messaging session, including the user of portable multifunction device 100-1 and other users included in the messaging session. Each of the other users incl uded in the messaging transcript are represen ted by an avatar (e.g., avatar 4008 for “Mary Todd”) displayed In stack of avatars 4002, [00960] In a first embodiment, the device prompts the user to view additional content associated with the identified word or phrase within the messaging user inierfece by displaying a selectable affordance. Device 100-1 receives message 4102 from Mary Todd, displayed in conversation, transcript 3503 in Figure 41 A. The device recognizes phrase 4101 (“Meteorite Catcher”) as the name of a movie about which information is available on the internet, in response, the device displays selectable affordance 41.04, prompting the user to “See more information” about the movie. The device then detects a tap gesture, including contact 4106, on selectable affordance 4104 in Figure 41B. In response, the device displays information area 4108 displaying information about the movie found on the internet, including a representation 4110 of a poster for the film and biographical information 4112 about the movie. In Figure 41C.

[00961] In a. second embodiment, the device prompts the user to view additional content associated with the identified word or phrase in a separate search user interface by highlighting the word or phrase. Device 100-1 receives message 4114 from Abe, displayed in conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 41D. The device recognizes phrase 4103 (“Astron Omer”) as the name of an actor about whom information is available on the Internet. In response, the device displays highlighting 4116 of phrase 4103, prompting the user to select

267

DK 2016 70654 A1 the phiase The de\ ice then detects a tap gestuie. including contact 4 i i 8, on phrase 4i03 ui

Figure 411 In response, the device displays search user interface 3661 displaying categorized results“--new articles 3664,3678, and 3680 and movie previews 3670, 3682, and 3684 of an internet search of phrase 4103, in Figure 4 IF. The device detects a tap gesture, ineiuding contact 4120 in Figure 4.1G, on movie preview 3670. In response, the device posts movie preview 3670 to the messaging session, displaying movie preview 3670 in conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 41H, j 00962( Figures 42A-42D are flow diagrams illustrating a method 4200 of capturing and posting digital images within a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments. The method 700 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure 1 A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with fire touch-sensitive surface, in some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 700 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

(00963( As described below, the method 700 provides an intuitive way to capture and post digital images within a messaging application. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a user when capturing and posting digital images within a messaging application, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to capture and post digital, images within a messaging application faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.

(00964( The device displays (42Ö2 ) a messaging user interface (e.g,, of a messaging application} on the display (e.g., user interface 3500 on touch screen 112 in Figure 35A), tire messaging user interface including a conversation transcript (e.g., displayed in a first area of the display; e.g,, conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 35 A) of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g., of another electronic device), a keyboard (e.g., displayed in a second area of the display; e.g.. keyboard 3501 in Figure 35A), a message-input area (e.g., area 3502 in Figure 35A), and a digital image affordance (e.g.. affordance 3504 in Figure 35A).

268

DK 2016 70654 A1 (00965( While dtxplas mg the messaging ttsei interface the de\ ice detects (4204) an input that activates the digital image affordance (e.g,, for an electronic device with a touch sensitive display, detecting a tap gesture on the digital image affordance). For example, in Figure 35B, device 100-1 detects an input including contact 3512 on digital image affordance 3504.

(00966( in response to detecting the input that activates the digital image affordance, the device replaces (4206) display of the keyboard with display of a plurality of digital images, the plurality of digital images including one or more digital images stored in the memory and a live preview image from the digital camera. For example, responsive to detecting a tap gesture including contact 3512 in Figure 35B, the device replaces digital keyboard 3501 in Figure 35B with digital image tray 3806 including live preview image 3514 and previously captured digital images 3518.

100967 J in some embodiments., the messaging user interface is not displaying a digital keyboard prior to detecting activation of the digital image affordance (e.g., the conversation transcript is maximized and includes display of the digital image affordance). For example, in Figure 38B, messaging user interlace 3500 is displaying a foil-screen version of conversation transcript 3700 when an input including contact 3804 is detected at digital image affordance 3804. In response, the device shrinks display of conversation transcript 3700 to accommodate display of digital image tray 3806 in Figure 38C.

(00968( In some embodiments, replacing display of the keyboard includes displaying the plurality of digital images over the keyboard. In some embodiments, replacing display of the keyboard includes ceasing to display the keyboard and displaying the plurality of digital images where the keyboard had been displayed (e.g., as in Figure 35B-35C).

(00969( In some embodiments, the plurality of digital images is a scrollable array of digital images. For example, in Figures 3SP-35Q, a drag gesture including movement 3538 of contact 3536 from position 3$36-a in Figure 35F to position 3536-b in Figure 35Q scrolls digital image tray to the left, revealing additional previously captured digital images 3518-6 and 3519-7.

(00970( In some embodiments, the plurality of digital images includes a recently shared image, a recently received image, an image including a participant in the conversation (e.g., as identified by facial recognition), a real-time image from a forward269

DK 2016 70654 A1 facing digital camera in the device, or a real-time image fem a backwards-feeing digital camera in the device.) [00971] In some embodiments, the one or mote digital images stored m the memory and displayed in response to detecting the input that activates the digital image affordance, consist (4208 ) of digital images captured (and or posted) during the messaging session.

[00972] The device detects (4210) an input that selects the live image displayed within the plurality of digital images (e.g,, for an electronic device with a touch sensitive display, detecting a tap gesture on the live image). For example, in. Figure 35D, contact 3512 is detected on live preview image 3514 (e.g., on image capture affordance 3516 displayed over live preview image 3514).

[00973] In response to detecting that input that selects the live image, the device captures (4212) a digital image with the digital camera, while maintaining display of the conversation transcript. For example, in response to detecting an input that includes contact 3512 in Figure 35D, electronic device 100-1 captures digital image 3518-5, displayed in message-input area 3502 in Figure 35E.

[00974] In some embodiments, after capturing the digital image, the device displays (4214) the digital image captured by the digital camera in the conversation transcript and transmits a representation of the captured digital image to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the representation of the captured digital image in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session. For example, device 100-1 detects an input including contact 3522 on message-content posting affordance 3520 in Figure 35 F and, in response, displays captured digital image 3520 in conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 35G. Device 100-1 also transmits a representation of digital image 3518-5 to other electronic device associated with other users of the messaging session, for example, “Abe,” [00975] In some embodiments, the captured image is automatically posted to the messaging session upon selection of the live Image, For example, in response to detecting a deep press gesture including contact 3524 In Figures 3514-350, device 100-1 automatically posts captured digital image 351.8-5 to the messaging session, as displayed in conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 351 In some embodiments, the device detects an input (e.g., a tap,

270

DK 2016 70654 A1 pce.ss, deep press, double tap multi-finger tap. long-press. or input including movement of a contact) and dependent upon the type of input, the device will either place the captured digital image in the message-input area or post it directly to the messaging session (e.g,, display it in the conversation transcript). For example, Figures 35C-351 illustrate an exemplary embodiment where a tap gesture causes the device to place the captured image in the message-input area (e.g., as in Figures 35D-35F) and a deep press (or multi-finger input) causes the device to post die image directly to the messaging session (e.g,, as in Figures 35Η-35Ϊ), (00976| In some embodiments, the captured image is displayed in the message input area and the user posts the image to the messaging session (e.g., by activating a send icon with a tap gesture). For example, activat ion of.message-content posting affordance 3520 in Figure 35F causes the device to post the captured image to the messaging session, as displayed in messaging transcript 3503 in Figure 35G.

[00977] In some embodiments, prior to displaying the digital image captured by the digital camera in the conversation transcript (or any previously captured image) and transmitt ing a representation of the captured image, the device displays the digital image captured by the digital camera (or any previously captured image) in the message input area (e.g,, as illustrated in Figure 35V). While displaying the digital image captured by the digital camera (or any previous ly captured digital image) in die message input area, the device detects an input that activates an image editing mode (e.g,, contact 3546 in Figure 35W). In response to detecting the input that activates the image editing mode, the device replaces display of the messaging user interface with display of a digital photo editing user interface (e.g., user interface 3509 in Figure 35X), wherein the digital image captured by the digital camera (or any previously captured digital image) is displayed in the digital photo editing user interface (e.g,, digital image 3518-4 in Figure 35X). While displaying die digital photo editing mode, the device detects an input that edits the digital photo captured by die digital camera (or any previously captured digital image). For example, inputs causing device 100-1 to draw mustache 3562 in Figure 35Z, place magnification loupe 3566 in Figure 35 AB, configure magnification loupe 3566 in Figures 35AB-AF, type “Senor Snowman” 3578 in Figure 35AH, or add handwriting 3582 in Figure 35A.1. In response to detecting the input that edits the digital photo captured by the digital camera (or any previously captured digital image), the device edits (4216) the digital image captured by the

271

DK 2016 70654 A1 digital camera (e.g., draws on, magnifies, types on, hand writes on, as described above). After editing the digital image captured by the digital camera, the device detects an input terminating the digital image editing mode (e.g., contact 3586 in Figure 35ÄK). in response to detecting the input terminating the digital image editing mode, the device displays the edited digital image captured by the digital camera (or any previously captured digital image ! in the message input area (e.g., as illustrated in Figure 35AL, [00978] In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input terminating the digital image editing mode, the device displays foe edited digital image captured by foe digital camera in the conversation transcript and sends a representation of the edited image to at least one other electronic device corresponding to another user included in foe messaging session.

[00979] in some embodiments, any digital image (e.g , any of previously captured digital images 3518) can be edited from foe messenger application and then posted to a messaging session, in accordance with the description above.

[00980] In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input that selects the live preview image, and after capturing the digital image, the device displays the digital image in the message-input area (e.g.. digital image 3518-5 displayed In message-input area 3502 in Figure 35K). While displaying the digital image in the message-input area, the device detects input of a. message in foe message input area (e.g,, a text message, such as message 3530 in Figure 35M). After detecting input of the message in the message-input area, the device detects an input that corresponds to a request to post contents of the message-input area to foe messaging session (e.g., detecting a tap gesture on a send icon, such as contact 3532 in Figure 35N), the contents including foe digital image and foe message. In response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to post the contents of the messageinput area to the messaging session, the device displays the digital image in the conversation transcript (e.g.. digital image 3518-5 in conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 350), and the device displays (4218) the message (e.g,, within a message region) in the conversation transcript, wherein the message (e.g., the message region) partially overlaps the digital image in the conversation transcript. For example, message 3534 partially overlaps with digital image 3518-5 in conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 350. The device also transmits a representation of the digital image and the message to one or more electronic

272

DK 2016 70654 A1 devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session (e.g., “Abe” in Figure 350), wherein the one or more electronic devices display the representation of the digital image and the message (e.g., the message region) in a conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging session, wherein the message (e.g., the message region) partially overlaps the representation of the digital image in the conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging session.

100981] In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input that selects the live image. In accordance with a determination that the input that selects the live image meets one or more input-area-display criteria (e.g., one or more criteria based on the motion, timing, and/or intensity of a contact in the input), the device displays (4220) the digital image captured by the digital camera in the message input area (e.g,, as illustrated in Figures 35D-35E, where the input-area-dlsplay criteria are met by a tap gesture including contact 3512), and in accordance with a determination that the input that selects the live image meets one or more transcript-area-display criteria (e.g,, one or more criteria based on the motion, timing, and/or intensity of a contact in the input, which are distinct from the input-area-display criteria), the device displays the digital image captured by the digital camera in the conversation transcript and sends Instructions, to one or more electronic devices that correspond to tire at least one other user included in the messaging session, to display the digital image captured by the digital camera in a conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging session (e.g., as illustrated in Figures 3SH-35I, where the transcript-area-display criteria are met by a press gesture including contact 3524).

|(W982] in some embodiments, the electronic device Includes one or more sensors configured to detect intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface. Detecting the input that selects the live image displayed within the plurality of digital images includes that the device detects (4222) a first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to display of the live Image on the display. The one or more transcript-areadisplay criteria require that a characteristic intensity of the first contact on the touchsensitive surface meet a respective intensity threshold in order for the transcript-area-display criteria to be met (e.g., transcript-area-display criteria are met in Figure 351 because a characteristic intensity of contact 3524 meets a predefined intensity threshold (e.g,, ITj, or ίΤρ)). The one or more input-area-display criteria do not require that the characteristic intensity of the contact on the touch-sensitive surf ace meet the respective intensity threshold

DK 2016 70654 A1 in ordet for the sciecunn criteua to he inet i e.g . inpur-area-display criteria are met m Figure in Figures 35D-35E even though a characteristic intensity of contact 35 12 did not meet a predefined intensity threshold (e.g., ITt. or ITo)).

[00983| In some embodiments, the input-area-display criteria are met when a characteristic intensity of the first contact is between a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold and the transcript-area-display criteria are met when a characteristic Intensit y of the first contact is between the second intensity threshold and a third intensity threshold, in some embodiments, the second intensity threshold is above the first intensity threshold and the third intensity threshold is above the second intensity threshold (e.g., tap to display the digital image in the message input area before posting the image to the messaging session and light press (or deep press) to post the digital image directly to the messaging session). In some embodiments, the second intensity threshold is below the first intensity threshold and the third intensity threshold is below the second intensity threshold (e,g., deep press) to display the digital image in the message input area before posting the image to the messaging session and tap to post the digital image directly to the messaging session).

[009841 In some embodiments, the one or more input-area-display criteria are met upon detection (4224) of a tap gesture on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.. a tap gesture including contact 3512 In Figure 35D), [00985] in some embodiments, prior to detecting tire input that selects the live preview image (or a previously captured digital image) displayed within the plurality of digital images, die device detects a. first portion of a second input that includes detecting an increase in a characteristic .intensity of a second contact, at a location that corresponds to display of a first digital image within the plurality of digital images above a previewintensity threshold. For example, device 100-1 detects an input including contact 3540, which increases in intensity above a predefined intensity threshold (e.g.. Π), or 1 To) between Figure 35R and 35S. In some embodiments, the first digital image Is the live preview image (e.g., live preview image 3514). ISE, the first digital image is a previously acquired image (e.g., previously captured digital image 3518-4 in Figure 35R).

[00986] In response to detecting the first portion of the second input, the device increases (4226) the size of the first digital image. For example, in response to detecting the

274

DK 2016 70654 A1 increase in intensity of contact 3540, device 100-1 displays enlarged preview 3507 of digital image 3518-4 in Figure 35S, In some embodiments, the size of the first digital image is increased dynamically in accordance with the increase in the characteristic intensity of the second contact. After increasing the size of the first digital image, detecting a second portion of the second input that includes detecting a decrease in the characteristic intensity of the second contact below the preview intensity threshold and. in response to detecting the second portion of the second input, decreasing the size of the first digi tal image. For example, device 100-1 detects a decrease in the intensity of contact 3540 between Figures 35S and 35T and. in response, shrinks image 35 .18-4 back to its original size in the digital image tray in Figure 35T.

(00987( In some embodiments, tire device detects a user input including a first swipe uesture that starts while a focus selector is at a first location in the messaains user interface

S·' ^t·' ^t·' that corresponds to a first digital image in the plurality of digital images, the first swipe gesture moving the focus selector in a first direction {e.g,, detects a drag gesture by a contact on a touch-sensitive surface, such as a touch sensitive display, that starts at the first digital image and moves in a first direction (e.g,, towards the edge of the display}, or detects a swipe gesture by a contact on a touch-sensitive surface that starts while a cursor or other pointer is at the first digital image on the display and moves the pointer in a first direction on the display). For example, device 100-1 detects a swipe gesture to the left, including movement 3538 of contact 3536 from location 3536-a in Figure 35P to location 3536-b in Figure 35Q.

(00988( in response to detecting the first swipe gesture, tbe device scrolls display (4228) of the plurality of digital images in the first direction on the display, wherein the scrolling display includes ceasing to display digital images in the plurality of digitai images that are scrolled off a first edge of the display and displaying new digital images in the plurality of digitai images from a second (eg., opposite) edge of the display (e.g,, photos are scrolled off the display in the direction of the swipe gesture and new images are brought onto the display from the opposite edge of the display ). For example, in Figure 35Q, device 100-1 moves dlnital imaue tray 3806 to the left, in accordance with movement 3538. creating the appearance that live preview image 3514 slides off of the left side of touch screen 112 and additional digital images 3518-6 and 3518-7 slide onto the display from the right side of touch screen 112, in Figure 35Q,

275

DK 2016 70654 A1 [0Ö989] In serøs embodiments, the device detects a user input including a second swipe gesture that starts while a focus selector is at a first location in the messaging user inter face that corresponds to a first digital image in the plurality of digital images, the first swipe gesture moving the focus selector in a second direction (e.g., opposite of the first direction; e.g., the device detects a drag gesture by a contact on a touch-sensitive surface, such as a touch sensitive display, that starts at the first digital image and moves in a second direction (e.g., towards an opposite edge of the display), or defects a swipe gesture by a contact on a touch-sensitive surface tliat starts while a cursor or other pointer is at the first digital image on the display and moves the pointer in a second direction on the display· For example, device 100-1 detects a swipe gesture to the right, including movement of contact 3812 from position 3812-9 in Figure 38F to position 3828-b in Figure 38G.

100990] in response to defecting the second swipe gesture, the device displays (4230) (e.g., reveals from a first edge of the display) a first affordance for the digital camera and a second affordance for a photo library. For example, full-screen camera affordance 3816 and photo library affordance 3818 are revealed in digital image tray 3806, from the left side of touch screen 112, in response to detecting the swipe gesture including movement 3814 of contact 3812 Figure 38G.

[009911 In some embodiments, while displaying the first affordance for the digital camera (e.g,, camera affordance 3816 in Figure 38H), the device detects an input that activates the first affordance for the digital camera (e.g., contact 3820 in Figure 38H) and, in response to detecting the input that acti vates the first affordance for the digital camera, the device displays (4232) a user interface for the digital camera over at least a portion of the messaging user interface (e.g., user interface 3822 displayed in Figure 381). In some embodiments, the interactive applicat ion user interface entirely replaces display of t he messaging user interface (e.g., as in Figure 381).

[00992] In some embodiments, while displaying the second affordance for the photo library (affordance 3818 in Figure 380), the device detects an input that activates the second affordance for the photo library (e.g., contact 3830 in Figure 380) and, in response to detecting the input that activates the second affordance for the photo library, the device ceases (4234) to display the plurality of digital images including one or more digital images stored in the memory and a live preview image from file digital camera and displays a

DK 2016 70654 A1 plurality of digital images from a digital photo library tc,g„ a photo library stored on the electronic· device or a photo library stored remotely). For example, in response to detecting an input including contact 3830 in Figure 380, device 100-I replaces display of messenger user interface 3500 in Figure 380 with photo library user interface 3832 in Figure 38P.

(00993j While displaying the plurality of digital images from the digital photo library, the device detects an input that selects a digital image in the plurality of digital images from the digital photo library and in response to detecting the input that selects the digital image from the digital photo library, the device displays the digital image from the digital photo library in the conversation transcript In some embodiments, the digital image is automatically posted to the messaging session upon selection of the image. In some embodiments, the digital image is displayed in the message input area and the user posts the image to the messaging session (e.g., by activating a send icon with a tap gesture). The device also transmit a representation of the digi tal image from the digital photo l ibrary to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session (e.g., “Abe”), where the one or more electronic devices display the representation of the digital image from the digital photo library in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

(00994( It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 42A-42D have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 600, 800, 1000, 1200, .1400,1600, 1800, 2100, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300,4400, 4600,4800, 5000,5200, 5400, 5600,

5800, 6000. 6200, 6400, 6600,6800, and 7000) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 4200 described above with respect to Figures 42A-42D, For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described above with reference to method 4200 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user Interface objects, tacti le outputs, Intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 21.00, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300, 4400, 4600, 4800, 5000, 5200, 5400,

DK 2016 70654 A1

5600, 5S00, 6000, 6200, 6400, 6600, 6S00, and 7000), For brevity., these details are not repeated here.

|00995[ In accordance with some embodiments, Figure 45 shows a functional block, diagram of an electronic device 4300 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 43 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments, 'Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further defini tion of the functional blocks described herein.

[00996! As shown in Figure 43, an electronic device 4300 includes a display unit 4302 configured io display user interfaces, a touch-sensitive surface unit 4304, optional sensor unit(s) 4306, a digital camera unit 4308 configured to capture images, a memory unit 4310, and a processing unit 4312 coupled to the display unit 4302, the digital camera unit 4308, the touch-sensitive surface unit 4304, and the memory unit 4310. In some embodiments, the processing unit includes a display enabling unit 4314, a detecting unit 4316, an image capturing unit 4318, a transmitting unit 4320, an editing unit 4322, and a scrolling unit 4324.

[00997J The processing unit 4312 is configured to display (e.g., with display enabling unit 4314) a messaninn user interface on the display unit, the messasins user interfaceincluding a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a keyboard, a message-input area, and a digital image affordance. Tire processing unit 4312 is further configured to. while displaying the messaging user interface, detect (e.g., with detecting unit 4316) an input that activates the digital image affordance. The processing unit 4312 is further configured to, in response to detecting the input that activates the digital image affordance, replace display (e.g., with d isplay enabling unit 4314) of the keyboard with display of a plurality of digital images, the plurality of digital images including one or more digital images stored in the memory·' unit 4310 and a live preview image from the digital camera unit 4308. The processing unit 4312 is further configured to detect (e.g,, with detecting unit 4316) an input that selects the live

278

DK 2016 70654 A1 image displayed within the plurality of digital images. The processing unit 4312 is/further configured to, m response to detecting that input that selects the live image, capture (e.g,, with image capture unit 4320) a digital image with the digital camera unit 4308, while maintaining display of the conversation transcript.

[00998) In some embodiments, the processing unit 4312 is configured to, after capturing the digital image, display (e.g., with display enabling unit 4314) the digital image captured by the digital camera unit 4308 in the conversation transcript, and transmit (e.g., with transmitting unit 4320) a representation of the captured digital image to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaainn session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the representation of the captured digital image in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

[00999] In some embodiments, the processing unit 4312 is configured to, prior to displaying the digital image captured by the digital camera unit 4308 in the conversation transcript and transmitting a representation of the captured image, display (e.g,, with display enabling unit 4314) the digital image captured by the digital camera unit 4308 in the message input area. The processing unit 4312 is further configured to. while displaying the digital image captured by the digital camera unit 4308 in the message input area, detect (e.g., with detecting unit 4316) an input that activates an image editing mode. The processing unit 4312 is further configured to, in response to detecting the input that activates the image editing mode, replace display (e.g,, with display enabling unit 4314) of the messaging user interface with display of a digital photo editing user interface, wherein the digital image captured by the digital camera unit 4308 is displayed in the digital photo editing user interface. The processing unit 4312 is further configured to, while displaying the digital photo editing mode, detect (e.g,, with detecting unit 4316) an input that edits the digital photo captured by the digital camera unit 4308, The processing unit 4312 is further configured to. in response to detecting the input that edits the digital photo captured by the digital camera unit 4308, edit (e.g., with editing unit 4322) the digital image captured by the digital camera unit 4308. The processing unit 4312 is further configured to, after editing die digital image captured by the digital camera unit 4308, detect (e.g-, with detecting unit 4316) an input terminating the digital image editing mode. The processing unit 4312 is further configured to, in response to detecting die input terminating the digital image editing

279

DK 2016 70654 A1 mode, display (v g, w ith dispiat enabling unit 131 -1} the edited digital image captured b\ the digital camera unit 4308 In the message input area.

1001000] In some embodiments, the processing unit 431.2 is configured to, in response to detecting the Input that selects the live preview image, and after capturing the digital image, display (e.g., with display enabling unit 4314) the digital image in the message-input area. The processing unit 4312 is further configured to, while displaying the digital image in the message-input area, detect (e.g., with detecting unit 43.16) input of a message in the message input area. The processing unit 4312 is further configured to, after detecting input of the message in the message-input area, detect (e.g., with detecting unit 4316) an input that corresponds to a request to post contents of the message-input area to the messaging session, the contents including the digital image and the message. The processing unit 4312 is further configured to, in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to post the contents of the message-input area to the messaging session: display (e.g,, with display enabling unit 4314) the digital image in the conversation transcript, display (e.g., with display enabling unit 4314) the message in the conversation transcript, wherein the message partially overlaps the digital image in the conversatiou transcript, and transmit (e.g., with transmitting unit 4320) a representation of the digital image and the message to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the representation of the digital image and the message in a conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging session, wherein the message partially overlaps the representation of the digital image in the conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging session.

1001001] In some embodiments, the processing unit 4312 is configured to, in response to detecting the input that selects the live image, in accordance with a determination that the input that selects the live image meets one or more input-area-display, display (e.g., with display enabling unit 4314) the digital Image captured by the digital camera unit 4308 in the message input area, The processing unit 4312 is further configured to, in accordance with a determination that the Input that selects the live image meets one or more transeript-areadisplay criteria, display (e.g,, with display enabling unit 4314) the digital image captured by the digital camera unit 4308 in the conversation transcript, and send (e.g,, with transmitting unit 4320) instructions, to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one

280

DK 2016 70654 A1 other user included in the messaging session, to display the digital image captured by the digital camera unit 4308 in a conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging session [001002] In some embodiments, the electronic device includes one or more sensors units 4306 configured to detect intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface unit 4304, In some embodiments, detecting the input that selects the live image displayed within the plurality of digital images includes detecting a first contact at a location on the touchsensitive surface unit 4304 that corresponds to display of the live image on the display unit. In some embodiments, the one or more transcript-area-display criteria require that a characteristic intensity of the first contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit 4304 meet a respective intensity threshold in order for the transcript-area-display criteria to be met. In some embodiments, the one or more Inpui-area-display criteria do not require that the characteristic intensity of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit 4304 meet the respective intensity threshold in order for the selection criteria to be met.

]001OÖ3] In some embodiments, the one or more input-area-display criteria are met upon detection of a tap gesture on the touch-sensitive surface unit 4304.

[001004] In some embodiments, the processing unit 4312 is configured to, prior to detecting the input that selects the live image displayed within the plurality of digital images., detect (e.g., with detecting unit 4316) a first portion of a second input that includes detecting an increase in a characteristic intensity of a second contact, at a location that corresponds to display o f a first digital image within the plurality of digital images, above a preview intensity threshold. The processing unit 4312 is further configured to, in response to detecting the first portion of the second input, increase die size of the first digital image. The processing unit 4312 is further configured to, after increasing the size of the first digital image, detect (e.g., with detecting unit 4316) a second portion of the second input tliat includes detecting a decrease in the characteristic intensity of the second contact below the preview intensity threshold. The processing unit 4312 is further configured to, in response to detecting the second portion of the second input, decrease the size of the first digital image.

[001005] In some embodiments, the processing unit 4312 is configured to detect (e.g.. with detecting unit 4316) a user input including a first swipe gesture that starts while a focus selector is at a first location in the messaging user Interface that corresponds to a first digital

281

DK 2016 70654 A1 image in the plurality of digital images, the first swipe gesture mo\ mg the focus selector in a first direction. The processing unu 4312 is further configured to, in response to detecting the first swipe gesture, scroll display (e.g. , with scrolling unit 4324) of the plurality of digital images in the first direction on the display unit, wherein the scrolling display includes ceasing to display digital images in the plurality of digital images that are scrolled off a first edge of the display unit and displaying new digital images in the plurality of digital Images from a second edge of the display unit.

[001006] In some embodiments, the processing unit 4312 is configured to detect (e.g., with detecting unit 4316) a user input including a second swipe gesture that starts while a focus selector is at a first location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to a first digital image in the plurality of digital images, the first swipe gesture moving the focus selector in a second direction. The processing unit 4312 is further configured to, in response to detecting the second swipe gesture, display (e.g., with display enabling unit 4314) a first affordance for the digital camera unit 4308 and a second affordance for a photo library, [001007] In some embodiments, the processing unit 4312 is configured to, while displaying the first affordance for the digital camera unit 4308, detect (e.g.. with detecting unit 4316) an input that activates the first affordance for the digital camera unit 4308. The processing unit 4312 is further configured to, in response to detecting the input that activates the first affordance for the digital camera unit 4308, display (e.g., with display enabling unit 4314) a user interface for the digital camera unit 4308 over at least a portion of the messaging user interface.

1001008] In some embodiments, the processing unit 4312 is configured to, while displaying the second affordance for the photo library, detect (e.g., with detecting unit 4316) an input that activates the second affordance for the photo library. The processing unit 4312 is further configured to, iu response to detecting the Input that activates the second affordance for the photo library, cease to display (e.g., with display enabling unit 4314) the plurality of digital images including one or more digital images stored iu the memory unit 4310 and a live preview image from the digital camera unit 4308 and display a plurality of digital images from a digital photo library. The processing unit 4312 is further configured to, while displaying the plurality of digital images from the digital photo library, detect (e.g., with detecting unit 4316) an input that selects a digital image in the plurality of digital

282

DK 2016 70654 A1 images from the digital photo library. The processing unit 43 i 2 is further configured to, in response to detecting the input that selects the digital image from the digital photo library, display (e.g., with display enabling unit 4314) the digital image from the digital photo library in the conversation transcript, and transmit (e.g., with transmitting unit 4320) a representation of the digital image from the digital photo library to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherei n the one or more electronic devices display the representation of the digi tal image from the digital photo library in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

[001009] In some embodiments, the one or more digital images stored in the memory unit 4310, and displayed in response to detecting the input that activates the digital image affordance.. consist of digi tal images captured during the messaging session.

1001010] The operations in the information processing methods described above ate, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g,, as described above with respect to Figures 1A and 3) or application specific chips.

[001011] The operations described above with reference to Figures 42A-42D are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures 1A-1B or Figure 43. For example, detection operations 4204 and 4210 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would he clear to a

283

DK 2016 70654 A1 person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes cart be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1 A-l B, (001012] Figures 44A-44I) are flow diagrams illustrating a method 44(K) of searching for and sharing multimedia content within a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments. The method 700 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure 1 A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or .more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 4400 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

(001013( As described below, the method 700 provides an intuitive way to search for and share multimedia content within a messaging application, The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a user when searching for and sharing multimedia content within a messaging application, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to search for and share multimedia content within a messaging application faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.

(001014( The device displays (4402) a messaging user interface (e.g., of a messaging application, for example, user interface 3500 in Figures 36A and 36Y) on the display, the messaging user interface Including a conversation transcript (e.g., displayed in a first area of the display, for example, conversation transcript 3503 in Figures 36A and 36Y) of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g., of another electronic device, for example “Abe,” represented by avatar 3510 in Figures 36A and 36Y), and a search affordance (e.g,, search affordance 3602 in Figure 36A or search launch icon 3607 in Figure 36Y). In some embodiments, the messaging user interface includes a message input area that Is configured to display content ready to be posted to the messaging session (e.g., message-content input area 3502 in Figures 36A and 36Y). In some embodiments, the messaging user interface includes a keyboard, e.g,, displayed in a second area of the display (e.g,, digital keyboard 3501 in Figure 36A).

2«4

DK 2016 70654 A1 (001015] In some embodiments, the search affordance is displayed as a launch icon for a search application in a plurality of launch icons for interactive applications within the messaging user interface (e.g., search launch icon 3607 is displayed in application selection tray 3654 with launch icons 3601. 3603, 3605, 3609, 3611, 3613. and 3615). In some embodiments, the search affordance is a search application launch icon (4404) that is displayed with a plurality of launch icons for in teractive applications within the messaging application.

(001016] In some embodiments, prior to displaying the plurality of launch icons lor interactive applications in the messaging user interlace, the messaging user interface included the conversation transcript (e.g., displayed in a first area of the display) of the messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g., of another electronic device), a keyboard (e.g., displayed in a second area of the display), a message-input area, and an application affordance. For example, in Figure 36W, user interface 3500 includes conversation transcript 3503, keyboard 3501. message-content input area 3502, and application affordance 3508. The device detects a user input that activates the application affordance (e.g., an input including contact 3652 in Figure 36X) and, .in response to detecting the user input that activates the application affordance, the device replaces (4406) display of the keyboard with display of the plurality of launch icons for interactive applications (e.g., application selection tray 3654 in Figure 36Y replaces digital keyboard 3501 in Figure 36X).

(00.1.0.17] In some embodiments, the messaging user interlace is not displaying a digital keyboard prior to detection of the application affordance (e.g,. the conversation transcript is maximized and includes display of the application affordance). For example, as Illustrated in Figures 38AJ-38AM.

(001018] In some embodiments replacing displav of the keyboard includes displaying the plurality of launch icons for interactive applications over the keyboard. In some embod iments, replacing display of the keyboard includes ceasing to display the keyboard and displaying the plurality of launch icons for interactive applications where the keyboard had been displayed.

(001019] While displaying the messaging user interface, the device detects (4408) an Input that activates the search affordance. For example an input including contact 3602 on

2SS

DK 2016 70654 A1 search affordance 3602 in Figure 36B or an input Including contact 3656 on search application launch icon 3o0~ tn Figure 36Z, (001020] In response to detecting the input that activates the search affordance (441 Of the device ceases to display the messaging user interface and displays a search user interface, the search user interface including a search fi eld and a plurality of categorized content items, wherein the plurality o f categorized content items includes at least a content item stored on the electronic device and a content item from the Internet. For example, in response to activating search application launch icon 3607 in Figure 36Z, device 3500 ceases displaying messenger user interface 3500 and displays search user interface 3658 in Figure 36AA, including content items 3662, 3664, 3666, 3668, 3670, 3672 categorized as suggested content for posting (e.g., the current location of the device 3662, a news article 3664 being accessed from the internet, a digital recording 3666 playing on the device) and recently shared content (e.g., a news article 3668 accessed from the internet, a movie trailer 3670 accessed from the internet, and a digital Image 3672), (001021 ] in some embodiments, the content items include suggested content, such as content open on the device, content recently accessed on the device (e.g., content 3662, 3664, and 3666 in Figure 36AA), content related to the messaging session (e.g., content i dentified as associated with any of the users of the messaging sessi on), web content rela ted to content open or recently opened on the device (e.g., content 3664, 3668, and 3670 in Figure 36AA), web content related to the messaging session, content related to the location of the device (e.g., content 3662 in Figure 36AÄ), recently shared content (e.g., content 3668, 3670, and 3672 in Figure 36AA), recently received content, and/or content that is trending (e.g., in a social networking application; e.g., content 3678, 3680, 3668, and 3669 in Figure 36AE). ISE, the content items are related to an input in the search field (e.g., content 3664,3678, 3680,3670, 3682, and 3684 are results from a. search of the word “Meteorites” in Figure 36F). In some embodiments, the content includes rich links, music, application links, and/or web links. In some embodiments, the plurality of categorized content items is displayed as a scrollable list of content items, arranged by content categories (e.g., additional content in Figures 36AG-36H is accessed by scrolling the search results to the left).

286

DK 2016 70654 A1 (001822] While displaying the search user interface, the device detects an input that selects a first content item in the plurality of categorized content items (e.g,, for an electronic device with a touch sensitive display, detecting a tap gesture on the first content item). For example., device 100-1 detects a tap gesture including contact 3674 on movie trailer 3670 in Figure 36A.B and a tap gesture including contact 3600 on movie trailer 3684 in Figure 36A1.

1001023] After detecting the input that selects the first content item in the plurality of categorized content Items (4414), the device ceases to display the searching user interface and displays the first content item in the conversation transcript within the messaging user interface. For example, in response to detecting a tap gesture including contact 3674 on movie trailer 3670 i n Figure 36ÄB, device 100-1 replaces display of search user interface 3658 with display of messaging user Interface 3500 in Figure 36 AC, Similarly, in response to detecting a tap gesture including contact 3690 on movie trailer 3684 in Figure 36A1, device 100-1 replaces display of search user interface 3658 with display of messaging user inter&amp;ce 3500 in Figure 36A3.

(00.1024] The device also transmits (4416) the lust content item (e.g., information relating to the first content item) to one or more (e.g., second) electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session (e.g,, “Abe”), where the one or more electronic devices display the first content item in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

(001025] In some embodiments, detecting the input that selects the first content item includes: detecting a first input while a focus selector is over the first content item, and displaying the selected first content item In a message-input area. For example, as illustrated in Figures 36A1-36AJ. in some embodiments, while displaying the selected content item in the message-input area, the device detects a second input to post the contents of the message-input area to the conversation transcript of the messaging session. For example, device 100-1 defects a tap input including contact 3696 on send affordance 3520 in Figure 36.AK, and posts movie trailer 3684 to the messaging session, as displayed in conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 36AL.

(001026] In some embodiments, the first content item is displayed in the conversation transcript of the messaging session (e.g,, is directly posted to the messaging session) in

2S?

DK 2016 70654 A1 response to detecting the input that selects the first content item. For example, in response to detecting a tap gesture including contact 3674 on movie trailer 3670 in Figure 36AB, device 100-1. posts the movie trailer directly to the messaging session, as displayed in conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 36AC.

(001027) In some embodiments, while displaying the search user interface, and prior to detecting the input that selects the first content item in the plurality of categorized content items, the device (4418 ) receives Input of a query in the search field and, in response to receiving input of the query in the search field, updates the displayed plurality of categorized content items to display content items that satisfy the query'. For example, while displaying search user interface 3658 in Figure 36AD, device 100-1 receives input of search query “Meterorhes” in search field 3660 and, in response, displays search user interface 3661 with updated content items satisfying the query in Figure 36AF.

(001028) In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input that selects the first content item, the device (4420) displays the first content item in the message-input area, while displaying the first content item in the message-input area, recei ving input of a message in the message input area (e.g., a text message). After receiving input of the message in the message-input area, the device detects an input that corresponds to a request to post the contents of the message-input area to the messaging session (e.g., detecting a tap gesture on a send icon), the contents including the first content item and the message. In response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to post the contents of the message-input area to the messaging session, the device displays the first content item in the conversation transcript, displays the message (e.g., within a message region) in the conversation transcript, wherein the message (e.g., the message region) partially overlaps the first content item in the conversation transcript, and transmits the first content item and the message to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the firs! content item and the message in a conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging session, wherein the message (e.g., the message region) partially overlaps the first content item in the conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging session, (001029) In some embodiments, In .response to detecting the Input that selects the first content item, the device (4422): in accordance with a determination that the input that

288

DK 2016 70654 A1 selects the first content item meets one or more input-area-display criteria (e.g., one or more criteria based mt the motion, timing, and/or intensity of a contact in the input), displays the first content item in the message input area (e.g., as illustrated in Figures 36AI-36ÄJ), and in accordance with a. determination that the Input that selects the first content item meets one or more transcript-area-display criteria (e.g,, one or more criteria based on the motion, timing, and/or Intensity of a contact in the Input, which are distinct from the input-areadisplay criteria) displays the first content item in the conversation transcript (e.g,, as illustrated in Figures 36AB-36AC) and transmits the first content item to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the ntessaaina session, where the one or more electronic devices display the first content item in a conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging session.

(001030] in some embodiments, the electronic device includes one or more sensors configured to detect intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface. Detecting the input that selects the first content item in the plurality of content items includes detecting a first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to display of the first content item on the display. The one or more transeript-area-display criteria require that a characteristic intensity of the first contact on the touch-sensitive surface meet a respective intensity threshold in order for the transeript-area-display criteria to be met (e.g.. transcript-area-display criteria are met in Figure 35 AB if a characteristic intensity of contact 3674 meets a predefined intensity threshold (e.g,, ITt or ITn)}. The one or more input area-display criteria do not require that the characteristic intensity of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface meet the respective intensity threshold in order for the selection criteria to be met (e.g., input-area-display criteria are met in Figure in Figures 36ΑΪ-36Α,! even if a characteristic intensity of contact 3690 does not meet a predefined intensity threshold (e.g., ITi, or ITp}).

(003..031] In some embodiments, (4424) input-area-display criteria are met when a characteristic intensity of the first contact is between a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold and the transcript-area-display criteria are met when a characteristic intensity of the first contact is between the second intensity threshold and a third intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the second intensity threshold is above the first intensity threshold and the third intensity threshold is above the second intensity threshold (e.g., tap to display the content item in the message input area before posting the content item to the

2S9

DK 2016 70654 A1 messaging session and light press (or deep press) to post the first content item directly ro the messaging session), in some embodiments, the second intensity threshold is below the fn si Intensity threshold and the third intensity threshold is below the second intensity threshold (e.g.. light press (or deep press) to display the content item in the message input area before posting the content item to the messaging session and tap to post the first content item direct iv to the messaninn session).

[001032] In some embodiments, the one or more Input-area-display criteria are met (2426) upon detection of a tap gesture on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g,, a tap gesture including contact 3690 in Figure 36ΑΪ).

[001033] In some embodiments, while displaying the first content item in the conversation transcript within the messaging user interface, the device (4428) detects a first input by a first contact at a location that corresponds to the first content item and, in response to detecting the first input, In accordance with a determination that the first contact meets one or more expansion criteria (e.g., a tap, deep press, or long press gesture), the device displays an expanded version of content associated with the first content item. For example, device 100-1 detects a tap gesture, including contact 3636, on news article 3634 displayed in conversation transcript 3503, In Figure 36P. In response, device 100-1 accesses the web page associated with the news article in area 3638, displayed over portions of search tray 3629 and conversation transcript 3503, in Figure 36Q. Device 100-1 then displays more of the news article from the web site, in area 3638, responsive to detecting a swipe gesture, including movement 3642 of contact 3640 from position 3640-a in Figure 36R to position 3640-b in Figure 36S.

[001034] lu some embodiments, the expanded version of the content is navigation to a website, display of an application preview platter displaying more content than the first content item displayed In the conversation transcript, display of a video, or opening of an interact ive application within the messaging application.

[001035] In some embodiments, the device detects (4430), in the conversation transcript, a word or phrase associated with additional content stored on the electronic device and additional content available on the Internet (e.g., business/restaurant info, music info, movie info; insert boilerplate from Siri/ontology applications). For example, device 100-1 device recognizes phrase 41.03 (“Astron Omer”) as the name ofan actor about whom

290

DK 2016 70654 A1 infbrruation is available an the internet. In response, the device displays highlighting 4116 Of phrase 4103 m Figure 4 ID. prompting the user to select the phrase. The device then detects a tap gesture, including contact 4118, on phrase 4103 in Figure 41E. in response, the device displays search user interface 3661 displaying categorized resul ts—new articles 3664, 3678, and 3680 and movie previews 3670, 3682, and 3684—of an internet search of phrase 4103, in Figure 4IF. The device detects a tap gesture, including contact 4120 in Figure 41G, on movie preview 3670. In response, the device posts movie preview 3670 to the messaging session, displaying movie preview 3670 in conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 41H. In some embodiments, detecting the word or phrase is done in response to detecting the input that activates the search affbrdance, The plurality o f categorized content items displayed in the search user interface includes a content item stored on the electronic device associated with the word or phrase detected in the conversation transcript,

1001036] In some embodiments, the device detects (4432), In the conversation transcript, a word or phrase associated with additional content stored on the electronic device and additional content available on the Internet (e.g., business/restaurant info, music info, movie info; insert boilerplate from Slri/ontology applications). In some embodiments, detecting the word or phrase is done in In response to detecting the input that activates the search affordance. The plurality of categorized content items displayed in the search user interface includes content item from the Internet associated with the word or phrase detected in tire conversation transcript.

[001037] it should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 44A-44D have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various wavs to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g,, methods 600, 800, 1000. 1200, 1400, 1600,

1800, 2100, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300, 4200,4600,4800, 5000, 5200, 5400, 5600,

5800, 6000, 6200, 6400, 6600, 6800, and 7000) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 700 described above with respect to Figures 44A-44D. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, animations described above with reference to method 4400 optionally have one or more of the charac teristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile ou tpu ts, intensity

V)i

DK 2016 70654 A1 thresholds, focus selectors, animations described herein wuh reference ro nthei methods described herein (e g., methods 600, 800, WOO, 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2100, 2400, 2600,

2800, 3100, 3300, 4200, 4600, 4800, 5000, 5200, 5400, 5600, 5800, 6000, 6200, 6400,

6600, 6800, and 7000). For brevity, these details are not repeated here, (001038] In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 45 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 4500 configured In accordance with the principles of tbe various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. If is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 45 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various descr ibed embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein, [001039] As shown in Figure 45, an electronic device 4500 includes a display unit 4502 configured to display user interfaces, a touch-sensitive surface unit 4504, and a processing unit 4506 coupled to tire display unit 4502 and the touch-sensitive surface unit 4504. In some embodiments, the processing unit includes a display enabling unit 4508, a detecting unit 4510, a transmitting unit 4512, a selecting unit 4514, and an updating unit 4316.

[001040] The processing unit 4506 is configured to: display (e.g., with display enabling unit 4508) a messaging user interface on the display unit 4502, the messaging user interface including a con versat ion transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device 4500 and at least one other user, and a search affordance. The processing unit 4506 is further configured to, while displaying the messaging user interface, detect (e.g.. with detecting unit 4510) an Input that activates the search affordance. The processing unit 4506 is further configured to, in response to detecting the input that activates the search affordance: cease to display (e.g,, with display enabling unit 4508) the messaging user interface, and display a search user interface, the search user interface including a search field and a plurality of categorized content items, wherein the plurality of categorized content items includes at least a content item stored on the electronic device 4500 and a content, item from the internet. The processing unit 4506 is further configured to, while

292

DK 2016 70654 A1 displaying the search user interface, detect {e.g.. with detecting unit 4510» an input that sel ects a first content i tem in the plurality of categorized content Items. The processing unit 4506 is further configured to, after detecting the input that selects the first content item in the plurality of categorized content items: cease to display (e.g., with display enabling unit 4508) the searching user interface, display the first content Item in the conversation transcript within the messaging user interface, and transmit (e.g., with transmitting unit 4512) the first content item to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the first content item in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

[0Ö1Ö41] In some embodiments, the processing unit 4506 is configured to, while displaying the search user interface, and prior to detecting the input that selects the first content item in the plurality of categorized content items, receive input (e.g., with receiving input unit 4518) of a query in the search field. The processing unit 4506 is further configured to, in response to receiving Input of the query In the search field, update (e.g,, with updating unit 4516) the displayed plurality of categorized content items to display content items that satisfy the query'.

|001042j In some embodiments, the processing unit 4506 is configured to, in response to detecting the input that selects die first content item, display (e.g., with display enabling unit 4508) the first content item in the message-input area. The processing unit 4506 Is further configured to, while displaying the first content item in the message-input area, receive input (e.g,, with receiving input unit 4518) of a message in the message input area. The processing unit 4506 is further configured to, after receiving input of the message in the message-input area, detect an input that corresponds to a request to post the contents of the message-input area to the messaging session, the contents including die first content item and the message. The processing unit 4506 is further configured to, in response to detecting the Input that corresponds to the request to post the contents of the message-input area to the messaging session, display (e.g., with display enabling unit 4508) the first content item in the conversation transcript, display (e.g., with display enabling unit 4508) the message in the conversation transcript, wherein the message partially overlaps the first content item in the conversation transcript, and transmit (e.g., with transmitting unit 4512) the first content item and the message to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one

293

DK 2016 70654 A1 other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the first content item and the message in a conversation transcript -corresponding to the messaging session, wherein the message partially overlaps the first content item in the conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging session.

[001043] In some embodiments, the processing unit 4506 is configured to, in response to detecting the input that selects the first content item, in accordance with a determination that the input that selects the first content item meets one or more mput-area-dlsplay criteria, display (e.g,, with display enabling unit 4508) the first content item in the message Input area. The processing unit 4506 is further configured to, in accordance with a determination that the input that selects the first content item meets one or more transcript-area-display criteria: display (e.g,, with display enabling unit 4508) the first content item in the conversation transcript, and transmit, (e.g,, with transmitting unit 4512) the first content item to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the first content item in a conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging session.

100.1044] In some embodiments the electronic device 4500 includes one or more sensors units configured to detect intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface unit 4504. In some embodiments, detecting the input that selects dre first content item in the plurality o f conten t items includes detecting a first contac t at a loca tion on the touchsensitive surface unit 4504 that corresponds to display of the first content item on the display unit 4502, In some embodiments, the one or more transcript-area-display criteria require that a characteristic intensity of the first contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit 4504 meet a respective intensity threshold in order for the transcript-area-display criteria to be met. In some embodiments, the one or more input-area-display criteria do not require that the characteristic intensity of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface nnit 4504 meet the respective intensity threshold in order for the selection criteria to be met, [001045) In some embodiments, the one or more input-area-display criteria are met upon detection of a tap gesture on the touch-sensitive surface unit 4504.

[001046] in some embodiments, the processing unit 4506 is configured to, while displaying die first content netum the com ersat ion naiHcript within the messaging user Interface, detect (e.g., with detecting unit 4510) a first Input by a first contact at a location

2¾

DK 2016 70654 A1 that corresponds to the first: content: item. The processing unit: 4506 is further configured to, in response to detecting the first input, in accordance with a determination that die first contact meets one or more expansion criteria, display (e.g,, with display enabling unit 4508) an expanded version of content associated with the first content item.

(001047] In some embodiments, the processing unit 4506 is configured to detect, in the conversation transcript a word or phrase associated with additional content stored on the electronic device 4500 and additional content available on the Internet, wherein the plurality of categorized content items displayed in the search user interface includes a content item stored on the electronic device 4500 associated with the word or phrase defected in the conversation transcript, (003.048] in some embodiments, the processing unit 4506 is configured to, detect, in the conversation transcript, a word or phrase associated with additional content stored on the electronic device 4500 and additional content available on the Internet, wherein the plurality of categorized content items displayed in the search user interface includes content item from the Internet associated with the word or phrase detected in the conversation transcript.

(001040] in some embodiments, the search affordance is a search application launch icon that is displayed with a plurality of launch icons for interactive applications within the messaging application.

(001050] In some embodiments, the processing unit 4506 is configured to, prior to displaying the plurality of launch icons for in teractive applications in the messaging user interface, the messaging user interface included the conversation transcript of the messaging session between a user of the electronic device 4500 and at least one other user, a keyboard, a message-input area, and an application affordance; detect (e.g., with detecting unit 4510) a user input that activates the application affordance. The processing unit 4506 is further configured to, in response to detecting the user Input that activates the application affordance, replace display of the keyboard with display of the plurality of launch icons for interactive applications.

(003051( The operations described above with reference to figures 44Α-44Π are optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures I A-l B or f igure 43. For example, detection operations 4408 and 441:2 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter

295

DK 2016 70654 A1

170, eventrecognizer ISO and er ent handle! P>ø Ft cut mnntto! 17 i m e\ ent sorku i 70 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 1.12, and event dispatcher .module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handier .190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1A-1B.

(001052 ] Figures 46A-46D are How diagrams illustrating a method 4600 of adding an interactive application io a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments The method 700 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300. Figure 3. or portable multifunction device 100, Figure I A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect Intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touchsensitive surface. Some operations In method 700 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed, (001053] As described below, the method 700 provides an intuitive way to add an interactive application to a messaging application. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs front a user when adding an interactive application to a messaging application, thereby creating a more efficient humait-ntachine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to add an interactive application to a messaging appheation faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases tlte time between battery charges.

(001054] The device displays (4602) a messaging user interface of a messaging application (e.g., messaging user interface 3500 in Figure 38.AQ) on the display, the

296

DK 2016 70654 A1 messaging user interface including a conversation transcnpt {e g„ displayed in a first area of the di splay, such as conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 38AQ) of a messagi ng sessio n between a user of the electronic device and at leas t one other user (e.g. , of another electronic device), and an application affordance (e.g., application affordance 3508 in Figure AQ). In some embodiments, the messaging user interlace includes a message input area that is configured to display content ready to be posted to the messaging session (e.g., messageinput area 3502 in Figure AQ). in some embodiments, the messaging user interface includes a keyboard (e.g., digital keyboard 3501 in Figure 38AQ), e.g,, displayed in a second area of the display.

(001055) While displaying the messaging user interlace, the device detects (4604) an input that activates the application affordance. For example, a tap gesture including contact 3876 on application affordance 3508 in Figure 38AR.

(001056] in response to detecting the input that activates the application affordance (e.g,, while maintaining display of the conversation transcript), the device concurrently displays (4606) a launch icon for an application store and a plurality of launch icons for interactive applications, where activation of a respective launch icon for an interactive application launches a corresponding application that is displayed within the messaging application. For example, in response to detecting the tap gesture including contact 3876 in Figure 38AR, device 100-1 displays application selection tray 3654, including launch icon 3601 for an application store and other launch icons for interactive applications—e.g., launch icon 3603 for a tic-tac-toe application, launch icon 3605 for a reservation application, launch icon 3611 for a live video-streaming application, and launch icon 3615 for a music application.

(001057( In some embodiments, the messaging user interface is not displaying a digital keyboard just prior to detecting the input that activates the application affordance (e.g., the conversation transcript is maximized and includes display of the application affordance or the keyboard is replaced by a user interface for an interactive application that is displayed within the messaging application). In some embodiments, the plurality of launch icons for interactive applica tions replaces display of the keyboard. In some embodiments, replacing display of the keyboard includes ceasing to display the keyboard

26?

DK 2016 70654 A1 and displacing the pluralifr of launch icons for interactne apphcai ions where the keyboard had been displayed, [001058] In some embodiments, the interactive application is configured to perforin (4608) a subset (e.g., less than all) of the functions of a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, in some embodiments, the application store application launched in response to activation of launch icon 3601 only allows download of applications operable within a messaging application. In contrast, a corresponding application store application (e.g., as launched from a home screen on the device outside of the messaging application) allows download of applications operable within a messaging application and applications operable outside of the messaging application.

[001059] In some embodiments, the interact'd e application launch icon displays (4610) an identifier for a corresponding application opera ted separate from the messaging application. For example, in Figure 38ÄS, application store launch icon 3601 includes a same or similar ^£iA” logo as au application store application operated outside of the messaging application.

[001060] In some embodiments, the interactive application displays (4612) a portion (e.g.. less than all) of the content displayed by a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, in some embodiments, the application store application launched in response to activation of launch icon 3601 only displays alt downloadable applications that are operable within the messaging application. In contrast, a corresponding application store application (e.g., as launched from a home screen on the device outside of the messaging application) displays all downloadable applications operable within a messaging application and operable outside of the messaging application.

[001061] In some embodiments, the interactive application causes (4614) the device to launch a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application upon detection of a predefined input. For example, in response to a first input (e.g., a tap, press, deep press, long-press, or multi-finger gesture) on application store launch icon 3601 In Figure 38AS, the device launches an application store application within the messaging application. In response to a second (e.g., different) input (e.g., a tap, press, deep press,

298

DK 2016 70654 A1 long-press, or.multi-finger gesture) on application store launch icon 3601 in Figure 38ÄS, the device launches an application store application outside of the messaging application.

(001062] in some embodiments, the interactive application is operated (4616) separately from a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, the application store application launched in response to activation of launch icon 3601 may be operated when a corresponding application store application operated outside of the application in not running.

(001063] in some embodiments, the Interactive application is operated (4618) In conjunction with a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, the application store application launched in response to activation of launch icon 3601 may not be operated when a corresponding application store application operated outside of the application in not running.

(001064] In some embodiments, the interactive application has a dedicated portion of the memory for temporary storage (4620) that is different from a dedicated portion of the memory for temporary storage for a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, in some embodiments, records of applicat ions downloaded using the application store application corresponding to launch icon 3601 are stored In a different portion of memory than records of applications downloaded using a corresponding application store application operated outside of the messaging application.

1001065] In some embodiments, the corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application Is configured (4622 ) to access the dedicated portion of memory·' for temporary storage for the interactive application. For example, in some embodiments, the corresponding application store application operated outside of the messaging application can access the records of applications downloaded using the application store application corresponding to launch icon 3601.

(001066] The device then detects (4624) an input that activates the launch icon for the application store. For example, device 100-1 detects a tap gesture including a contact on application store launch icon 3601 in Figure 38.AS.

(001067] in response to detecting the input that activates the launch icon for the application store, the device (4626) ceases to display the messaging user interface and

299

DK 2016 70654 A1 displays an application store user interface, including display of at least one interactive application available for download to the electronic device. For example, responsive to detecting a tap gesture including a contact on application store launch icon 3601 in Figure 38S, device 100-1 replaces display of messaging user interface 3500 with display of an application store user interface.

)001068] While displaying the application store user interface, the dev ice detects (4628) an input that corresponds to a request to download a Inst interactive application that is not stored in the memory of the e lectronic device . For example, device 100-1 detects a tap gesture including a contact on an icon for a tic-tac-toe application not stored on the device, in some embodiments, the input is a tap gesture on a download icon, which initiates automatic downloading and installation of the first interactive application on the device (e.g., as soon as the device detects the tap gesture, the application begins downloading on the device), in some embodiments, the input is a tap gesture on a download confirmation icon, which asks the user to confirm that the user wants to download the first interactive application and which initiates automatic downloading and installation of the first interactive application on the device (e.g., in response to detecting the tap gesture, the device displays a request to confirm the download request and/or confirm the identity of the user.

)001069) in response to detecting die input that corresponds to the request to download the first interactive application, the device (4630) downloads the first interactive application to the memory·' of the electronic device, replaces display of the application store user interface with display of the messaging user interface (e.g., messaging user interface 3500 in Figure 38AS), the messaging user interface including the conversation transcript (e.g., conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 38AS) and at least some of the plurality of launch icons for interactive applications (e.g,, some of the launch icons displayed in application selection tray 3654 in Figure 38AS). In some embodiments, the messaging user interlace also includes a messaging-input area (e.g., message-input area 3502 in Figure 38AS. The device also adds a launch icon that corresponds to the first interactive application to the display of the plurality of launch icons for interactive applications (e.g., the device would add application launch icon 3603 for the downloading tic-tac-toe application to application selection Uay 3654 in Figure 38AS, mo

DK 2016 70654 A1 [0Ö1070] In some embodiments, adding a launch icon that corresponds to the first interactive application to the display of the plurality of launch icons tor interactive applications includes displaying (4632) an indicia (e.g. an animation indicating) that the first interactive application is being downloaded. For example, an indicia similar to indicia

3709, indicating download of a tic-tac-toe appl ication, in Figure 37BH.

[001071j In some embodiments, the indicia (e.g., the animation) indicates (4634) the progress of the download of the first interactive application. For example, in Figure 37B14, the size of the partial circle in indicia 3709 grows, in accordance with a percentage of the application that is downloaded, until the application is completely downloaded.

[001072j It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in

Figures 46A-46D have been described is merely exemplary and is not Intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2100, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300, 4200,4600, 4800, 5000, 5200, 5400, 5600,

5800, 6000, 6200, 6400, 6600. 6800, and 7000) are also appl icable in an analogous manner to method 4600 described above with respect to Figures 46A-46C, For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, animations described above with reference to method 4600 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 600, 800, 1000, 1200, .1400, 1600,1800,2100, 2400, 2600, 2800, 5100. 3300, 4200, 4600,4800, 5000, 5200, 5400, 5600, 5800, 6000,

6200, 6400, 6600,6800, and 7000). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

(001073] in accordance with some embodiments, Figure 47 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 4700 configured in accordance with the principles of the invention as described above. The functional blocks of the device may be implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the invention, it is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described In Figure 47 may be combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the

301

DK 2016 70654 A1 principles of the invention as described above. Therefore, the description herein may· support any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.

|001074j As shown in Figure 47, an electronic device 4700 includes a display unit 4702 configured to display user interfaces; a touch-sensitive surface unit 4704 configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit 4706 coupled with the display unit 4702 and the touch-sensitive surface unit 4704, In some embodiments, the processing unit 4706 includes a detecting unit 4708, a display enabling unit 4710, a ceasing unit 4712, a downloading unit 4714, a display replacing unit 4716, and an adding unit 4718.

[001075] The processing unit 4706 is configured to; enable display of a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display unit 4702. the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and an application affordance (e.g., with the display enabling unit 4710); while displaying the messaging user interface, detect an input that activates the application affordance (e.g,, with the detecting unit 4708); in response to detecting the input that activates the application affordance, concurrently enable display of a launch icon for an application store and a plurality of bunch icons for interactive applications, wherein activation of a respective launch icon for an interactive application launches a corresponding application that is displayed within the messaging application (e.g., with the display enabling unit 4710); detect an input that activates the launch icon for the application store (e.g., with the detecting unit 4708); in response to detecting die input that activates the launch icon for the application store; cease to display the messaging user interlace (e.g., with die ceasing unit 4712), and enable display of an application store user interface, including display of at least one interactive application available for download to the elecironic device (e.g., with the display enabling unit 4710); while displaying the application store user interface, detect an input that corresponds to a request to download a first interactive application that is not stored in die memory of the electronic device (e.g,, with the detecting unit 4708); and, in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to download the first interactive application: download the first interactive application to the memory of the electronic device (e.g.. with the downloading unit 4714); replace display of the application store user interface with display of the messaging user interlace, die messaging user interface including the conversation transcript and at least

302

DK 2016 70654 A1 some of the plurality of bunch icons For interactive applications (e.g., with the display replacing unit 4716); and add a launch icon that corresponds to the first interactive application to the display of the plurality of launch icons for interactive applications (e.g., with the adding unit 4718).

1001076] In some embodiments, adding a launch icon that corresponds to the first Interactive application to the display of the plurality of launch icons for interactive applications includes displaying an indicia that the first interactive application is being downloaded.

(001077] In some embodiments, the indicia indicates the progress of the download of the first interactive application.

(001078] in some embodiments, the interactive application is configured to perforin a. subset of the functions of a corresponding appl ication operated separate from the messaging application.

(00.1070] In some embodiments, the interactive application launch icon displays an identifier for a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application.

(001080] In some embodiments., the interactive application displays a portion of the content displayed by a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application.

(001081 ] In some embodiments, the interactive application causes fee device to launch a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application upon detection of a predefined input.

(00.1082] In some embodiments, the interactive application is operated separately from a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application.

(001083] In some embodiments, the interactive application is operated In conjunction with a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application.

(001084] In some embodiments, the interactive application has a dedicated portion of the memory for temporary storage that is different from a dedicated portion of the memory for temporary storage for a. corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application.

307

DK 2016 70654 A1 (001085] In some embodiments, the corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application is configured to access the dedicated portion of memory for temporary storage for the interactive application.

|001086j The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g,, as described above with respect io Figures 1A and 3) or application specific chips.

(091087] The operations described above with reference to Figures 46A-46C are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures I A-l B or Figure 47. For example, detection operations 4604 and 4624 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respective event recognizer ISO of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated wi th the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handier 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what Is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be Implemented based on the components depicted In Figures I A-IB.

1001088] Figures 48A-48D are flow diagrams illustrating a method 4800 of posting messages to a messaging session from a user interface other than the user interface for die messaging application in accordance with some embodiments. The method 700 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure 1 A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensifies of contacts with tire touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface.

304

DK 2016 70654 A1

Some operations m method'700 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some Operations is, optionally, changed.

|001089] As described below, the method 4800 provides an intuitive way to post messages to a messaging session from anser interface other than the user interface for the messaging application. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of fire inputs from a user when posting messages to a messaging session from a user interface other than the user interface for the messaging application, thereby creating a more efficient humanmachine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to post messages to a messasinn session from a user interface other than the user .interface for the messaains? application faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges, (001090] The device displays (4802) a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display (e.g., messaging user interface 3500 in Figures 37F, 370, and 37AS), the messaging user interface Including a conversation transcript (e.g., displayed in a first area of the display, such as conversation transcript 3700 in Figures 37F, 370, and 37 AS) of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g., of another electronic device}, a first message-input area (e.g., message-input area 3502 in Figures 37F, 370, and 37AS), and a launch icon for an interactive application (e.g,, an application operated within the messaging application than can be updated by all participants of the messaging session; e.g., launch icon 3708 for an interactive reservations application, reservations interactive application object 3728 displayed in transcript 3700 in Figure 370, and launch icon 3774 for an Interactive tic-tac-toe application in Figure 37AS).

(001091] in some embodiments, once the interactive application is posted to the messaging session, any participant of the session may open the interactive application, make a change within the interactive application (e.g., change a location on a map, select a topping for a pizza, make or change an appointment, or take a turn in a game, such as tictac-toe), and the change is sent to all participants of the messaging session. For example, once a session of a reservations interactive application is posted to a messaging session corresponding to conversation transcript 3700, as illustrated by display of reservation application object 3728 in transcript 3700 in Figure 370, any user included in the messaging transcript can open the application session and change the time of the ins

DK 2016 70654 A1 reset vation. This is Illustrated, for example, in Figures 37P-37AC, where Abe, the operator of device i 00-2, changes the time of the reservation made by Andrew, the operator of device 100-1, from 6:30 .PM, as shown in Figure 37P, to 8:00 PM, as shown in Figure 37

AC.

[001092) In some embodiments, the fu st message input area is configured to display text and other content ready to be posted to the messaging session. For example, after receiving input of message 3736 in Figure 37N, the message is posted to the messaging session, as illustrated by display of message 3736 in conversation transcript 3700 in Figure 370.

[001093] In some embodiments, the launch icon for the interactive application is concurrently displayed (4804) with a plurality of launch icons for other interactive applica tions in the messaging user interface. For example, launch icon 3603 for an interactive tic-tac-toe application and launch icon 3605 for an interactive reservation application are displayed in application selection tray 3654 with other launch icons for interactive applications-.....e.g,, application launch icon 3611 for a live video-streaming application, application launch icon 3613 for an interactive pizza ordering application, and application launch icon 3615 for an interactive music application.

[001094] In some embodiments, the interactive application launch icon displays {4806) an identifier for a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, application launch icon 3708 for an interactive reservations application displays concentric circle identifiers for a corresponding reservation application operated outside of the messaging application.

1001095] While displaying the messaging user interface, the device detects (4808) an input that activates the launch icon for the interactive application. In some embodiments, the input is a tap gesture on the launch icon. For example, device 100-1 detects a tap gesture including contact 3710 on launch icon 3708 in Figure 37P, activating a corresponding interactive reservations application in Figure 37G. For example, device 1002 detects a tap gesture including contact 3738 on reservations application object 3728 in Figure 37P, activating a corresponding interactive reservations application in Figure 37Q, For example, device 100-1 detects a tap gesture including contact 3776 on tic-tac-toe

306

DK 2016 70654 A1 application launch icon 3774 in Figure 37AT, activating a corresponding interactive tic-tactoe application in Figure 3 7AIL (001096] In some embodiments, detecting the input that activates the launch icon for the interactive application Includes (4810) detecting a first input by a first contact at a. location corresponding to the launch icon for the interactive application, in response to detecting the first input, displaying a menu that includes a plurality of options for how to run the interactive application (e.g., to play iie-tac-ioe as ”X” or ”O”; to operate the interactive application In full-screen mode or embedded within the messaging user interface), and detecting a second input that selects a first option in the plurality of options for how to run the interactive application.

(001097] For example, device 100-1 detects a tap gesture including contact 3776 on tic-tac-toe launch icon 3774 in Figure 37AT. In response to detecting the contact, the device displays menu 3778 including options 3780-1 and 3780-2 for playing the game as Ό’ or respectively. Responsive to detecting selection of Ό’ via a tap gesture on affordance 3780-1, including contact 3782 in Figure 37AV, device 100-1 displays tic-tactoe user interface 3784 over a portion of messaging user interface 3500 in Figure 37AW.

(001098] in some embodiments, the second input is a continuation of the first Input, such as, dragging a first contact to a location corresponding to the first option and liftingoff, or increasing the intensi ty of the first contact, to select the first option. In some embodiments, the second input is by a second contact at a location corresponding to the first option, e.g., a tap gesture on the first option. In some embodiments, the menu is displayed on top of the launch icon and/or the plurality of launch icons. In some embodiments, the menu replaces display of the interactive launch icon, which includes ceasing to display the launch icon or plurality of launch icons and displaying the menu where the launch icou(s) had been displayed. For example, menu 3778 in Figure 37AU replaces display of interactive launch icon 3774 in response to detecting contact 3776 in Figure 37AT.

(001099] In response to detecting the input that activates the launch icon for the interactive application, the device displays (4812) a user interface for the interactive application (e.g., an “interactive application user interface'⁵). The interactive application user interface includes a second message-input area that is distinct from the first messageinput area. For example, interactive reservation application user interface 3712 includes

307

DK 2016 70654 A1 message-input area 3710 in Figures 37G and 37Q. which is separate trom message-input area 35(32 displayed in the messaging user interface 3500 m Figures 37F and 37Ρ,

Similarly; interactive tic-tae-toe application user interface 3784 includes message-input area

3716 in Figure 37 AW’, which is separate from message-input area 3502 displayed in the messaging user interface 3500, as seen in the background of Figure 37'AW.

(00110(3) In some embodiments, the interactive application user interface is displayed over at least a portion of the messaging user interface. For example, interactive iie-tac-ioe application user Interface 3784 is displayed over a portion of messaging user interface 3500 in Figure 37AW. In some embodiments, where the Interactive application user interface is d isplayed over a portion of the messagi ng user interface, the messaging user interface i s blurred, faded, or otherwise obscured to emphasize display of the interactive application user interface,

J0011011 In some embodiments, the interactive application user interface replaces display of the messaging user interface. For example, interactive reservations application user interface 3712, illustrated in Figure 37G, replaces display o f messaging user interlace 3500 in Figure 37F, upon activation, (001102) In some embodiments, the interactive application user interface, or a portion of the interactive application user interlace (e.g., where the interactive application user interface is displayed in more than one continuous area on the display) is displayed within the message transcript. For example., pizza application object 3735, displayed within transcript 3700 in Figure 37CÄ, is a non-contiguous portion of the user interface for an interactive pizza ordering application, because It displays a current status of the pizza being ordered. For example, in response to pepperoni being added to the pizza in Figure 37CD, pizza ordering application object 3735 displays pepperoni on the pizza in Figure 37CE.

(001103) In some embodiments, the user interface for the interactive application includes (4814) at least one avatar, each respective avatar In the at least one avatar corresponding to a user in the at least one other user included in the messaging session. For example, user interface 3712 tor an Interactive reservation application displays avatar 3510 corresponding to Abe, when displayed on device 100-1 (e.g. , operated by Andrew) in Figure 37G, and displays avatar 3511 corresponding to Andrew, when displayed on device 100-2 (e.g., operated by Abe).

308

DK 2016 70654 A1

IW11O41 In some embodiments, the user interface for the interactive application includes (4816) a plurality of avatars displayed as a stack of avatars (e.g,, an overlapping stack of avatars, such as stack of avatars 4002 in Figure 40A.

(001105] In some embodiments, while displaying the interactive application user interlace, the device (4818 ) detects a third input by a third contact at a location corresponding to an avatar within the user interface for the interactive application and, in response to detecting the third input, displaying a menu of actions, that are associated with the avatar (e.g., for sending to the user associated with the avatar a personal message, calling, video chatting, sending a payment, and/or sending a digital touch). In some embodiments, the menu or actions is overlaid on top of the user interface for the interactive application. For example, responsive to detecting a input including an increase in a characteristic intensity of contact 3799 from Figure 37AM to 37AM, while over avatar 3510 In reservations application user interlace 3712, menu 3882 of actions 3884 is displayed in Figure 37AN.

(001106] In some embodiments, the interactive application is configured (4820) to perform a subset (e.g., less than all) of the functions of a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, in some embodiments, an interactive reservations application operated within a messaging application is be configured to allow making reservations but not configured to allow users to comment on a

S-' s·· s·· restaurant. In contrast, the corresponding reservation application operable outside of the messaging application Is configured to allow making reservations and commenting on a restaurant, (001107] In some embodiments, the interactive application displays ( 4822) a portion (e.g... less than ail) of the content displayed by a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, in some embodiments, an interactive reservations application operated within a messaging application displays restaurant ratings but not user comments on a restaurant. In contrast, the corresponding reservation application operable outside of the messaging application displays both restaurant ratings and user comments on a restaurant.

]001108] In some embodiments, the interactive tipplication causes (4824) the device to launch a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application upon

309

DK 2016 70654 A1 detection ofa predefined input. For example, in response to a first input (e.g., a tap, press, deep press, long-press, or multi-finger gesture) on interactive reservations application launch, icon 3708 in Figure 37F, the device launches the interacti ve reservations application within the messaging appl ication. In response to a second (e.g,, different I input (e.g., a tap, press, deep press, long-press, or multi-finger gesture) on interactive reservations application launch icon 3708 in Figure 37F, the device launches a reservations application outside of the messaging application.

[001109] In some embodiments, the interactn e application is operated (482o) separately from a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, the interactive reservations application launched in response to acti vation of launch icon 3708 in Figure 37F is operable when a corresponding reservations application operated outside of the messaging application is not running,

1001110] in some embodiments, the interactive application Is operated (4828) in conjunction with a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, the interactive reservations application launched in response to activation of launch icon 3708 in Figure 37F is not operable when a corresponding reservations application operated outside of the messaging application is not running,

1001111] In some embodiments, the interactive application has a dedicated portion of the memory for temporary storage (4830) that is different fro m a dedicated portion of the memory for temporary storage for a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, in some embodiments, records of reservations made using the interactive reservations application operated within the messaging application are stored in a different portion of memory than records of reservations made using a corresponding reservations application operated outside of the messaging application.

[001112] In some embodiments, the cortesponding application operated separate from the messaging application is configured (4832) to access the dedicated portion of memory for temporary storage for the interactive application. For example, in some embodiments, the corresponding reservations application operated outside of the messaging applicat ion can access the records of reservations made using the interactive reservations application operated within the messaging application, ,

SO

DK 2016 70654 A1 (001113] While displaying the interactive application user interface, the device detects (4834) an input of a first message in the second message-input area. For example, while displaying interactive reservations application user interface 3712, device 100-2 detects input of message 3746 in message-input area 3716 in Figure 37S.

[001114] In response to detecting the input of the first message in the second messageinput area, the device displays (4836) the first message in the second message-input area. For example, in response to detecting input of message 3746, device 100-2 displays the message in message-input area 3716 In Figure 37T.

1001115] While displaying the first message in the second message-input area, the device detects (4838) an input that corresponds to a request to post the contents of the second message-input area to the messaging session. In some embodiments, the input is a tap gesture on a send icon. For example, device 100-2 detects an input including contact 3748 on sending affordance 3520 in Figure 37U.

1001116] In response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to post the contents of the second message-input area to the messaging session, tire device transmits (4840) the first message to one or more (e.g., second) electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user Included In the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the first message in a conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging session. For example, In response to detecting the input including contact 3748 on sending affordance 3520 in Figure 3711 device 100-2 transmits message 3746 at 9:29 AM to other device 100-1 associated with Andrew, who is included in the messaging session. Device 1.00-1 receives message 3746 and displays it within conversation transcript 3700 at 9:29 AM, in Figure 37AE,

1001117] In some embodiments, after detecting the input that corresponds to the request to post the contents of the second message-input area to the messaging session, and while displaying the user interfaee for the interactive application, the device detects an input terminating the interactive application (e.g,, a tap on the close button; for example, a tap sesture inciudinn contact 3756 on exit affordance 3714 in Fiaure 3756) and, in response to detecting the input terminating the Interactive application, the device (4842) ceases to display the user interface for the interactive application and displays the messaging user interface, the messaging user Interface including display of the first message In the

311

DK 2016 70654 A1 conversation transcript, For example, responsive to a tap gesture -including contact 3756 on exit affordance 3714 in Figure 3756, device 100-2 replaces display of interactive reservations application user interface 3712 in Figure 37AB with display of messaging user interface 3500 in Figure 37AC. Message 3746.. posted while device 100-2 was displaying interactive reservations application user interface 3712 in Figures 37U-37V, is displayed in conversation transcript 3700 in Figure 37AC.

1001118] In some embodiments, while displaying the user interface for the interactive application (e.g., in full-screen mode), the device (4844) receives a message associated wife the messaging session and, in response to receiving the message associated with the messaging session, transiently displays the message overlaid on top of the user interlace for the interactive application. For example, while displaying user interface 3712 for an interactive reservations application in foil screen mode in Figure 37V, associated with a messaging session corresponding to conversation transcript 3700 in Figure 37P, device 1002 receives message 3750, associated with the messaging session corresponding to conversation transcript 3700 at 9:30 AM, and transiently displays the message over user inter Sice 371.2 In Figure 37 W, even though conversation transcript 3700 is not displayed in user interface 3712.

[001119] In some embodiments, messages associated with other messaging sessions are not displayed over the interacti ve application user interface when received. For example, message 41.1.4. posted at 9:28 AM, to a messaging session associated with conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 4ID is not displayed over interactive user interface 3712 in Figures 37Q-37T (e.g., at 9:28 AM), even though device 100-2 corresponds to user “Abe,” who is also included in the messaging session associated with conversation transcript 3503.

[001120) ft should be understood that the particular tuder in which the operations in Figures 48A-48D have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could he performed. Due of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g.. methods 600, 800,1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2100, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300,4200, 4400, 4600, 5000, 5200, 5400, 5600,

DK 2016 70654 A1

5800, 6000, 6200, 6-400.6&lt;?00, 6800, and. 7000i are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 700 described above with respect to Figures 48A-48D, For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, animations described above with reference to method 4800 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g,, methods 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2100, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300, 4200, 4400, 4600, 5000, 5200, 5400, 5600, 5800, 6000, 6200, 6400,

6600, 6800, and 7000), For brevity, these details are not repeated here, (001121] In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 49 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 4900 configured in accordance with the principles of the invention as described above. The functional blocks of the device may be implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and so ftware to carry out the principles of the invention, ft is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 49 may be combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the in vention as described above. Therefore, the description herein may support any possible combination or separation or further definition of tire functional blocks described herein.

(001122] As shown in Figure 49, an electronic device 4900 includes a display unit 4902 configured to display user interfaces; a touch-sensitive surface unit 4904 configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit 4906 coupled with the display unit 4902 and the touch-sensiti ve surface unit 4904, In some embodiments, the processing unit 4906 includes a detecting unit 4908, a display enabling unit 4910. a ceasing unit 4912, a transmitting unit 4914, and a receiving unit 4916.

(0Θ1123] The processing unit 4906 is configured to: enable display of a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display unit 4902 (e.g., with die display enabling unit 491.0)» the messaging user interface Including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a first message-input area, and a launch icon for an interactive application; while displaying the messaging user interface, detect an input that activates the launch icon for the Interactive application (e.g., with the detecting unit 4908); in response to detecting the input that

DK 2016 70654 A1 activates the launch icon: for the interactive application, enable display of a user interface for the interactive application (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 4910), the interactive application user interface including a second message-input area that is distinct from the first message-input area; while displaying the interactive application user Interface, detect input of a first message in foe second message-input area (e.g., with the detecting unit 4908); in response to detecting the input of the first message in the second message-input area, enable display of the first message in foe second message-input area (e.g., with the display enabling unit 4910); while displaying the first message in the second message-input area, detect an input that corresponds to a request to post the contents of the second message-input area to the messaging session (e.g., with the detecting unit 4908); and, in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to post the contents of the second message-input area to the messaging session, transmit the first message to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in foe messaging session (e.g., with the transmitting unit 4914), wherein the one or more electronic devices display the first message in a conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging session,

1001124] In some embodiments, the processing unit 4906 is further configured to: after detecting the input that corresponds to the request to post the contents of the second message-input area to foe messaging session, and while displaying the user interface for the interactive application, detect an input terminating the interactive application (e.g., with foe detecting unit 4908); and, in response to detecting the Input terminating the interactive application: cease to display the user interface for the interactive application (e.g., with the ceasing unit 4912), and enable display of the messaging user interface (e.g., with foe display enabling unit 4910), the messaging user interface including display of the first message in the conversation transcript,

Ι0Θ1.1.25] In some embodiments, the launch icon for the interactive application is concurrently displayed with a plurality of launch icons for other interactive applications In the messaging user interface.

[00Π26] in some embodiments, detecting the input that activates the launch icon for the interactive application includes; detecting a first input by a first contact at a location corresponding to foe launch icon for the interactive application; in response to detecting foe

314

DK 2016 70654 A1 first input, displaying a menu. that includes a plurality of options for how to- run the interactive application; and detecting a second input that selects a first option in foe plurality of options for how to run the interactive application.

1001127] In some embodiments, the user interface for the interactive application includes at least one avatar, each respective avatar in the at least one avatar corresponding to a user in the at least one other user included in the messaging session.

(001128] tn some embodiments, the user interface for the interactive application includes a plurality of avatars displayed as a stack of avatars.

(001.1.29] In some embodiments, the processing unit 4906 is further configured to: while displaying foe interactive application user interface: detect a third input, by a third contact at a location corresponding to an avatar within the user interface for the interactive application (e.g., with the detecting unit 4908); and, in response to detecting the third input, enable display of a menu of act ions, that are associated with the avatar (e.g., with the display enabling unit 4910).

[001130] In some embodiments, foe processing tmit 4906 is further configured to; while displaying foe user interface for the interactive application: receive a. message associated with the messaging session (e.g., with foe receiving unit 4916); and, in response to receiving the message associated with the messaging session, transiently enable display of the message overlaid on top of the user interface for the interactive application (e.g., with the display enabling unit 4910).

1001131] in some embodiments, the interactive application is configured to perform a subset of foe functions of a corresponding appl ication operated separate from the messaging application.

(001132] In some embodiments, the interactive application launch icon displays an identifier for a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application.

(001133] In some embodiments, the interactive application displays a portion of the content displayed by a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application.

3ts

DK 2016 70654 A1 (001134] In some embodiments,. the interactive application causes the device to launch a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application upon detection of a predefined input, (001135] In some embodiments, the interactive application is operated separately from a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application.

(001136] In some embodiments, the interactive application is operated in conjunction with a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging appl ication.

(001137] in some embodiments, the interactive application has a dedicated portion of the memory for temporary storage that is different from a dedicated portion of the memory for temporary storage for a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application,

1001138] In some embodiments, the corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application is configured to access the dedicated portion of memory for temporary storage for the interactive application.

(00Π39] The operations in the information processing methods described above arc, optionally implemented by running one or more funct ional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g,, as described above with respect to Figures IA and 3} or application specific chips.

(001140] The operations described above with reference to Figures 4SA-48D are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures I.A-IB or Figure 49, For example, detection operations 4808 and 4834 arc, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180. and event handler 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 1.12. and event dispatcher module 1.74 delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respecti ve event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event Information to respective event definitions 1.86, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handier 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to

Sit?

DK 2016 70654 A1 update the application internal state 192, In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respectise GF I updater 178 to update what is displayed by rite application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art. how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures I A-1B.

(0011411 Figures 5ÖÄ-50C are flow diagrams illustrating a method 5000 of using an interactive application in a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments. The method 5000 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure 1 A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with die display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 5000 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

(001142J As described below, the method 5000 provides an intuitive way to use an interactive application in a messaging application. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a user when using an interactive application in a messaging application, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For batteryoperated electronic devices, enabling a user to use an interactive application in a messaging application faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges, (001143] The device displays (5002) a messaging user interlace of a messaging application on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript (e.g,, displayed in a first area of the display) of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g., of another electronic device), a messageinput area, and an icon for an interacti ve application (“interactive application icon” or “interactive application object”) that is displayed within the conversation transcript.

(001144] As used herein, “interactive application icon” and “interactive application object” are used interchangeably to refer to an item, displayed in a conversation transcript of a messaging session, which is associated with an interactive application in a messaging application, and specifically with a session of the interactive application initiated within the messaging session. When activated in a messaging session, the interactive application

DK 2016 70654 A1 object causes launch ofa user interface før the associated Interactive application, and specifically for the session of the interacti ve application initiated within the messaging session.

1001145] For example, messaging user interface 3500 in Figure 37K includes conversation transcript 3700, message-input area 3502, and icon (e.g., object) 3728 corresponding to an interactive reservations application. Icon 3728 includes identifier 3730, representing that the icon is associated with the interactive reservations application. Icon 3728 also includes information about content input Into the associated session of the interactive application, for example, that a reservation was made for two people at 6:45 PM at Joe’s Bistro, serving /American Fare.

(001146] As anothei example, messaging user interface 3500 in Figure 37B1 includes conversation transcript 3700. message-input area 3502, and icon (e.g., object) 3705 corresponding to an interactive tic-tac-toe application. Icon 3502 includes an identifying image of a tic-tac-toe board with an X and an O tha t were en tered by users in the messaging session.

[001147] As another example, messaging user interface 3500 in Figure 37(71' includes conversation transcript 3700, message-input area 3502, and icon (e.g., object) 3735 corresponding to an interactive pizza ordering application. Icon 3502 does not include identifying information about the interactive application, but does include information about inputs made in the associated session of the interacti ve application, namely that pepperoni was added to the pizza being designed.

(001148] In some embodiments, further information about the state of the associated application or session of the interactive application is displ ayed proximal to an interactive application icon/object. For example, in Figure 37BF. additional information 3795 Is displayed below icon 3705. indicating that the corresponding interactive tic-tac-toe application is not stored in memory of device 100-2, In another example, in Figure 37CS, additional information 3797 is displayed below icon 3735, indicating that Abe added pepperoni to the pizza being designed in the session of the interactive pizza ordering application associated with icon 3735 (e.g., the last change made with in the session of the application).

IS

DK 2016 70654 A1 [Ml 149] In some embodiments, no further information about the state of the associated application Of session of the interactive application is displayed proximal to an interacti ve application icon'object. For example, in Figure 37K, no additional information about the state of the associated application of session of the interactive application is displayed proximal to interactive application icon 3728.

[001150] In some embodiments, an interactive application launch Icon displays (5004) an identifier lor a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. In some embodiments interactive application icons/objects function as application launch icons by enabling launch of a user interface for the interactive application associated with the application icon/object. For example, upon activation of interactive application icon 3728, by an input including contact 3738 in Figure 37P, device 100-2 displays user interface 3712 for the corresponding interactive reservations application in Figure 37Q. The display of icon 3728 includes identifier 3730 for a corresponding reservations appl ication operated separate from the messaging application.

[001151] While displaying the messaging user interface, the device detects (5006) an input that activates the icon for the Interactive application. In some embodiments, the input is a tap gesture on the icon. For example, device 100-2 detects an input including contact 3738 on icon 3728 for an interactive reservations application, in Figure 37P, As another example, device 100-2 detects an input including contact 3711 on icon 3705 for an interactive tic-tac-toe application, in Figure 37BJ. .As another example, device 100-1 detects an input including contact 3765 on icon 3735 for an interactive pizza ordering application, in Figure 37C2.

[091152] in response to detecting the input that activates the icon for the interactive application, the device displays {5008) a user interface for the interactive application (“interacti ve application user interface”) in a first state. For example, device 100-2 displays user interface 3712 for an interactive reservations application in a first state that includes display of a 6:45 PM reservation for 2 people at Joes’s Bistro, in Figure 37Q. As another example, device 100-2 displays user interlace 3782 for an interactive tic-tac-toe application in a first state that includes display of an Ό’ in the center square of tic-tac-toe board 7391 and display of no ‘X’ on tic-tac-toe board 3791, in Figure 37BK. As another example, device 100-1 displays a non-contiguons user interface for an interactive pizza ordering

319

DK 2016 70654 A1 application, including application input area 3731 and application object 3735 in a first state that includes display of pepperoni on the pizza displayed in application object 3735. In some embodiments, the output display of an interactive application (e.g,, the pizza displayed in application object 3735 in Figure 37DA) is also included in an application input area (e.g., the pizzacould be displayed in a corner of input area 3731 in Figure 37DA, (001153] In some embodiments, the interactive application user interface is displayed over at least a portion of the messaging user interface. For example, user interface 3782 for an interactive tic-tac-toe application is displayed over a portion of messaging user interface 3500 in Figure 37BK.

(001154] In some embodiments, the interactive application user interlace replaces display of the messaging user interface. For example, user interface 3712 for an interactive reservations appl ication in Figure 37Q replaces display of messaging user interface in Figure 37 P.

(001155] In some embodiments, the interactive application user interface is displayet! within the message transcript For example, pizza application object 3735, displayed within transcript 3700 in Figure 37CA, is a non-contiguous portion of the user interface for an interactive pizza ordering application, because it displays a current status of the pizza being ordered.

(091156] in some embodiments, the interactive application displays (5010) a portion (e.g., less than all) of the content displayed by a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, in some embodiments, an interactive reservations application operated within a messaging application is be configured to allow making reservations but not configured to allow users to comment on a restaurant. In contrast the corresponding reservation application operable outside of the messaging application Is configured to allow making reservations and commenting on a restaurant, (001157] In some embodiments, the interactive application causes (5012) the device to launch a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application upon detection of a predefined input. For example, in response to a first input (e.g., a tap, press, deep press, long-press, or multi-finger gesture) on interactive reservations application icon 3728 hi Figure 37P, the device launches the interactive reservations application within the messaging application. In response to a second, different input (e.g., a different one of a

320

DK 2016 70654 A1

<img file="DK201670654A1_D0010.tif" />

application icon 3728 in Figure 37F, the device launches a reservations application outside of the messaging application.

{001158] In some embodiments, the interactive application is operated (5014) separately from a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, the Interactive reservations application launched in response to activation of icon 3728 in Figure 37P is operable when a corresponding reservations application operated outside of the messaging application is not tunning.

1001159] In some embodiments,, the interactive application is operated (5016) in conjunction with a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, the interactive reservations application launched in response to activation of Icon 3728 in Figure 37P is not operable when a corresponding reservations application operated outside of the messaging application is not running.

{001.160] In some embodiments, the interactive application has a dedicated portion of the memory for temporary storage (5018) that is different from a dedicated portion of the memoty' for temporary storage for a corresponding application operated separate fr om the messaging application. For example, in some embodiments, records of reservations made using the interactive reservations application launched in response to activation of icon 3728 in Figure 37P and operated within the messaging application are stored in a different portion of memory than records of reservations made using a corresponding reservations application operated outside of the messaging application.

{001161) In some embodiments, the corresponding application operated separate from the messaging appli cat ion is configured to access the dedicated portion of memory for temporary storage for the interactive application. For example, in some embodiments, the corresponding reservations applicat ion opera ted outside of the messaging applica tion can access the records of reservations made using the interactive reservations application launched in response to activation of Icon 3728 in Figure 37P and operated within the messaging application.

{001162} While displaying the user interface for the interactive application, the device

<img file="DK201670654A1_D0011.tif" />

DK 2016 70654 A1 including contacts 3752 in Figure 3?X and 3~5-1 in figure 3~Z, As another example, de\ ice

100-2 detects an input in interactive dc-tac-toe application user interlace 3~S2 including contact 3713 in Figure 37BL, As another example, device 100-1 detects an input in interactive pizza ordering application user interface 3731 (e.g,, application input area 3731) including contacts 3767 in Figure 37DB and 3769 in Figure 37DD, )001163] In response to detecting (or after detecting) the first user input within the user interface for the interactive application, the device (5023) changes display of the user interlace for the interactive application from the first state to a second state (e.g,, placing a second “0” on a tic-tac-toe hoard) and sends information (e.g., a meta-message, instructions, a representation of an indicia of the input), to the one or more (e.g,, second) electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, indicating that the first user input was made in die user interface for die interactive application, wherein the one or more electronic devices display an indicia of the first user input (e.g., indicate that the first user input was made).

)001164) For example, device 100-2 changes the time o f the reservation from 6:45 PM to 8:00 PM in input affordance 3740-1. of interactive reservat ions appl ication user interface 3712 in Figure 37AA. Device 100-2 also sends information, at 9:31 AM, to device 100-1 that the time of the reservation was changed. In response to receiving the information at 9:31 AM, device 1.00-1 indicates the change in the state of the session of the interactive reservations application by moving display of application icon (e.g.. object) 3728 in conversation transcript 3700 from position 3728-a in Figure 37AK. to position 3728-b in Figure 37AL and by changing the time of the reservation displayed within application icon 3728 from 6:45 PM in Figure 37AK to 8:00 PM in Figure 37AL.

IÖÖ1165] In another example, device 100-2 places ‘X’ 3794 in the upper-right corner of tic-tac-toe hoard 3791 displayed in interactive tic-tac-toe application user interface 3782 in Figure 37BM. Device 100-2 also sends information, at 9:35 AM. to device 100-1 that the ‘X’ was placed on tic-tac-toe board 3791, In response to receiving the information at 9:35 AM, device 100-1 indicates the change in the state of the session of the interactive tic-tactoe application by displaying ‘ X’ 3794 in the upper-right comer of tic-tac-toe hoard 3791 in Figure 37A2, by moving display of application icon (e.g,, object) 3786 in conversation transcript 3700 from position 3786-a in Figure 37.AY to position 3784-b in Figure 37AZ,

DK 2016 70654 A1 and by displacing additional information 3795 Yom turn, in conversation transcript 8700, immediately below application icon 3786, In Figure 37AZ.

(001166] in another example, device 100-1 displays mushrooms on the pizza displayed in application object 3735 In Figure 37DE. Device 100-1 also sends information, at 9:42 AM, to device 100-2 that mushrooms were added to the pizza. In response to receiving the information at 9:42 AM, device 100-2 indicates the change in the state of the session of the interactive pizza ordering application by displaying mushrooms on application object (e.g. icon) 3735 in Figure 37CL and by changing additional information 3797 below application object 3735 from “you added pepperoni'’ in Figure 37CK. to “Andrew added .mushrooms” in Figure 37 CL, (001167] In some embodiments, the information Indicating that the first user input was made in the user interface for the interactive application includes (5024) information that causes movement of a corresponding Icon for the interactive application within (e.g,, to the end of and/or to an opposite side of) a conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging session.

(001168] For example, an interactive application icon is placed at a particular place in a conversation transcript according to when it was first opened in (e.g,, posted to) the messaging session. Thereafter, the interactive application icon is moved to the end of the transcript when a device corresponding to a user included in the messaging session changes the state of the session of the interactive application.

1001169] For example, information sent to device 100-1 causes the device to move display of application icon (e.g., object) 3728 in conversation transcript 3700 ftom position 3728-a in Figure 37AK to position 3728-b in Figure 37AL.

(001170] in another example, information sent to device 100-1 causes the device to move display o f applicat ion icon (e.g,, object) 3786 in conversation transcript 3700 from position 3786-a In Figure 37AY to position 3784-b in Figure 37AZ, (001171] In some embodiments, the information indicating that the first user input was made in the user interface for the interactive application includes (5026) information that causes movement of a corresponding icon for the interactive application from a first side of

DK 2016 70654 A1 a conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging sessi on to a second side of the conversation transcript [001172] For example, an icon for an interact'd e application moves from the right side of the transcript to the left side of the transcript, to indicate that another user included in the messaging session (e.g., a device corresponding to another user) made a last input in the associated session of the interactive application (e.g., took a turn within the interactive application shared within the messaging session). In some embodiments, the information causes the one or more devices to move the icon only where the icon was already displayed on the first side (e.g., the side indicating that a post was made by the user of the electronic device, for example, the right side of conversation transcripts 3506 and 3700 displayed in messaging application user interface 3500) (e.g., a condition precedent must be met for a device in the one or more devices to move the application object). Otherwise, where the application object was already displayed on the second side of the conversation transcript when the information was received, the device maintains display of the application object on the second side upon receiving the information (e.g,, instructions).

[001173 j For example, information sent to device 100-1 causes the device to mote display of application icon (e.g., object) 3728 in conversation transcript 3700 from position 3728-a, on the right side of conversation transcript 3700, in Figure 37 AK to position 3728b, on the left si de of conversation transcript 3700, in Figure 37AL, [001174] In another example, information sent to device 100-1 causes the device to move display of application icon (e.g., object) 3786 in conversation transcript 3700 from position 3786-a, on the right side of conversation transcript 3700, in Figure 37ÄY to position 3784~b, on the left side of conversation transcript 3700, in Figure 37AZ.

[00.1175] In some embodiments, when the application lcuivobject is moved from a fust So a second temporal location within the conversation transcript (e.g.. to represent Shat a new input was received within the session of the corresponding interactive application), an archiving icon/object is placed in the conversation transcript at the first temporal location, to memorialize the previous input that caused the application icon/object to be displayed at the first location.

[001176] For example, device 1.00-1 receives information, at 9:31 AM that the time of a reservat ion was changed by device 100-2. In response, the device moves interactive

324

DK 2016 70654 A1 reservations application kon/object 3728 from position 3728-a, corresponding to a first temporal location in transcript 3700 in Figure 37ÄK» to position 3728-¼ corresponding ίο a second temporal location in transcript 3700 in Figure 37 AL. To memorialize that the reservation was first made at a time corresponding to the first temporal location position in transcript 3700 (e.g., position 3728-b), device 100-1 displays interactive reservations application archiving icon/object 3756, including information on the input made at the first time (e.g., that a reservation was made·'suggested for 6:-45 PM) and an symbol identifying the corresponding interactive application (e.g., the concentric circle symbol corresponding to the interactive reservations application). In some embodiments, the interactive application archiving icon/obj ect includes only one of text describing the input and an application symbol, in some embodiments, the interactive application archiving icon/object includes both text describing the input and an application symbol (001177] In some embodiments, when an interactive application archiving icon/object is activated, additional information on the input associated with that time is displayed, in some embodiments, the information is displayed by opening a user interface for the interactive application in a state corresponding to the state of the session of the interacti ve application at the time the input was made (e.g., showing a particular tic-tac-toe move made at that time). In some embodiments, the information is displayed within or over the conversation transcript (e.g., as an expansion of the Interactive application archiving icon/object or as a pop-up area displayed over/withm the messaging user interface (e.g., over at least a portion of the conversation transcript).

(001178] In some embodiments, where messages posted to the conversation by the user and other participants of the messaging session are displayed on opposite sides of the display, the icon is always displayed on the side corresponding to the user that made the last input (e.g., wherein display of the interactive application icon at the first side of the conversation transcript indicates that a user of the electronic device made a last input in the interactive application user interface, and display of the interactive application icon at the second side of the conversation transcript indicates that another user included in tire messaging session made a last Input in the interactive application user interface).

(001179] In some embodiments, where the Interactive application is a turn-based application, the icon for the interactive application is always displayed on the side of the

DK 2016 70654 A1 ti anser ipt cortesponding to the user whose tum it is to make an input (e g , herein display of the interactive application icon at the first side of the conversation transcript indicates that it is another user included in tire messaging session’s turn to make an input, and display of the interactive application launch icon at the second side of the conversation transcript indicates that it is the user’s turn to make an input, (001180) In some embodiments, the information Indicating that the first user input was made in the user Interface for the interactive application includes (5028) information that causes display of text, indicating the first user input was made, below (or above, next to, near, or proximate to), a corresponding icon for the interactive application within a conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging session.

(001181) For example, information sent to dev ice 100-1 causes the dev ice to display additional information 3795 “Your turn,” in conversation transcript 3700, below (e g., directly below) application icon 3786, in Figure 37AZ, (001182] For example, information sent to device 100-2 causes the device to display additional information 3797 “Andrew added mushrooms” below (e.g., directly below) application object 3735 in Figure 37 CL, (001183) In some embodiments, displaying text includes changing (e.g,, updating) text displayed near the application object prior to receiving the information. For example, information sent to device 100-2 causes the device to update additional information 3797 displayed below (e.g., directly below) application object 3735 from “You added pepperoni” in Figure 37CK to “Andrew added mushrooms” in Figure 37 CL.

(001184) in some embodiments, the text indicates to the user that it is their turn to make a user input (e.g,, “Your turn to play”) or that, it is another user’s turn to make an input (e.g., “Abe’s turn to play). In some embodiments, the text indicates the name of the user who made the user input (e.g,, “Abe played an ‘X’,” or “Andrew changed the reservation”),

1001185) In some embodiments, the information indicating that the first user input was made 1« the user interface for the interactive application Includes (5030) information that causes change of the appearance of a corresponding icon for the interactive application.

DK 2016 70654 A1 [0Ö1186] For example, information sent to device 100-2 causes the device to change the time of the reservation displayed within application icon 3728 trom 6:45 PM in Figure 37ÄK. to 8:00 PM in Figure 37AL.

[001187] In another example, information sent to device 100- i causes the device to display mushrooms on application object (e.g. icon) 3735 in Figure 37CL.

[001188] In some embodiments, the information indicating that the first user input was made in the user interface for the interactive application includes (5032) information that causes change of display of a corresponding user interface for the interactive application from a first state to a second state.

[001189] In some embodiments, where a corresponding interactive user interface is being displayed on another device when the first user makes an input (e.g., when the other device receives the information that the first user makes an input), the display of the other user is updated in real-time (e.g., an 'X^! is placed on the tic-tac-toe board of the second user in real-time).

1001190] For example, interactive tic-tac-toe application user interface 3782 is displayed on touch screen 112 of device 100-1, in Figures 37Y, when the device receives information that ‘X’ 3794 was placed on corresponding tic-tac-board 3791 (e.g., displayed in corresponding tic-tac-toe application user interface 3782 associated with a messaging session corresponding to conversation transcript 3700) on device 100-2 at 9:35 AM. In response, device 100-1 displays ‘X’ 3794 on tic-tac-toe board 3782 in Figure 37AZ (e.g., because interactive tic-tac-toe application user interface 3782 was being displayed when the device received the information, [001191] In some embodiments, when the corresponding interactive interface is not being displayed on the other device, the corresponding interactive user interface is updated upon opening on the device.

(001192] in some embodiments, the interactive application is configured i 5034) to perform a subset (e.g., less than all) of the functions of a conespondnsg application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, in some embodiments, an interactive reservations application operated within a messaging application is be configured to allow making reservations but not configured to allow users to comment on a

DK 2016 70654 A1 restaurant Tn contrast, the corresponding reservation application operable o utside of the messaging application is configured to allow making reservations and commenting on a restaurant.

|001193] It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 5ÖA-50C have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One o f ordinary skil l in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 600, 800,1000, 1200, 1400,1600,

1800, 2100,2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300,4200,4400, 4600,4800, 5200, 5400, 5600,

5800, 6000, 6200, 6400, 6600, 6800, and 7000) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 700 described above with respect to Figures 5ÖA-5OC. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, animations described above with reference to method 5000 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the (contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, animations] described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 600, 800, 1000,1200, 1400, 1600, 1800,2100,2400,2600, 2800, 3100, 3300, 4200, 4400, 4600, 4800, 5200, S400, 5600, 5800, 6000, 6200, 6400, 6600,6800. and 7000). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

(001194] In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 51 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 5100 configured In accordance with the principles of the inven tion as described above. The functional blocks of the device may be implemen ted by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the invention. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 51 may be combined or separated Into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the invention as described above. Therefore, the description herein may support any possible combination or separation or further defini tion of the functional blocks described herein.

(001195] As shown in Figure 51, an electronic device 5100 includes a display unit 5102 configured to display user interfaces; a touch-sensitive surface unit 5104 configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit 5106 coupled with the display unit 5102 and the

328

DK 2016 70654 A1 touch-sensitive surface unit 5104, in some embodiments, the processing unit 5106 includes a detecting unit 5 iOS. a display enabling unit 51 10. a display changing unit 5112, and a sending unit 5114.

I Obi 196] The processing unit 5106 is configured to: enable display of a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display unit 5102 (e.g., with the display enabling unit 5110), the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a message-input area, and an icon for an interactive application that is displayed within the conversation transcript; while displaying the messaging user interface, detect an input that activates the icon for the interactive application (e.g,, with the detecting unit 5108); in response to detecting the input that activates the icon for the interactive application, enable display of a user interface for die interactive application in a first state (e.g., with the display enabling unit 5110); while displaying the user interface for the interactive application, detect a first user input within the user interlace for the interactive application (e.g,, with the detecting unit 5108); and, in response to detecting the first user input within the user interface for the interactive application; change display of the user interlace for the interactive application from the first state to a second state (e.g., with the display changing unit 5112), and send information, io the one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in (he messaging session, indicating that the first user input was made in the user interface for the interactive application (e.g., with the sending unit 51.14). wherein the one or more electronic devices display an indicia of the first user input.

[001197] In some embodiments, the information indicating that the first user input was made in the user interface for the interactive application includes information that causes movement of a corresponding Icon for the interactive application within a conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging session.

[001198] in some embodiments, the information indicating that the first user input was made in the user interface for the interactive application includes information that causes movement of a corresponding icon for the interactive application from a first side of a conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging session to a second side of the conversation transcript.

329

DK 2016 70654 A1 (001199] In some embodiments, the information indicating that the first user input was made in the user interface for the interactive application includes information that causes display of text, indicating the first user input was made, below a corresponding icon for the interactive application within a conversation transcript corresponding to the messaging session.

(001200] In some embodiments, the information indicating that the first user input was made in the user interface for the interactive application includes tnfonnation that causes change of the appearance of a corresponding icon for the interactive application, (001201] In some embodiments, the information indicating that the first user input was made in the user interface for the interactive application Includes information that causes change of display of a corresponding user interface for the interactive application from a first state to a second state, (001202] In some embodiments, the interactive appheation is configured to perform a subset of the functions of a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application.

(001203] In some embodiments, the interaetb e appheation launch icon displays an identifier for a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application (001204] In some embodiments, the interactive applicat ion displays a portion of the content displayed by a corresponding appheation operated separate from the messaging appheation.

(001205] In some embodiments, the interactive application causes the device to launch a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application upon detection of a predefined input.

(001206] bi some embodiments, the interactive appheation is operated separately from a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application.

(001207] In some embodiments, the interactive application is operated in conjunction with a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application.

(001208] In some embodiments, the interactive application has a dedicated portion of the memory for temporary storage that is different from a dedicated portion of the memory

330

DK 2016 70654 A1 for temporary storage for a corresponding application operated separate From the messaging application,

1081209] In some embodiments, the corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application is configured to access the dedicated portion of memory for temporary storage for the interactive application.

[001210] The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to Figures 1A and 3) or application specific chips.

1001211] The operations described above with reference to Figures 5OA-5OC are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures 1 A-l B or Figure 51. For example, detection operations $006 and 5022 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112. and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handier 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures I A-l B.

[001212] Figures 52A-52C are flow diagrams illustrating a method $200 of using an interactive application in a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments. The method 700 Is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure I A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or

331

DK 2016 70654 A1 integrated with the display, in? some embodiments, the display is separate from the touchsensitive surface, Some Operations m method 5200 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally , changed.

(001213] As described below, the method 5200 provides an intuitive way to use an interactive application in a messaging application. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a user when using an interactive application in a messaging application, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For batteryoperated electronic devices, enabling a user to use an interactive application in a messaging application faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.

[001214) The device displays {5202) a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display, the messaging user interlace including a conversation transcript (e.g., displayed In a first area of the display) of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g., of another electronic device), and a message-input area. For example, device 100-2 (operated by Abe) displays messaging user interface 3500 in Figures 37) and 37BD, including conversation transcript 3700 and message-input area 3502.

(001215] While displaying the messaging user interface, the device receives (5204) instructions, from an (second) electronic device that corresponds to another user included in the messaging session (e.g., device 100-1 operated by Andrew in Figures and 37F and 37AV), to display an icon for an interactive application (“interactive application icon” or “interactive application object”) in the conversation transcript, )001216) In some embodiments, while displaying the messaging user interface, the device receives information (e.g., a. meta-message, instructions, or a representation of an interactive application iconfobject) from an (second) electronic device that corresponds to another user included in the messaging session (e.g., device 100-'1 operated by Andrew In Figures and 37F and 37 A V), that a session of an interactive application was initiated within the messaging session. In some embodiments, the information causes the electronic device to display an icon for the for the session of the interactive application in the conversation transcript.

332

DK 2016 70654 A1 [001217] For example, upon initiation of a session of an interactive reservations application, caused by detection ofan input (e.g., a tap gesture) including contact 3710 on launch, icon 3708 in Figure 37F, device 100-1 sends information to device 100-2 that a session of the interactive reservations application was initiated. Device 100-2 receives the information in Figure 371 As another example, upon initiation of a session of an interactive tic-tae-toe application, device 100-2 receives information from device 100-1 in Figure 37BE that, a session (e.g., game) of the interactive tic-tae-toe application was initiated.

[001218] In response to receiving the instructions, the device displays (5208) the icon (e.g., interactive application object) for the interactive application in the conversation transcript.

[001219) In some embodiments, in response to receiving the information that, a session ofan hneruuise application was initiated within the messaging session., the device displays an icon for the interactive application, that is associated with the session of the interactive application initiated within the messaging session, in the conversation transcript.

[001220) For example, in response to receiving information from device 100-2 in Figure 37j, device 100-1 displays interactive reservations application icon/object 3730 in conversation transcript 3700, in Figure 37K. As another example, in response to receiving information from device 10012 in Figure 37BE, device 1QÖ-1 displays interactive tic-tac-toe application icon/object 3705 In conversation transcript 3700, in Figure 37BF, [001221] In some embodiments, the interactive application launch icon displays (5026) an identifier for a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. In some embodiments Interactive application Icons/objects function as application launch icons by enabling launch of a user interface for the interactive application associated with the application icon/object.

[001222] In some embodiments, the interactive application icon/object displays an ide.nti.fier for a corresponding application operated separate from die messaging application.

For example, in Figure 37K, interactive reservations application icon/object 3730 displays a concentric circle symbol that corresponds to a reservations application operated separate from the messaging application.

.-» ·>-*

AbA

DK 2016 70654 A1 [001223] While displaying the icon for the interactive application in the conversation tfamvnpt, the des we deteeth (5212) an input (e g .. a tap gesture) that actisates the icon te g,, launches the application) for the interactive application. For example, device 100-2 detects an input including contact 3738 on interactive application icon/objeet 3728. in Figure 37P, that activates an interactive reservations application. In another example, device 100-2 detects an input including contact 3707 on interactive application icon/objeet 3705, in Figure 37BG, that activates an interactive tic-tac-toe application, [001224] In response to detecting (5212) the input that activates the icon for the interactive application displayed in the conversation transcript, in accordance with a determination that an interactive application that corresponds to the icon for the interactive application is stored in the memory of the electronic device, the device displays (5214) a user interface for the interactive application (“interactive application user interface”).

1001225] For example, device 100-2 displays interactive reservations application user interlace 371.2, in Figure 37Q, because the interactive reservations application was stored in the device when the activating input, including contact 3738 in Figure 37P, was detected.

[001226] In some embodiments, the interactive application user interface is displayed over at least a portion of the messaging user interface. For example, user interface 3782 for an interacti ve tic-tac-toe application is displayed over a portion of messaging user interface 3500 in Figure 37BK.

1001227] in some embodiments, the interactive application user interface replaces display of the messaging user Interface. For example, user interface 371.2 for an Interactive reservations appl ication in Figure 37Q replaces display of messaging user interface in Fisure 3?P.

[001228] In some embodiments, the interactive application user interface is displayed within the message transcript For example, pizza application object 3~35, display ed w nhiu transcript 3700 in Figure 37CA, Is a non-contiguous portion of the user interface for an interactive pizza ordering application, because it displays a current status of the pizza being ordered.

[001229] In response to detecting (5212) the input that activates the icon for the interactive application displayed in the conversation transcript, in accordance with a

334

DK 2016 70654 A1 determination thai the interactive application that corresponds to the icon for the interactive application is not stored in the memory of the electronic device, the de vice downloads the interactive application, from a remote server (e.g., a server that is part of an online application store that contains interacti ve applications for the messaging application), to the memory of the electronic device and. after downloading the interactive application from the remote server, displays the user interface for the interactive application.

(001230] For example, device 100-2 downloads an interactive tic-tac-toe application corresponding to interactive tic-tac-toe application icon/object 3705, as Indicated by download status indicia 3709 in Figure 37BH, because the application was not stored in memory of the device when the activating input, including contact 3707 in Figure 37BG, was detected.

(001231] in some embodiments, downloading the interactive application includes a permissive step where a user input indicates approval of the download of the interactive application (e.g., an object is displayed prompting the user to confirm download of the application and/or confirm their identity). In some embodiments, the downloading occurs in die background, without requiring user authorization.

(001232] 'In some embodiments, the downloading occurs without navigating away from the messaging user interface, in some embodiments, the downloading occurs while maintaining display of the messaging user interface.

1001233] In some embodiments, the interactive application user interface is displayed over at least a portion of the messaging user interface. For example, user interface 3782 for an interactive tic-tac-toe application is displayed over a portion of messaging user interface 3500 in Figure 37BK.

(001234] In some embodiments, the interactive application user interface replaces display of the messaging user interface. For example, user interface 3712 for an interactive reservations application in Figure 37Q replaces display of messaging user interface in Figure 37P.

(001235] In some embodiments, the interactive application user interface is displayed within the message transcript. For example, pizza application object 3735, displayed within transcript 3700 in Figure 37CA, is a non-contiguous portion of the user in terface for an

S3 5

DK 2016 70654 A1 interactive pizza ordering application, because it displays a current status of the pizza being ordered.

[00J.236] In some embodiments (5232), in accordance with a determination that the interactive application Is not stored In the memory of the electronic device, the icon for the interactive application has a first appearance and, in accordance with a determination that the interactive application is stored in the memory of the electronic device, the icon for the interactive application has a second appearance that is different from the first appearance.

[001237] In some embodiments. In accordance with a determination that tire i nteractive application is not stored in the memory of the electronic device, the device displays additional information near (e.g,, below, above, next to, or proximate to) the icon for the interactive application, that indicates that the interactive application is not stored in the memory of the device. For example, device 100-2 displays additional information “Tap to download” below icon 3705 in Figure 37BF because the corresponding interactive tictac-toe application Is not stored in memory of the device. In contrast, device 100-2 displays additional information “Your turn” below icon 3705 in Figure 37BI, after the corresponding interactive tic-tac-toe application was downloaded Into memory of the device.

[001238] In some embodiments, the interactive application Is configured (5216) to perform a subset (e.g., less than all) of the functions of a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, in some embodiments, an interactive reservations application operated within a messaging application Is be configured to allow making reservations but not configured to allow users to comment on a restaurant, hi contrast, the corresponding reservation application operable outside of the messaging application is configured to allow making reservations and commenting on a restaurant.

[001239] In some embodiments., the interactive application displays (5218) a portion (e.g., less than all) of the content displayed by a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, in some embodiments, an interactive reservations application operated within a messaging application is he configured to allow making reservations but not configured to allow users to comment on a restaurant. In contrast, the corresponding reservation application operable outside of the messaging application is configured to allow making reservations and commenting on a restaurant.

336

DK 2016 70654 A1 (001240] In some embodiments, the interactive application causes (5220) the device to launch a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application upon detection of a predefined input. For example, in response to a first input (e.g.. a tap, press, deep press, long-press, or multi-finger gesture) on interactive .reservations application icon 3728 in Figure 37P, the device launches the interactive reservations application within the messaging application. In response to a second (e.g., different) input (e.g., a tap, press, deep press, long-press, or multi-finger gesture) on interactive reservations application icon 3728 in Figure 37P, the device launches a reservations application outside of the messaging application.

(001241( In some embodiments, the interactive application is operated (5222) separately from a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, the interactive reservations application launched in response to activation of icon 3728 in Figure 37.P is operable when a corresponding reservations applicat ion operated outside of the messaging application is not running.

(001242( In some embodiments, the interactive application is operated (5224) in conjunction with a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, the interactive reservations application launched in response to activation of icon 3728 in Figure 37P is not operable when a corresponding reserva tions application operated outside of the messaging application is not running.

(001243( In some embodiments, the interactive application has a dedicated portion of the memory for temporary storage (5226) that is different from a dedicated portion of the memory for temporary storage for a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging applicat ion. For example, in some embodimen ts, records of reservat ions made using the interactive reservations application launched in response to activation of icon 3728 in Figure 37P and operated within the messaging application are stored in a different portion of memor y than records of reservations made using a corresponding reservations app lication operated outside of the messaging application.

(001244( In some embodiments, the corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application Is configured (5228) to access the dedicated portion of memory for temporary storage for the interactive application. For example. In some embodiments, the corresponding reservations application operated outside of the messaging application

337

DK 2016 70654 A1 can-access the records of reservations made using the interactive -reservations application launched in response to activation Of icon 3728 in Figure 37F and operated within the messaging application.

1001245] In some embodiments (5232), the device detects termination of the interactive application and, in response io detecting termination of the interactive application, ceases to display the user interface for the interactive application and displays (e.g., restoring partial or complete display) the messaging user interface including the conversation transcript, wherein the icon for the interactive application is displayed at a position within the conversation transcript.

[001246) For example, device 100-2 displays messaging user interface 3500, Including interactive reservations application icon/object 3728 within transcript 3700 in Figure 37AC, in response to detecting a termination input, including contact 3756 on termination (exiting) affordance 3714, in Figure 37AB.

[001247) In another example, device 100-2 restores, in Figure 3 7 BO, tite partial display o f messaging user interlace 3500 that was obscured by display of interactive tic-tactoe application user interface 3782 in Figure 57BN, including interactive tic-tac-toe application icon/object 3705 within transcript 3700 in Figure 37BO, in response to detecting a termination input including contact 3717 on termination (exiting) affordance 3794. in Figure 37BN.

|001248] In some embodiments, the position of the icon within the conversation transcript is dependent upon the temporal order in which the instructions to display the icon was received (e.g,, when another user requested a session of the interactive application). In some embodiments, the position of the icon within the conversation transcript is dependent upon the temporal order in which the user terminated the interactive application (e.g, , closing the application pushes the icon down in the transcript). In some embodiments, the position of the icon is dependent upon the temporal order in which the last input (e.g., by any user) was made within the interactive application.

[001249] It should he understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 52A-52C have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that täte described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described

338

DK 2016 70654 A1 herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g,, methods 600, 800,1000, 1200,1400, 1600, 1800, 2100, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300,4200, 4400,4600, 4800, 5000, 5400, 5600,

5800, 6000, 6200,6400,6600, 6800, and 7000} are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 700 described above with respect to Figures 52A-52C, For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, locus selectors, and animations described above with reference to method 5200 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2100, 2400,2600, 2800, 3100, 3300, 4200, 4400, 4600, 4800, 5000, 5400, 5600, 5800, 6000, 6200, 6400,

6600,. 6800, and 7000). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

1001250] In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 53 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 5300 configured i n accordance with t he principles of the invention as described above. The functional blocks of the device may be implemented by hardware , software, or a combination of hardware and so ftware to cany out the principles of the invention. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 53 may be combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the Invention as described above. Therefore, the description herein may support any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.

1001251] As shown in Figure 53, an electronic device 5300 includes a display unit 5302 configured to display user interfaces; a touch-sensitive surface unit 5304 configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit 5306 coupled with the display unit 5302 and the touch-sensitive surface unit 5304. In some embodiments, the processing unit 5306 includes a detecting unit 5308, a display enabling unit 5310, a ceasing unit 5312, a downloading unit 5314. and a receiving unit 5316, {001252] The processing unit 5306 is configured to; enable display of a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display unit 5302 (e.g., with the display enabling unit 5310), the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a

339

DK 2016 70654 A1 message-input area; w hi le di splaying the messaging user in terface, recei ving i ntormation, from an electronic device that corresponds to another user included In the messaging session, that causes display of an icon for an interactive appl ication in the conversat ion transcript (e.g., with the receiving unit 5316); in response to receiving the information, enable display of the icon for the interactive appl ication in the conversation transcript (e.g., with the display enabling unit 5310); while displaying the icon for the interactive application in the conversation transcript, detect an input that activates the icon for the interactive application (e.g... with the detecting unit 5308); and, in response to detecting the input that activates the icon for the interactive application displayed in the conversation transcript: in accordance with a determination, that an interactive application that corresponds to the Icon for the interactive application Is stored i n the memory' of the electronic device, enable display of a user interface for the interactive application (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 5310), and in accordance with a determination that the interactive application that corresponds to the icon for the interactive application is not stored In the memory of the electronic device; download the interacti ve application, from a remote server, to the memory of the electronic device (e.g., with the downloading unit 5314), and after downloading the interactive application trom the remote server, enable display of the user interface for the interactive application (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 5310).

(001253] in some embodiments, the processing unit 5306 is further configured to: detect termination of the interactive application (e.g,, with the detecting unit 5308), and, in response to detecting termination of the interactive application: cease to dispiay the user interlace for the interactive application (e.g., with the ceasing unit 531.2); and enable display of the messaging user interface including the conversation transcript (e.g., with the display enabling unit 5310), wherein the icon for the interactive application is displayed at a. position within the conversation transcript.

(091254] In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the interactive application Is not stored In the memory of the electronic device, the icon for the interactive application has a first appearance; and in accordance with a determination that the interactive appli cation is stored in the memory' of the electronic device, the icon for the interactive application has a second appearance that is different from the first appearance.

340

DK 2016 70654 A1 )001255] In some embodiments, the interactive applieat ion is configured. to perform a subset of th e functions of a corresponding appiication operated separate from the messaging application,

IÖÖ1256] In some embodiments, the interactive appiication launch icon displays an identifier for a corresponding application operated separate horn the messaging application )001257] in some embodiments, the interactive appiication displays a portion of the content displayed by a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application, )001258] in some embodiments, the interactive application causes the device to launch a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application upon detection of a predefined input.

)001259] In some embodiments, the interactive application Is operated separately from a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application.

)001260) In some embodiments, the interactive application is operated in conjunction with a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application.

)001261 ] In some embodiments, the interactive application has a dedicated portion of the memory for temporary storage that is different from a dedicated portion of the memory for temporary storage for a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application.

)001262] In some embodiments, the corresponding applieat ion operated separate from the messaging application is configured to access the dedicated portion of memory for temporary storage for the interactive application.

)00.1263] The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g.. as described above with respect to Figures SLA and 3} or application specific chips.

)001264] The operations described above with reference to Figures 52A-52C are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures 1 A-IB or Figure 53, For example, defection operations 5210 and 5234 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190, Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170

341

DK 2016 70654 A1 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respective event recognizer ISO of application '136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user iuter&amp;ce. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1 A-l B, [001265] Figures 54A-54C are flow diagrams illustrating a method 5400 of using an interactive application in a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments. The method 700 is performed at an elecironic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure I A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touchsensitive surface. Some operations in method 700 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

[001266] As described below, the method 5400 provides an intuitive way to use an interactive application in a messaging application. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a user when using an interactive application in a messaging application, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine Interface. For batteryoperated electronic devices, enabling a user to use an interactive application in a messaging application faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the rime between battery charges.

[001267] The device displays (5402) a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display, the messaging user Interface including a conversation transcript, displayed in a first area of the display, of a messaging session between a user of the

342

DK 2016 70654 A1 electron ic device and at least one other user (e.g., of another electronic device), a first interactive application object displayed within the conversation transcript a message input area, and an input area for the first interactive application, distinct from the message input area, displayed in a second area of the display, the input area for the first interactive application including one or more input affordances.

For example, in Figures 37CA and 37DA. devices 100-2 and 1.00-1, respectively, display messaging user interface 3500, including conversation transcript 3700 displayed in a top portion of touch screen 112 , interactive pizza ordering application object 3735 within conversation transcript 3700, and interactive pizza ordering application input area 3731 displayed in a bottom portion of touch screen 112, Interactive pizza ordering input area 3731 includes input affordances 3733-1, 3733-2, and 3733-3 for adding toppings to a pizza being designed (e.g., for ordering), removing toppings from the pizza, and ordering the pizza, respectively.

(001269] In some embodiments, the interactive application object displays an output of the interactive application (e.g., an output of the interactive application is displayed on the interactive application object) in response to a user input. For example. In response to an input adding pepperoni to a pizza, including contacts 3737 and 3739 in Figures 37CB and 37CD, pepperoni is displayed, on interactive pizza ordering application object 3737 in Figure 37CE, (001270] In some embodiments, the input area for the interactive application is displayed in a second area of the display while the conversation transcript is displayed in the first area of the display.

(00.1271] In some embodiments, display of die input area for the first interactive application replaces display of the conversation transcript, the first interactive application object, and/or the message Input area (e.g., in response to detecting an input that activates the first interactive application object).

(001272] In some embodiments, the de\ ice 15404) displays content posted to the messaging session within the conversation transcript according to a temporal order in which the content was posted and the interactive application object is displayed at a position within the conversation transcript associated with the temporal order in which a session of the interactive application was initiated. For example, the interactive application object is

343

DK 2016 70654 A1 positioned relathc ro othei objects m the com ersation transcript (e.g , messages, multimedia, and other content) according to a temporal order when a user first posted a session of the interactive application to the messaging session.

1001273] For example, in Figures 37CE-37CF, interactive tic-tac-toe application object 3735 is positioned between messages 3798 and 3741 in conversation transcript because message 3798 was posted to the messaging session first (e.g.. at 9:36 in Figure 37BS), application object 3735 was posted second (e.g., at 9:37 PM in Figure 37CA), and message 3741 was posted last (e.g., at 9:39 AM in Figure 37CV).

1001274] In some embodiments, the device {5406) displays synchronous movement of content displayed in a temporal order within the conversation transcript (e.g., as new content is posted to the messaging session) towards an edge of the conversation transcript (e.g,, the top of tire conversation transcript), the displayed content including tire first interactive application object and in accordance with a determination that the first interactive application object is within a predetermined distance from the edge of the conversation transcript, the device displays the first interactive application object at a fixed location on the display (e.g·, at a top portion of the conversation transcript), (001275] For example, in Figure 37CE, message 3798 and interactive tic-tae-toe application object 3735 are displayed according to the temporal order in which they were posted to the messaging session, as described above. In response to message 3741 being posted to the messaging session, device 100-2 moves message 3798 up and off of the top of touch screen 112 and interactive tic-tae-toe application object 3735 up to the top of conversation transcript 3700, from position 3735-a, in Figure 37CE, to position 3735, in Figure 37CF. Because interactive tic-tac-toe application object 3735 is displayed at a predefined position near the top of the displayed portion of the conversation transcript (e.g,, at position 3735-b) it does not continue to move up when message 3747 is posted to the messaging session in Figure 37CJ (e.g., is remains displayed at position 3735-b).

(001276] In some embodiments, while displaying the first interactive application object at the fixed location on the display, the device continues (5408) to display synchronous movement of other content displayed In a temporal order within the conversation transcript.

144

DK 2016 70654 A1 [001277] For example, in Figures 37CI-37CK, although interactive tic-tac-toe application object 3735 has a fixed display at position 3735-b, message 3741 continues to scroll up on touch screen 112 as message 2747, in Figure 37CJ, and message 3749, in Figure 37CK., are posted to the messaging session.

[001278] In some embodiments, continuing to display synchronous movement of other content displayed in a temporal order with the conversation transcript Includes that the device animates (5410) other content such that the other content appears to move behind the first interactive application object (e.g., the first interactive application U1 appears to hover over the conversation transcript, which continues to scroll upwards as new content is posted to the messaging session).

(001.270] For example, in Figures 37CI-37CK, while interactive tic-tac-toe application object 3735 is fixed at position 3735-b, message 3741 is animated to slide behind interactive tic-tac-toe application object 3735 as message 2747, In Figure 37CJ, and message 3749, in Figure 37CK, are posted to the messaging session.

[001280] In some embodiments, while displaying the first interactive application object at the fixed location on the display, the device (541S) detects a request to close the first interactive application (e,g., an input unpinning the interactive application object from the fixed position on the display) and, in response to detecting the request to close the first interactive application (or to unpin the interactive application object from the fixed position on the display), ceases to display the first interactive application object at the fixed location on the display and displays the first interactive application object at a position within the conversation transcript associated with the temporal order in which the session of the interactive application was initiated (e.g., the first interactive application Id is unpinned from the top of the conversation transcript and moves hack to its original position within the transcript).

[001281] in some embodiments, the input unpinning tire interactive application object from the fixed position on the display does not terminate display ofan Interactive application user interface (e.g., interactive pizza ordering application object 3735 may be unpinned from the fixed location on touch screen 112 without terminating display of interactive pizza ordering application input 3731,

345

DK 2016 70654 A1 (001282] In some embodiments, the input unpinning the interactive application Object from the fixed position on the display te g.. the displayed portion of the conversation transcript) Is a user input (e.g.. detected on a touch-sensitive surface, such as touch screen 112). For example, application object 3735 moves from fixed position 3735-b in conversation transcript 3700, in Figure 37DI, to original position 3735-a (e.g,, its original temporal position in the messaging session). In Figure 37D.L in response to an input ordering the pizza (e.g., and closing the interactive pizza ordering application), including contact 3775 on ordering affordance 3773-3, in Figure 37DI, (001283) In some embodiments, the input unpinning the interactive application object from the fixed position on the display (e.g., the displayed portion of the conversation transcript) is an input (e.g,, a meta-message, instruction, or Information) from another electronic device that corresponds to another user included in the messaging session. For example, application object 3735 moves from fixed position 3735-b in conversation transcript 3700, in Figure 37CN, to original position 3735-a (e.g,, its original temporal position in the messaging session). In Figure 37CO (as evidenced In Figure 37CQ), on touch screen .112 of device 100-2 in response to recei ving information from device 100-1 that the pizza was ordered.

(001284) In some embodiments, the input unpinning the interactive application object from the fixed position on the display (e.g., the displayed portion of the conversation transcript) is an automatically generated input (e.g,, a command) generated in response to a condition precedent (e.g,, a timing-out of the first interactive application).

(001285] In some embodiments, the Interacti ve application object is a display and/or user interface for the interactive application, (001286) In some embodiments, the interactive application object is a launch icon for a session of täte interactive application initiated within the messaging session.

(001287] While displaying the messaging user interface including the input area for the first interactive application, including one or more input affordances, the device detects (5420) an Input that activates a first input affordance in the input area for the Interactive application. For example, device 100-2 detects an input to add pepperoni to the pizza being designed, including contact 3737, in Figure 37CB, and contact 3739, In Figure 37CD.

346

DK 2016 70654 A1 [001288] In some embodiments, after detects ng the input that activates the first input affordance, the device (5422) updates the first interactive application object that corresponds to the first interactive application in accordance with the input that activates the first input affordance (e.g., adds a topping on the pizza) and sends information (e.g., a metamessage, instructions, or a representation of the updated interactive application object) to one or more (e.g,, second) electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, relating to the activation of the first input affordance (e.g,, instructions to update a corresponding interactive application object that corresponds to the first interactive application displayed within a corresponding conversation transcript of the messaging session and/or information that pepperoni was added to the pizza).

[001289] For example, device 100-2 updates display of interactive pizza ordering application object 3735 by adding pepperoni on the pizza, in Figure 37CE, and sends information to device 100-1 that pepperoni was added to the pizza at 9:38 AM. Device 1001 then updates display of interactive pizza ordering application object 3735 by adding pepperoni on the pizza, in Figure 37CS.

[001290] In some embodiments, prior to displaying the first interactive application object within the conversation transcript, the device (5426) displays the messaging user interface including the conversation transcript (e.g., displayed in a first area of the display I of the messagi ng session between the user of the electronic de vi ce and t he at least one other user (e.g., of another electronic device) and an application affordance. For example, device 100-1 displays messaging user Interface 3500 including conversation transcript 3700 and application affordance 3508 in Figure 37 AN.

[001291 [ While displaying the messaging user interface, the device detects an input that activates the application affordance (e.g., detecting a tap gesture at a location that corresponds to the application affordance). For example an input including contact 3768 on application affbrdance 3508 in Figure 37 AO.

[001292] In response to detecting the input that activates the application affordance, the device maintains display of at least a portion of the conversation transcript in a first area of the display and displays a second interactive application icon (e.g,, a launch icon for a second interactive application), w hich i s one of a plurali ty of interactive application icons, in a second area of the display (e.g, in a scrollable interactive application panel). For

347

DK 2016 70654 A1 example, device 100-1 displays interactive reservations application launch icon 3708 in application slnle nay 3892 in Figure 37ΛΡ,

1001293] In some embodiments, where the messaging user interface includes display of an electronic keyboard prior to activating the application affordance, the display of the scrollable interactive application panel replaces display of the keyboard. For example, display of application slide tray 3892, in Figure 37BW, replaces display of digital keyboard 3501, in Figure 37BV.

{001294] in some embodiments, where the messaging user interface includes a fullscreen display of the conversation transcript prior to activating the application affordance, the display of the scrollable interactive application panel replaces a portion of the display of the message transcript. For example, conversation transcript 3700, displayed in full-screen mode in Figure 37AÖ, shrinks to accommodate display of application slide tray 3892 In Figure 37AP, {001295] While displaying the second interactive application icon in the second area of the display, the device detects a first swipe gesture that Includes horizontal movement of a first contact at a location that corresponds to the second area of the display. For example, device 100-1 detects a swipe gesture including movement 3772 of contact 3770 from position 3770 in Figure to position 3770-b in Figure 37AR.

{001296] In accordance with a determination that the first swipe gesture satisfies one or more interactive application icon switching criteria, the device replaces display of the second interactive application icon with display of a first interactive application icon that corresponds to the first interactive application in the second area of the display. For example, device 1ÖÖ-I replaces interactive reservations application launch icon 3708 in slide tray 3892, in Figure 37AQ, with interactive tic-tac-toe application launch icon 3774 In slide tray 3892, in Figure 37 AS, {001297] In some embodiments, the interactive application icon switching criteria includes a criterion that the magnitude of a horizontal movement of the first swipe gestures satisfies a predetermined movement threshold. In some embodiments, the predetermined movement threshold varies with the speed of the movement of the contact.

348

DK 2016 70654 A1 (001298] While displaying the first interactive application icon in the second area of the display, the device detects an input that activates the first interactive application icon and, in response io detecting the input that activates the first interacti ve application icon, the device displays a user interface for die first interactive application within the conversation transcript (e.g., displays the first interactive application object) and ceases to display the first interactive application icon (e.g., replacing display of the first interactive application icon with display of an input area for the first interactive appheation in the second area of the display). For example, device .100-2 displays interactive pizza ordering application object 3735 in conversat ion transcript 3700, and replaces display of application selection tray 3654, which includes interactive pizza ordering launch icon 3613, in Figure 37BZ, with interactive pizza ordering application input area 3731. in Figure 37CA, (001299] in some embodiments, prior to displaying the first interactive application object within the conversation transcript, the device (5428) displays the messaging user interiace including the conversation transcript (e.g., displayed in a first area of the display) of the messaging session between tlte user of the electronic device and the at least one other user (e.g., of another electronic device) and an application affordance. For example, device 100-1 displays messaging user interiace 3500» including conversation transcript 3503 and application affordance 3508, in Figure 38AQ.

(001300] While displaying the messaging user interface, the device detects an input that acti vates the application affordance (e.g., detecting a tap gesture at a location that corresponds to the appheation affordance). For example an input including contact 3876 on application affordance 3508, in Figure 38AR.

(001301 ] In response to detecting the input that activates the application affordance, the device maintains display of at least a portion of the conversation transcript in a first area of the display and displays, in a second area of tlte display that Includes a plurality of launch icons for interactive applications, a launch icon for the first interactive application. For example, device 100-1 maintains display of conversation transcript 3503 and displays application selection tray 3654 in Figure 38AS.

(001302] In some embodiments, where the messaging user interface includes display of an electronic keyboard prior to detecting activation of the application affordance, the display of the plurality of launch icons for interactive applications replaces display of the

349

DK 2016 70654 A1 keyboard. For example, application selection tray 3654, in Figure 38AS, replaces digital keyboard in Figure 38AR.

[001303] in some embodiments, where the messaging user interface includes a fullscreen display of the conversation transcript prior to detecting activation of the application affordance, the display of the plurality of launch icons for interactive applications replaces a portion of the display of the message transcript. For example, conversation transcript 3700, displayed in full-screen mode in Figure 37AO, shrinks to accommodate display of application slide tray 3892 m Figure 37 AP.

[001304] While displaying the plurality of launch icons for interactive applications, the device detects an input that activates the launch icon for the first interactive application.

For example, an input including contact 3729 on pizza ordering application launch icon 3613, in Figure 37BZ, [001305] In response to detecting the input that activates the launch icon for the first interactive application (e.g., detecting a tap gesture at a location that corresponds to the launch icon for the first interactive application}, the device displays a user interface for the first interactive application within the conversation transcript (e.g., displaying the first interactive application object). For example, device 100-2 displays interactive pizza ordering application object 3735 within transcript 3700, in Figure 37CA.

[001306] In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input that activates the launch icon for the first interactive application, the device replaces (5426) display of the plurality of launch icons for interactive applications with display of an input area for the first interactive application in the second area of the display. For example, Interactive pizza, ordering application input area 3731, In Figure 37CA, replaces display of application selection tray 3654, in Figure 37BZ.

[001307] ft should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 54A-54C have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, if should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g,, methods 600, 800, 1000,3200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2100, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300, 4200,4400, 4600,4800, 5000, 5200, 5600,

350

DK 2016 70654 A1

5800, 6000, 6200, 6-400,6600, 6800, and. 7000i are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 700 described above with respect to Figures 54Ä-54C. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, animations described above with reference to method 5400 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1400,1600,1800, 2100, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300, 4200, 4400, 4600, 4800, 5000, 5200, 5600, 5800, 6000, 6200, 6400, 6600, 6800, and 7000). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

[001308] In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 55 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 5500 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, Implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments, ft Is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 55 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement t he princi ples of the vari ous described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combinat ion or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein, (001309] As shown in Figure 55, an electronic device 5500 includes a display unit 5502, a touch-sensitive surface unit 5504, and a processing unit 5510 coupled with the display unit 5502 and the touch-sensitive surface unit 5504, la some embodiments, the processing unit 5510 Includes; a display enabling unit 5512, a detecting unit 5514, an updating unit 5516, a sending unit 5518, a maintaining unit 5520, and a replacing unit 5522.

[001310] The processing unit 5510 is configured to enable display (e.g., with tbe display enabling unit 5512) of a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display unit 5502, tire messaging user interface including; a conversation transcript, displayed in a first area of the display, of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a first interactive application object displayed within the conversation transcript that corresponds to a first interactive application, a message input area, and an input area for the first interactive application, distinct from the message input area, displayed in a second area of the display , the input area for the first

351

DK 2016 70654 A1 interactive application including one or more input affordances. The processing unit 5510 is also configured to detect (e.g., with the detecting unit 5514) an input that activates a first input affordance in the input area for the interactive application.

(001311] In some embodiments, the processing unit 5510 is further configured to: after detecting the input that activates the first input affordance: update (e.g., with the updating unit 5516) the first interactive application object that corresponds to the first Interactive application in accordance with the input that activates the first Input affordance; and send (e.g., with the sending unit 5518) information, to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user Included in the messaging session, that causes update (e.g., with foe updating unit 5516) of a corresponding interactive application object that corresponds to the first interactive application displayed within a corresponding conversation transcript of the messaging session.

1001312] I« some embodiments, content posted to the messaging session is displayed within the conversation transcript according to a temporal order in which the content was posted, and the interactive application object is displayed at a position within the conversation transcript associated with foe temporal order in which a session of foe interactive application was initiated.

1001313] In some embodiments, the processing unit 5510 is further configured to: enable display (e.g.. with the display enabling unit 5512) of synchronous movement of content displayed in a temporal order within the conversation transcript towards an edge of the conversation transcript, the displayed content including the first interactive application object; in accordance with a determination that the first interactive application object is within a predetermined distance from the edge of the conversation transcript, enable display (e.g,, with foe display enabling unit 5512) of the first Interactive application object at a. fixed location on the display unit 5502.

[001314) In some embodiments, the processing unit 5510 is further configured to: while displaying the first interactive application object at the fixed location on the display unit 5502, continue to display synchronous movement of other content displayed in a temporal order within the conversation transcript.

[001315) In some embodiments, continuing to display synchronous movement of other content displayed in a temporal order with the conversation transcript includes animating

352

DK 2016 70654 A1 other content such that the other content appeals to move behind the fust internem e application object (001316] in some embodiments, the processing unit 55 i 0 is further configured itr while displaying the first interactive application object at the fixed location on the display unit 5502: detect (e,g„ with the detecting unit 5514} a request to close the first interactive application; and, in response to detecting the request to close the first interactive application·, cease to display (e.g., with the displaying enabling unit 5512) the first interactive application object at the fixed location on the display unit 5502; and enable display (e.g., with the display enabling unit 5512) of the first interactive application object at a position within the conversation transcript associated with the temporal order in which the session of the interactive application was initiated.

(001317] In some embodiments, the processing unit 5510 is further configured to: prior to displaying the first interactive application object within the conversation transcript: enable display (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 5512) of the messaging user interface including the conversation transcript of the messaging session between the user of the electronic device and the at least one other user and an application affordance; while displaying the messaging user interface, detect (e.g., with the detecting unit 551.4} an input that activates the application affordance; in response to detecting the input that activates the application affordance, maintain (e.g,, with the maintaining unit 5520} display of at least a portion of the conversation transcript in a first area of the display, and enable display (e.g., with the display enabling unit 5512) of a second interactive application Icon, which is one of a plurality of interactive application icons, in a second area of the display; while displaying the second Interactive application icon in the second area of the display, detect (e.g., with the detecting unit 5514) a first swipe gesture that includes horizontal movement of a first contact at a location that corresponds to the second area of the display; in accordance with a determination that the first swipe gesture satisfies one or more interactive application icon switching criteria, replace (e.g,, with the replacing unit 5522) display of the second interactive application icon with display of a first interactive application icon that corresponds to the first interactive application in the second area of the display; while displaying the first interactive application icon in the second area of the display, detect (e.g., with the detecting unit 5514) an input that activates the first interactive application Icon; and, in response to detecting the input that activates the first interactive application icon,

DK 2016 70654 A1 enable display (e.g., with rhe display enabling unit 5512) ofa user inrertaee 1er the first interactive application within the conversation transcript; and cease to display (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 5512) the first interactive application icon.

(001318] in some embodiments, the processing unit 5510 is further configured to: prior to displaying the first interactive application object within the conversation transcript: enable display (e.g., with the display enabling unit 5512) of the messaging user interface including the conversation transcript of the messaging session between the user of the electronic device and the at least one other user and an application affordance; while displaying the messaging user interface, detect (e.g., with the detecting unit 5514) an input that activates the application affordance; in response to detecting the input that activates the application affordance, maintain (e.g., with the maintaining unit 5520) display of at least a portion of the conversation transcript in a first area of the display, and enable display (e.g., with the displaying enabling unit 5512) of, in a second area of the display that includes a plurality of launch icons for interactive applications, a launch Icon for the first interactive application; while displaying the plurality of launch icons for interactive applications, detect (e.g., with the detecting unit 5514) an input that activates the launch icon for the first interactive application; and, in response to detecting the Input that activates the launch icon for the first interactive application, enable display (e.g·, with the display enabling unit 5512) of a user interface for the first interactive application within the conversation transcript.

(00131.9] hi some embodiments, the processing unit 5510 is further configured to: in response to detecting the input that activates the launch icon for the first interactive application, replace (e.g., with the replacing unit 5522) display of the plurality of launch icons for interactive applications with displ ay of an input area for the first interactive application in the second area of the display, (001320] The operations in tire information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to Figures 1A and 3) or application specific chips.

(001321 ] The operations described above with reference to Figures 54A-54C are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures 1A-IB or Figure 55. For

354

DK 2016 70654 A1 example, detection operation 5420 and 5428 are, optionally; implemented by event: sorter 170, event recognizer 180.» and event handler 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display '112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respective event recognizer ISO of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. in some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art bow other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures l.A-1 B.

(001322] Figures 56A-56B are flow diagrams illustrating a method 5600 of using an interactive application in a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments. The method 700 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure 1 A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touchsensitive surface. Some operations in method 5600 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

(001323] As described below, the method 5600 provides an. intuitive way to use an interactive application in a messaging application. The method reduces die number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a user when using an interactive application in a messaging application, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For batteryoperated electronic devices, enabling a user to use an interactive application in a messaging application taster and more efficient ly conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.

355

DK 2016 70654 A1 {001324] The det ice display s f 5^f»ø2) a messaging user miet face of a messaging application on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a. messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g., of another electronic device), a first interactive application object displayed within the conversation transcript (e.g., a reservation application object) that corresponds to a first interactive application (e.g.. an interactive application for making reservations for a meal, a. movie, a hotel, or the like), and a message input area. For example, device 100-2 displays messaging user interface 3500, including conversation transcript 3700, interactive reservations application object 3728, and message input area 3502, in Figure 370.

{001325] The device detects ¢5604) a first input while a focus selector is at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the first interactive application object displayed within the conversation transcript (e.g., detect a gesture by a contact on a touchsensitive display at the location of the first interactive application object, or detect a gesture by a contact on a touch-sensitive surface while a cursor or other pointer is at the location of the first interactive application object). For example, device 100-2 detects an input including contact 3738 on interactive reservations application object 3728 displayed within transcript 3700, in Figure 37P.

|001326] In response to detecting the first input, the device displays (5606) an input area for the first interactive application that is distinct from the message input area, the input area for the first interactive application including one or more input affordances (e.g., radio buttons, text input fields, check boxes, pull down lists, and/or form fields). For example, device 100-2 displays interactive reservations application user interface 3712, including input affordances 3740-4 and 3740-2,. In Figure 37Q.

{001327] In some embodiments, display of the input area for the first interactive application in response to detecting the first input (e.g., in response to detecting an input that activates the first interactive application object) replaces (5608) display of the conversation transcript, the first interactive application object, and/or the message input, area. For example, display of interactive reservations application user interface 3712 in Figure 37Q replaces display of messaging user interface 3500, including conversation transcript 3700, interactive reservations application object 3728, and message input area 3502, in Figure 37F.

356

DK 2016 70654 A1 [001328] While displaying an input area for the first interactive application, the device detects (5610) one or more inputs on the one or more input affordances. For example, device 100-2 detects inputs including contact 3752 on input affordance 3740-1, in Figure 37X, and contact 3754 on input affordance 3740-1, in Figure 372.

[001329] After detecting the one or more inputs on the one or more input affordances, the device (5612) updates the first interactive application (e.g.. updating fields in a reservation application object in the conversation transcript), sends instructions (e.g., information, instructions, or a representation of an updated interactive application object) to one or more (e.g., second) electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to update a corresponding user interface for the first interactive application displayed within a corresponding conversation transcript of the messaging session (e.g., updating a corresponding first interactive application object or other user interface for the first interactive applica ti on), and ceases to display of the input area for the first interactive application.

[001330] For example, device 100-2 updates the reservation time in input affordance 3740-1 in Figure 37AA. Device 100-2 also sends information to device 100-1. that the time of the reservation was changed to 8:00 PM, causing device .100-1 to update interactive reservations application object 3728 to show an 8:00 PM reservation time, in Figure 37AL, to move display of interactive reservations application object 3728 in transcript 3700 from position 3728-a, in Figure 37 AK, to position 3728-b in Figure 37AL, and to display interactive reservations application archiving icon 3756 within transcript 3700 (e.g., at original position 3728~h of interactive reservations application object 37281. Device 100-2 also ceases to display interactive reservations application user interface in Figure 37AC.

[001331] In some embodiments, the conversation transcript, the first interactive application object, and/or the message input area are redisplayed (e.g., in response to detecting an input that corresponds to a request to cease displaying the input area for the first interactive application. For example, device 100-2 redisplays messaging user interface 3500, including transcript 3700, interactive reservations application, object 3728, anti message-input area 3502, in Figure 37AC.

[001332] In some embodiments, updating (5614) die first interactis e apphcaiion occurs in response to detec ting an input on one of the input affordances. For example.

357

DK 2016 70654 A1 interactive tic-tac-toe application object 3705 is updated (e.g., moves from transcript 3700 position 5~05-a. in Figure 37 ÖL, to transcript position 3705-b. in Figure 37133St mresponse to detecting an input including contact 3713 on tic-tac-toe board 3791 (e.g,, an input affordance), in Figure 37BL [ÖÖ1333] In some embodiments, updating (5616) the first interactive application occurs in response to detecting an input that corresponds to a request to cease displaying the input area for the first interactive application. For example, interactive reservations application object 3728 is updated to display an 8:00 reservation m Figure 37AC in response to detecting an Input including contact 3756 on exit affordance 3714, in Figure 37ÄB, which corresponds to a request to confirm tire change to the reservation and close interactive reservations application user interface 3712, In another example, the position of interactive pizza ordering application object 3735 is updated in Figure 37DJ in response to an input including contact 3775 on input affordance 3773-3, in Figure 37D1, corresponding to a request to order the pizza and close input area 3731 for the interactive pizza ordering application, [001334] In some embodiments, sending instructions (5618) (e.g., sending information, instructions, or an updated representation of an interactive application object) to one or more {e.g., second} electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to update a corresponding user interface for the first interactive application occurs in response to detecting an input on one of the input affordanees. For example, device 100-2 sends information, at 9:35 AM, that X’ 3794 was placed on tic-tac-toe board 3791 in response to detecting an input including contact 3713 on tic-tac-toe board 3791 (e.g.. an input affordance), in Figure 37BL. Device 100-1 receives the information and updates interactive tic-tac-toe application user interface 3782, at 9:35 AM, to display ‘X’ 3794 on corresponding tic-tac-toe board 3791, [00133S] In some embodiments, sending instructions (5620) (e.g,, sending information, instructions, or an updated representation of an interactive application object) to one or more (e.g,, second) electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to update a corresponding user interface for the first interactive application occurs in response to detecting an input that corresponds to a request to cease displaying the input area for the first interactive application. For example, device

358

DK 2016 70654 A1 i00-2 sends information, at 9:31 AM, that the reservation has been changed ίο 8.00 to device 100-1 in response to detecting an input including contact 3756 on exit affordance 3714, in Figure 37AB, which corresponds to a request to confirm the change to the reservation and close interactive reservations application user interface 3712. Device 1ÖÖ-I receives the information, and updates display of interactive reservations application object 3729, in transcript 3700, at 9:31 AM, in Figure 37AL.

1001336] In some embodiments, ceasing display (5622) of the input area for the first interactive application occurs in response to detecting an Input on one of the input affordances. For example, device 100-1 ceases to display interactive pizza ordering application input area 3731, in Figure 37DJ, in response to an input including contact 3775 on input affordance 3773-3, in Figure 37DI, corresponding to a request to order the pizza.

(001337] in some embodiments, ceasing display (5624) of the input area for the first interactive application occurs in response to detecting an input on an exit affordance. (e.g,, detecting a tap gesture on a done, ''save, or ''exit'¹ icon or on an area on the display outside of the input area tor the first interactive application). For example, device 100-2 ceases to display interactive reservations application user interface 3712, in Figure 37AC, in response to detectina an input including contact 3756 on exit affordance 37.14, in Fiuure 37AB.

(001338] in some embodiments, the interactive application is configured to perform a subset (e.g., less than all) of the functions of a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, in some embodiments, an interactive reservations application operated within a messaging application is he configured to allow making reservations but not configured to allow users to comment on a restaurant. In contrast, the corresponding reservation application operable outside of the messaging application is configured to allow making reservations and commenting on a restaurant, (00.1339] In some embodiments, the interactive application displays a portion (e.g., less than all) of the content displayed by a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, in some embodiments, an interactive reservations application operated within a messaging application is he configured to allow making reservations but not configured to allow users to comment on a restaurant. In contrast, the

359

DK 2016 70654 A1 corresponding reservation application operable outside of the messaging application is configured to allow making reservations and commenting on a restaurant,

1001340] In some embodiments, the interactive application causes the device to launch a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application upon detection of a predefined input. For example, in response to a first input (e.g,, a tap, press, deep press, long-press, or multi-finger gesture) on interactive reservations application icon 3728 in Figure 37P, the device launches the interactive reservations application within the messaging application. In response to a second (e.g., different) input (e.g., a tap, press, deep press, long-press, or multi-finger gesture) on interactive reservations application icon 3728 in Figure 37P, the device launches a reservations application outside of the messaging application.

(001341) In some embodiments, the interacme application is operated separately from a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, the interactive reservations application launched in response to activation of icon 3728 in Figure 37P is operable when a conesponding reservations application operated outside of the messaging application i s not running.

)001342] In some embodiments, the interactive application is operated in conjunction with a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, the interactive reservations appiication launched in response to activation of icon 3728 in Figure 37P is not operable when a corresponding reservations application operated outside of the messaging application is not running.

(001343] In some embodiments, the .interactive application has a dedicated portion of the memory for temporary storage that is different from a dedicated portion of the memory for temporary storage for a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging appl icat ion. For example, in some embodiments, records of reservations made using the interactive reservations application launched in response to acti vation of icon 3728 in Figure 37P and operated within the messaging application are stored In a different portion of memory than records of reservations made using a corresponding reservations application operated outside of the messaging application.

)00.1344] in some embodiments, the corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application is configured to access the dedicated portion of memory for

360

DK 2016 70654 A1 temporary storage For the interactive application. For example, in some embodiments, the corresponding reservations application operated outside of the messaging application can access the records of reservations made using the interactive reservations application launched in response to activation of icon 3728 in Figure 37P and operated within the messaging application.

(001345] In some embodiments, the interactive application icon/object displays an identifier for a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, in Figure 37K, interactive reservations application icon/object 3730 displays a concentric circle symbol that corresponds to a reservations application operated separate from the messaging application.

(001346] it should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 56A-56B have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in tire art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g,, methods 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2100, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300, 4200, 4400, 4600, 4800, 5000, 5200, 5400,

5800, 6000, 6200, 6400, 6600,6800, and 7000} are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 4500 described above with respect to Figures 56A-56B, For example, tire contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, animations described above with reference to method 5600 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600,1800,2100, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300,4200, 4400,4600,4800, 5000, 5200, 5400, 5800, 6000,

6200, 6400, 6600,6800, and 7000). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

(001347( In accordance with some embodiments, Figure 57 shows a functional block diagram, of an electronic device 5700 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of ski ll in

361

DK 2016 70654 A1 the art: that the functional blocks described in Figure 57 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the ptmctples of the \ at sous described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.

[001348] As shown in Figure 57, an electronic device 5700 includes a display unit 5702, a touch-sensitive surface unit 5704, and a processing unit 5710 coupled with the display unit 5702 and the touch-sensitive surface unit 5704. In some embodiments, the processing unit 5710 includes: a display enabling unit 571.2, a detecting unit 5714, an updating unit 57.16, a sending unit 5718, and a replacing unit 5720.

[001349] The processing unit 5710 is configured to enable display (e.g., with the display enabling unit 5712 } of a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display unit 5702, tire messaging user interface including; a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a first interactive application object displayed within the conversation transcript that corresponds to a first interactive application, and a message input area. The processing unit 5710 is also configured to detect {e.g.. with the detecting unit 5714) a first input while a focus selector is at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit 5704 that corresponds to the first interactive application object displayed within the conversation transcript In response to detecting the first input, the processing unit 5710 is configured to enable display (e.g., with the display enabling unit 5712) of an input area for the first interactive application that is distinct from the message input area, the input area for the first interactive application including one or more input affordances. While displaying an input area for the first interactive application, the processing unit 5710 is configured to detect (e.g., with the detecting unit 5714) one or more inputs on the one or more input affordances. After detecting the one or more inputs on the one or more input affordances, tire processing unit 5710 is configured to; update (e.g., with the updating unit 5716) the first interactive application; send (e.g., with the sending unit 5718) information to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in die messaging session that causes updating of a corresponding user interface for the first interactive application displayed within a corresponding conversation transcript of the messaging session; and cease display (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 5712) of the input area for the first interactive application.

362

DK 2016 70654 A1 (001350] In some embodiments, display of the input: area for the first interactive application in response to detecting the first input replaces {e.g., with the replacing unit 5720) display of the conversation transcript, the first interactive application object, and/or the message input area.

(001351 j In some embodiments, updating the first interactive application occurs in response to detecting an input on one of the input affordances.

(001352( In some embodiments, updating the first interactive application occurs in response to detecting an input that corresponds to a request to cease displaying the input area for the first interactive application.

(001353] In some embodiments, sending information to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session that causes updating of a corresponding user interface for the first interactive application occurs in response to detecting an input on one of the input affordances.

(001354] In some embodiments, sending information to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included hi the messaging session that causes updating of a corresponding user interface for the first interacti ve application occurs in response to detecting an input that corresponds to a request to cease displaying of the input area for the first interactive application, (001355] in some embodiments, ceasing display of the input area for the first interactive application occurs in response to detecting an input on one of the Input affordances.

(001356( In some embodiments, ceasing display of the input area for the first Interactive application occurs In response to detecting an input on an exit affordance, (001357] The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in Information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to Figures 1A and 3) or application specific chips.

(001358] The operations described above with reference to Figures 56A-56B are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures 1 A~1B or Figure 57. For example, detection operations 5604 and 5610 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter tut

DK 2016 70654 A1

170» event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Ev ent monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 1.12, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event Information to application 136-1, A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interlace, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer ISO activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192, In some embodiments, event handier .190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures S Å-1B, (001359) Figure 58 A is a flow diagram Illustrating a method 5800 of enabling use of an interactive application in a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments. The method 5800 is performed at an electronic device (e.g,, device 300» Figure 3, or portable multifunction device .100, Figure 1A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a. touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations In method 5800 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optional ly, changed, (001360) As described below, the meihod 5800 provides an intuitive way to enable use of an interactive application in a messaging application. The meihod reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a user when enabling use of an interactive application in a messaging application, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interlace. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to enable use of an interactive application in a messaging application faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.

364

DK 2016 70654 A1 [001361] In some embodiments, the device bas one or more processors, memory, and a display, where a messaging application and a plurality of other applications are stored in the memory, and a .respective application in the plurality of other applications bas anormal mode for normal operation on the electronic device (e.g., as a standalone application, separate from the messaging application) and an embedded mode for operation within the messaging application on the electronic device;

1001362] In some embodiments, the electronic device includes a touch-sensitive surface, e.g., a track-pad or touch-sensitive display. In some embodiments, the electronic device includes one or more sensors configured to detect intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface, (003.363] The device (5802) displays a plurality of toggle affordances, where a respective toggle affordance in the plurality of toggle affordances has a corresponding application in the plurality of other applications stored in the memory, the respective toggle affordance has a first state that enables display of a respective launch icon, within the messaging application, for operation of the corresponding application in the embedded mode within the messaging application, the respective toggle affordance has a second state that prevents display of the respective launch Icon, within the messaging application, to prevent operation of the corresponding application in the embedded mode within the messaging application, and the plurality of toggle affordances include a first toggle affordance for a first application that is displayed in the first state and a second toggle affordance for a second application that is displayed in the second state.

1003364] While displaying the plurality of toggle affordances, the device detects (5804) a first user input at a first location that corresponds to the first toggle affordance (e.g., detecting a tap or swipe gesture at a location on a touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of the first toggle affordance on the display).

[003365] in response to detecting the first user input at the first location that corresponds to the first toggle affordance, the device (5806) changes the first toggle affordance from the first state to the second state, and prevents display of a corresponding launch icon for the first application in the messaging application.

[001366] In some embodiments, while displaying the plurality of toggle affordances, the device (5808) defects a second user Input at a second location hat corresponds to the

6'·

DK 2016 70654 A1 second toggle affordance (e.g., detecting a tap or swipe gesture .at..a location on a touchsensitive surface that corresponds to a location of the second toggle affordance on the display) and, in response to detecting the second user input at the second location that corresponds to the second toggle affordance, changes the second toggle affordance front the second state to the first state and enables display of a corresponding launch icon for the second application in the messaging application.

{001367] It should be understood that the particular order In which the operations in Figure 58A have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order In which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g,, methods 600, 800,1000, 1200. 1400,1600, 1800. 2100, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300, 4200, 4400, 4600, 4800, 5000, 5200, 5400, 5600, 6000, 6200, 6400,6600,6800, and 7000) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 5800 described above with respect, to Figure 58A, For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, animations described above with reference to method 5800 optionally have one or more of the character ist ics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 600. 800, 10ÖÖ, 1200,1400, 1600. 1800, 2100, 2400,2600, 2800, 3100, 3300, 4200, 4400, 4600, 4800, 5000, 5200, 5400, 5600, 6000, 6200, 6400, 6600, 6800, and 7000). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

{001368] In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 59 shows a .functional block diagram of an electronic device 5900 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The iunctional blocks of the device are, optionally, impl emented by hardware , soft ware, or a combination of hardware and so ft ware to can y out the principles of the various described embodiments, it is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 59 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.

>66

DK 2016 70654 A1 (001369] As shown in Figure.59, an electronic device 5900 includes a: dtsplav unit 5902. a touch-sensitive surface unit 5904.. and a processing unit 5910 coupled with the display unit 5902 and the touch-sensitive surface unit 5904. In some embodiments, a messaging application and a plurality of other applications are stored in memory of the electronic device 5900, and a respective application In the plurality of other applications has a normal mode for normal operation on the electronic device 59ÖÖ and an embedded mode for operation within the messaging application on the electronic device 5900. in some embodiments, the processing unit 5910 includes: a display enabling unit 5912, a detecting unit 5914, and a ehanuins unit 5916.

(001370) The processing unit 5910 is configured to enable display (e,g.. with the display enabling unit 5912) of a plurality of toggle affordances. In some embodiments, a respective toggle affordance in the plurality of toggle affordances has a corresponding application In the plurality of other applications stored in the memory; the respective toggle affordance has a first state that enables display of a respective launch icon, within the messaging application, for operation of the corresponding application in the embedded mode within the messaging application; the respective toggle affordance has a second state that prevents display of the respective launch icon, within the messaging application, to prevent operation of the corresponding application in the embedded mode within the messaging application; the plurality of toggle affordances include a first toggle affordance for a first application that Is displayed in the first state and a second toggle affordance for a. second application that is displayed in the second state. While displaying the plurality of toggle affordances, the processing unit 5910 Is configured to detect (e.g,, with the detecting unit 5914) a first user input at a first location that corresponds to the first toggle affordance. In response to detecting the first user input at the first location that corresponds to the first toggle affordance, the processing unit 5910 is configured to change (e.g., with the changing unit 5916) the first toggle affordance from the first state to the second state, and prevent display (e.g., with the display enabling unit 5912) of a corresponding launch, icon for the first application in the messaging application.

(001371] In some embodiments , while displaying the plurality of toggle affordances, the processing unit 5910 is further configured to detect (e.g,, with the detecting unit 591.4) a second user input at a second location that corresponds to the second toggle affordance; and, in response to detecting the second user input at the second location that corresponds to the

367

DK 2016 70654 A1 second toggle affordance. change (c g . with the changing unu 59 ίο) the second toggle affordance from the second state to the first state, and enable display (e.g., w ith the display enabling unit 5912) of a corresponding launch icon for the second application in the messaging application.

[001372 ] The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to Figures 1A and 3) or application specific chips.

[001373] The operations described above with reference to Figure 58 are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures 1A-1B or Figure 59. For example, display operation 5802 and detection operation 5804 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a.

respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handier 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1A-1B, [ÖÖ1374] Figures 6ÖA-60D are flow diagrams illustrating a method 6ÖÖÖ of navigat ing within a messaging application having associated applications in accordance with some embodiments. The method 6000 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure 1 A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or .more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive

368

DK 2016 70654 A1 surface is on or integrated with the display, in sonic embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensiti ve surface. Some operations in method 6øøø are. optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

1001375] As described below, the method 5000 provides an intuitive way to navigate within a messaging application having associated applications. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a user when navigating within a messaging application having associated applications, thereby creating a more efficient humanmachine interiace. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to navigate within a messaging application having associated applications faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.

(001376] The device displays (6002) a messaging user interface fe.g._; of a messaging appheation) on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript (e.g., displayed in a first area of the display) of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g., of another electronic device), a messageinput area, a digital image affordance, a digital touch affordance, and an application affordance. In some embodiments, the messaging user interface also includes a keyboard, e.g., displayed in a second area of the display.

(001377] For example, in Figure 38A, device 1.00-1 displays messaging user Interface 3500 on touch screen 112. Messaging user interface 3500 includes conversation transcript 3503, digital image affordance 3504, digital canvas affordance 3506, application affordance 3508, and message-input area 3502. In Figure 38AV, messaging user interface also includes digital keyboard 3501.

(001378] in some embodiments, the messaging user interface also includes (6004) a microphone affordance, configured to enable sound recording on the electronic device upon activation. For example, microphone affordance 3802 in Figure 38A.

(001379] In some embodiments, the messaging user interface also includes (6006) at least one avatar corresponding to a first other user included in the messaging session, configured to enable the electronic device to display a menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the at least one avatar overlaid on the messaging user interface when activated.

369

DK 2016 70654 A1 [0Ö138Ö] For example, in Figures 38A and. 38AW, conversation transcript 3503 Includes messages foot» partici pants of a cortesponding messaging session, including the user of portable mu ltifunction device 100-1 and other users included in the messaging session. Each of the other users included in the messaging transcript are represented by an avatar (e.g., avatar 3510 for “Abe”) displayed in stack of avatars 3892, Upon activation of Abe’s avatar 3510, by an input including contact 3880 in Figure 38A W, the device displays menu 3882 containing activatable menu items 3884, in Figure 38AX, [001381] In some embodiments, the menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the at least one avatar includes (6008) a menu item that when activated initiates a digital touch action with the first other user (e.g,, menu item 3884-5 in Figure 38AX), a menu item that when activated initiates messaging with only the first other user (e.g., selecting a messaging menu, item causes the electronic device to display a private messaging user interface between the user of the electronic device and the first other user) (e.g., menu item 3884-3 in Figure 38AX), a menu item that when activated initiates an email with the first other user (e.g., menu item 3884-4 in Figure 38AX), a menu item that when activated initiates a call with the first other user (e.g., menu item 3884-1 in Figure 38AX), a menu item that when activated .initiates a video conference with the first other user (e.g., menu item 3884-2 in Figure 38AX), and/or a menu item that when activated initiates a payment action with the first other user (e.g., menu item 3884-6 in Figure 38AX).

[001382] While displaying the messaging user interface, the device detects (6010) a first input on the touch sensitive surface (e.g,, for an electronic device with a touch sensitive display, detecting a tap gesture). For example an input Including one of contact 3804 on digital image affordance 3504, in Figure 38S, contact 3852 on digital canvas affordance 3506, in Figure 38AA, and contact 3868 on application affordance 3508, in Figure 38AJ.

[001383] in response to detecting the first input, the device (6012); in accordance with a determination that the first Input is made while a focus selector is at a location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the digital image affordance, displays a plurality of digital images within the messaging user interface (e.g., digital images 3514 and 3518 in digital image (ray 3806 in Figure 38C); in accordance with a determination that the first input is made while a focus selector is at a location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the digital canvas affordance, displaying a digital drawing canvas within the

370

DK 2016 70654 A1 messaging user interface te g , digital drawing cant as '858 hi digital touch trav 3854 tn Figure 38AH); and in accordance with a determination that die first input is made while a focus selector is at a location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the application affordance, displaying one or more launch icons for an ('e.g., interactive) application within the messaging user interface (e.g., application launch icon 3708 in application swipe tray 3892 in Figure 38AK or application launch icons 3601, 3603,3605, 3607, 3609, 3611,3613, and 3615 in application selection tray 3654 in Figure 38ÄN).

(001384] In some embodiments, displaying the plurality of digital images within the messaging user interface includes (6014); in .accordance with a determination that the messaging user interface included display of a keyboard- at the time the first input was detected, replacing display of the keyboard wi th the display of the plurality of digital images, the plurality of digital images including a live preview image from the digital camera, and in accordance with a determination that the messaging user interface did not Include display of a keyboard at the time the first input was detected, displaying the conversation transcript in a first area of the display and displaying the plurality of digital images in a second area of the display, the plurality of digital images including a live preview image from the digital camera, (001385] For example, in Figure 38C, the size of conversation transcript 3503 is reduced, with respect to the size of conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 38B. to accommodate display of digital image tray 3806, including live preview image 3514 fiom optical sensor 164 and previously captured digital images 3518.

|0β.Ι386] In another example, display of digital keyboard 3501, in Figure 38X, is replaced by display of digital image tray 3806, including live preview Image 3514 from optical sensor 164 and previously captured digital images 3518, in Figure 38V.

(001387] in some embodiments, replacing display of the keyboard includes displaying the plurality of digital images over the keyboard. In some embodiments, replacing display of the keyboard includes ceasing to display the keyboard and displaying the plurality of digital Images where the keyboard had been displayed (e.g., as in Figures 38X-38Y).

(001388] In some embodiments, the plurality of digital images is a scrollable array of digital images. For example, digital image tray 3806 is scrolled in Figure 38E to reveal additional digital images 3518-6 and 3518-7.

371

DK 2016 70654 A1 (0013891 In some embodiments, the plurality of digital images includes a recently shared image, a recently received image, an image including a participant in the conversation (e.g,, as identified by facial recognition), a real-time image from a forwardfacing digital camera in die device, or a real-time image from a backwards-feeing digital camera in the device.

(001390] In some embodiments, the plurality of digital images consists of the live preview image from the digital camera (e.g., live preview image 3514 in Figure 38C) and a plurality of digital images captured during the messaging session.

1001391] In some embodiments, where the conversation transcript was maximized at the time the second input was detected, display of the conversation transcript is partially replaced by display of the plurality of digital images. For example, display of conversation transcript 3503 is partially replaced by digital image tray 3806 in Figure 38C.

(001392] In some embodiments, while displaying the pl urality of digital images, the device (6016) detects an input that selects a digital image in the plurality of digital images (e.g,, an input including contact 3512 on live preview image 3514 In Figure 35D) and, after detecting the input that selects a digital image in the plurality of digital images, displays the selected digital image in the conversation transcript (e.g., display of captured digital Image 3518-5 in conversation transcript 3503 in Figures 35G and 351) and transmitting a representation of the selected digital image to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the representation of the selected digital image in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

(00.1393] In some embodiments, the digital image is automatically posted to the messaging session upon selection. For example, digital image 3518-5 is automatically posted to the messaging session in Figure 351 in response to an input including contact 3524 in biltures 35H-35I

S.·' (001394] In some embodiments, the digital image is displayed m the message input area and the user posts the image to the messaging session (e.g., by activating a send icon with a tap gesture), For example, digital image 3518-5 is displayed in message-input area 3502, in Figure 35E, in response to detecting an input including contact 3512, in Figure 35D. Digital image 3518-5 is then posted to the messaging session, in Figure 35G, in

372

DK 2016 70654 A1 response re detecting an mput including contact 3522 on posting affoi dance 352(1 m Figure

35F.

(001395] In some embodiments, the device (601S) detects an input that selects the live image displayed within the plurality of digital images (e.g., for an electronic device with a touch sensitive display, detecting a tap gesture on the live image) and, in response to detecting that input that selects the live image, captures a digital image with the digital camera, while maintaining display of the conversation transcript. For example, in response to detecting an input including contact 3512 on capture affordance 3516 displayed over live preview image 3514, in Figure 35D, the device captures digital image 3518-5, while maintaining display of conversation transcript 3503, in Figure 35E.

(001396] In some embodiments, alter capturing the digital image, the device (6020) displays the digital image captured by the digital camera in the conversation transcript and transmits a representation of the captured digital image to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user inc hided in the messaging session, where the one or more electronic devices display the representation of the captured digital image in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session. For example, captured image 3518-5 is displayed in conversation transcript 3503 in Figures 35G and 351.

1001397] In some embodiments, the captured image Is automatically posted to the messaging session upon selection of the live image. For example, captured digital Image 3518-5 is automatically posted to the messaninn session In Fiaure 351 in response to an input including contact 3524 in Figures 35H-35I.

(001398] In some embodiments, the captured image is displayed In the message input area and the user posts the image to the messaging session (e.g., by activating a send Icon with a tap gesture). For example, captured digital image 3518-5 is displayed in messageinput area 3502, in Figure 35E, in response to detecting an input including contact 3512, in Figure 3 51). Captured digital Image 3518-5 Is then posted to the messaging session, in Figure 35G, in response to detecting an input including contact 3522 on posting affordance 3520, in Figure 35F.

(001399] In some embodiments, displaying the digital drawing canvas within the messaging user interface includes (6022), m avcoidance with a deieimmaiton that the messaging user interface included display of a keyboard at the time the first input was

DK 2016 70654 A1 detected, replacing display of the keyboard with the display of the digital drawing canvas and, in accordance with a determination that the messaging user interface did not include display of a keyboard at the time the first input was detected, displaying the conversation transcript in a first area of the display and displaying the plurality of digital touch actions in a second area of the display.

(001400] For example, in Figure 3SAÖ, the size of conversation transcript 3503 is reduced, with respect to the size of conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 38AA, to accommodate display of digital touch tray 3854, including digital drawing canvas 3858.

1001401] In another example, display of digital keyboard 3501, in Figure 38G, is replaced by display of digital touch tray 3854, Including digital drawing canvas 3858, In Figure 38AH, (001402] In some embodiments, replacing display of the key board includes displaying the digital drawing canvas over the keyboard. In some embodiments, replacing display of the keyboard includes ceasing to display the keyboard and displaying the digital drawing canvas where the keyboard bad been displayed (e.g., as illustrated in Figures 38.AG-38ÄH).

1001403] In some embodiments, where the conversation transcript was maximized at the time the second input was detected, display of the conversation transcript is partial ly replaced by display of the digital drawing, canvas (e.g,, as Illustrated in Figures 3SAA(001404] In some embodiments, displaying the one or more launch icons for an (e.g., interactive) application within the messaging user interlace includes (6024): in accordance with a determination that the messaging user Interface included display of a keyboard at the time the first input was detected, replacing display of the keyboard with the display of the one or more launch icons for an (e.g., interactive) application and, in accordance with a determination that the messaging user interface did not include display of a keyboard at the time the first Input was detected, displaying the conversation transcript in a first area of the display and displaying the one or more launch icons for an (e.g., interactive) application in a second area of the display, (001405] For example, in Figure 38 \K, the st/e of conversation transcript 3503 is reduced, with respect to the size of conversation transcript 3503 in Figure 38AJ, to

374

DK 2016 70654 A1 accommodate display of application swipe tray 8893. including interactive reservations application launch icon ?o8 [001406] In another example, display of digital keyboard 3501. in Figure 58 &lt;\|?. is replaced by display of application selection tray 3654, including application launch icons 3601, 3603, 3605, 3607, 3609, 361I,3613, and 3615, in Figure 38AS.

[001407] In some embodiments, replacing display of the keyboard includes displaying the one or more launch icon over the keyboard. In some embodiments, replacing display of the keyboard includes ceasing to display the keyboard and displaying the one or more launch icon where the keyboard had been displayed (e.g., as illustrated in Figures 38AR38A.S).

[001408] In some embodiments, the one or more launch icon is a single launch icon in a scrollable list of launch icons (e.g., interactive reservations application launch icon 3708 in application swipe tray 3892 in Figure I3AK).

)001409] In some embodiments, the one or more launch icon is a plurality of launch icons, e.g., displayed in a mini springboard (e.g., application launch icons 3601, 3603, 3605, 3607, 3609, 3611,3613, and 3615 displayed in application selection tray 3654 In Figure 88AN).

[001410] In some embodiments, where the conversation transcript was maximized at the time the second input was detected, display of the conversation transcript is partially replaced by display of the one or more launch icon (e.g., as illustrated in Figures 38AI38AK), [001411] 1 n some embodiments while displaying the one or snore launch icons tor an (e.g., interaeth e) application, the device (6026) detects an input that activates a launch icon in the one or more launch icons for an (e.g., interactive) application (e.g., an input including one of contact 3710 in Figure 37F, contact 3776 In Figure 37AT, and contact 3729 in Figure 37BZ).

[001412] In some embodiments, after detecting the input that activates the launch icon in the one or more launch icons for an (e.g,, interactive) application, the device displays a first Input area for an (e.g,, interactive) application corresponding to the activated launch icon the (e.g., interactive) application that is distinct from the message input area, the input >75

DK 2016 70654 A1 area for the first interactive application including one or more input: affordances (e.g„ radio buttons, text input fields, check boxes, pull down lists, and/or form fields. For example, interactive reservations application user interface 3712 in Figure 37G, interactive tic-tac-toe application input area 3778 in Figure 37AV, interactive tic-tac-toe application user interface 3784 Figure 37AW, or interactive pizza ordering application input area 3731 in Fiuure 37CA.

s.1001413] In some embodiments, the first input area is displayed over/replaces display of a portion of the messaging user interface, (e.g,, interactive reservations application user interface 3712 in Figure 37G), [001414] In some embodiments, the first input area replaces display of the one or more launch icons for an (e.g., interactive) application (e.g., interactive tic-tac-toe application input area 3778 in Figure 37AV or interactive pizza ordering application input area 3731 in Figure 37CA).

1001415] In some embodiments, the first input area is displayed over/replaces display of the entire messaging user interface (e.g,, interactive reservations application user interfe.ee 3712 in Figure 37G or interactive tic-tac-toe application user interface 3784 Figure 37AW).

[001416] In some embodiments, the first input area lot the (e.g., interactive) application is a menu including choices as to how to operate a session of the te g . interactive) application (e.g., play tic-tac-toe as X or O), For example, interactive tic-tactoe application input area 3778 in Figure 37AV.

[001417] In some embodiments, the first input area for the (e.g.. .interactive) application is a user interface for the (e.g,, interactive) application.

[001418] In some embodiments, the device displays a first (e.g., interactive) application object within the conversation transcript that corresponds to the (e.g., interactive) application corresponding to the activated launch icon. For example, interactive reservations application object 3728, in Figure 371, corresponding to an interacti ve reservations application launched from launch icon 3708, In Figure 37F. Another example is interactive tic-tac-toe application object 3728, in Figure 37AW, corresponding to an interactive tic-tac-toe application launched from launch icon 3774 in Figure 37AT. Another

76

DK 2016 70654 A1 example is interaethe pizza ordering application object 3725, in Figure 3?CA.

corresponding to an interactive pizza ordering application launched from launch icon 3613, in Figure 37BZ.

(001419] in some embodiments, where display of at least a portion of the conversation transcript is maintained while the first input area for the (e.g., interactive) application is displayed, the interactive application object is displayed immediately in the conversation transcript (e.g., interactive tic-tac-toe application object 3728, in Figure 37AW and interactive pizza ordering application object 3725, in Figure 37CA).

1001420] In some embodiments, where display of the first input area for the (e.g., Interactive) application replaces display of the conversation transcript, the Interactive application object is displayed after display of the fest input area is terminated (e.g., interactive reservations application object 3728, in Figure 371).

(091421( In some embodiments, transmitting a representation of a second (e.g., interactive) application object that corresponds to the (e.g., interactive) application corresponding to the activated launch icon to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, where the one or more electronic devices display the representation of the second (e.g., interactive) application object in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

(001422] For example, device .100-2 displays interactive reservations application object 3728, in Figure 37K, in response to receiving information from device 100-1 that a session of the corresponding interactive reservations application was initiated within the messaging session corresponding to conversation transcript 370, (001423] in another example, device 100-2 displays interactive tic-tac-toe application object 3705, In Figure 37BF, in response to receiving information from device 100-.1 that a session of the corresponding interactive tic-tac-toe application was initiated within the messaging session corresponding to conversation transcript 3700.

(001424] in another example, device 100-1 displays interactive pizza ordering application object 3735, in Figure 37CR, in response to receiving information from device 100-2 that a session of the corresponding pizza ordering application was initiated wife the messaging session corresponding to conversation transcript 3700.

DK 2016 70654 A1 (001425] in some embodiments, fee second (c g.. interactive} application object is the same as fee first (e.g., interactive) application object, e.g,, for a standard messages application, in some embodiments, the second (e.g,, interactive) application object is different from the first (e.g., interactive) application object, e.g., for a third party messages application feat the other user may need to download to use.

{0014261 in some embodiments, the interactive application is configured to perform a subset (e.g., less than all) of the functions of a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, in some embodiments, an interactive reservations application operated within a messaging application is be configured to allow making reservations but not configured to allow users to comment on a restaurant. In contrast, the corresponding reservation application operable outside of the messaging application is configured to allow making reservations and commenting on a restaurant.

{001427 ] In some embodiments., the interactive application displays a portion (e.g,, less fean all) of fee content displayed by a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, in some embodiments, an interactive reservations application operated within a messaging application is be configured to allow making reservations but not configured to allow users to comment on a restaurant. In contrast, fee corresponding reservation application operable outside of fee messaging application is configured to allow makinu reservations and commentins on a restaurant.

S-' s·· {001428] In some embodiments, the interactive application causes the device to launch a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application upon detection of a predefined input. For example, in response to a first input (e.g., a tap, press, deep press, long-press, or multi-finger gesture) on interactive reservations application icon 3728 in Figure 37P, the device launches the interactive reservations application within the messaging application, in response to a second (e.g., different) input (e.g., a tap, press, deep press, long-press, or multi-finger gesture) on interactive reservations application icon 3728 in Figure 37P, the device launches a reservations application outside of the messaging application.

{001420] In some embodiments the interactive application is operated separately from a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, the interactive reservations application launched in response to activation of icon

378

DK 2016 70654 A1

3728 in Figure 3P is operable when a corresponding reservat ions application operated outside of the messaging application i s not running.

1001430] in some embodiments, the interactive application is operated in conjunction with a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, the interactive reservations application launched in response to activation of icon 3728 in Figure 37P is not operable when a corresponding reservations application operated outside of the messaging application is not running.

1001433 ] in some embodiments, the interactive application has a dedicated portion of the memory for temporary storage that is different from a dedicated portion of the memory for temporary storage for a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, in some embodiments, records of reservations made using the interactive reservations application launched in response to activation of icon 3728 in Figure 37P and operated within the messaging application are stored in a different portion of memory than records of reservat ions made using a corresponding reservat ions application operated outside of the messaging application.

1001432] In some embodiments, the corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application is configured to access the dedicated portion of memory for temporary storage for the interactive application. For example, in some embodiments, the corresponding reservations application operated outside of the messaging application can access the records of reservations made using the interactive reservations application launched in response to activation of icon 3728 in Figure 37P and operated within the messaging application.

1091433] in some embodiments, the interactive application icon/object displays an identifier for a corresponding application operated separate from the messaging application. For example, in Figure 37K, interactive reservations application icon/object 3730 displays a concentric circle symbol that corresponds to a reservations application operated separate front the messaging application.

1001434] In some embodiments, while displaying the message-input area, the device (6028) detecting a second input that activates the message-input area (e.g., an input including one of contact 3872. in Figure 38 AN, contact 3878, in Figure 38 AU, and contact 3528 in Figure 35L).

379

DK 2016 70654 A1 (0Ö1435) In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input that activates the message-input area, in accordance with a determination that the messaging user interface included display of a keyboard and did not include display of the three activatable affordances at the time the second input was detected, the device displays a prompt within the message- input area, (001436) In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input that activates the message-input area, in accordance with a determination that the messaging user interface included display of a keyboard and the three activatable affordances at the time the second input was detected, the device: ceases to display the three activatable affordances, displays the application expansion affordance, expands display of the message input-area, and displays a prompt within the message-input area.

(0014371 In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input that activates the message-input area, in accordance with a determination that the messaging user interface did not include display of a keyboard and included display of the three activatable affordances at the time the second input was detected, the device: ceases to display the three activatable affordances, displays the application expansion affordance, expands display of the message input-area, displays a prompt within the message-input area, and displays a keyboard.

(001438) In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input that activates the message-input area, in accordance with a determination that the messaging user interface did not include display of a keyboard and included display of the three activatable affordances at the time the second input was detected, the device: displays a prompt within the message-input area, and displays a keyboard.

(001439) It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 60A-60D have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g,, methods 600, 800,1000,1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2100, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300, 4200, 4400, 4600, 4800, 5000, 5200, 5400, 5600, 5800. 6200, 6400,6600,6800, and 7000) are also applicable in an analogous manner ' so

DK 2016 70654 A1 to method 6000 described above with respect to Figures 6ÖÄ-6ÖD. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, animations described above with reference to method 6000 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of tbe contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 600, 800,1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800,2100, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300, 4200,4400, 4600, 4800, 5000, 5200, 5400, 5600, 5800, 6200, 6400,6600, 6800, and 7000), For brevity, these details are not repeated here,

1001440] In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 61 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 6100 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 61 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, tbe description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separa tion or further definition of tbe functional blocks described herein.

[001441] As shown in Figure 61, an electronic device 6100 includes a display unit 6102. a touch-sensitive surface unit 61.04, a digital camera unit 6106, and a processing unit 6110 coupled with the display unit 6102, the touch-sensitive surface unit 6104, and the digital camera unit 6106. In some embodiments, the processing unit 6I.10 includes; a display enabling unit 6112, a detecting unit 6114, a replacing unit 6116, a transmitting unit 6118, a capturing unit 6120, and an expanding unit 6122.

(001442-] The processing unit 6110 is configured to enable display (e.g., with the display enabling unit 6112) of a messaging user interface on the display unit 6102, the messaging user interfaee including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least, one other user, a message-input area, a digital image afitbrdance, a digital touch affordance, and an application affordance. While displaying tbe messaging user interface, the processing unit 6110 is configured to detect (e.g,, with the detecting unit 6114) a first input on the touch sensitive sur&amp;ce. in response to detecting the first input, the processing unit 6110 Is configured to: in accordance with a

Si

DK 2016 70654 A1 determination that the first input is made while a focus selector is at a location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the digital image affordance; enable display (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 6112) of a plurality of digital images within the messaging user interface; in accordance with a determination that the first input is made while a focus selector is at a location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the digital canvas affordance, enable display (e.g., with the display enabling unit 6 Π 2) of a digital drawing canvas within die messaging user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the first input is made while a focus selector is at a location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to die application affordance, enable display (e.g., wit h the display enabling unit 6112) of one or more launch icons for an application within the messaging user interface.

[001443] In some embodiments, displaying the plurality of digital images within the messaging user interface includes.· in accordance with a determination that the messaging user interlace included display of a keyboard at the time the first input was detected, replacing display (e.g., with the replacing unit 6116) of the keyboard with the display of the plurality of digital images, the plurality of digital Images including a live preview image from the digital camera unit 6106; and in accordance with a determination that the messaging user interface did not include display of a keyboard at the time the first input was detected, displaying (e.g., with the display enabling unit 6112) the conversation transcript in a first area of the display and displaying the plurality of digital images in a second area of the display, the plurality of digital images including a live preview image from the digital camera unit 6106.

[001444] In some embodiments, while displaying the plurality of digital images, the processing unit 6110 is further configured to detect (e.g., with the detecting unit 6114) an input that selects a digital image in the plurality of digital images; and after detecting the input that selects a digital image in the plurality of digital images; enable display (e.g., with the display enabling unit 611.2) of the selected digital image in the conversation transcript; and transmit (e.g., with the transmitting unit 6118) a representation of the selected digital image to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, where the one or more electronic devices display the representation of the selected digital image in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

382

DK 2016 70654 A1 (601445] in some embodiments, the processing unit t>i i0 is further configured to:

detect (e.g., with the detecting unit 61 14) an input that selects the live image displayed within the plurality of digital images; and. in response to detecting that input that selects the live image, capture (e.g., with the capturing unit 6120) a digital image with the digital camera unit 6106, while maintaining display of the conversation transcript (001446] In some embodiments, after capturing the digital image, the processing unit 6110 is configured to: enable display (e.g., with the display enabling unit 6112) of the digital Image captured by the digital camera unit 6106 in the conversation transcript and transmit (e.g., with the transmitting unit 61 IS) a representation of the captured digital image to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, where the one or more electronic devices display the representation of the captured digital image in a conversat ion transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

(001447] In some embodiments, displaying the digital drawing canvas within the messaging user interface includes: in accordance with a determination that the messaging user interface included display of a keyboard at the time the first inpu t was detected, replacing (e.g., with the replacing unit 6116) display of the keyboard with the display of the digital drawing canvas; and in accordance with a determination that the messaging user interlace did not include display of a keyboard at die time the first input was detected, displaying (e.g., with the display enabl ing unit 6112) the conversation transcript in a first area of the display and displaying the plurality of digital touch actions in a second area of the display.

(001448] in some embodiments, displaying the one or more launch icons for an application within the messaging user interface includes: in accordance with a determination that the messaging user interlace included display of a keyboard at the time the first input was detected, replacing (e.g,, with the replacing unit 6116) display of the keyboard with the display of the one or more launch icons for an application; and in accordance with a determination that the messaging user interface did not include display of a keyboard at the time the first input was detected, displaying (e.g., with the display enabling unit 6.112) the conversation transcript in a first area of the display and displaying the one or more launch icons for an application in a second area of the display.

S3

DK 2016 70654 A1 (001449] In some embodiments, while displaying the one or more launch toons for an application, the processing unit 6110 is further configured to detect (e.g,, with the detecting unit 6114) an input that activates a launch icon in tire one or more launch icons for an application; and after detecting the input that activates the launch icon in the one or more launch icons for an application, the processing unit 6110 is configured to; enable display (e.g.. with the display enabling unit 6112) of a first input area for an application corresponding to the activated launch icon the application that is distinct from the message input area, the input area for the first interactive application including one or more Input affordances; enable display (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 6112) of a first application object within the conversation transcript that corresponds to the application corresponding to the activated launch icon; and transmit (e.g,, with the transmitting unit 6.1.18) a representation of a second application object that corresponds to the application corresponding to the activated launch icon to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in tire messaging session, where the one or more electronic devices display the representation of the second application object in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

1001450] In some embodiments, while displaying the message-input area, the processing unit 6110 is further configured to detect (e.g,. with the detecting unit 6I I4) a second Input that activates the message-input area; and in response to detecting the input that activates the message-input area: in accordance with a determination that the messaging user Interface included display of a keyboard and did not include display of the three activatable affordances at the time the second input was detected, enable display (e.g.. with the display enabling unit 6112) of a prompt within the message-input area; in accordance with a determination that the messaging user interface Included display of a keyboard and the three activatable affordances at the time the second input was detected: cease to display (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 6112) the three activatable affordances. enable display (e.g,, with the display enabling unit 6112) of the application expansion affordance, expand (e.g.. with the expanding unit 6.122) display of the message input-area, and enable display (e.g.. with the display enabling unit 6112) of a prompt within the message-input area; in accordance with a determination that the messaging user interface did not include display of a keyboard and included display of the three activatable affordances at the time the second input was detected: cease to display (e.g., with the display enabling unit) the three _>84

DK 2016 70654 A1 activatable affordances, enable display (e.g., with the display enabling unit ol 121 of the application expansion affoj dance, expand (e.g.. with täte expanding unit 0122} display of the message input-area, enable di splay (e.g,, wi th the display enabling unit 6112) of a prompt within the message-input area, and enable display (e.g., with the display enabling unit 6112) of a keyboard ; and in accordance with a determination that the messaging user interface did not include display of a keyboard and did not include display of the three activatable affordances at the time the second input was detected: enable display (e.g., with the display enabling unit 6112) of a prompt within the message-input area, and enable display (e.g., with the display enabling unit 6112) of a keyboard.

[0014511 In some embodiments, the messaging user interface also includes a microphone affordance, configured to enable sound recording on the electronic device upon activation.

1001452j In some embodiments, the messaging user Interface also includes at least one avatar corresponding to a first other user included in the messaging session, configured to enable the electronic device to display a menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the at least one avatar overlaid on the messaging user interface when activated.

[001453] In some embodiments, the menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the at least one avatar includes; a menu item that when activated initiates a digital touch action with the first other user, a menu item that when activated initiates messaging with only the first other user, a menu item that when activated initiates an email with the first other user, a menu item that when activated initiates a call with the first other user, a menu item that when activated initiates a video conference with the first other user, and/or a menu item that when activated initiates a payment action with the first other user.

[001454] The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to Figures 1A and 3) or application specific chips, [00.1455] The operations described above with reference to Figures 60A-60D are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures 1 A-IB or Figure 61, For example, display operation 6002 and detection operation 6010 are, optionally, implemented

3SS

DK 2016 70654 A1 by event sorter 170, event recognizer I SO, and event handler 190. Event: monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display I12, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respective event recognizer ISO of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touchsensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be dear to a person having ordinary skilt in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures I A-IB. Adding and manipulating stickers (001456] Figures 62A-62C are flow diagrams illustrating a method 6200 of adding a sticker to a messaging transcript in accordance with some embodiments. The method 6200 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure 1 A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, in some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Sorne operations in method 6200 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

(001457] As described below, the method 6200 pun ides an intuitive way to add a sticker to a messaging transcript. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a user when adding a sticker to a messaging transcript, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to add a sticker to a messaging transcript faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.

386

DK 2016 70654 A1 (001458] The device displays (6202) a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display, the messaging user intei face including a conversation transcript (e.g,, displayed in a first area of the display) of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g., of another electronic device), a plurality of electronic stickers (e.g,, a sticker pack displayed in a second area of the display), and a message-input area. For example, in Figure 39C, device 100-1 displays messaging user interfeee 35ÖÖ, including conversation transcript 3700, sticker pack 3892 with electronic stickers 3906, 3908, and 3910, and message-input area 3502.

(001459] While displaying the messaging user interface, the device detects (6204) a first drag gesture (e.g,, by a first contact on a touch-sensitive surface} that starts while a focus selector is at a first location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to a first electronic sticker in the plurality of electronic stickers, the first drag gesture moving the focus selector in a first direction; (e.g., detect a drag gesture by a contact on a touchsensitive display that starts at the first electronic sticker and moves in a first direction, or detect a drag gesture by a contact on a touch-sensitive surface that starts while a cursor or other pointer is at the first electronic sticker on the display and moves the pointer in a first direction on the display). For example, device 100-1 detects a drag gesture including movement 3918 of contact 3906 from position 3906-a, over electronic snowman sticker 3906 in Figure 39H, to position 3906-b, in Figure 391. In another example, device 100-1 defects a drag gesture including movement 3922 of contact 3920 from position 3920-a, over electronic sled sticker 3910 in Figure 39K. to position 3920-b, in Figure 39L. in another example, device 100-1 detects a drag gesture including movement 3926 of contact 3925 front position 3924-a, over electronic snowflake sticker 3908 in Figure 39N, to position 3924-b, in Figure 390, (001460] The device motes to20o) the fitst electronic sticket m the first ditection in accordance with the movement of the first drag gesture. For example, electronic snowman sticker moves from location 3906-a, in Figure 39H, to position 3906-b, in Figure 391, in accordance with movement 3918. In another example, electronic sled sticker 3910 moves frontposition 3910-a, in Figure 39K, to position 3910-¼ in Figure 39L, in accordance with movement 3922. In another example, electronic snowflake sticker 3908 moves from position 3908-a, in Figure 39N, to position 3908-c, in Figure 390, in accordance with movement 3926.

is?

DK 2016 70654 A1 [001461] In some embodiments, the plurality of electronic stickers is a plurality of objects contained within a digital image (e.g., a f V or movie frame, a digital comic illustration, a frame .from a digital video, or other digital image), where (6208): the first electronic sticker corresponds to an object displayed at the first location at the start of the first drag gesture (e.g., tapping on any object within the digital image creates a digital sticker of that object), and moving the first electronic sticker includes displaying an animation of peeling the first electronic sticker from the digital image (e.g., it appears that the user is peeling the first electronic sticker away trom the digital image).

[001462j The device detects (6210) termination of the first drag gesture while the focus selector is at a second location in the messaging user interface (e.g., while a contact on a touch-sensitive display is at the second location, or while a cursor or other pointer is at the second location ). For example, device 100-1 detects termination of a drag gesture when contact 3916 is at position 3916-h in Figure 391 (e.g., li ft-off of contact 3916, as illustrated in Figure 39J). In another example, device 100-1 detects termination of a drag gesture when contact 3920 is at position 3920-b in Figure 39L (e.g., lift-off of contact 3920, as illustrated in Figure 39M). in another example, device .100-1 detects termination of a drag gesture when contact 3924 is at position 3924-b in. Figure 390 (e.g., li ft-off of contact 3924, as illustrated in Figure 39P).

[001463) In response to detecting termination of the first drag gesture (e.g., detecting lift-off the contact in the drag gesture), the device; in accordance with a determination that the second location is within the conversation transcript (e.g., the sticker was dragged from the tray into the conversation transcript), places (6212) the electronic sticker in the conversation transcript at a location based on the second location. For example, in Figure 39J, electronic snowman sticker 3906 is placed in conversation transcript 3700 because the drag gesture terminated within the transcript (e.g., at position 39I6-b). In another example, in Figure 39P, electronic snowflake sticker 3908 is placed in conversation transcript 3700 because the drag gesture terminated within the transcript (e.g.. at position 3916-b).

[00.1464] In response to detecting termination of the first drag gesture (e.g,, detecting lift-off the contact in the drag gesture), the device; in accordance with a determination that the second location in not within the conversation transcript (e.g,, the sticker was not dragged into the conversation transcript), ceases (621.2) to display the electronic sticker at

388

DK 2016 70654 A1 the second location on the display. F g . when the sticker is not dragged all the wav to the conversation transcript, termination of the gesture causes the sticker to return to the sticker pack. For example, in Figure 39M, device 100-1 ceases displaying electronic sled sticker 3910 at position 3910-h in response to detecting lift-off of contact 3920 (e.g., termination of the drag gesture) while outside of conversation transcript 3700 (e.g., at position 3920-b), (001465] In some embodiments, the electronic device differentiates between an Input that allows the user to place the sticker at a user-selected location in the transcript and an input that places the sticker at a default location within the transcript. For example, a drag gesture places the sticker at a user-selection location within the transcript (e.g., snowman sticker 3906 is dragged to, and placed at, position 3906-b in Figures 39H-39J, while a stationary gesture (such as a tap, light press, or deep press) places the sticker in the transcript at a default next location designated for a user message (e.g., with or without a surrounding message bubble). For example, snowflake sticker 3908 is placed in transcript 3700 at position 3908-a, in Figure 39G, corresponding to the next temporal position within the con versation transcript, after detecting a tap gesture on the sticker, including contact 3912 in Figure 39D.

(001466] In some embodiments, the device displays a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript (e.g., displayed in a first area of die display) of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at feast one other user (e.g., of another electronic device), a plurality of electronic stickers (e.g.. a sticker pack displayed in a. second area of the display), and a message-input area. While displaying the messaging user interiace, the device detects a first user input at a location corresponding to display of a first electronic sticker. In response to detecting the first user input; in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes a drag gesture starting at the location corresponding to di splay of the first electronic sticker and ending at a location corresponding to display of the conversation transcript., placing the electronic sticker in the conversation transcript (e.g., dragging the sticker Into the conversation transcript). For example, snowman sticker 3906 is dragged into conversation transcript 3700 in Figures 393-391 In accordance with a determination that the first user input satisfies tap gesture criteria (e.g., detection of Initiation and termination of a user contact, having a characteristic intensity that does not reac h a predefined intensity threshold, at a substantial same location), displaying the electronic

389

DK 2016 70654 A1 stickei in the message-input area (eg, w hieb allows the user to post the speker to the transcript at a location corresponding to the next message). For example, snowflake sticker 3908 is tapped on and placed in message-input area 3502 in Figures 39D-39F.

IÖÖ1467J In some embodiments, the location based on the second location is the second location (6214). For example, the sticker is placed in the transcript at the location where the drag gesture terminated (e.g., by user lift-off of the contact corresponding to the drag gesture or by timing-out of the drag gesture by maintaining a relatively stable position for a pre-defined period of time). For example, in Figure 391, electronic snowman sticker 3906 is placed at position 3906-b in transcript 3700, where it was displayed when the device detected termination (e.g., lift-off) of the drag gesture including contact 3916.

(001468) In some embodiments, the conversation transcript includes display of one or more objects posted to the messaging session (e.g., message bubbles, icons for interactive applications, and/or multimedia content), the location is based on the second location is a nearest position in a plurality of positions that are defined by the positions of the one or more objects posted to the messaging session (6216). For example, device 100-1 detects termination of a drag gesture including contact 3924 at position 3924-b in conversation transcript, when electronic snowflake sticker 3908 is displayed at position 3908-c, in Figure 390. In response, snowflake sticker 3908 is placed (e.g., displayed) at position 3908-d. corresponding to the nearest point on a message object (e.g., message region 3749), in Figure 39P.

(001469( in some embodiments, the plurality of positions include positions that are defined by the outside border of the one or more objects posted to the messaging session (e.g., every position defining the outlines of the one or more objects, a set number of positions on the outlines (e.g., horizontal and vertical mid-points on the top, bottom, right, and left borders of each object), regularly spaced positions along the outside border (e.g., every X pixels or spaced to provide Y positions on each object)).

(001470( in some embodiments, the plurality of positions include positions that are defined by the surface area of the one or .more objects posted to the messaging session (e.g., every position within the border (inclusive or exclusive) of an object, a set number of positions within each object (e.g., quadrant midpoints within each object), regularly spaced mo

DK 2016 70654 A1 positions within each object {e.g., every {X, Y) pixels or spaced to provide Z positions within each object).

(001471] in some embodiments, the plurality of positions include one or more positions that are defined by a relationship between two adjacent objects (e.g.. positions defined by the mid-point between two objects), (001472] In some embodiments, in response to detecting termination of the first drag gesture, in accordance with a determination that the second location is within the conversation transcript, the device (6218) transmits information that represents the electronic sticker to one or more {e.g,, at least a second} electronic· devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display a corresponding representation of the electronic sticker in a corresponding location within a corresponding conversation transcript |001473] in some embodiments, where messages sent from the user of the electronic device and messages received from other users are displayed on opposite sides of a conversation transcript, the corresponding location is a position that is a mirror image of the position at which the stick is displayed on the sending user’s electronic device (e.g., a mirror image of the position or a mirror image of the position and the sticker).

(001474] in some embodiments, the device (6220) detects a user input while the focus selector is at a third position that corresponds to a second electronic sticker in the plurality of electronic stickers (e.g., while a contact on a touch-sensitive display is at the second electronic sticker, or while a cursor or other pointer is at the second electronic sticker). For example, an input .including one of contact 3912, in Figure 39D and contact 3932, in Figure 39Z, (00.1475] in response to detecting the user input while the focus selector is at the third position, in accordance with a determination that tire user input satisfies one ot more stickerselection-criteria (e.g., which are distinct from sticker posting criteria), the device displays the second electronic sticker in the message-input area (e.g., snowflake sticker 3908 is displayed in message-input area 3502 in Figure 39F.

'ws

DK 2016 70654 A1 [001476] fe some embodiments, the sticker selection criteria include a .criterion: that is configured to he met when a characteristic intensity of a contact in the input remains below a first intensity threshold.

1001477] In some embodiments, the sticker selection criteria include a criterion that is met when a characteristic intensity of a contact in the input satisfies a first intensity threshold (e.g., the sticker is displayed in the message-input area, but may be pushedthrough to the transcript by pressing harder) (091478] in some embodiments, the sticker can then be posted to the messaging session by a second user input corresponding to a request to post the content within the message-input area, such as a tap gesture at a location that corresponds to a send icon on the display. For example, snowflake sticker 3908 is displayed in conversation transcript 3700, in Figure 39Q, in response to a. tap gesture including contact 3914 on send affordance 3520, in Figure 39F.

[001479] in response to detecting the user input while the focus selector is at the third position, in accordance with a determination, that the user input satisfies one or more stickerposting-criteria, displaying the sticker in the conversation transcript at a location that corresponds to a next message insertion point. For example, snowman sticker 3906 is directly posted to the messaging session (e.g,, displayed in transcript 3700), in Figure 39AA in response to detecting deep press gesture including contact 3932, [001480] In some embodiments, the sticker posting criteria include a criterion that is met when a characteristic intensity of a contact in the input goes above a second intensity threshold, [001481] In some embodiments, posting the sticker to the messaging session at the position where the next messaging bubble would be located, e.g.. at position 3908-b in Figure 39G or position 3906-c in Figure 39AA.

[001482] in some embodiments, the one or more sticker-posting-eriteria require that a characteristic intensity of the first contact on foe touch-sensitive surface meet a respective intensity threshold in order for the transcript-area-display criteria to be met are met when the characteristic intensity of the first contact is between the second intensity threshold and a third intensity threshold; and the one or more sticker-selection-criteria do not require that

392

DK 2016 70654 A1 the characteristic intensity of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface meet the respective intensity threshold in order for the selection criteria to be met,.

(001483] In some embodiments, the device detects (6222) a user input while the focus selector is at a fourth position that corresponds to a third electronic sticker in the plurality of electronic stickers (e.g,, while a contact on a touch-sensitive display is at the third electronic sticker, or while a cursor or other pointer Is at the third electronic sticker) wherein the third electronic sticker is associated with a sticker animation. For example, in Figures 39Q-39X, snowman sticker 3906 is associated with an animation including movement of the snowman’s broom up and down, cycling through animation states 3930-a, 3930-b, and 3930-c. Device 100-1 detects an input including contact 3928 on snowman sticker 3906 in sticker pack 3904.

[0014841 hf some embodiments, the sticker animation is displayed in a loop when the sticker is posted to the messaging session. In some embodiments, the sticker animation is displayed a pre-defined number of times after being posted to the messaging session. In some embodiments, the sticker animation is displayed upon activation by a user within a corresponding conversation transcript. In some embodiments, the sticker animation is automatically displayed in the sticker pack.

(001485( In response to detecting the user input while the focus selector is at the fourth position, in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more animation preview criteria (e.g., deep-press criteria) the device previews the sticker animation associated with the third electronic sticker (e.g,, a cat sticker cries when a user presses on the cat sticker in a sticker pack). For example, device 100-1 displays a preview of the animation for snowman sticker displayed in sticker pack 3904, in Figures 39-V-39X.

[001486] in some embodiments, the animation pres lew criteria include a criterion that is met when a characteristic intensity of a contact in the input satisfies an intensity threshold. In some embodiments, a press and hold gesture satisfies animation preview criteria. In some embodiments, a deep press gesture satisfies animation preview criteria. In some embodiments, a light press does not satisfy animation preview. In some embodiments, a light press gesture causes the electronic sticker to be displayed in the message-input area}, previewing the sticker animation associated with the third electronic sticker (e.g., a cat sticker cries when a user presses on the car sticker in a sticker pack).

393

DK 2016 70654 A1 (001487] In some embodiments, .prior to displaying ti« plurality of electronic stickers, the device (6224) displays the messaging user interlace including the conversation transcript (e.g,, displayed in a first area of the display) of the messaging session between the user of the electronic device and the at least one other user (e.g., of another electronic device) and an application affordance {e.g,, user interface 3500 in Figure 39A).

(001488] While displaying the messaging user interface, the device detects an input that activates the application affordance, For example, an input including contact 3902 on application affordance 3508, In Figure 39B (e.g.. detecting a tap gesture at a location that corresponds to the application affordance).

(001489] In response to detecting the input that activates the application affordance, the device maintains display of at least a portion of the conversation transcript in a first area of the display (e.g., Figure 39C includes a portion of conversation transcript 3700 displayed in Figure 39C. The devi ce displays the plurality of electronic stickers in a second area of the display (e.g., in sticker pack 3904, In Figure 39C).

(001490] In some embodiments, where the messaging user Interface includes display of an elec tronic keyboard prior to activating the application affordance, the di splay of the plurality of electronic stickers replaces display of the keyboard (e.g., display of sticker pack 3904 would replace display of digital keyboard 3501).

(001491] in some embodiments, where the messaging user interface Includes a fullscreen display of the conversation transcript prior to activating the application affordance, the display of the plurality of electronic stickers replaces a portion of the display of the message transcript. For example, in Figure 39B, conversation transcript 3700 Is displayed in fell-screen mode. In response to activation of sticker pack 3892 by an input including contact 3902 in Figure 39B, display of conversation transcript 3700 is reduced to accommodate display of the sticker pack in Figure 39C.

(001492] In some embodiments, prior to displaying the plurality of electronic stickers: the device (6226) displays the messaging user interface including the conversation transcript (e.g., displayed in a first area of the display) of the messaging session between the user of the electronic device and the at least one other user (e.g., of an electronic device) and an application affordance. For example, messaging user interface 3500 in Figure 39AB.

>94

DK 2016 70654 A1 (001493] While display mg the messaging user interface, the device detects an Input that activates the application afiotdance, For example, in Figure 39AB, an input including contact 3934 activates application affordance 3508.

I'001494] In response to detecting the input that activates the application affordance, the device maintains display of at least a portion of the conversation transcript in a first area of the display (e.g., device 100-1 maintains display of conversation transcript 3700 in Figure 39.AC), and the device displays a first interactive application icon (e.g., an icon for a first interactive appli cation), which is one of a plural ity of interactive appli cation icons, in a second area of the display (e.g., in a scrollable interactive application panel). For example, interactive reservations application launch icon 3708 displayed in application slide tray 3892, in Figure 39AC.

1001495] in some embodiments, where the messaging user interface includes displax of an e lectronic keyboard prior to activating the application affordance., the display of the scrollable interactive application panel replaces display of the keyboard (e.g., application slide tray 3892 may replace display of digital keyboard 3501,

1001496] in some embodiments, where the messaging user interface includes a foilscreen display of the conversation transcript prior to activating the application affordance, the display of the scrollable interactive application panel replaces a portion of the display of the message transcript. For example, in Figure 39AC, application slide tray 3892 replaces a portion of transcript 3700, displayed in foil-screen mode in Figure 39 AB.

1001497] While displaying the first interactive application icon in the second area of the display, detecting a first swipe gesture that includes horizontal movement of a first contact at. a location that corresponds to the second area of the display. For example, device 100-1 detects a swipe gesture including movement 3938 of contact 3936 from position 3936-a, in Figure 39AD, to position 3936-b, in Figure 39AE.

(001498] In accordance whit a determination that the first swipe gesture satisfies one or more interactive application icon switching criteria, the device replaces display of the first interactive application icon with display of the plurality of electronic stickers in the second area of the display. For example, sticker pack 3904, in Figure 39AF, replaces dispiay of interactive reservations application launch icon 3708, in Figure 39AD, in accordance to movement 3938 of contact 3936.

395

DK 2016 70654 A1 [001499] In some embodiments, the interactive application icon switching criteria includes a criterion that tire magnitude of a horizontal movement of the first swipe gesture satisfies a predetermined movement threshold. In some embodiments, the predetermined movement threshold varies with the speed of the movement of the contact.

[001500] In some embodiments, prior to displaying the plurality of electronic stickers, the device (6228) displays the messaging user interface including the conversation transcript (e.g., displayed in a first area of the display) of the messaging session between the user of the electronic device and the at least one other user (e.g., of another electronic device) and an application affordance (e.g., messaging user interface 3500 in Figure 39AU, [001501] While displaying the messaging user interface, the device detects an input that activates the application affordance (c.g,, detecting a. tap gesture at a location that corresponds to the application affordance). For example, in Figure 39ÄU, an input including contact 3952 activates application affordance 3508.

[001502] In response to detecting the input drat activates dre application affordance, the device maintains display of at least a portion of the conversation transcript in a first area of the display (e.g., device 100-1 maintains display of conversation transcript 3700 in Figure 39AV) and displays in a second area of the display that includes a plurali ty of application launch icons (e.g,, including launch icons for one or more interactive applications; e.g., application selection tray 3654 in Figure 39AV), an application launch icon for a sticker pack (e.g., sticker pack launch icon 3609 in application selection tray 3654 in Figure 39 AV.

[001503] fa some embodiments, where die messaging user interface includes display of an electronic keyboard prior to detecting activation of the application affordance, the display of the plurality of application launch icons replaces display of die keyboard. For example, display of application selection tray 3654, in Figure 36Y, replaces digital keyboard 3501, in Figure 36X.

[001504] In some embodiments, where the messaging user interface includes a fullscreen display of the conversation transcript prior to detecting activation of the application affordance, the display of dre plurality of application launch icons replaces a portion of the display of the message transcript. For example, in Figure 39 AY, application selection tray 3654 replaces a portion of transcript 3700, displayed in full-screen mode, in Figure 39AU.

396

DK 2016 70654 A1 {ÖÖI5ÖS] While displaying the plurality of application launch icons, the device detects an input that activates the application launch icon for the sticker pack. For example, device 100-1 detects an in input including contact 3954 over sticker pack launch icon 3609, in Figure 39AV.

{001506] In response to a detecting the input that activates the application launch icon for the sticker pack (e.g., detecting a tap gesture at a location that corresponds to the launch icon for the sticker pack), the device replaces display of the plurality of application launch icons with display of the plurality of electronic stickers in the second area of the display.

For example, in response to detecting an input including contact 3954, in Figure 39AV, device 100-1 replaces display of application selection tray 3954, in Figure 39AV, with display of sticker pack 3904, in Figure 39AW, {ÖÖ.15Ö7] It should he understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 62A-62C have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary ski ll in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g,, methods 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600,

1800, 2100, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300, 4200, 4400, 4600, 4800, 5000, 5200, 5400, 5600, 5800, 6000, 6400, 6600, 6800, and 7000) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 6200 described above with respect to Figures 62A-62C. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, animations described above with reference to method 6200 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 600,800,1000, 1200, 1400. 1600, 1800, 2100. 2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300, 4200, 4400,4600, 4800, 5000, 5200, 5400, 5600, 5800, 6000. 6400, 6600,6800, and 7000). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

{001508] In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 63 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 6300 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments, The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out >97

DK 2016 70654 A1 the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood. by persons of skill In the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 63 ate, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the vari ous described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.

1001509] As shown in Figure 63, an electronic device 6300 includes a display unit 6302 configured to display user inter laces; a touch-sensitive sur face unit 6304 configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit 6306 coupled with the display unit 6302 and the touch-sensitive surface unit 6304. The processing unit 6306 includes: an enabling unit 6308, a detecting unit 63 J 0, a moving unit 6312, a placing unit 6314, a ceasing unit 6316, a previewing unit 6318. a maintaining unit 6320. and a replacing unit 6322, The processing unit 6306 is configured to enable display of (e.g., with enabl ing unit 6308) a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display unit 6302, the messaging user interface including a con versation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a plurality of electronic stickers, and a message- input area. While displaying the messaging user interface, the processing unit 6306 is configured to detect (e.g., with detecting unit 63101 a first drag gesture that starts while a focus selector is at a first location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to a first electronic sticker in the plurality of electronic stickers, the first drag gesture move the focus selector in a first direction. The processing unit 6306 is configured to move (e.g,, with moving unit 6312) the first electronic sticker in the first direction in accordance with the movement of the first drag gesture. The processing unit 6306 is configured to detect (e.g., with detecting unit 6310) termination of the first drag gesture while the focus selector is at a second location in the messaging user interface. In response to detecting termination of the first drag gesture: in accordance with a determination that the second location is within the conversation transcript, the processing unit 6306 is configured to place (e.g., with placing unit 6314) the electronic sticker in the conversation transcript at a location based on the second location, and in accordance with a determination that the second location in not within die conversation transcript, the processing unit 6306 is configured to cease (e.g., with ceasing unit 6316) to display the electronic sticker at the second location on the display unit

6302.

398

DK 2016 70654 A1 (0ÖI51Ö) In serøs embodiments, the processing unit 6306 is further configured to; in response to detecting termination of the first drag gesture, in accordance wi th a determination that the second location is within the conversation transcript: transmit (e.g,, with transmitting unit 6317) information that represents the electronic sticker to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display a corresponding representation of the electronic sticker in a corresponding location within a corresponding conversation transcript.

(001511| In some embodiments, the location based on the second location is the second location.

(001512) In some embodiments, the conversation transcript includes display of one or more objects posted to the messaging session, the location based on the second location is a nearest position in a plurality of positions that are defined by the positions of the one or more objects posted to the messaging session, (001513) In some embodiments, the processing unit 6306 is further configured to: detect (e.g., with detecting unit 6310) a user input while the focus selector is at a third position that corresponds to a second electronic sticker In the plurality of electronic stickers. In response to detecting the user input while the focus selector is at the third position: in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more sticker-selectioncriteria, enable display of (e.g,, with enabling unit 6308) the second electronic sticker in the message-input area; and io accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more sticker-posting-criteria, enable display of (e.g., with enabling unit 6308) the sticker in the conversation transcript at a location that corresponds to a next message insertion point.

(001514) In. some embodiments, the processing unit 6306 is further configured to: detect (e.g., with detecting unit 6310) a user input while the focus selector is at a fourth position that corresponds to a third electronic sticker in the plurality of electronic stickers, wherein the third electronic sticker is associated with a sticker animation. In response to detecting the user input while the focus selector is at the fourth position, in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more animation preview criteria, preview

DK 2016 70654 A1 (e.g., with previewing unit 63ΐ 8) the sticker animation associated with the third electronic sticker,

10015.15] In some embodiments, the processing unit 6306 is further configured to: prior to displaying the plurality of eiectronic stickers: enable display of (e.g . with enabling unit 6308) the messaging user interface including the conversat ion transcript of the messaging session between the user of the electronic device and the at least one other user and an application affordance. While displaying the messaging user interface, the processing unit 6306 is configured to detect (e.g., with detecting unit 6310) an input that activates the application affordance. In response to detecting the input that activates the application affordance, the processing unit 6306 is configured to; maintain display of (e.g., with maintaining unit 6320) at least a portion of the conversation transcript in a first area of the display, and enable display of (e.g., with enabling unit 6308) the plurality of electronic stickers in a second area of the display.

(001516] In some embodiments, the processing unit 6306 is further configured to: prior to displaying the plurality of electronic stickers, enable display of (e.g,, with enabling unit 6308) the messaging user interlace including the conversation transcript of the messaging session between the user of the electronic device and the at least one other user and an application affordance. While displaying the messaging user interface, the processing unit 6306 is configured to detect (e.g., with detecting unit 6310) an input that activates the application affordance. in response to detecting the input that activates the application affordance, the processing unit 6306 is configured to: maintain display of (e.g., with maintaining unit 6320) at least a portion of the conversation transcript in a first area of the display, and enable display of (e.g., with enabling unit 6368) a first interactive application Icon, which is one of a plurality of interactive application icons, in a second area of the display. While displaying the first interactive application icon in the second area of the display, the processing unit 6306 is configured to detect (e.g., with detecting unit 6310) a first swipe gesture that includes horizontal movement of a first contact at a location that corresponds to the second area of the display, in accordance with a determination that the first swipe gesture satisfies one or more interactive application icon switching criteria, the processing unit 6306 is configured to replace display of (e.g., with replacing unit 63221 the first interactive application icon with display of the plurality of electronic stickers in the second area of the display.

400

DK 2016 70654 A1 [001517] In some embodiments, the processing unit 6306 is further configured to: prior to displaying the plurality of electronic stickers: enable display of (e.g., with enabling unit 6308) the messaging user interface including the conversation transcript of the messaging session between the user of the electronic device and the at least one other user and an application affordance. While displaying the messaging user interface, the processing unit 6306 is configured to detect (e.g., with detecting unit 6310) an input that activates the application affordance. In response to detecting the input that activates the application affordance, the processing unit 6306 is configured to; maintain display of (e.g., with maintaining unit 6320) at least a portion of the conversation transcript in a first area of the display, and enable display of (e.g., with enabling unit 6308), in a second area of the display that includes a plurality of application launch icons, an application launch icon for a sticker pack. While displaying the plurality of application launch icons, the processing unit 6306 is configured to detect (e.g., with detecting unit 6310) an input that activates the application launch icon for the sticker pack. In response to a detecting that the input that activates the application launch icon for the sticker pack, the processing unit 6306 is configured to replace display of (e.g., with replacing unit 6322) the plurality of application launch icons with display of the plurality of electronic stickers in the second area of the display.

(001518] in some embodiments, the plurality of electronic stickers is a plurality of objects contained within a digital image, wherein.' the first electronic sticker corresponds to an object displayed at the first location at the start of the first drag gesture; and moving the first electronic sticker includes displaying an animation of peeling the first electronic sticker from the diuital imaue.

s·· s·· [001519| The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to Figures 1A and 3) or application specific chips, [001520] The operations described above with reference to Figures 62A-62C are, optionally. Implemented by components depicted In Figures 1A-1B or Figure 63, For example, detection operation 6204 and move operation 6206 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190, Event monitor 171 in

401

DK 2016 70654 A1 event sorter i 70 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 1'12, and event dispatcher module 1 74 delivers the event information to application 136-L A respective event recognizer 180 of application i 36-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touchsensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recoenizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the

K.· event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handier 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures I A-IB.

(001521 ] Figures 64A-64C are flow diagrams i llustrating a method 6400 of modify ing display of electronic sti ckers in a messaging application in accordance wi th some embodiments. The method 6400 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure I A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface., and one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, in some embodiments., the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface Is on or Integrated with the display, in some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 6400 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed, (001522] As described below, the method 6400 provides an intuitive way to modify display of electronic stickers in a messaging application. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a user when modifying display of electronic stickers in a messaging application, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to modify display of electronic stickers in a messaging application Faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges, (001523] The device displays (6402) a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript

402

DK 2016 70654 A1 (e.g., displayed in a first area of the display) of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g., of another electronic device), a plurality of electronic stickers (e.g., a sticker pack displayed in a second area of the display), and a message-input area. For example in Figure 39AF. device 100-1 displays messaging user interlace 3500, including conversation transcript 3700, electronic sticker pack 3892, including electronic stickers 3906, 3908, and 3910, and message-input area 3502.

1001524] While displaying the messaging user interface (e.g., user interface 3500), the device detects (6404) a first user input (e.g., by a first contact on a touch-sensitive surface, such as a drag gesture or a tap gesture) while a focus selector is at a first location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to a first electronic sticker in the plurality of electronic stickers (e.g.. detect a drag gesture by a contact on a touch-sensitive display that starts at the first electronic sticker and moves in a first direction, or detect a drag gesture by a contact on a touch-sensitive surface that starts while a cursor or other pointer is at the first electronic sticker on the display aad moves the pointer in a first direction on the display). In some embodiments, tire first electronic sticker is initially not within the conversation transcript, (e.g,, the first electronic sticker is in a sticker pack displayed in a second area of the display).

(001525] For example, device 100-1 detects an input including; a drag gesture, including movement 3942 of contact 3940 from position 3940-a, over electronic snowman sticker 3906 displayed in sticker pack 3904, in Figure 39AG. through position 3940~b, in Figure 39AH, to position 3940-c, in Figure 39ΑΪ; increases in a characteristic intensity of contact 3940 between Figures 39AG-39AH and 39AH-39A1, respectively; a decrease in a characteristic intensity of contact 3940 between Figure 39ΑΪ and Figure 39AJ; and a rotation gesture, including rotation 3944 of contact 3940 from orientation (e.g,, position) 3940-c, in Figure 39AK, to orientation (e.g., position) 3940-d, in Figure 39AL.

1001526] In response to detecting the first user input, the device (6406) places and displays the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript. For example, device 1001 displays electronic sticker 3906 at position (e.g., location and orientation) 3906-1) in Figure 39AM.

(001527] While the first electronic sticker is displayed in the conversation transcript, the device (6408); defects a second user input while a focus selector is at a second location

401

DK 2016 70654 A1 in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript (e.g., detect a drag gesture, a portion of a depinch gesture, or a rotate gesture by a contact on a touch-sensit ive display that starts at the location of the first electronic sticker in the transcript, or detect a drag gesture, a portion of a depinch gesture, or a rotate gesture by a contact on a touch-sensitive surface that starts while a cursor or other pointer is at the location of the first electronic sticker in the transcript),

1001528] For example, device 100-1 detects an input including; movement 3948 of contact 3946, within conversation transcript 3700, from position 3946-a, in Figure 39AN, to posit ion 3946-b, in Figure 39AO; an increase in a characteristic intensity of contact 3946 between Figure 39AO and Figure 39 AP; and .rotation 3950 of contact 3946 from orientation (e.g., position) 3946-b, in Figure 39AQ, to orientation (e.g., position) 3946-c, in Figure 39R.

(001529] In some embodiments, the first and second user inputs are first and second parts of a single continuous input e.g,, a. drag gesture followed by a pinch or rotation gesture made with the same contact, (001530} In response to detecting the second user input, the de\ ice {6408} changes the position, size, and/or rotation of the first electronic sticke!' in the conversation transcript, (e.g., while maintaining a constant display of the conversation transcript behind the first electronic sticker).

(001531] For example, device 100-1 moves electronic snowman sticker 3906 from position 3906-f, in Figure 39AM, to position 3906-g, in Figure 39AO. in another example, device 1.00- J increases the size of electronic snowman sticker 3906, displayed in transcript 3700, between Figure 39AO and Figure AP. In another example, device 1.00-1 rotates electronic snowman sticker 3906 from orientation (e.g., position) 3906-g, in Figure 39AQ, to orientation (e.g., position) 3906-h, in Figure 39AR.

(001532} In some embodiments, the size of the first electronic sticker is reduced (6410) in response to detecting a pinch gesture that includes movement of a first contact towards a second contact, wherein the pinch gesture started while a focus selector was at a location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the first electronic sticker (e.g,, pinching while over the electronic sticker reduces the display size of the sticker without changing the display size of the conversation transcript).

404

DK 2016 70654 A1 [00i533[ In some embodiments, the size of the first electronic sticker is increased (6412) in response to detecting a depinch gesture that includes movement of a first contact away from a second contact, wherein the depinch gesture started while a focus selector was at a location in the messaninn user interface that corresponds to the first electronic sticker c·- c·- I (e.g,. depinching while over the electronic sticker increases the display size of the sticker without changing the display size of the conversation transcript).

[001534] In some embodiments, the size of the first electronic sticker is increased (6414) in accordance with a. (e.g., change in a) characteristic intensity of a contact made while a focus selector was at a location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the first electronic sticker. For example, the size of electronic snowman sticker 3906 is increased between Figures 39AG-39AH, 39AH-39A1, and 39AO-39AP, respectively.

[001535] in some embodiments, the size of the first elec tronic sticker is decreased in accordance with a (e.g., change in a) characteristic intensity of a contact made while a focus selector was at a location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the first electronic sticker. For example, the size of electronic snowman sticker 3906 is decreased between Figure 39.AI and Figure 39AJ.

[001536] In some embodiments , the orientation of the first electronic sticker is changed (6416) in response to detecting a rotation gesture that started white a focus selector was at a location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the first electronic sticker. For example, the orientation (e.g., position) of electronic snowman sticker 3906 is rotated from orientation 3906-e, in Figure 39AK, to orientation 3906-f in Figure 39AL. In another example, the orientation (e.g.. position) of electronic snowman sticker 3906 is rotated from orientation 3906-g, in Figure 39AQ, to orientation 3906-h, in Figure 39 AR.

[001537] In some embodiments, the rotation gesture includes rotation of a single user contact, in some embodiments, the rotation gesture includes rotation of a first contact relative to a second contact, [001538] In some embodiments, after detecting the first user input, the device transmits (6418) information that represents the first electronic sticker to one or more (e.g... second) electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display a corresponding representation of the first electronic sticker in a corresponding location (e.g., a

405

DK 2016 70654 A1 corresponding location, size, and rotation) within a corresponding conversation .transcript.· (e.g., corresponding to the messaging session).

1001539] in some embodiments, information that represents the first electronic sticker is sent in response to detecting the first user input (e.g., upon detection of lift-off of contact 3940 in Figure 39AM), and subsequent movement, resizing, and/or rotation of the sticker causes the device to send subsequent information that represents the first electronic sticker (e.g., the position, including location, size, and/or orientation) (e.g., upon detection of liftoff of contact 3946 in Figure 39AS).

I0Ö154ÖJ In some embodiments, information that represents the first electronic sticker is not sent until the user has finally positioned, sized, and/or rotated the sticker within the conversation transcript (e.g,, with the second user input). For example, information is sent upon detection of lift-off of contact 3946 in Figure 39AS, but not upon detection of lift-off of contact 3940 in Figure 39AM.

1001541] In some embodiments, once the user places, sizes, and· or rotates the electronic sticker, further modifications to the sticker in the transcript cannot be made (e.g,, detection of a second input, including second contact 3946, in Figure 39AN, would not cause device 100-1 to move, resize, or rotate electronic snowman sticker 3906 within conversation transcript 3700).

{00.1542] In some embodiments, once the user places, sizes, and/or rotates the electronic sticker, further modifications to the sticker in the transcript can only be made within a predetermined time period (e.g., initiation of further modifications) beginning at termination of the first Input, placing the sticker in the conversation transcript. For example, detection of a second input, including second contact 3946, in Figure 39AN, would only cause device 100-1 to move, resize, or rotate electronic snowman sticker 3906 within conversation transcript 3700 if the second input was first detected within the predefined time period.

{0015431 In some embodiments, after transmitting the information that represents the first electronic sticker to the one or more electronic devices, the device (6420) detects a third user input while a focus selector is at a third location In the messaging user interlace that corresponds to the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript and, hi response to detecting the third user input: changes the position of the first electronic st icker in the

406

DK 2016 70654 A1 conversation .transcript for &amp; second time, and sends information to the one or more electronic· devices that correspond ίο the at least one other user included in the messaging session that the position of the first electronic sticker was changed in the conversation transcript, wherein the one or more electronic devices make corresponding changes io the position of the first electronic sticker within the corresponding conversation transcript (e.g., to match or minor the changes made in the first user’s conversation transcript),

1001544] In some embodiments, only the user who posted the sticker to the messaging session can change die position, size, or rotation of the sticker. In some embodiments, any user included in the messaging session can c hange the position , size, and/or rotati on of the sticker. In some embodiments, no user can change the position, size and/or rotation of the sticker once it has been posted to the messaging session, [001545] in some embodiments, after transmitting the Information that represents the first electronic sticker to the one or more electronic devices, the device (6422) detects a third user input while a focus selector is at a third location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript and, in response to detecting the third user input: changes the rotation (e.g,, orientation) of the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript for a second time, and sends information to the one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in die messaging session that the rotation (e.g., orientation) of the first electronic sticker was changed in the conversation transcript, wherein the one or more electronic devices make corresponding changes to the rotation (e.g., orientation) of the first electronic sticker within the corresponding conversation transcript (e.g,, to match or mirror the changes made in the first user’s conversation transcript).

[0Ö1546] in some embodiments, only the user who posted the sticker to the messaging session can change the posi tion, size, or rotation of the sticker. In some embodiments, any user included in the messaging session can change the position, size, and/or rotation of the sticker. In some embodiments, no user can change the position, size and/or rotation of the sticker once it has been posted to the messaging session.

]00154j In some embodiments, after transmitting the information that represents the first demonic sucker to the one or mote electronic de\ ices, the device fo424 > detects a third user input while a focus selector is at a. third location in the messaging user interface

407

DK 2016 70654 A1 that corresponds to the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript and, in response to detecting the third user input: changes the size of the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript for a second time, and sends information to the one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session that the size of the first electronic sticker was changed in the conversation transcript, wherein the one or more electronic devices make corresponding changes to the size of the first electronic sticker within the corresponding conversation transcript (e.g., to match or mirror the changes made in the first user’s con versation transcript).

[001548] In some embodiments, only the user who posted the sticker to the messaging session can change the position, size, or rotation of the sticker. In some embodiments, any user included in the messaging session can change the position, size, and/or rotation of the sticker. In some embodiments, no user can change the position, size and/or rotation of the sticker once it has been posted to the messaging session, [001549] In some embodiments, after transmitting the information that represents the first electronic sticker to the one or .more electronic devices, the device receives information from an electronic device that corresponds to another user included in the messaging session that the position, size, and/or orientation of a corresponding representation of the first electronic sticker was changed in a corresponding conversation transcript and, in response, changes the position, size, and/or orientation of the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript. For example, device 100-1 recei ves information from device 100-2 at 9:56 AM and, in response, changes the position, size, and orie ntat ion of electronic snowman sticker 3906 from location 3906-h, in Figure 39AS, to location 3906-i, in Figure 39AT.

[001550] In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first user input, the device changes (6426) the position, of the first electronic sticker (e.g. , the size, position, and orientation of the sticker can be changes while still displayed in the sticker pack and/or while being dragged into the conversation transcript). For example, movement of electronic snowman sticker 3906 from position 3906-a, in Figure 39AG, through position 3906-d, in Figure 39AH, to position 3906-e, in Figure 39AL [001551 ] In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first user input, the device changes (6428) the size of the first electronic sticker (e.g., the size, position, and orientation

408

DK 2016 70654 A1 of the sticks can be changes while soil displayed, in the sticker pack and οι w hi lc being dragged into the conversation transcript). For example, the size of electronic snowman sticker 3906 is increased between Figures 39AG-39ÄH and 39AB~39A1, respectively, in another example, the size of electronic snowman sticker 3906 is decreased between Figure 39ΑΪ and Figure 39ÄJ, (001552) In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first user input, the device changes (6430) the rotation of the first electronic sticker (e.g., the size, position, and orientation of the sticker can be changes whil e stil l displayed in the st icker pack and/or while being dragged into the conversation transcript). For example, electronic snowman sticker 3906 is rotated from orientation (e.g., position) 3906-e, in Figure 39AK, to orientation (e.g., position) 3906-1; in Figure 39AL.

(001553) it should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 64A-64C have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that file described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g.. methods 600, 800,1000. 1200,1400. 1600,

1800, 2100, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300, 4200,4400, 4600, 4800, 5000, 5200,5400,

5600, 5800. 6000, 6200, 6600, 6800, and 70001 are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 6400 described above with respect to Figures 64A-64C. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described above with reference to method 6400 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 600, 800, 1000,1200, 1400,

1600, 1800, 2100, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300, 4200,4400, 4600,4800, 5000, 5200, 5400, 5600, 5800,6000, 6200, 6600, 6800, and 7000). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

(001554) In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 65 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 6500 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally,

409

DK 2016 70654 A1 implemented by hardware, software. ot a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments, ft is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 65 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.

1001555] As shown in Figure 65, an electronic device 6500 includes a display unit 6502 configured to display user interfaces; a touch-sensitive surface unit 6504 configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit 6506 coupled with the display unit 6502 and the touch-sensitive surface unit 6504. The processing unit 6506 including an enabling unit 6508, a detecting unit 6510, a placing unit 6512, a changing unit 6514, a transmitting unit 6516, and a sending unit 6518.

1001556] The processing unit 6506 is configured to: enable display of (e.g., with enabling unit 6508) a messaging user interlace of a messaging application on the display unit 6502, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, a plurality of electronic stickers, and a message-input area. While displaying the messaging user interlace, the processing unit 6506 is configured to detect (e.g., with detecting unit 6510) a first user input while a focus selector is at a first location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to a first electronic sticker in the plurality of electronic stickers, in response to detecting the first user input, the processing unit. 6506 is configured to place (e.g., with placing unit 6512) and enable display of (e.g., with enabling unit 6508) the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript While the first electronic sticker is displayed in the conversation transcript: the processing unit 6506 is configured to detect (e.g,, with detecting unit 6510) a second user input while a focus selector is at a second location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript. In response to detecting the second user input, the processing unit 6506 is configured to change (e.g., with changing unit 65.14) the position, size, and/or rotation of the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript.

(001557] in some embodiments, die processing unit 6506 is further configured to; after detecting the first user input; transmit (e.g,, with transmitting unit 6516) information that to

DK 2016 70654 A1 represents the first electronic sticker to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in die messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display a correspondin g representation of the first electronic sticker in a corresponding location within a corresponding conversation transcript.

(001558] In some embodiments, the processing unit 6506 is further configured to: after transmitting the information that represents the first electronic sticker to the one or more electronic devices: detect (e.g., with detecting unit 6510) a third user input while a focus selector is at a third location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to tire first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript In response to detecting the third user input, the processing unit 6506 is configured to: change (e.g., with changing unit 6514) the position of the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript for a second time; and send (e.g., with sending unit 6518) Information to the one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session that the position of the first electronic sticker was changed In the conversation transcript, wherein the one or more electronic devices make corresponding changes to the position of the first electronic sticker within the corresponding conversation transcript.

1001559] In some embodiments, the processing unit 6506 is further configured to: after transmitting the information that represents the first electronic sticker to the one or more electronic devices: detect (e.g., with detecting unit 6510) a third user input while a focus selector is at a third location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript; and, in response to detecting the third user input: change (e.g., with changing unit 6514) the rotation of the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript for a second time; and send (e.g., with sending unit 6518) information to the one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session that tire rotation of the first electronic sticker was changed in the conversation transcript, wherein the one or more electronic devices make corresponding changes to the .rotation of the first electronic sticker within the corresponding conversation tran script.

(0015601 ft* some embodiments, the processing unit 6506 is further configured to: after transmitting information that represents the first electronic sticker to the one or more electronic devices: detect (e.g., with detecting unit 65.10)a third user input while a focus i i

DK 2016 70654 A1 selector Is at a third location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to tire first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript; and, in response to detecting the ilutd user input: change (e.g,, with changing unit 6514) the size of the first electronic sticker in the conversation transcript for a second time; and send (e.g., with sending unit 6518) information to the one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session that the size of the first electronic sticker was changed in the conversation transcript, wherein the one or more electronic devices make corresponding changes to the size of the first electronic sticker within the corresponding conversation transcript.

[0015611 In some embodiments, the processing unit 6506 is further configured to: in response to detecting the first user input, change (e.g,, with changing unit 6514) the position, of the first electronic sticker.

1001562] In some embodiments, the processing unit 6506 is further configured to; in response to detecting the first user input, change (e.g., with changing unit 6514) the size of the first electronic sticker.

[001563] in some embodiments, the processing unit 6506 is further configured to: in response to detecting the first user input, change (e.g,, with changing unit 6514) the rotation of the first electronic sticker.

|001564] In some embodiments, the size of the first electronic- sticker is reduced in response to detecting a pinch gesture that includes movement of a first contact towards a second contact, wherein the pinch gesture started while a focus selector was at a location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the first electronic sticker.

[001565] in some embodiments, the size of the first electronic sticker is increased in response to detecting a depinc-h gesture that includes movement of a first contact a way from a second contact, wherein the depinch gesture started while a focus selector was at a location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the first electronic sticker.

[001566] In some embodiments, the size of the first electronic sticker is increased in accordance with a characteristic intensity of a contact made while a focus sel ector was at a location In the messaging user interface that corresponds to the first electronic sticker.

412

DK 2016 70654 A1 [001567] In serøs embodiments, the orientation of the fest electronic sticker is changed in response to detecting a rotation gesture that started while a focus selector was at a location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the first electronic sticker.

|001568] The operations described above with reference to Figures 64A-64C are, optionally, implemented by components depicted In Figures I A.-IB or Figure 65. For example, detection operations 6404 and 6408 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event, recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Event monitor 17.1 in event sorter .170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event, information to application 136-3. A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handier .190 accesses a respective GUI updater 1.78 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1 A-IB.

Making payments

1001569] Figure 66A is a flow diagram illustrating a method '6600 of making payments from a messaging application in accordance with some embodiments. The method 6600 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3. or portable multifunction device 100, Figure 1A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with täte touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface.

Some operations in method 6600 are, optionally, combined and, or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

413

DK 2016 70654 A1 (004570] As described below, the method 6600 provides art intuitive way to make payments'from a .messaging application. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a user when making payments from a messaging application, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to make payments from a messaging application faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.

1001571] The device displays (6602) a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript (e,g„ displayed in a first area of the display) of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g., of another electronic device) and a message-input area, wherein each of the other users included in the messaging session has a corresponding avatar (e.g., di splayed in a second area of tire display). For example, messaging user interface 3500, in Figure 40F, includes conversation transcript 3503. message-input area 3502, Conversation transcript 3503 includes messages from participants of a corresponding messaging session, including the user of portable multifunction device 100-1 and other users included in the messaging session. Each of*the other users included in the messaging transcript are represented by an avatar (e.g., avatar 4008 for “Maty Todd”) displayed in stack of avatars 4002, in Figure 40F, (001572-] While displaying the messaging user interface, the device detects (6604) a first user input (e.g., a. tap, light press, or deep press gesture by a contact on a touchsensitive surface) while a focus selector is at a first location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to an avatar of a first other user included in the messaging session, (e.g., detect a gesture by a contact on a touch-sensitive display at the location of the avatar of the first other user, or detect a gesture by a contact on a touch-sensitive surface while a cursor or other pointer is at the location of the avatar of the first other user). For example, device 100-1 detects an input including contact 4010, on Mary Todd’s avatar 4010. in Figure 40G.

(001573] In response to detecting the first user input, the device displays (6006) a menu that contains aetsvatable menu items associated with the first other user overlaid on the messaging user interface, the displayed menu including an activatable menu item for initiating a payment action with the first other user (e.g,, a menu item for paying, or requesting payment from, the first other user I . For example, in response to detecting an

414

DK 2016 70654 A1 input including an increase in a characteristic intensity of contact 4010, meeting a predefined intensity threshold, the device displays action menu 3882 that includes activatable action 3884-6 for making a payment to another user (e.g., .Mary Todd) included in the messaging session, in Figure 4ÖFI.

{001574] While displaying the menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the first other user (e.g., action menu 3882 in Figure 40J), the device detects (6008) a second user input (e.g., by a contact on a touch-sensitive surface, such as an input including contact 4012, in Figure 40 j) while a focus selector is at a second location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the activatable menu item for initiating a payment action with the first other user (e.g., activatable menu action 3884-6 for a payment, in Figure 40,1). For example, the device detects a gesture by a contact on a touch-sensitive display at the location of the activatable menu item for initiating a payment, action with the first other user, or detects a gesture by a contact on a touch-sensitive surface while a cursor or other pointer is at the location of the activatable menu item for initiating a payment action with the first other user.

{001575] In response to detecting the second uset input, the device displays (O6l¢0 a user interface configured to initiate sending of a payment to, and/or requesting a payment from, the first other user. For example, in response to detecting an input including contact 4012 on activatable payment action 3884-6, in Figure 401, device 100-1 displays payment user interface 4014, in Figure 40K.

{001576] It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figure 66A have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g,, methods 600, 800,1000,1200,1400,1600, 1800, 2100, 2400,2600, 2800, 3100, 3300,4200,4400,4600, 4800, 5000, 5200, 5400, 5600, 5800, 6000, 6200, 6400, 6800, and 7000) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 6600 described above with respect to Figure 66 A, For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described above with reference to method 6600 optionally have one or more of

41S

DK 2016 70654 A1 the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 600, 800,1000, 1200, 1400, 1600,1800,2100,2400, 2600,

2800, 3100, 3300, 4200, 4400, 4600, 4800, 5000, 5200, 5400, 5600, 5800, 6000, 6200,

6400, 6800, and 7000), For brevity, these details are not repeated here, (001577] In accordance with some embodiments, Figure 67 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 6700 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments . The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments, it is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 67 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.

]001578| As shown in Figure 67, an electronic device 6700 includes a display unit 6702 configured to display user interfaces; a touch-sensitive surface unit 6704 configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit 6706 coupled with the display unit 6702 and the touch-sensitive surface unit 6704. The processing unit 6706 includes an enabling unit 6708 and a detecting unit 6710, (001579] The processing unit 6706 is configured to enable display of (e.g., with enabling un it 6708) a messagi ng user interface of a messaging application on the display unit 6702, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and a t least one other user and a messaaes.input area, wherein each of the other users included in the messaging session has a corresponding avatar. While displaying the messaging user interface, the processing unit 6706 is configured to detect (e.g,, with detecting unit 6710) a first user input while a focus selector is at a first location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to an avatar of a first other user included in the messaging session. In response to detecting the first user input, enable display of (e.g., with enabling unit 6708) a menu that contains acti vatable menu items associated with the first other user overlaid on the messaging user interface, the displayed menu including an activatable menu item for initiating a payment action with the

416

DK 2016 70654 A1 first other user. While displaying the menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the first other user, detect (e.g., with detecting unit 6710)- a second user input while a focus selector is at a second location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the activatable menu item for initiating a payment action with the first other user. In response to detecting the second user input, enable display of (e.g., with enabling unit 6708) a user interface configured to initiate sending of a pay ment to, and/or requesting a payment from, the first other user, [ÖÖ158Ö] The operations described above with reference to Figure 66 are. optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures 1 A-IB or Figure 67. For example, detection operations 6604 and 6608 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. in some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, It would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1A-1.B.

Interacting with avatars in a group messaging session

1001581] Figures 68A-68B are flow diagrams illustrating a method 6800 of interacting with a single user included in a group messaging session in accordance with some embodiments. The method 6800 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure I A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive

41?

DK 2016 70654 A1 surface is on er integrated with the display, tn sonic embodiments, the display is separate δοτή the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 6800 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

I'001582] As described below, the method 6800 provides an intuitive way to interact with a single user included in a group messaging session. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a user when interacting with a single user included in a group messaging session, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to interact with a single user included in a group messaging session fitster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.

(001583) The device displays ¢6802) a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript (e.g., displayed in a first area of the display) of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and a plurality of other users (e.g., of respective other electronic devices), a message-input area, and a plurality of avatars, each respective avatar in tire plurality of avatars corresponding to a respective other user in the plurality of other users included in the messaging session, wherein the plurality of avatars are displayed as a stack of (e.g., overlapping) avatars, with a first avatar in the plurality of avatars displayed on the top of the stack of avatars. For example, messaging user interface 3500, in Figure 4ÖS, includes conversation transcript 3503 and message-input area 3502. Conversation transcript 3503 includes messages from participants of a corresponding messaging session, including the user of portable multi function device 100-1 and other users included in the messaging session. Each of the other users included in the messaging transcript are represented by an avatar (e.g., avatar 3510 for “Abe”) displayed on top of stack of avatars 4002, in Figure 40S.

(001584] While displaying the messaging user interface, the device detects an input by a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface while a focus selector is at a first location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the first avatar (e.g., detect a gesture by a contact on a touch-sensitive display at the location of the first avatar, or detect a gesture by a contact on a touch-sensitive sur face while a cursor or other pointer is at the location of the first avatar). For example, device 100-1 detects an input including contact 4030 on Abe’s

418

DK 2016 70654 A1 avatar (e.g„ displayed on top of stack of avatars 4002), in Figure 4ÖS. hi another example, device 100-1 detects an input including contact 4038 on Mary f odd’s avatar 4008, in Figure

40U.

1001585] In response to detecting the input by the first contact, in accordance with a determination that the input meets menu-activation-criteria, wherein the menu-activationcriteria require that a characteristic intensity of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface meet a respective intensity threshold in order for the menu-activation criteria to he met, the device displays (68Ö6) a menu that contains activatable menu items associated with die first avatar overlaid on the messaging user interlace. For example, in response to detecting an increase in a characteristic intensity of contact 4038 on Maty Todd’s avatar 4008, meeting a predetermined intensity threshold (e.g,, ITl or ITd), between Figures 40U and 40V, device 100-1 displays action menu 3882, including actions 3884 for directly interacting with Mary Todd (e.g., interacting only with Mary Todd), in Figure 40V.

1001586] In response to detecting the input by the first contact, in accordance with a determination that the input meets avatar-spreading-criteria, wherein the avatar-spreadingcriteria do not require that a characteristic intensity of the contact on the touchscreen meet the respective intensity threshold in order for the selection criteria to he met, the device displays (6906) the plurality of avatars in an array (e.g.. a substantially or completely nonoverlapping array). For example, in response to detecting an input .including contact 4030 on Abe’s avatar 3510, in Figure 40S, where a characteristic intensity of contact 4030 does not meet a predetermined intensity threshold (e.g., ITt or ITd), device 100-1 displays an array of avatars in. avatar stack 4002—e.g,, Abe’s avatar 351.0, Mary Todd’s avatar 4008, Chuck’s avatar 4032, Issac’s avatar 4034, and Edwin’s avatar 4036—in Figure 40T.

10015871 In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a characteristic (e.g., a maximum) intensity of die first contact met a predefined intensity threshold (e.g., was between a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold), the device replaces display of the first avatar on top of the stack of avatars with display of a second avatar in the plurality of avatars on top of the stack of avatars. For example, in response to detecting an increase in a characteristic intensity of contact 4006 on Abe’s avatar 3510, meeting a predetermined intensity threshold (e.g., ITi. or ITd), between Figures 40D and 40E, device 100-1 cycles (e.g., switches or shuffles) stack of avatars 4002 to

419

DK 2016 70654 A1 display Mary Todd’s avatar 400$ on top of stake of 'avatars 4002 in .Figures 4ÖE-4ÖF (e.g.. Maty todd’s avatar 4008 replaces Abe’s avatar 3510 on top of stack of avatars 4002).

1001588] In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a characteristic (e.g., a maximum) intensity of the first contact did not meet a predetermined intensity threshold (e.g., was between the second intensity threshold and a third intensity threshold), the device displays a menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the first avatar overlaid on the messaging user interface. For example, in response to detecting an input including contact 4004 on Abe’s avatar 3510, in Figure 40B, where a characteristic intensity of contact 4004 does not meet a predetermined intensity threshold (e.g,, ITt or ITo), device 100-1 displays action menu 3882, including actions 3884 for directly interacting with Abe (e.g., interacting only with Abe), in Figure 40C.

1001589] in some embodiments, the second intensity threshold is above the first intensity threshold and the third intensity threshold is above the second intensity threshold (e.g., tap to cycle through the avatars and light press or deep press to call up a quick action menu tor the ava tar at the top of the stack).

(001590] In some embodiments, the second intensity threshold is below the first intensity threshold and the third intensity threshold is below the second intensity threshold (e.g., deep press or light press to cycle through the avatars and tap to call tip the quick action menu for the avatar at the top of the stack).

(001591 ] In some embodiments, the avatar-spreading-criteria are met (681Ö) upon detection of a tap gesture on the touch-sensiti ve surface. For example, avatars 3510, 4008, 4032,4034, and 4036, in avatar stack 4002, displayed in Figure 4ÖS, are displayed as a spread array (e.g., a substantially or completely non-overlapping array), in Figure 40T, in response to detecting a tap gesture including contact 4030 on Abe’s avatar 3510, in Figure 40S.

(001592] In some embodiments, the menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the first avatar (e.g., action menu 3882 in Figure 40V) includes (6812) a menu item that when activated initiates a canvas for sharing digital drawings with the other user (e.g,, digital touch action 3884-5 in Figure 40V),

420

DK 2016 70654 A1

10Ö15931 In some embodiments, the menu that contains-.activatable menu items associated with the first avatar (e.g,, action menu 3882 in Figure 40V) includes (6814) a menu item that when activated initiates messaging with only the first other user (e.g., message action 3884-3 in Figure 40V).

(0015941 For example, in some embodiments, selecting a messaging menu item (e.g., activatable action 3884-3) causes the electronic device to display a private messaging user interfece between the user of the electronic device and the first other user. For example, in response to detecting an input Including contact 3880 on activatable message action 3884-3, in Figure 38AY, while messaging user interlace 3500 is displaying conversation transcript 3503 corresponding io a messaging session between the user of device 100-4 (e.g., ‘‘Andrew”) and a plurality of other users, each represented by an avatar in the stack of avatars 4002, in Figure 38AY, device 100-1 replaces display of conversation transcript 3503, in Figure 38AY, with conversation transcript 3700, corresponding to a messaging session between only Abe and Andrew, in Figure 38AZ.

(0015951 in some embodiments, the menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the first avatar (e.g., action menu 3882 in Figure 40V) includes (6816) a menu item that when activated initiates an email with the first other user (e.g., mail action 3884-4 in Figure 40V).

10015961 In some embodiments, the menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the first avatar (e.g., action menu 3882 in Figure 40V) includes (6818) a menu item that when activated initiates a call with the first other user (e.g., call action 3884i in Figure 40V).

(0015971 In some embodiments, the menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the first avatar (e.g., action menu 3882 in Figure 40V) includes (6820) a menu item that when activated initiates a video conference with the first other user (e.g,, video call action 3884-2 in Figure 40V).

|G01598| In some embodiments, the menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the first avatar (e.g., action menu 3882 in Figure 40V) includes (6822) a menu item that when activated initiates a payment action with the first other user (e.g., payment action 3884-6 in Figure 40V).

i

DK 2016 70654 A1 [0ÖIS99] ft should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 68Å-68B have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be perforated. One of ordinary skill in. the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g... methods 600. 800,1000.. 1200. 1400.. 1600. 1800,2100,2400,2600,2800, 3100, 3300,4200,4400,4600,4800, 5000, 5200,5400, 5600. 5800, 6000, 6200, 6400,6600. and 7000) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 6800 described abo ve with respect to Figures 68A-68B. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described above with reference to method 6800 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g.. methods 600, 800, 1000, 1200,1400, 1600, 1800, 2100,2400, 2600,2800, 31.00, 3300,4200,4400,4600, 4800, 5000,5200, 5400, 5600, 5800, 6000, 6200, 6400, 6600, and 7000), For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

[001600) In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 69 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 6900 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments, The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 69 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.

1001601) As shown in Figure 69, an electronic device 6900 includes a display unit 6902 configured to display user interfaces: a touch-sensitive surface unit 6904 configured to detect contacts: and a processing unit 6906 coupled with the display unit 6902 and the touch-sensitive surface unit 6904. The processing unit 6906 including: an enabling unit 6908 and detecting unit 6910,

422

DK 2016 70654 A1 (001602] The processing nnit 6906 is configured to: enable display of {e.g., with enabling unit 6908) a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display unit 6902, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and a plurality of other users, a messageinput area, and a plurality of avatars, each respective avatar in the plurality of avatars corresponding to a respective other user in the plurality of other users included in the messaging session, wherein the plurality of avatars are displayed as a stack of avatars, with a first avatar in the plurality of avatars displayed on the top of the stack of avatars. While displaying the messaging user interface, the processing unit 6906 is configured to detect (e.g., with detecting unit 6910) an input by a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit 6904 while a focus selector is at a first location in the messaging user interface that corresponds to the first avatar. In response to detecting the input by the first contact: in accordance with a determination that the input meets menu-activation-criteria, wherein the menn-activarion-criteria require that a characteristic intensity of the contact on the touchsensitive surface unit 6904 meet a respective intensity threshold in order tor the menuactivation criteria to be met, the processing unit 6906 is configured to enable display of (e.g., with enabling unit 6908) a menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the first avatar overlaid on the messaging user interface, in accordance with a determination that the input meets avatar-spreading-criteria, wherein the avatar-spreading-crtieria do not require that a characteristic intensity of the contact on the touchscreen meet the respective intensity threshold in order for the selection criteria to be met, the processing unit 6906 is configured to enable display of (e.g., with enabling unit 6908) the plurality of avatars in an array, (001603] In some embodiments, the avatar-spreading-crlteria are met upon detection of a tap gesture on the touch-sensitive surface unit.

(001604] in some embodiments, the menu that contains acti vatable menu items associated with the first avatar includes a menu item that when activated initiates a canvas for sharing digital drawings with the other user.

(001605] in some embodiments, the menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the first avatar includes a menu item that when activated initiates messaging with only the first other user,

421

DK 2016 70654 A1 [0016Ö6] In some embodiments, the menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the first avatar includes a menu item that when activated initiates an email with the first other user,

1001607] in some embodiments, the menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the -first avatar includes a menu item that when activated initiates a call with the first other user,

1001608] In some embodiments, the menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the first avatar includes a menu item that when activated initiates a video conference with the first other user, and/or

1001600] In some embodiments, the menu that contains activatable menu items associated with the first avatar includes a menu item that when activated initiates a payment action w ith the first other user.

[001610] The operations described above with reference to Figures 68A-688 are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures ΙΆ-1Β or Figure 69. For example, detection operation 6804 and display operation 6806 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 1.90. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112» and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1., A respective event recognizer 180 of appl ication 136-1. compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a. first contact at a first location on the touchsensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application infernal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill In the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures I A-IB, Making suggestions in a messaging session

424

DK 2016 70654 A1 [001611] Figures 7ÖA-70S are flow diagrams illustrating a method 7000 of displaying additional information in a messaging session in accordance with some embodiments. The method 7000 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure 1 A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and die touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display, in some embodiments, the display is separate from the touchsensitive surface. Some operations in method 7000 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

[0016121 As described below, the method 7000 provides an intuitive way to display additional information in a messaging session. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a user when displaying additional information in a messaging session, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For batteryoperated electronic devices, enabling a user to display additional information in a messaging session faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.

[001613] The device displays (7002) a messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript (e.g., displayed in a first area of the display) of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user (e.g., of another electronic device), and a message-input area. For example, messaging user Interface 3500, in Figures 41A and 41C, include conversation transcript 3503 and message-input area 3502.

[Θ01614Ι While displaying the messaging user interface, the device receives /7004) a first message within the messaging session from an (e.g.. second) electronic device that corresponds to another user included in the messaging session. For example device 100-1 receives message 4102 from Mary Todd, in Figure 41 A.

[00161.5] in response to receiving the first message, the device (7006); displays the fast message within a. first message region (e.g., bubble) in the conversation transcript on the display (e.g., message 4102 is displayed within a message region in transcript 3503 In Figure 41 A),

425

DK 2016 70654 A1 [001616] In response to receiving the first message, the device (7006); detects, in the first message, a word or phrase associated with additional content available on the Internet (e.g,, information about a detected husiness/restaurant. music, movie, television show, current event, public figure, politician, celebrity, university, athlete, sporting event, or sports league/team). For example, device 100-1 recognizes the phrase “Meteorite Catcher” 4101 as the title of a movie, In Figure 41 A. In some embodiments, the device uses a data detector stored in the memory of the device and/or stored remotely . In some embodiments, the device compares words/phrases in received messages to a predefined list of words and/or phrases stored within the memory or the device and/or stored remotely.

[001617] In response to detecting the word or phrase associated with additional content available on the internet, the device (7006); displays proximate to the first message region (e.g., bubble; for example, directly above or below the message), a selectable indication that additional content associated with the word or phrase is available (e.g., selectable text relating to the additional content, such as “see local show times,” “make a reservation now”). For example, in response to recognizing the phrase “Meteorite Catcher” 4101 as the tit le of a movie, device 100-1 displays selectable indication 4104 (“See movie info”) below message 4102, in Figure 41 A.

|001618[ In some embodiments, the word or phrase associated with additional content available Is associated (7008) with a movie (e.g., a movie title, a distinctive or contextidentifiable character name from the movie, or a famous line from a movie, such as, “show me the money”), and the additional content includes biographical data about the movie (e.g,, the name of an actor/actress, the length of tbe move, die year the movie was released, or the studio that produced and/or distributed the movie), information on local performances of the movie (e.g., show times, theatre information, or a link to purchase tickets), ratings information for the movie (e.g., critic or user-contributed ratings, individual or compiled), and/or multi-media content about the movie (e.g,, movie dips, streaming performances, or (001619] In some embodiments, the word or phrase associated with additional content available is associated (7010) with a television show (e.g,, a show title, a distinctive or context-identifiable character name from the show, or an identifiable catch phrase, such as, “don’t have a cow, man”), and the additional content includes biographical data about tbe

426

DK 2016 70654 A1 show (e .g., the name of an actor/aciress, the length of the series, information on the network, channel, and/or time the show is broadcasted; or the network that produced the show), ratings information about the show (e.g,, critic or user-contributed ratings, individual or compiled), and/or multi-media content about the show (e.g., show clips, streaming performances, or audio clips), (001620) In some embodiments, the word or phrase associated with additional content available is associated (7012) with a song or album (e.g., a song or album title, an artist .name, or an identifiable line from the song or album, such as, “bye, bye. Miss American Pie”), and the additional content includes biographical data about the song or album (e.g.. the name of an artist, composer , or producer of the song or album, the length of the song or album, songs on the album, the year the song or album was released, or the studio that produced and/or distributed the song or album), ratings information about the song or album (e.g., critic or user-contributed ratings, individual or compiled), and/or multi-media content about the song or album (e.g,, audio clips or streaming performances).

(0016211 In some embodiments, the word or phrase associated with additional content available is associated (7014) with a business (e.g,, a particular type of business, such as restaurant, store, salon, or golf course, a business name, a distinctive or context-identifiable employee/owner name, or an identifiable slogan, such as, “pizza, pizza”), and the additional content, includes biographical data about the business (e.g., an address, local street map, phone number, email address, or business hours), ratings information about the business (e.g,, critic or user-contributed ratings (individual or compiled), and/or interactive content about the business (e.g., a website, an interactive ordering platform, or an interactive application associated with the business). In some embodiments, the business is a. particular business, e.g., a specific restaurant, in some embodiments, the business is a class of businesses, e.g., a restaurant.

(001622) In some embodiments, the device (7016) detects an input that activates the selectable indication (e.g., detecting a tap gesture on the selectable indication) and, in response to detecting the input that activates the selectable indication, displaying additional content within the conversation transcript (e.g., displaying a drop-down window below the message bubble with, additional content from the Internet), For example, in response to detecting an input that includes contact 4106 on selectable indication 4104, in Figure 41B,

DK 2016 70654 A1 device 100-1 displays area 4108 including additional information (e,g„ rapvu· poster 4110 and biographical information 4112) about the Meteorite Catcher’’ movie available on the internet (e.g., device 100-1 displays selected internet search results relating to the detected

1001623] In some embodiments, the additional content includes a link to a web content associated with the detected word or phrase (e.g., a link to a movie website or a link to a digital video that may be viewed and/or posted within the conversation transcript).

1001624] In some embodiments, the activatable indication is a stylized display of the recognized word or phrase within display of the received message (e.g,, highlighting or coloring of the recognized word or phrase).

]001625] In some embodiments, the device detects in the first message, a word or phrase associated with additional content available on the Internet (e g., information about a detected business/restaurant, music, movie, television show, current event, public figure, politician, celebrity, university, athlete, sporting event, or sports league/team). For example, device 100-1 recognizes the phrase “Astron Omer” 4103, in received message 4114, as the name of an actor, in Figure 41D. In some embodiments, the device uses a data detector stored in the memory of the device and/or stored remotely, in some embodiments, the device compares words/phrases in recei ved messages to a predefined list of words and/or phrases stored within the memory or the device and/or stored remotely.

1001626] In some embodiments, in response to detecting the word or phrase associated with additional content available on the internet, the device stylizes the word or phrase within the message region and enables activation of the word or phrase in the message region. For example, in response to recognizing the phrase “Astron Omer” 4103 as tire name of an actor, device 100-1 displays highlighting 4116 of “Astron Omer” within message 4114, in Figure 4ID.

1001627] hi some embodiments, the device detects an input that activates the stylized word or phrase in the message region (e.g., detecting a tap gesture on a highlighted word or phrase) and, in response, replaces display of the messaging user interface with display of an internet (and/or memory) search user interface for an internet search of the detected word or phrase, including a plurality of (e.g., categorized) search results. For example, in response to detecting an input, including contact 4118 on stylized phrase “Astron Omer,” in Figure

428

DK 2016 70654 A1

41E. dcxice 100-1 replaces display of messaging user interface u uh displax efimernet search user interface 3661, in Figure 41F, for an internet search of detected phrase “Astron Omer” 4103. Internet search user interface 3661 including a plurality of categorized search results relating to phrase Astron Orner” 4103 (e.g., news articles 3664,3678,3680 and movie trailers 3670, 3682, and 3684),

10016281 In some embodiments, the device detects an input on a first search result in the plurality of search results in the Internet (and/or memory) search user interface and, in response, replaces display of the internet (and/or memory) search user interface with the messaging user interface, displays a representation of the first search result in the conversation transcript of the messaging user interface, and transmits a representation of the first search result to the one or more electronic devices associated with other users of the messaging session (e.g., posts the search result to the messaging session),

1801629] For example, device .100-1 detects an input including contact 4120 on search result 3670, in Figure 410, and, in response, replaces Internet search interface 3661 with messaging user interface 3500, including conversation transcript 3503 displaying representation of search result 3670.

10016301 It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 70A-70B have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein . Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g.. methods 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600,

1800, 2100, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300, 4200, 4400, 4600, 4800, 5000, 5200, 5400,

5600, 5800, 6000, 6200, 6400,6600, and 6800) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 7000 described above with respect to Figures 7ÖA-70B. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described above with reference to method 7000 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1400,

1600, 1800, 2100, 2400, 2600, 2800, 3100, 3300, 4200, 4400, 4600, 4800, 5000, 5200,

429

DK 2016 70654 A1

5400, 5600, 5S00, 6000, 6200, 6400, 6600, and 6800), For brevity, these details are not repeated here, (00163.1] In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 71 shows a functional block, diagram of an electronic device 7100 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments, h is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 71 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein, (001.632] As shown in Figure 71, an electronic device 7100 includes a display unit 7102 configured io display user interfaces; a touch-sensitive surface unit 7104 configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit 7106 coupled with the display unit 7102 and the touch-sensitive surface unit 7104, the processing unit 7106 including a detecting unit 7108, a receiving unit 7110 and a detecting unit 7112.

(001633] The processing unit 71.06 is configured to enable display of (e.g., with enabling unit 7108) a. messaging user interface of a messaging application on the display unit 7102, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a messageinput area. White displaying the messaging user interface, the processing unit 7106 is configured to receive (e.g., with receiving unit 7110) a first message within the messaging session from an electronic device that corresponds to another user included in the messaging session. In response to receiving the first message: the processing unit 7106 is configured to enable display of (e.g., with enabling unit 71.08) the first message within a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display unit 7102. The processing unit 7106 is configured to detect (e.g., with detecting unit 7112), in the first message, a word or phrase associated with additional content available on the Internet, In response to detecting the word or phrase associated with additional content available on the internet, the processing unit 7106 is configured to enable display of (e.g., with enabling unit 7108), proximate to the

430

DK 2016 70654 A1 first message region, a selectable indication that additional content associated with the word or phrase is available.

1001634} in some embodiments, the processing unit 7106 is further configured to: detect (e.g., with detecting unit 7112) an input that activates the selectable indication, in response to detecting the input that activates the selectable indication, enable display of (e.g., with enabling unit 7108) additional content within the conversation transcript.

(001..635] In some embodiments, the word or phrase associated with additional content available Is associated with a movie, and the additional content includes biographical data about the movie, information on local performances of the movie, ratings information for the movie, and/or multi-media content about the movie.

(001636] In some embodiments, the word or phrase associated with additional content available is associated with a television show, and the additional content includes biographical data about the show, ratings information about the show, and/or multi-media content about the show.

1001637] in some embodiments, the word or phrase associated with additional content available is associated with a song or album, and the additional content includes biographical data about, the song or album, ratings information about the song or album, and/or multi-media, content about the song or album, j00.1638] in some embodiments, the word or phrase associated with additional content available is associated with a business, and the additional content includes biographical data about the business, ratings information about the business, and/or interactive content about the business.

(001639) The operations described above with reference to Figures 7ÖA-7ÖB are. optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures 1 A-IB or Figure 71. For example, detection operation 7016 is, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190, Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1, A respecti ve event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the

431

DK 2016 70654 A1 device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a respecti ve predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handier 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. in some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1A-1B.

[0016401 Exemplary methods, electronic devices., graphical user interlaces, information processing apparatuses, and computer-readable storage media are set out in the following items:

1. A method, comprising.' at an electronic device having one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display:

displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging usei iutetface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other userreceiving a first message within the messaging session from an electronic device drat corresponds to another user included in the messaging session;

in response to receiving tire first message, displaying the first message in a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display;

detecting a first input by a. first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of the first message region in the conversation transcript;

in response to detecting the first input, displaying an acknowledgement selection affordance at a location in the messaging interface that corresponds to the first message region, wherein the acknowledgement selection affordance displays a plurality of acknowledgement opti ons;

detecting a second input by a second contact at a location ou the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of a first acknowledgement option in the acknowledgement selection affordance; and,

432

DK 2016 70654 A1 in response to detecting the second input, applying the first acknowledgement option to the first message region,

2, The method of item 1, wherein applying the first acknowledgement option to the first message region includes displaying the first acknowledgement option at a location adjacent to and/or partially overlapping the first message region,

3, The method of any of items 1-2, wherein the first acknowledgement option is displayed in an acknowledgement, region that has a different shape from the first message region.

4, The method of any of items I -3, including;

in response to detecting the first input, transmitting information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to display an acknowledgement-preparation indicator for a corresponding first message region in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session,

5, The method of any of items 1-4, including;

in response to detecting the second input, transmitting information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to apply the first acknowledgement option to a corresponding first message region in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

6, The method of any of items 1 -5, including;

after applying the first acknowledgement option to the first message region:

detecting a third input by a third contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of the first message region;

in response to detecting the third input by the third contact at the location on the touch-sensit ive surface that corresponds to the location of tire first message region, displaying an acknowledgement editing interface;

detecting one or more inputs to the acknowledgement editing interface; editing an acknowledgement option for the first message region in accordance with the detected oue or more inputs;

ceasing to display the acknowledgement editing interface;

433

DK 2016 70654 A1 displaying the first message region in the conversation transcript with an edited acknowledgement; and transmitting information that causes one or more electronic derices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to display a corresponding first message region with the edited acknowledgement in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

7, The method of item 6, including;

in response to defecting the third input by the third contact, ceasing to display the conversation transcript.

8. The method of any of items 6-7, including;

in response to detecting the third input by the third contact, displaying the first message region in the acknowledgement editing interface.

9. The method of any of items 6-8, including;

in response to detecting the third input by the third contact, displaying the acknowledgement selection affordance that includes the plurality of acknowledgement options in the acknowledgement editing interface, wherein the first acknowledgement option is visually distinguished from the other acknowledgement options in the plural ity o f acknowledgement options to indicate that the first acknowledgement option is currently selected.

10. The method of any of items 6-9, including;

in response to detecting the third input by the third contact, displaying a menu in the acknowledgement editing interface that includes activatable editing options for the first message region.

11. The method of any of items 1-10, wherein the plurality of acknowledgement options include graphical icons that display at least one of a heart, a thumbs up, a thumbs down, a “RAI”, a “H”, and/or a question mark,

12. The method of any of items 1 -1 L including: concurrently displaying on the display:

a second message region lu the conversation transcript, wherein

434

DK 2016 70654 A1 at least some of the users in the messaging session have selected the first acknowledgement option for the second message region and at least some of the users in the messaging session have selected a second acknowledgement option for the second message region, distinct from the first acknowledgement option; and one or more indicia that users in the messaging session have selected a plurality of acknowledgements options for the second message region; and detecting an input by a contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a loca tion of the second message region; and, in response to detecting the input by the contact at the location on the touchsensitive surface that corresponds to the location of the second message region, displaying a user interface that includes a tally for each type of acknowledgement option selected by users in the messaging session.

13. The method of item 12, including:

while displaying the tally for each type of acknowledgement option selected by users in the messaging session, detecting an input by a contact at a location on the touchsensitive surface that corresponds to a tally for the first acknowledgement option for the second message region; and in response to detecting the input by the contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the tally for the first acknowledgement option for the second message region, displaying icons that represent users that selected the first acknowledgement option for the second message region.

14. An electronic device, comprising: a display;

a touch-sensitive surface; one or more processors;

memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by tire one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:

435

DK 2016 70654 A1 displaying a. messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user;

recei ving a first message within the messaging session from an electronic device that corresponds to another user included in the messaging session;

in response to receiving the first message, displaying the first message in a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display;

detecting a first input by a first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of the first message region in the conversation transcript;

in response to detecting the first input, displaying an acknowledgement selection affordance at a location in the messaging interface that corresponds to the first message region, wherein the acknowledgement selection affordance displays a plurality of acknowledgement options;

detecting a second input by a second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of a first acknowledgement option in the acknowledgement selection affordance; and, in response to detecting the second input, applying the first acknowledgement option to the first message region,

15. A computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by an electronic device with a display, and a touch-sensitive surface, cause the device to;

display a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a. messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user;

receive a first message within the messauinu session from an electronic device that

S.- . V %·· ...

corresponds to another user included in the messaging session;

in response to receiving the first message, display the first message in a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display;

detect a first input by a first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that.

corresponds to a l ocation of the fust message region in the conversation transcript ;

in response to detecting the first input, display an acknowledgement selection affordance at a location in the messaging interface that corresponds to the first message 436

DK 2016 70654 A1 region, wherein the acknowledgement selection affordance displays a plurality of acknowledgement options;

detect a second input by a second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of a first acknowledgement option in the acknowledgement selection affordance; and, in response to detecting the second input, apply the first acknowledgement option to the first message region.

16. An electronic device, comprising: a display;

a touch-sensitive surface; and means for displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user;

means for receiving a lust message u Ulun the messaging session item an electronic device that corresponds to another user included in the messaging session;

means for, in response to receiving the first message, displaying the first message in a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display;

means for detecting a first input by a first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of the first message region in the conversation transcript;

means for. in response to detecting the first input, displaying an acknowledgement select ion affordance at a location in the messaging interface that corresponds to the first message region, wherein the acknowledgement selection affordance displays a plurality of acknowledgement options;

means for, detecting a second input by a second contact at a location on the touchsensitive surface that corresponds to a location of a first acknowledgement option in the acknowledgement selection affordance; and.

means for, in response to detecting the second input, applying the first acknowledgement option to the first message region.

17. An information processing apparatus for use in an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, comprising:

43?

DK 2016 70654 A1 means for displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including a con versation transcript of a messaging session between a nser of the electronic device and at least one other user;

means for receiving a first message within the messaging session from an electronic device that corresponds to another user included in the messaging session;

means for, in response to receiving the first message, displaying the first message in a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display;

means for detecting a first input by a first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of the first message region in the conversation transcript;

means for, in response to detecting the first input, displaying an acknowledgement selection affordance at a location in the messaging interface that corresponds to the first message region, wherein the acknowledgement selection affordance displays a plurality of acknowledgement options;

means for. detecting a second input by a second contact at a location on the touchsensitive surface that corresponds to a location of a first acknowledgement option in the acknowledgement selection affordance; and, means for, in response to detecting the second input, applying the first acknowledgement option to the first message region.

18. An electronic device, comprising; a display;

a touch-sensitive surface; one or more processors; memory; and one or .«tore programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured. to he executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing any of the methods of items 1-13.

19. A computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface cause the device to perform any of the methods of items 1-13.

438

DK 2016 70654 A1

20. A graphical user interface oo a« electronic dev ice with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, a memory, and one or more processors to execute one or more programs stored in the memory, the graphical user interface comprising user interfaces displayed in accordance with any of the methods of items 1-13.

21. An electronic device, comprising; a display;

a touch-sensitive surface; and means for performing any of the methods of items 1-13.

22. An information processing apparatus for use in an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, comprising;

means for performing any of the methods of items 1-13.

23. An electronic device, comprising;

a display unit configured to display a messaging user interface on the display unit, the messaging user interface including a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user;

a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit, the processing unit configured to;

receive a first message within the messaging session from an electronic device that corresponds to another user included in the messaging session;

in response to receiving the first message, display the first message in a first message region in the conversation transcript on the display unit;

detect a first mput by a first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit that corresponds to a loca tion of the first message region in the conversation transcript;

in response to detecting the first input, display an acknowledgement selection affordance at a location in the messaging interface that corresponds to the first message region, wherein the acknowledgement selection affordance displays a plurality of acknowledgement options;

detect a second input by a second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface

439

DK 2016 70654 A1 unit that corresponds to a location of a first acknowledgement option in the acknowledgement selection affordance; and, in response to detecting the second input, apply the first acknowledgement option to the first message region.

24. The electronic device of item 23, wherein applying the first acknowledgement option to the first message region includes displaying tire first acknowledgement option at a location adjacent to and/or partially overlapping the first message region.

25. The electronic device of any of items 23-24, wherein the first acknowledgement option is displayed in an acknowledgement region that has a different shape from the first message region.

26. The electronic device of any of items 23-25, wherein the processing unit is further configured to;

in response to detecting the first input, transmit information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to display an acknowledgement-preparation indicator for a corresponding first message region in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session,

27. The electronic device of any of items 23-26. wherein the processing unit is further configured to;

in response to detecting the second input, transmit information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to apply the first acknowledgement option to a corresponding first message region in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

. The electronic device of any of items 23-27, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:

after applying the first acknowledgement option to the first message region:

detect a third input by a third contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit that corresponds to a location of the first message region;

44«

DK 2016 70654 A1 in response to detecting the third input by the third contact at the location on the touch-sensitive· surface unit that corresponds to the location of the first message region, display an acknowledgement edit interface;

detect one or more inputs to the acknowledgement editing interface;

edit an acknowledgement option for the first message region in accordance with the detected one or more inputs;

cease to display the acknowledgement editing interlace;

display the first message region in the conversation transcript with an edited acknowledgement; and transmit information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to display a corresponding first message region with the edited acknowledgement in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

29. The electronic device of item 28. wherein the processing unit is further configured in response to detecting the third input by the third contact, cease to display the conversation transcript.

30.

The electronic device

T any of items 28-29., wherein the. processing unit is further configured to:

in response to defecting the third input by the third contact, display the first message region in the acknowledgement editing interface.

31. The electronic device of any of items 28-30, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:

in response to detecting the third input by the third contact, display the acknowledgement selection affordance that includes the plurality of acknowledgement options in the acknowledgement editing interface, wherein the first acknowledgement option is visually distinguished from the other acknowledgement options in the plurality of acknowledgement options to indicate that the first acknowledgement option is currently selected.

441

DK 2016 70654 A1

The electronic device of any of items 28-31, wherein the processing unit is further configured to;

in response to detecting the third input by the third contact, display a menu in the acknowledgement editing interfeee that includes activatable editing options lor the first

33. The electronic device of any of items 23-32, wherein the plurality of acknowledgement options include graphical icons that display at least one of a heart, a thumbs up, a thumbs down, a “HA!”, a “!!”, and/or a question mark.

34. The electronic device of any of items 23-33, wherein the processing unit is further configured to;

concurrently display on the display unit;

a second message region in the conversation transcript, wherein at ieast some of the users in the messaging session have selected the first acknowledgement option for the second message region and at least some of the users in the messaging session have selected a second acknowledgement option for the second message region, distinct from the first acknowledgement option; and one or more indicia that users in the messaging session have selected a plurality of acknowledgements options for the second message region; and detect an input by a contact at a location on tire touch-sensitive surface unit that corresponds to a location of the second message region; and, in response to detecting the input by the contact at the location on the touchsensitive surface un i t that corresponds to the location of the second message region, display a user interface that includes a tally for each type of acknowledgement option selected by users in the messaging session.

'35. The elecuonic dev ice of stem 34. wherein the processing unit is further configured while displaying the tally for each type of acknowledgement option selected by users in the messaging session, detect an input by a contact at a location on the touch442

DK 2016 70654 A1 sensitive surface unit that corresponds to a tally for the first acknowledgenienf option for the second message region;

in response to detecting the input by the contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit that corresponds to the tally for the first acknowledgement option for the second message region, display icons that represent users that selected the first acknowledgement option for the second message region.

'&lt;

DK 2016 70654 A1

36. A method, comprising' at an electronic device having one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display:

displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including:

a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a first message region that includes a first message in the messaging session that was sent from the electronic device of the user to the at least one other user in the messaging session;

detecting a first input that corresponds to a request to edit the first message; in response to detecting the first input, displaying a message editing interface for the first message that includes the first message, a keyboard, and an update affordance; while displaying the message editing interface for the first message:

detecting one or more inputs that revise the first message; displaying a revised version of the first message; and detecting an input that activates the update affordance; and, in response to detecting the input that activates the update affordance;

ceasing to display the message editing interface for the first message; displaying the revised version of the first message in place of the first message in the conversation transcript;

displaying at least one indication of the revision of the first message in the conversation transcript; and transmitting the revised version of the first message to one or mote electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the revised version of the first message in place of the first message in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, with at least one indication of the revision of the first message in the conversation transcript.

37. The method of item 36, wherein the at least one indication of the revision of the first message in the conversation transcript is not removable from the conversation transcript.

•44-4

DK 2016 70654 A1

38. The method of anv of stems 36-3 T w herom the at least one indication of the ie\ won of the first message includes a graphical element at a location of the first message region.

39. The method of any of items 36-38, wherein the at least one indication of the revision of the first message includes text adjacent to the first message region.

40. The method of any of items 36-39, wherein detecting the one or more inputs that revise the first message include detecting an input at a location that corresponds to the first message in the message editing interface to select a position in the first message for text selection, text insertion, or the text deletion.

41. The method of any of items 36-40, including:

after editing the first message, detecting an input that corresponds to a request to edit the revised version of the first message:

S*' in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to edit the revised version of the first message, displaying a message editing interface for the revised version of the first message that includes the revised version of the first message, the keyboard, and the update affordance;

while displaying the message editing interface for the revised version of the first message:

detecting one or more inputs that further re\ ise the fitst message: displaying a further revised version of the first message; and detecting an input that activates the update affordance: and, in .response to detecting the input that activates the update affordance:

ceasing to display the message editing interface for the revised version of the first message;

displaying the further revised version of the first message in place of the revised version of first message in the conversation transcript;

displaying at least one indication that the first message in the conversation transcript has been revised; and transmitting the further revised version of the first message to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the further revised version of

445

DK 2016 70654 A1 the first message in: place of the revised version of first: message in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, with at least one indication that the first message in the conversation transcript has been revised,

42. The method of any of items 36-41, Including:

after editing the first message, detecting an input that corresponds io a request to see versions of the first message; and, in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to see versions of the first message, displaying a user interface that includes a current version of the first message and one or more prior versions of the first message.

43. An electronic device, comprising: a display;

a touch-sensitive surface:

one or more processors; memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs includina instructions for:

S·' displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including:

a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a first message region that includes a first message in the messaging session that was sent from the electronic device of the user to the at least one other user in the messaging session;

detecting a first input that corresponds to a request to edit the first message; in response to detecting the first input, displaying a message editing interface for the fust message that includes the first message, a keyboard, and an update affordance; while displaying the message editing interface for the first messagedetecting one or more inputs that revise the first message; displaying a revised version of the first message; and detecting an input that activates the update affordance; and.

446

DK 2016 70654 A1 in response to detecting the input that activates the update affordance:

ceasing to display the message editing interface for the first message; displaying the revised version of the first message in place of the first message in tire conversation transcript;

displaying at least one indication of the revision of the first message in the conversation transcript; and transmitting the revised version of the first message to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display tire revised version of the first message in place of the first message in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, wi th at least one indication of the revision of the first message in the conversat ion transcript.

44, A computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by an electronic device with a display, and a touch-sensitive surface, cause the device to:

display a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface Including:

a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a first message region that includes a first message in the messaging session that was sent from the electronic device of the user to the at least one other user in the messaging session;

detect a first input that corresponds to a request to edit the first message: in .response to detecting the first input, display a message editing interface for the first message that includes the first message, a keyboard, and an update affordance; while displaying the message editing interface for the first message:

detect one or more inputs that revise the first message; display a revised version of the first message: and detect an input that activates the update affordance; and, in response to defecting the input that activates the update affordance:

cease to display the message editing interface for the first message;

44/

DK 2016 70654 A1 display the revised version of the first message in place of the first message in the conversation transcript;

display at least one indication of the revision of the first message in the conversation transcript; and transmit the revised version of the first message to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the revised version of the first message in place of the first message in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, with at least one indication of the revision of the first message in the conversation transcript.

45. '>« electronic device, comprising:

a display:

a touch-sensitive surface; and means for displaying a messaging usei interface on die di'.pkn the messaging user interface including:

a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a first message region that includes a first message in the messaging session that was sent from the electronic device of the user to the at least one other user in the messaging session;

means for detecting a first input that corresponds to a request to edit, the first message;

means for, in response to detecting the first input, displaying a message editing interface for the first message that includes the first message, a keyboard, and an update affordance;

while displaying the message editing interface for the first message:

means for detecting one or more inputs that revise the first message; means for displaying a revised version of the first message; and means for detecting an input that activates the update affordance; and, in response to detecting the input that acti vates the update affordance:

means for ceasing fo display the message editing interface for the first message;

448

DK 2016 70654 A1 means for displaying the revised version of the first message in place of the first message in the conversation transcript;

means for displaying at least one indication of the revision of the first message in foe conversation transcript; and means for transmitting the revised version of the first message to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein die one or more electronic devices display the revised version of the first message in place of the first message in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, wi th at least one indica t ion of the revision of the first message in the conversation transcript.

46. An information processing apparatus foi use in an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, comprising:

means for displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including:

a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a first message region that includes a first message in the messaging session that was sent from the electronic device of the user to the at least one other user in the messaging session;

means for detecting a first input that corresponds to a request to edit the first message;

means for, in response to detecting the first input, displaying a message editing interface for the first message that includes the first message, a keyboard, and an update affordance;

while displaying the message editing interface for the first message;

means for detecting one or more inputs that revise ihe first message; means for displaying a revised version of the first message ; and means for detecting an input that activates the update affordance; and, in response to detecting the input that activates the update affordance:

means for ceasing to display the message editing interface for the first message;

449

DK 2016 70654 A1 means for displaying the revised version of the first message in place of the first message in tire conversation transcript;

means for display ing at least one indication (if the revision of the first message in tire conversation transcript; and means for transmitting the revised version of the first message to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the revised version of the first message in place of the first message in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, with a t least one indication of the revision of the first message in the conversation transcript,

47. '>« electronic device, comprising:

a display;

a touch-sensitive surface;

one or more processors; memory'; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing any of the methods of items 36-42.

48. A computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface cause the device to perform any of the methods of items 36-42.

49. A graphical user interface on an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, a memory, and one or more processors to execute one or more programs stored in the memory, the graphical user interface comprising user interfaces displayed in accordance with any of the methods of items 36-42.

50. An electronic device, comprising; a display;

a touch-sensitive surface; and means for performing any of the methods of items 36-42.

450

DK 2016 70654 A1 ,51. An information processing apparatus for use in. an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, comprising:

means for performing any of'the methods of items 36-42,

52. An electronic device, comprising:

a display unit configured to display a messaging user littet lace ou the display unit, the messaging user interface including·.

a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a first message region that includes a first message in the messaging session that was sent from the electronic device of the user to the at least one other user in the messaging session;

a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit, the processing unit configured to:

detect a first input that corresponds to a request to edit the first message; in response to detecting the first input, display a. message editing interface for the first message that includes the first message, a. keyboard, and an update affordance' while displaying the message editing interface for the first message:

detect one or more Inputs that revise the first message; display a revised version of the first message; and detect an input that activates the update affordance; and, in response to detecting tire input that activates the update affordance:

cease to display the message editing interface for the first message; display the revised version of the first message in place of the first message in the conversation transcript;

display at least one indication of the revision of the first message in the conversation transcript; and transmit the revised version of the first message to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the revised version of the first message in place of the first message in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging

451

DK 2016 70654 A1 session, with at least one indication of the revision of the first message in the conversation transcript,

53. The electronic device of item 52, wherein the at least one indication of the revision of the first message in the conversation transcript is not removable from the conversation transcript.

54, The electronic device of any of items 52-53, wherein the at least one indication of the revision of the first, message includes a graphical element at a location of the first message region.

. The electronic device of any of items 52-54, wherein the at least one indication of the revision of the first message includes text adjacent to the first message region.

56. The electronic device of any of items 52-55, wherein detecting the one or more inputs that revise the first message include detecting an input at a location that corresponds to the first message in the message editing interfile to select a position in the first message for text selection, text insertion, or the text deletion.

57, The electronic device of any of items 52-56, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:

after editing the first message, detect an input that corresponds to a request to edit the revised version of the first message:

in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to edit the tes ised version of the first message, display a message editing interface for the revised versi on of the first message that includes the revised version of the first message, the keyboard, and tire update affordance;

while displaying the message editing interlace for the revised version of the first message:

detect one or more inputs that further revise the fust message, display a further revised version of the first message; and detect an input that activates the update affordance; and.

in response to detecting the input that activates the update affordance;

452

DK 2016 70654 A1 cease to display the message editing interlace for the revised version of the first message;

display the further revised version of the first message in place of'the res. tsed version of first message in the conversa tion transcript, display at least one indication that the first message in the conversation transcript has been revised; and transmit the further revised version of the first message to one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session, wherein the one or more electronic devices display the further revised version of the first message in place of the revised version of first message in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, with at least one indication that the first message in the conversation transcript has been revised.

58. The electronic device of any of items 52-57, wherein the processing unit is further configured to;

after editing the first message, detect an input that corresponds to a request to see versions of the first message; and, in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to see versions of the first message, disp lay a user interlace that includes a current version of the first message and one or more prior versions of the first message.

453

DK 2016 70654 A1

59. A method, comprising;

at an electronic device having one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display;

displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including;

a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a first message region that includes a current version of a first message in the messaging session, wherein the conversation transcript includes an indication that the current version of the first message is a revised version of the first message in the conversation transcript;

detecting an input that corresponds to a request to see versions of the first message:

and.

in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to see versions of the first message, displaying a versions user interface that includes the current version of (he first message and one or more prior versions of the first message.

60. The method of item 59, wherein the input that corresponds to the request to see versions of the first message is detected while displaying the current version of the first message and a menu that includes an affordance, which when activated results in display of the user interface that includes die current version of the first message and one or more prior versions of the first message .

61. The method of any of items 59-60, wherein, in the versions user inter face, the current version of the first message is visually distinguished from other versions of the first message.

62. The method of any of items 59-61., wherein the versions user interface includes the current version of the first message, an original version of the first message, and at least one version of the first message that was revised prior to the current version of the first message, . The method of any of items 59-62, wherein the versions user interface includes an affordance. which when acti vated causes redisplay of the conversation transcript .

454

DK 2016 70654 A1

64. The method of any of items 50-63, wherein the versions user interface includes an affordance, which when activated causes display of a message editing interface for the current version of the first message that includes the current version of the first message, a keyboard, and an update affordance.

65, The method ol am of items ^9-64. including while displaying the \ersions user interface, detecting an input on a respective version of the first message; and, in response to detecting an input on the respective version of the fust message:

displaying a message editing interface tor the respective version of the first message that includes the respective version of the first message, a keyboard, and an update affordance; and ceasing to display the versions user interface66. An electronic de\ ice, comprising: a display;

a touch-sensitive surface; one or more processors; memory ; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:

displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including;

a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a first message region that includes a current version of a first message in the messaging session, wherein the conversation transcript includes an indication that the current version of the first message is a revised version of the first message in the conversation transcript;

detecting an input that corresponds to a request to see versions of the first message;

and.

455

DK 2016 70654 A1 in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to see versions of the first message, displaying a versions user interface that includes the current version of the first message and one or more prior versions of the first message.

67. A computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by an electronic device with a display, and a touch-sensitive surface, cause the device to:

display a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including:

a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one oilier user, and a first message region that includes a current version of a first message in the messaging session, wherein the conversation transcript includes an indication that the current version of the first message is a revised version of the first message in the conversation transcript;

detect an input that corresponds to a request to see versions of the first message; and, in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to see versions of the first message, display a versions user i nterface that i ncludes the current version of the first message and one or more prior versions of the first message.

68, An electronic device, comprising: a display;

a touch-sensitive surface; and means for displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface ineiuding:

a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a first message region that includes a current version of a first message in the messaging session, wherein the conversation transcript includes an indication that the current version of the first message is a revised version of the first message in the conversation transeri pt;

means for detecting an input that corresponds to a request to see versions of the first message; and.

456

DK 2016 70654 A1 means for, in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to see versions of the first message, displaying a versions user interface that includes the current version of the first message and one or more prior versions of the first message.

69. An information processing apparatus for use in an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, comprising:

means for displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including;

a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a first message region that includes a current version of a first message in the messaging session, wherein the conversation transcript includes an indication that the curren t version of the first message is a revised version of the first message in the conversation transcript;

means for detecting an input that corresponds to a request to see versions of the first message; and, means for, in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to see versions of the first message, displaying a versions user interface that includes the current version of tire first message and one or more prior versions of the first message.

70, An electronic device, comprising: a display;

a touch-sensitive surface; one or more processors; memory; and one or more programs, wherein tire one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to he executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing any of the methods of items 59-65.

71. A computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface cause the device to perform any of the methods of items 59-65.

457

DK 2016 70654 A1

72'. A graphical user interface oo an electronic dev ice with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, a memory, and one or more processors to execute one or more programs stored in the memory, the graphical user interface comprising user interfaces displayed in accordance with any of the methods of items 59-65.

73. An electronic device, comprising; a display;

a touch-sensitive surface; and means for performing any of the methods of items 59-65.

74. An information processing apparatus for use in an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, comprising;

means for performing any of the methods of items 59-65.

75. An electronic device, comprising;

a display unit configured to display a messaging user interface on the display unit, the messaging user interface including·, a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a first message region that includes a current version of a first message in the messaging session, wherein the conversation transcript includes an indication that the current version of the first message is a revised version of the first message in the conversation transcript;

a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit, the precessing unit configured to;

detect an input that corresponds to a request to see versions of the first message; and. hi response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to see versions of the first message, display a. versions user interface that includes the current version of the first message and one or more prior versions of the first message.

76. The electronic device of item 75. wherein the inpiu that corresponds to the request to see versions of the first message is detected while displaying the current version of the first message and

458

DK 2016 70654 A1 a menu that includes an affordance, which when activated results in display of the user interface that includes the current version of the first message and one or more prior versions of the first message.

77. The electronic device of any of items 75-76, wherein, in the versions user interface, the current version of the fust message is visually distingui shed from other versions of the first message.

s.The electronic device of anv of items 75-77., wherein the versions user interface includes the current version of the first message, an original version of the fust message, and at least one version of the first message that was revised prior to the current version of the first message.

79. The electronic device of any of items 75-78, wherein the versions user interlace includes an affordance, which when activated causes redisplay of the conversation transcript.

80. The electronic de vice of any of items 75-79. wherein the versions user interface includes an affordance.. which when activated causes display of a message editing interface for the current version of the first message that includes the current version of the first message, a keyboard, and an update affordance.

81. The electronic device of any of items 75-80, wherein the processing unit is further configured to;

while displaying the versions user interface, detect an input on a respective version of the first message; and,

S·' -¹ in response to detecting an input on the respective version of the first message; display a message editing interface for the respective version of the first message that includes the respective version of the first message, a keyboard, and an update affordance; and cease to display the versions user interface.

459

DK 2016 70654 A1

82. A method, comprising' at an electronic device having one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display:

displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including;

a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a message-input area that includes a first message input; while displaying the messaging user interface, detecting a first input by a first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location in the message-input area;

in response to detecting the first input by the first contact, displaying an impact selection interface that includes a plurality of impact effect options:

while displaying the impact selection interface, detecting a second input by a second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of a first impact effect option in the plurality of impact effect options; and, m response to detecting the second user input by a second contact, displaying a preview that applies the first impact effect option to the first message input.

83. The method of item 82, including:

after displaying the preview, defecting lift off of the second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the first impact effect option; and, in response to detecting lift off of the second contac t at the location on the touchsensitive surface that corresponds to the first impact effect option:

ceasing to display the impact selection interface;

displaying a message region that contains the first message input in the conversation transcript; and transmitting information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user Included iu the messaging session to display a message region that contains the first message input in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, and apply the first impact effect option.

460

DK 2016 70654 A1

84. The method of item 82, including.

after displaying the preview, detecting lift off of the second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the first impact effect option; and, in response to detec ting lift off of the second contact a t a loca ti on on the touchsensitive surface that corresponds to the first impact effect option:

selecting the first impact effect option for a message that contains the first message input;

ceasing to display the impact selection interface; and displaying the conversation transcript of the messaging session and the message-input area that includes a first message input; detecting a third input; and in response to detecting the third input;

displaying a message region that contains tire first message input in the conversation transcript; and transmitting information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to die at least one other user included in tire messaging session to display a message region that contains the first message input in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, and apply the first impact effect option.

85. The method of item 82, including:

after displaying the preview, detecting a third input by a third contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds ίο the first impact effect option, and, in response to detecting the third input by the third contact at the location on the touch-sensitive surface that conesponds to the first impact effect option:

ceasing to display the impact selection interface;

displaying a message region that contains the first message input in the conversation transcript; and transmitti.ng information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to die at least one other user included in die messaging session to display a message region that contains die first message input in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, and apply the first impact effect option.

461

DK 2016 70654 A1

86. The method of item 82, including.

after displaying the preview; detecting a third input by a third contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the first impact effect option; and, in response to detecting the third input by the third contact at the location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the first impact effect option:

selecting the first impact effect option for a message that contains the first message input;

ceasing to display the impact selection interface; and displaying the conversation transcript of the messaging session and the message-input area that includes a first message input; detecting a fourth input; and in response to detecting the fourth input:

displaying a message region that contains tire first message input in the conversation transcript; and transmitting information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in tire messaging session to display a message region that contains die first message input in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, and apply the first impact effect option,

87. The method of any of items 82-86. including:

while the message-input area is empty, detecting an input that enters text in the message-input area; and, in response to detecting the input that enters text in the message-input area, displaying an impact selection affordance, wherein activation of the impact selection affordance is configured to cause display of the impact selection interface,

88. The method of any of items 82-87, wherein the impact selection interface includes a region effect options affordance, which when activated causes display of Impact effect options for a message containing the first message input, and a full-screen effect options affordance, which when activated causes display of a preview of one impact effect option that is applied to the entire displayed conversation

462

DK 2016 70654 A1 transcript when a message containing the first message input is displayed in the messaging session.

89. The method of item 88, including:

while a preview of an impact effect option that is applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript is displayed, detecting an input that activates display of a preview of another impact effect option that is applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript; and, in response to detecting the input that act n ates display of the preview of another impact effect option that is applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript, display ing the preview of the second impact effect option that i s applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript.

90. The method of any of items 82-89, including;

while displaying the impact selection interlace, detecting an input by a contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of a second impact effect option in the plurality of impact effect options; and, in response to detecting the user input by the contact at the location on the touchsensitive surface that corresponds to the location of a second impact effect, option, displaying a preview that applies the second impact effect option to the first message input;

91. The method of any of items 82-90, wherein the plurality of impact effect options includes at least one impact effect option that applies an image with an area that is larger than an area of a message region that contains the first message input to the message region that contains the first message input

92. T he method of any of items 82-91, wherein the plurality of impact effect options includes at least one impact effect option that increases or decreases a size of a message region that contains the first message input relative to a size of the message region that contains the first message input when no impact effect option is selected.

93. The method of any of items 82-92, wherein the plurality of impact effect options includes at least one impact effect option that is configured to have a message region that contains the first message input interact with other message regions in the displayed

463

DK 2016 70654 A1 conversation transcript when the message region that contains the first message input is displayed

94. The method of any of items 82-93., wherein the pluralitv ol'impact effect option⁴includes at least one impact effect option that is configured to display an animation \\ hen a message region that contains the first message input is displayed in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

95, The method of any of items 82-94. wherein the plurality of impact effect options includes at. least one impact effect option that is configured to display an animation when a message region that contains the first message input is displayed in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, wherein the animation concurrently moves the message region that contains the first message input and other message regions in the conversation transcript,

96. The method of any of items 82-95, wherem the plurality of impact effect options includes at least one impact effect option that is configured to trigger one or more tactile outputs when a message region that contains the first message input is displayed in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

97. The method of any of items 82-96. wherein the preview that applies the first impact effect option to the first message input repeats periodically.

98. The method of any of items 82-97, including;

determining whether an electronic device that corresponds to another user in the messaging session is capable of applying the first impact effect option to a message in the messaging session, and, in accordance w ith a determination that the electronic device that corresponds to another user in the messaging session is not capable of applying the first impact effect option to a message in the messaging sessi on, displaying a notification on the display of the electronic device of the user about the first impact effect option.

99. An electronic device, comprising; a display;

a touch-sensitive surface;

464

DK 2016 70654 A1 ose· or wore processors;

memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more- programs are stored in the memory and configured io be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:

displaying a. messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including:

a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a message-input area that includes a first message input; while displaying the messaging user interface, detecting a first input by a firstcontact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds io a location in the message-input area;

in response to detecting the first input by the first contact, displaying an impact selection interface that includes a plurality of impact effect options;

while displaying the impact selection interface, detecting a second Input by a second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of a. fest impact effect option in the plurality of impact effect options; and, in response to detecting the second user input by a. second contact, displaying a preview that applies the first impact effect option to the first message input.

100. A computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by an electronic device with a display, and a touch-sensitive surface, cause the device to:

display a. messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including:

a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a message-input area that includes a first message input; while displaying the messaging user interface, detect a first input by a first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location in the message-input area;

465

DK 2016 70654 A1 in response to detecting the first input by the first contact,, display an impact selection interface that includes a plurality of impact effect options;

while displaying the impact selection interface, detect a second, input by a second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of a first impact effect option in the plurality of impact effect options; and, in response to detecting the second user input by a second contact, display a preview that applies the first impact effect option to the first message input.

101. An electronic device, comprising: a display;

a touch-sensitive surface; and means for displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface mcludinn;

s.a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at feast one other user, and a message-input area that includes a first message input; means for, while displaying the messaging user interface, detecting a first input by a first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location in the message-input area;

means for, in response to detecting the first input by the first contact, displaying an impact selection interface that includes a plurality of impact effect options;

means for, while displaying the impact selection interface, detecting a second input by a second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of a first impact effect option in the plurality of impact effect options; and, means for, in response to detecting the second user input by a second contact, displaying a preview that applies the first impact effect option to the first message input.

102. An information processing apparatus for use in an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive stir face, comprising;

means for displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including:

a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and

46(,

DK 2016 70654 A1 a message-Input area that includes a first message input' means tor, while displaying the messaging user interface, detecting a first input by a first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location in the message-input area;

means for, in response to detecting the first input by the first contact, displaying an impact selection interface that includes a plurality of impact effect options;

means for, while displaying the impact selection interface, detecting a second input by a second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location of a first impact effect option in the plurality of impact effect options; and, means for, in response to detecting the second user input by a second contact, displaying a preview that applies the .first impact effect option to the first message input,

103. An electronic device, comprising: a display;

a touch-sensitive surface;

one or more processors; memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing any of the methods of items 82-98.

104. A computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface cause the device to perform any of the methods of items 82-98,

105, A graphical user interface on an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, a memory, and one or more processors to execute one or more programs stored in the memory, the graphical user interface comprising user interfaces displayed in accordance with any of the methods of items 82-98.

106. An electronic device, comprising:

a touch-sensitive surface; and

467

DK 2016 70654 A1 means for performing any of the methods of items 82-98,

107. An information processing apparatus for use in an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, comprising;

means for performing any of the methods of items 82-98,

108. An electronic device, comprising;

a display unit configured to display a messaging user interface on the display unit, the messaeinu user interface including;

S·' S·' S·' a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, and a message-input area that includes a first message input; a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to detect contacts; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit, the processing unit configured to:

while displaying the messaging user interface, detect a first input by a first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit that corresponds to a location in the messageinput area;

in response to detecting the first input by the first contact, display an impact selection interface that includes a plurality of impact effect options;

while displaying the impact selection interface, detect a second input by a second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit that corresponds to a location of a first impact effect option in the plurality of impact effect options; and, in response to detecting the second user input by a second contact, display a preview that applies the first impact effect option to the first message input.

109. The electronic device of item 108, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:

after displaying the preview, detect lift off of the second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit that corresponds to the first impact effect, option; and.

in response to detecting lift off of the second contact at the location on the touchsensitive surface unit that corresponds to the first impact effect option;

cease to display the impact selection interface;

468

DK 2016 70654 A1 display a message region that contains the first message input in the conversation transcript: and transmit information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to display a message region that contains the first message inpu t in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, and apply the first impact effect option,

110, The electronic device of item 108, wherein the processing unit is further configured to;

after displaying the preview, detect lift off of the second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit that corresponds to the first impact effect option; and, in response to detecting lift off of die second contact at a locati on on the touchsensitive surface unit that corresponds to the first impact effect option:

select the first impact effect option for a message that contains the first message input;

cease to display the impact selection interface; and display the conversation uauscfipt of the messaging aes’-nm and the message-input area that includes a first message input; detect a diird input; and in response to detecting the third input:

display a message region that contains the first message input in the conversation transcript; and transmit information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to die at least one other user included in the messaging session to display a message region that contains die first message input hi a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, and apply the first impact effect option,

131. The electronic device of item 108, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:

after displaying the preview, detect a third input by a third contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit that corresponds to the first impact effect option; and.

469

DK 2016 70654 A1 in response to detecting the thud tnout h\ the thud contact at the location on the touch-sensitive surface unit that corresponds to the first impact effect option ;

cease to display the impact selection interface;

display a message region that contains the first message input in the conversation transcript; and transmit information that causes one or more electionic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to display a message region that contains the first message input in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, and apply the first impact effect option.

112. The eiectronic device of item 108., wherein the processing unit is further configured to;

after displaying the preview, detect a third input by a third contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit that corresponds to the first impact effect option; and, in response to detecting the third input by the third contact at the location on the touch-sensitive surface unit that corresponds to the first Impact effect option;

select the first impact effect option for a message that contains the first message input;

cease to display the impact selection interface, and display the conversation transcript of the messaging session and the message-input area that includes a first message input; detect a fourth input; and in response to detecting the fourth input;

display a message region that contains the first message input in the conversation transcript; and transmit information that causes one or more electronic devices that correspond to the at least one other user included in the messaging session to display a message region that contains the first message input in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, and apply the first impact effect option.

470

DK 2016 70654 A1

113. The electronic device of any of items 108-112, wherein the processing unit is forther configured to;

while the message-input area is empty, detect an input that enters text in the message-Input area; and, in response to detecting the inpu t that en ters text in the message-inpu t area, display an impact selection affordance. wherein activation of the impact selection affordance is configured to cause display of the impact selection interface.

114. The electronic device of any of items 108-113, wherein the impact selection inierfece includes a region effect options affordance, which when activated, causes display of impact effect options for a message containing the first message input, and

a. full-screen effect options affordance, which when activated causes display of a preview of one impact effect option that is applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript when a message containing the first message input is displayed in the messaging session,

115. The electronic device of item 114, wherein the processing unit is further configured to;

while a preview of an impact effect option that is applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript is displayed, detect an input that activates display of a preview of another impact effect option that is applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript; and, in response to detecting the input, that, activates display of the preview of another impact effect option that is applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript, display the preview of the second impact effect option that is applied to the entire displayed conversation transcript.

116. The electronic device of any of items 108-115, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:

while displaying the impact selection interface, detect an input by a contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit that corresponds to a location of a second impact effect option in the plurality of impact effect options; and,

471

DK 2016 70654 A1 in response to detecting the user input b\ the eontuet at the kreation on the touchsensitive surface unit that corresponds to the location of a second impact effect option, display a preview that applies the second impact effect option to the first message input;

117. The electronic de vice of any of items 1Ö8-116, wherein t he plurality of impact effect options includes at least one impact effect option that applies an image with an area that is larger than an area of a message region that contains the first message input to the message region that contains the first message input

118. The electronic, device of any of items 108-117, wherein the plurality of impact effect options includes at least one impact effect option that increases or decreases a size of a message region that contains fee first message input relative to a size of the message region that contains the first message input when no impact effect option is selected.

119. The electronic de vice of any of items 108-118. wherein the plurality of impact effect options includes at least one impact effect option feat is configured to have a message region that contains the first message input interact with other message regions in fee displayed conversation transcript when the message region that contains the first message

120. The electronic device of any of items 108-119, wherein the plurality of impact effect options includes at least one impact effect option that is configured to display an animation when a message region that contains the first message input is displayed in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

121. The electronic device of any of items 108-120., wherein the plurality of impact effect options includes at least one impact effect option that is configured to display an animation when a message region that contains the first message input is displayed in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session, wherein fee animation concurrently moves the message region that contains the first message input and other message regions in the conversation transcript,

122. The electronic device of any of items 108-121. wherein the plurality of impact, effect options includes at least one impact effect option that is configured to trigger one or more

472

DK 2016 70654 A1 tactile outputs when a message region that contains the first message input is displayed in a conversation transcript that corresponds to the messaging session.

123. The electronic device of any of items 108-122, wherein the preview that applies the first impact effect option to the first message input repeats periodically.

124. The electronic device of any of items 108-123, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:

determine whether an electronic device that corresponds to another usei m the messaging session is capable of applying the first impact effect option to a message in the messaging session, and, in accordance with a determination that the electronic device that corresponds to another user in the messaging session is not capable of applying the first impact effect option to a message in the messaging session, display a notification on the display unit of the electronic device of the user about the first impact effect option.

473

DK 2016 70654 A1

125, A method, comprising' at an electronic device having one or more processors, memory, a touch-sensitive surface, and a display:

displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including;

a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, including a first other user, and a message region in the conversation transcript for a message received from the first other user, the message region including one or more screen elements that conceal the message received from the first other user;

detecting a first input by a contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the message region with the concealed message; and, in response to detecting the first input by the contact, revealing the concealed message in the message region.

126. The method of item 125, wherein the one or more screen elements that conceal the message are moving particles,

127. The method of any of items 125-126, wherein the message region with tire concealed message has a message region outline that is distinct from an outline on message regions in the conversation transcript that do not have concealed messages.

128. The method of any of items 125-127, including;

in response to detecting the first input by the contact, displaying an authentication prompt and/or an authentication interface;

receiving an authentication input;

in accordance with a determination that the authentication input satisfies authentication criteria, revealing the concealed message in the message region; and in accordance with a determination that the authentication input does not satisfy the authentication criteria, keeping the message in the message region concealed.

129. The method of any of items 125-128, wherein the first input is a drag gesture b\ the contact at a. location that corresponds to the message region with the concealed message.

474

DK 2016 70654 A1 i 30. The method of any of items 125-127, wherein detecting the first input by the contact includes detecting a drag gesture by the contact at a location that corresponds to the message region with the concealed message, and the method includes;

dynamically removing portions of the one or more screen elements that conceal the message, thereby revealing corresponding portions of the message, in accordance with the movement of the contact in the drag gesture.

131. The method of any of items 125-128, wherein the electronic device includes one or more sensors configured to detect intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface, and the first input is a press input by the contact at a location that corresponds to the message region with the concealed message.

132, The method of any of items 125-127, wherein the electronic device includes more sensors configured to detect intensities of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface, and detecting the first input by the contact includes detecting an increase in intensity of the contact at a location that corresponds to the message region with the concealed message, and the method includes;

dynamically removing portions of the one or more screen elements that conceal the message, thereby revealing corresponding portions of the message, in accordance with the increase in intensity of the contact.

133. The method of any of items 125-132, including:

after revealing the concealed message in the message region, concealing the message received from the first, other user.

s.134. The method of any of items 125-133, including:

after revealing the concealed message in the message region, automatically deleting the message received from the first other user from the conversation transcript.

135. An electronic device, comprising: a display;

a touch-sensitive surface; one or more processors; memory; and

475

DK 2016 70654 A1 one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by täte one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:

displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including:

a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, including a first other user, and a message region in the conversation transcript for a message received from the first other user, the message region including one or more screen elements that conceal the message received from the first other user;

detecting a first input by a contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the message region with the concealed message; and, in response to detecting the first input by the contact, revealing the concealed message in the message region.

136. A computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by an electronic device with a display, and a touch-sensitive surface, cause the device to:

display a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including:

a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, including a first other user, and a message region in the conversation transcript for a message received from the first other user, the message resion inctudinu one or more screen elements that conceal

s.· w s·· the message received from the first other user;

detect a first input by a contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the message region with the concealed message; and, in response to detecting the first input by the contact, reveal the concealed message

In the message teuton.

Is,· S,·

137. An electronic device, comprising; a display;

a touch-sensitive surface; and

4,·“ό

DK 2016 70654 A1 means for displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interface including;

a conversation transcript of a messaging session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, including a first other user, and a message region in the conversation transcript for a message received from the first other user, the message region Including one or more screen elements that conceal the message received from the first other user;

means for detecting a first input by a contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the message region with the concealed message; and, means for revealing the concealed message in the message region in response to detecting the first input by the contact.

138, An information processing apparatus for use in an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, comprising:

means for displaying a messaging user interface on the display, the messaging user interfhce including:

a conversation transcript of a messamnu session between a user of the electronic device and at least one other user, ineiuding a first other user, and a message region in the conversation transcript for a message recei ved from the first other user, the message region including one or more screen elements that conceal the message received from the first other user;

means for detecting a first input by a contact at a location on the touch-sensiti ve surface that corresponds to the message region with the concealed message; and, means for revealing the concealed message in tire message region in response to detecting the first input by the contact.

139. An electronic device, comprising:

a touch-sensitive surface; one or more processors;

memory; and

47'

DK 2016 70654 A1 ose· or more programs, wherein the oae or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing any of the methods of items 125-134.

140. A computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by an electronic device with a display; a touch-sensitive surface cause the device to perform any of the methods of items 125-134.

141. A graphical user interface on an electronic de\ ice with a display, a touch-sensitixe surface, a memory, and one or more processors to execute one or more programs stored in the memory, the graphical user interface comprising user interfaces displayed in accordance with any of die methods of items 125-134,